Festo Didactic Katalog 2015 en - Compressed

Technology for education and science
The current range of Festo Didactic products

2015/2016
Technology for education and science 2015/2016
Content
Media..............................................................................................................10
Workstation systems.......................................................................................78
Pneumatics training packages......................................................................100
Hydraulics training packages........................................................................130
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages..................................164
Automation technology/PLC training packages............................................204
Accessories/Optional components for training packages............................236
Robotino......................................................................................................258
Mechatronics and factory automation..........................................................270
Process automation and closed-loop control technology.............................392
Hybrid training factories...............................................................................422
EDS Environmental Discovery System......................................................442
Appendix........................................................................................................460
1
Festo Didactic
Your ideal partner for vocational and further training
2
Learning, knowledge and education are major themes of this century
Festo Didactic brings over 40 years experience to the table when developing
solutions for fast learning and successful retention for the entire spectrum of
automation and technology. This expertise and experience puts us in a key
position in the market of the future. Demand for training will continue to grow
rapidly. And thats why we have set ourselves the goal of making learning ever
more efficient. A great challenge for us. A great partner for you.
Everything from a single source
The Learning System for Automation includes all current automation topics in
its product range: pneumatics, electropneumatics, hydraulics, electrohydrau-
lics, electronics, electrical engineering, sensors, robotics, CNC technology, PLC
and fieldbus technology, manufacturing technology and process engineering
as well as mechatronics.
From fundamentals to a complete training centre
From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through

to the planning, control and handling of complex networked CIM systems and
complete, fully furnished learning centres we have created a world of learn-
ing for you which is tailored to your personal needs for efficient study and
guaranteed learning success.
Your partner, worldwide
We speak your language! And were just around the corner in more than
100 countries around the world. Well gladly visit you at your office or home
whether you want to book courses or buy software, books or other products.
Or perhaps you want to use the extensive range of online services were just
a mouse click away!
www.festo-didactic.com
The Internet marketplace for education and training.
3
Quality with a certificate
4
Prized quality Here too, we guarantee 100%
quality: CERTIFICATE
The quality of training concepts, the Festo Didactics training systems
quality of the product and the com- and components meet the require-
pany processes are integral parts of ments of all the relevant standards
innovation. As the leading supplier and guidelines such as DIN/ISO ISO 9001:2008
of automation technology worldwide and VDE. DEKRA Certification GmbH hereby certifies that the company

we offer you guaranteed quality. Only industrial components are
Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG
employed. Scope of certification:

Development, production and sales of qualification solutions for all vocational and continuing training

However, the best training concepts Festo Didactic is DIN EN ISO 9001
institutions: Training and consulting, Planning and equipping of training centers and classrooms,
Instructor training and refresher courses, Commissioning and service and support

are of little value if the products do quality certified. Certified location:

D-73770 Denkendorf, Rechbergstrae 3
not meet the demands of everyday As a solution partner to Siemens
practice. Automation, we offer custom-

has established and maintains a quality management system according to the above mentioned
standard. The conformity was adduced with audit report no. A14091582.

This certificate is valid from 2015-02-27 to 2018-02-26 Certificate registration no.: 40203148/4
ised, forward-looking solutions

Duplicate
using products and systems from DEKRA Certification GmbH

Berlin, 2015-02-01

Siemens Automation and Drives. Lack of fulfilment on conditions as set out in the Certification Agreement may render this certificate invalid.
DEKRA Certification Gm bH * Handwerkstrae 15 * D -70565 Stuttgart * www. dekra -certification.de

Qualified product and system

page 1 of 1
expertise combined with superior

solution and sector competence
provide the basis for this.
As the first choice partner to
Siemens Automation Cooperates
with Education (SCE), we offer
customised solutions for research,
development and training centres.
Our customers opinions are im-
portant to us. As such, we regularly
carry out customer surveys.
Together with other market-leading
companies from various sectors,
we are a member of Mitsubishi
Electrics e-F@ctory Alliance. This
means that you can profit from the
best possible solutions in terms of
costs, productivity and integration.
The training hardware and learning The awards speak for themselves:
media comply with the latest general Equipment set TP 1011
requirements and findings. Fundamentals of electrical
engineering/electronics
iF product design award 2011
Focus design award in Silver 2011
MecLab
Worlddidac Award 2008
Robotino
reddot Design Award 2006 and
2014
Worlddidac Award 2006
Learnline
Winner of international design
prizes:
Focus design award in Silver 2005
www.festo-didactic.com 5
Service with Value added
6
We support you and
deliver advice and assistance.
Whether you need information, are

looking for advice before making an
investment or have questions about
everyday use of the products: we
are always only a phone call away
and have been for more than 40
years now.
Low-cost industry quality Teacher training, info events and Online configurators
Brand-name quality at low prices. special seminars for trainers Make the selection and ordering pro-
We always select products from in- You can take part in free teacher cess simple. For example, you can
dustry and we do not use gadgets training and info events. Alternative- configure laboratory furniture and
that are not up to the rigours of use ly, you can visit us at numerous trade EduTrainer easely and conveniently
in training. shows around the world. What is on the Internet.
more, there is a large number of fee-
Modular and future-proof paying special seminars available for Free of charge online dictionary
We build learning systems that are trainers. Only Festo Didactic offers an exten-
100% modular. This means you can sive Dictionary of Automation in 6
always expand them flexibly and Free software, demos and languages, free of charge on the
make your investments future-proof sample extracts Internet.
without reaching a dead end. For example, EasyVeep is a new
graphic 2D process simulation soft- Free symbol library according
Quality with no ifs or buts ware that is available for download to DIN ISO 1219
All products (except consumables) free of charge. It comes with numer- More teaching aids are available to
come with a 2-year warranty. And if a ous attractive examples for PLC train- be down-loaded from our website.
part should cease to function years ing. You can sample many software
down the line, you can obtain spare products and all books free of charge Your partner, worldwide
parts from us quickly and easely, or on the Internet using test and demo We speak your language! And were
else you can purchase a new part at versions. just around the corner in more than
a cut price using our exchange ser- 100 countries around the world.
vice. Advice and orders can be phoned,
faxed, e-mailed or done via the In-
Didactic and design ternet. Alternatively, give your tech-
Ergonomics, didactic concepts and nical consultant a call for a qualified
design go hand-in-hand at Festo needs analysis conducted onsite.
Didactic. Numerous international
awards underline our commitment.
Training and Consulting
8
Success with the
right combination of methods
Consistently adding value Training Consulting
Festo Training and Consulting: 40 Training and skills development pro- Identifying and optimising value-
years experience in training and 20 grammes for technical staff and man- added processes.
years experience in process optimi- agers from industry.
sation. Together we trace the flow of infor-
More than 2,900 events are attend- mation and products through your
Various projects in over 53 countries ed by more than 42,000 participants company from beginning to end,
worldwide show that we can suc- annually. Modular and high-quality always with the aim of making it
cessfully design change processes course topics in more than 39 lan- more efficient and to prevent waste.
together with our customers. guages relate to the topics: people, We use world-renown methods and
technology and organisation. tools which are also implemented at
Seminars, workshops and corporate Festo. Together we define goals by
strategic planning simulations, pub- Public or in-house training sessions which we can be measured.
lic or in-house seminars. Gathering with individually tailored content
hands-on experience and learning hands-on learning with a focus on Projects in the areas of:
using real products and training fac- industry and fast transfer to industri- Production and logistics
tories is always top priority. Individu- al applications takes centre stage. Management and teamwork
al learning success can be measured Skills development
and thus the ability to quickly apply Certified skills development Procurement and SCM
the knowledge gained to day-to-day programmes for: Product development
work situations is a crucial indication Mechatronics engineers
of the quality of the training. Production managers
Maintenance managers
You can find information,

dates, locations and prices
on the internet:
Media
10
Software..........................................................................................................12
Multimedia training programmes/WBTs...........................................................14

Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM..............................................................36
Projecting/Designing with EPLAN....................................................................38
Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS...........................40
Programming software.....................................................................................46
Visualisation software......................................................................................48
Measuring/Open-loop control/Closed-loop control with FluidLab-PA............49
Interface EasyPort............................................................................................50
Courseware......................................................................................................52
Pneumatics......................................................................................................54
Hydraulics........................................................................................................59
Electrical engineering/Electronics....................................................................63
Automation technology/PLC............................................................................68
Mechatronics...................................................................................................72
Process automation.........................................................................................74
CNC technology/Working material...................................................................75
EDS Environmental Discovery System..........................................................76
11
Media > Software
Software
Learning, controlling, simulating
Importance of software
in the learning process
Anyone who wants to design suc-

cessful training processes and cours-
es must make sure that everything
fits together:
The electronic Classroom Manager
manages target groups, content
and media. Interactive self-study
programs replace textbooks.
CIROS or FluidSIM simulations
supplement the range of realis-
tic training environments. The PC Learn, teach and organise Control, operate, observe Programming and simulation
becomes a complete platform for Teachers and trainers design their Software applications are the vis- A training environment for PLC or
virtual and yet practical training. training based on requirements and ible face of automation for techni- fluid engineering can meet very
STEP 7 classroom licenses ensure the available methods. cal staff. Anyone who wants to get different requirements:
that every student can access the to grips with the technology must be Maximum practical relevance:
industrial controller. Multimedia training programs from able to confidently use the program- Real controller and real process
Festo Didactic ensure professional ming systems, operating and visuali- Low budget: real controller and
Without software, contemporary confidence and can either be used to sation software, configuration tools virtual process
training courses are almost impos- help explain topics during teaching and other packages. The transfer of Flexible range of control systems:
sible. or as self-study programs. knowledge acquired during the train- virtual controller and real process
ing must be quick. This is why mar-
The Classroom Manager helps to ket leading software solutions are a Simulation environments in 3D
organise target groups and create key element of any training system. and software controllers are stand-
individual training courses. ard equipment in a modern training
laboratory.
12 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Software
EasyPort: Multimedia training

Bridge to added value programmes:
The key to independence
Anyone who wants to extend the
range of exercises depends on using The automation technology
simulation environments. FluidSIM learning system contains self-
or CIROS are standard equipment in study programs for almost all
control technology. basic topics. They
support the design of differen-
For example, EasyPort connects the tiated training
PLC with the simulated process on promote competent activity
the PC. The 3D models in CIROS provide structured background
extend the range of exercises by knowledge
more than 4 times and provide brand ease the burden on the trainer
new possibilities for differentiated
training.
Multimedia training Measurement and Control Programming Circuit design Process simulation Process
programmes control Planning visualization
Pneumatics Yes FluidLab-P FluidSIM FluidLab-M FluidSIM FluidSIM

FluidLab-M FluidLab-M EPLAN
Hydraulics Yes FluidLab-H FluidSIM FluidLab-M FluidSIM FluidSIM

FluidLab-M FluidLab-M EPLAN
Electrical Yes FluidSIM EPLAN FluidSIM

engineering
Automation Yes PLCSIM STEP7 EPLAN CIROS WinPISA

technology CODESYS EasyVeep WinCC
PLC
Mechatronics Yes CIROS CIROS

Factory automation
Robotics CIROS CIROS CIROS

Mobile robotics Robotino View Robotino View Robotino SIM
Process automation Yes FluidLab-PA EPLAN WinCC

Closed-loop control InTouch
technology
Metal technnology Yes WinNC WinNC CAMConcept Win3D-View

CNC
Media > Software > Multimedia training programmes/WBTs
Multimedia training programmes

Well-prepared knowledge
Overview of our programmes: Management and teamwork

Customer orientation
Fluid engineering Team performance
Pneumatics Personnel management
Electropneumatics Compliance
Hydraulics
Electrohydraulics Training
Safety at work
Electrical engineering General law on equality and
Electrical safety measures discrimination (German: AGG)
Electrical engineering 1 Basic principles of accounting
Electrical engineering 2
Electronics 1 Management systems
Electronics 2 Classroom Manager
Content Builder
Automation technology Local Knowledge Manager
Sensor technology 1 Competence Manager
Sensor technology 2 Recruiting Manager
Discover MPS 200 Classroom Manager Enterprise
Actuators DC motor
Electric drives 1 System requirements for WBTs
Electric drives 2 PC with Win 2000/XP/Vista/
Open- and closed-loop control Windows 7
GRAFCET Flash Player, version 8.0 or higher
PLC programming in accordance Sound card
with IEC 61131 DVD drive
LOGO! Training Screen resolution:
Fieldbus technology minimum 1024 x 768 pixels
Machine vision
Safety engineering Languages
Process automation All of our WBTs are available in sever-
Festo Didactic training programmes The training programmes are optional languages. The language is select-
are flexible; they offer tutors room ally available as follows: Metalworking ed when starting the WBT and can be
to be creative and increase students CD-ROM Turning changed directly on every page dur-
motivation. Licence for local networks Milling ing the training. This gives you a mul-
(on request) Drilling tilingual dictionary in addition to our
All our training programmes have the Web-based training (WBT) for Materials science training programs.
following features: Classroom Manager
Excellent didactic and multimedia For installation on one of your Technology and Environment If your language is not listed, we can
course topics servers or in your Learning The fascination of technology provide an individual quotation.
Scope for self-study during class- Management system Renewable energies
room-based training For integration in open-source soft- Environmental protection in the my|eCampus
Learning scenarios can be individu- ware (such as Moodle, Ilias, etc.) office A vast range of high-quality training
ally customised Alternative lease option availa- programs available 24/7.
Varied programme functions, such ble directly via the Internet using Organisation and methods
as a glossary, search function, my|eCampus Project management my|eCampus contains interesting
notes Time management training programs for a
utomation
Can be used in conjunction with Should you have any other wish- Internet search technology and mechatronics.
Classroom Manager es, we will be pleased to create an Whether school or university stu-
Can be integrated into training e-learning package specially tailored Lean Management/Lean Production dents, technicians or engineers
concepts which use other media to your needs. We will gladly advise Value stream analysis and mapping anyone with internet access can look
(Word, Excel, PDF, etc.) and guide you through each step, Poka Yoke into these topics around the clock
Participant guidance from the design phase through to the 5S Workstation organisation and pick up further qualifications.
Monitoring of learning progress installation of the complete Learning TPM Total Productive Mainte-
and certification Management system. nance Try it for yourself. It is worthwhile
not just for engineers!

Pneumatics Electropneumatics
Everything on the subject of pneu- From the contents: The Electropneumatics training pro- From the contents:
matics. The program is divided into Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Pneumatics train- Advantages and drawbacks of
technical knowledge and course- laws) ing program and reinforces material electropneumatics
work. Energy supply (production, already learned from practical pro- Safety in electropneumatic circuits
preparation and d istribution of jects. Starting with concrete indus- Fundamentals of electrical engi-
Technical knowledge compressed air) trial applications, fundamental elec- neering
This interactive self-taught program Circuit diagram tropneumatic circuits are produced. Pneumatic circuit diagram
covers the basics of pneumatic con- (circuit diagram, symbols) With the help of numerous exercises, Electrical circuit diagram
trol. Participants learn to find practi- Drive components (applications, learnt material will be revised, ap- Basic logic functions
cal and theoretical solutions to the linear drives, rotational drives) plied and further developed by you. Direct and indirect electrical
key tasks of a basic course on pneu- Valves (designs, directional valves, During an exercise, the programme control, time and pressure depend-
matics, e.g. as part of a basic voca- stop valves, pressure control reacts to each answer with varying ent process controls
tional training course. valves, flow control valves, valve feedback. Signal storage in the power and in
combinations, logic elements) the control unit, latching circuit
Course Signalling components (manual The trainee is supported by the basic Documentation for a control unit
In this course the theoretically signalling, endpoint detection) knowledge module, which provides Maintenance and repair of electro-
acquired technical knowledge is Additional requirements fundamental knowledge on elec- pneumatic systems
reinforced. A wide range of exercise tropneumatics in a structured, sys- Solenoid actuated valves
types makes the course interesting E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD tematic manner. In the components Double-acting cylinders
and successful: participants have to Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh module, the structure, function and Electrical buttons and switches
draw symbols and circuit diagrams, Order no. 540911 application of typical electropneu- Sensors
answer multiple-choice questions Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh matic components is described. Vari- Relays and contactors, timed relays
and set up and connect circuits in Order no. 540913 ous supporting materials are availa- Pressure switch
PC-based video clips. ble to complete the exercise such as Standardised circuit diagrams,
PDF documents, a variety of down- electrical and pneumatic circuit
loads and a comprehensive glossary. diagrams
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540923
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540925
Hydraulics Electrohydraulics
Everything on the subject of hydrau- From the contents: The Electrohydraulics training pro- From the contents:
lics. The program is divided into Physical basics (units, properties, gram builds on the Hydraulics train- Advantages and drawbacks of
technical knowledge and course- laws) ing program and reinforces material electrohydraulics
work. Hydraulic systems (principles of a already learnt from practical pro- Safety in electrohydraulic circuits
hydraulic system) jects. Starting with concrete indus- Fundamentals of electrical engi-
Technical knowledge Drive units (components, pumps, trial applications, fundamental elec- neering
This interactive self-taught program containers, filters) trohydraulic circuits are produced. Hydraulic circuit diagram
covers the basics of hydraulic con- Drives (single-acting cylinders, With the help of numerous exercises, Electrical circuit diagram
trol. Participants learn to find practi- double-acting cylinders, hydrau- learnt material will be revised, ap- Basic logic functions
cal and theoretical solutions to the lic motors) plied and further developed by you. Direct and indirect electrical
key exercises in a basic course on Directional valves (design During an exercise, the programme control, time and path-dependent
hydraulics, e.g. as part of a basic characteristics, 2/2 directional reacts to each answer with varying process controls
vocational training course. valves, 3/2 directional valves, 4/2 feedback. Signal storage in the power and in
directional valves, 4/3 directional the control unit, latching circuit
Course valves, special circuits) The trainee is supported by the basic Documentation for a control unit
In this course the theoretically Stop valves (non-return valves, knowledge module, which provides Maintenance and repair of electro-
acquired technical knowledge is pilot operated non-return valves) fundamental knowledge on elec- hydraulic systems
reinforced. A wide range of exercise Pressure control valves (pressure trohydraulics in a structured, sys- Solenoid actuated valves: spring
types makes the course interesting relief valves, pressure regulation tematic manner. In the components return and pulse valves
and successful: participants have to valves) module, the structure, function and Double-acting cylinders
draw symbols and circuit diagrams, Flow control valves (throttle valves, application of typical electrohydrau- Electrical buttons and switches
answer multiple-choice questions flow control valves) lic components is described. Various Sensors
and set up and connect circuits in Additional requirements supporting materials are available to Relays and contactors, timed relays
PC-based video clips. complete the exercise such as PDF Standardised circuit diagrams,
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD documents, a variety of downloads electrical and hydraulic circuit
Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh and a comprehensive glossary. diagrams
Order no. 540917 Documentation of electrohydraulic
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/el/zh controllers
Order no. 540919 Simulation of a hydraulic and
electrical circuit diagram

Order no. 540929
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 540931
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
Devise and design your own
training media
16 All training programs on data storage medium or as a WBT version, also for installation on networks and learning management systems with as many licences as you need.
Electrical protective measures
This interactive multimedia training Definition and overview of protec-

program provides an introduction tive measures to prevent direct
to the complex topic of protective contact
measures. It explains what electri- Protection by insulating active
cal protective measures are and how components
they are classified. Trainees will also Protection by covering or cladding
become familiar with all the legal Protection by barriers
regulations in this area. Protection by distance
Definition and overview of
The measures that are effective in protective measures to prevent
preventing direct and indirect contact indirect contact
are outlined using various specific Production by disconnecting p ower
examples and functional principles. supply
Mains systems (TN, TT, IT systems)
Finally, there is an explanation of Protection by disconnection
how protective measures are tested Testing protective measures
and what actions should be taken in Measurement and measuring
case of an accident involving elec- devices
tricity. Safety and assistance
Summary and questions to check
From the contents: understanding
The dangers of electricity
Humans and electricity E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
Electric shock hazards Online de/en/es/fr/zh
What are electrical protective Order no. 571118
measures and how are they Network de/en/es/fr/zh
classified? Order no. 571119
Protection levels
Protective measures, protection
classes
Differences between DIN stand-
ards, VDE regulations and DIN-VDE
standards, statutory requirements
and legal consequences.
Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2
The Electrical engineering 1 train- Various tools are built-in to the train- The Electrical engineering 2 train- Content extracts:
ing program is one of a series of new ing program, such as Excel working program is one of a series of new Electric charge
programs in the field of electrical sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF training programs in the field of elec- Capacitor
engineering and electronics. These files and various downloads. The trical engineering and electronics. A capacitor in a DC circuit
programs are practically oriented training programs include an exten- These programs are practically ori- A capacitor in an AC circuit
and authentically structured. Case sive glossary and a full text search ented and authentically structured. Applications of the capacitor
studies from practice provide a con- facility. Case studies from practice provide Variable capacitor
cise illustration of the matters cov- a concise illustration of the mat- Coil
ered. All training content is taught by Content extracts: ters covered. All training content is A coil in a DC circuit
means of audio clips. Additionally, Closed circuit taught by means of audio clips. Ad- A coil in an AC circuit
the narrative text can be viewed on Electrical conductivity ditionally, the narrative text can be Applications of the coil
the sitemap. Units and symbols viewed on the sitemap. Physical variables
Ohms Law Calculating with changing values
Trainees experience a regular Measuring in the circuit Various tools are built into the train- Light switch-off delay
exchange of input and output, with Voltage supplies ing program, such as Excel work- Electrical behaviour of a grinder
phases of presentation and expla- The resistor as a component sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF Power generation and transmission
nation alternating with phases of Series connection of resistors files and various downloads. The
activity and interaction. This enhanc- Parallel connection of resistors training programs include an exten- E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
es motivation and learning. Voltage divider sive glossary and a full text search Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
The resistor as a sensor facility. Order no. 549626
Progress monitoring exercises are Battery-powered screwdriver Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
scheduled after a maximum of five Measuring range extension Order no. 549628
pages of learning. The aim of this is Temperature controlled heating
to have trainees repeat, apply and Level detection
develop what they have learned
themselves. Exercises are incorpo- E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
rated during teaching, at the end of Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
each learning step and within the Order no. 549623
case studies. During an exercise, Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/sv/el/zh
the program responds to each of the Order no. 549625
trainees answers with the appropri-
ate feedback.
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Electronics 1 Electronics 2
The Electronics 1 training program Various tools are built into the training The Electronics 2 training program Content extracts:
is one of a series of new programs program, such as Excel worksheets, is one of a series of new programs Signal types
in the field of electrical engineering an integrated calculator, PDF files and in the field of electrical engineer- Integrated circuits
and electronics. These programs are various downloads. The training pro- ing and electronics. These programs Operational amplifier (OpAmp)
practically oriented and authentically grams include an extensive glossary are practically oriented and authen- AC voltage of various frequencies
structured. Case studies from prac- and a full text search facility. tically structured. Real case studies Characteristic values of amplify-
tice provide a concise illustration provide a concise illustration of the ing circuits
of the matters covered. All training Content extracts: matters covered. All training content Circuit technology of amplifiers
content is taught by means of audio Semiconductor technology is taught using audio clips. Addition- Filters
clips. Additionally, the narrative text Diodes ally, the narrative text can be viewed Bistable flip-flop
can be viewed on the sitemap. Bipolar transistors on the sitemap. Single flip-flop
Field-effect transistors Sine wave generator
Trainees experience a regular ex- Regulated power supply Various tools are built into the train- Rectangle generator
change of input and output, with Audio amplifier ing program, such as Excel work- Thyristor-controlled drilling
phases of presentation and explana- Audio amplifier with sound control sheets, an integrated calculator, PDF machine
tion alternating with phases of ac- files and various downloads. The Brightness control with triac
tivity and interaction. This enhances E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD training programs include an exten- Adjusting the speed of an
motivation and learning. Online de/en/es/fr/fi/zh sive glossary and a full text search electric screwdriver
Order no. 549629 facility.
Progress monitoring exercises are Network de/en/es/fr/fi/zh E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
scheduled after a maximum of five Order no. 549631 Online de/en/es/fr/fi/zh
pages of learning. The aim of this is to Order no. 549632
have trainees repeat, apply and de- Network de/en/es/fr/fi/zh
velop what they have learned them- Order no. 549634
selves. Exercises are incorporated
during teaching, at the end of each
learning step and within the case stud-
ies. During an exercise, the program
responds to each of the trainees an-
swers with the appropriate feedback.
Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2
Sensors in pneumatics Content extracts: Sensors for object detection Content extracts:
This training program deals in de- Project: Selection of sensors in one This training program deals in detail Project: Selection of sensors
tail with the sensors used to detect of the clamping units of a process- with the sensors used to detect ob- in a milk bottling plant
end position on cylinders and with ing centre jects in automated systems. Based Object detection in industrial
pressure and flow sensors in pneu- Advantages and disadvantages on a complex example from indus- practice
matic systems. Based on a complex of various end position sensors on trial practice, trainees are taught to Switching characteristics of
example from industrial practice, cylinders select the suitable sensors. The nec- proximity sensors
trainees are taught to select suitable Simple displacement encoders on essary basic knowledge for this is Hysteresis
sensors. The necessary basic knowl- cylinders provided in the Technical Knowledge Connection technology: Two-wire
edge for this is provided in the Tech- Use of pressure sensors to improve and Components modules, to which technology, three-wire technology,
nical Knowledge and Components safety in pneumatic systems they can refer at any time. four-wire technology
modules, to which they can refer at Use of flow sensors to safeguard NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally
any time. system cycle times All training content is taught by Closed)
Output signals from sensors means of audio clips. Additionally, Inductive sensors: Construction
All training content is taught by Connection technology the narrative text can be viewed. and mode of operation, factor-1
means of audio clips. Additionally, NO/NC (Normally Open, Normally sensors, special designs, flush
the narrative text can be viewed. Closed) fitting sensors, application exam-
Switching functions ples
Sensors for end position detec- Optical sensors: Diffuse sensor,
tion: Pneumatic and mechanical through-beam sensor, retro-reflec-
limit switch, reed switch, transistor tive sensor, background fade-out,
switch, Hall sensor, position sensor fibre optic cable, light types, reflec-
Types of pressure measurement tion types, adjustment, contrast
Sensors for pressure measure- sensor, colour sensor
ment: Mechanical pressure switch, Capacitive sensors: Construction,
electronic pressure sensor, mode of operation, usage and
Sensors for flow measurement: examples
Volumetric flow meter, effective Ultrasonic sensors: Construction,
pressure principle, ultrasonic flow mode of operation, applications
meter, mass flow meter, heat-loss
method E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 549758
Online de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh/usa Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh
Order no. 549752 Order no. 549761
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/et/zh/usa
Order no. 549755
Discover MPS 200 Actuators DC motor
A multimedia introduction makes it Online de/en/es/fr/el/pt/zh Using the everyday example of a car From the contents:
simple to work with the MPS 200 Order no. 542682 park access control system, the train- The function of actuators in
modular production systems by Network de/en/es/fr/el/pt/zh ee learns the basics of a mechatronic mechatronic systems
Festo Didactic. First, we introduce Order no. 549834 system. Electric motors
you to the principle behind the com- DC motor
plete system, and then we show you Building on this, the training pro- Torque and current
how to operate and commission it. gram determines what function the Behaviour of DC motors
You then become familiar with the actuators have in the controller. A DC Induced voltage and speed control
individual Distribute and Sort motor is then studied in more detail Characteristic torque/speed curve
stations in the process and learn as an example of a typical actuator, Working with data sheets
how the modules function. You can e.g. its structure and the laws which Determining the transmission ratio
apply your new knowledge of MPS govern its operation. Further chap-
200 in a short test, then relax and ters cover speed control and the use E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
play a game. of data sheets as well as the trans- Online de/en/es/fr/el/zh
mission ratios which can be achieved Order no. 540953
by using a gearbox. Network de/en/es/fr/el/zh
Order no. 540955
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Electric drives 1 Electric drives 2
The Electric drives 1 interactive Getting to know different The learning program Electric drives From the contents:
multimedia training program pro- DC motors 2 further explores the material cov-
vides an interesting introduction to General (functional principles, ered in Electric drives 1 and also Controlling DC motors
the world of electric motors. commutation, technical data, includes new topic areas. Armature reaction
brushless DC motor, load depend- Speed control
The first section sets out the basic ency, difference between series This learning program is suitable Four-quadrant operation
principles of electric drives. The sec- and parallel connection) for beginners and advanced stu-
ond section illustrates the construc- Parallel connection behaviour dents. The first two chapters address Controlling AC motors
tion and functioning of DC motors, AC motors the topic of controlling DC and AC Motor characteristic curve
while the third section deals with the Difference in power supply motors. The third chapter focuses Open-loop and closed-loop
special features of AC motors. (DC, AC, three-phase AC) on the energy efficiency of electric speed control
Getting to know different AC drives, looking at economic and envi- Frequency converters
From the contents: motors ronmental aspects. Smooth start-up
Basic principles of electric drives General functional principle
Getting to know different motor (difference between synchronous Energy efficiency
types (stepper motor, asynchro- and asynchronous motor), techni- Economic aspects
nous motor, universal motor) cal data, rating plate, characteris- Degree of efficiency
Mechanical principles (conversion tic curves and their interpretation, Minimising losses
of mechanical/electrical energy, definition of reactive, apparent and Reliability
motor - generator, circuit diagram effective power) Energy efficiency measures
and current direction, transmission Single-phase AC motor Environmental aspects
variables (force, mechanical pow- Three-phase AC motor special Merits of electric motors
er, efficiency etc.), definitions of cases (stepper motors)
torque and speed) Summary and review exercises E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
Electronic principles (basic prin- Online de/en/es/fr/zh
ciple of the motor, Lorentz force E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 573775
using the example of a conduc- Online de/en/es/fr/zh Network de/en/es/fr/zh
tion loop, electrical and magnetic Order no. 571120 Order no. 573776
fields, occurrence of torque, right- Network de/en/es/fr/zh
hand rule) Order no. 571121
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Open- and closed-loop control GRAFCET
The training program uses practical From the contents: GRAFCET The new specification From the content:
examples to show the difference be- Differences between open- and language for sequential function Definitions
tween open- and closed-loop control closed-loop control ( characteristics charts Advantages of GRAFCET
in automation. Easy-to-understand of controllers, characteristics of Differentiation from PLC
tasks are used first to examine the regulators Good documentation is a prerequi- programming language
overall process of a simple function- DIN 19226 site for the quick construction and Configuring a GRAFCET
ing system. Later sections then look Signal types smooth commissioning of a system. Graphical representation of the
at different types of controllers, the Differences between types of As a result, products reach custom- language elements
different ways in which signals are control ers quicker. Furthermore, the se- Graphical representation of the
represented and processed and the Signal processing (synchronous quence description is an important sequential structures
ways in which programs are imple- control, controlling links, asynchro- tool for quickly and accurately lo- Structuring of GRAFCETS
mented. nous control, process control) cating and eliminating errors and Case studies
Types of control (regulating to fixed thus reduces production downtimes. Exercises
values, tracking values) GRAFCET can describe what the func- Glossary
Regulators (P, I and D controllers, tion chart has previously been una-
combined controllers such as PI or ble to represent. E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
PID controllers) Online de/en/es/fr/zh
It introduces the new standard Order no. 557688
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD step by step, with the aid of practice- Network de/en/es/fr/zh
Online de/en/es/fr/zh related examples. Order no. 557689
Order no. 540947
Network de/en/es/fr/zh
Order no. 540949
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
PLC programming LOGO! Training

in accordance with IEC 61131
Programmable logic controllers play Contents: This training program provides an From the contents:
a central role in automation. These Programmable logic controllers introduction to logic functions. First Basic technical functions (AND
devices are used to control machines Project organisation of all, AND & OR functions and their & OR function, memory function,
and systems. Programming languages in processing are shown in function timer function, counter function)
accordance with IEC 61131 tables. Other basic control functions Digital minicontrollers (differen-
The program of a programmable Link-orientated programming such as memory, timer and counter tiation between open- and closed-
logic controller can be flexibly adapt- languages functions round off the contents. The loop control)
ed for any task. Various program- Sequential function chart second part starts by covering the Control components
ming languages, which are all based Structured text basics of open-and closed-loop con- Positioning with digital mini-
on the IEC 61131 international Sequence programming project trol circuits and describes the ele- controllers
standard, are available for creating ments of a controller. It then takes Design and function of a mini-
the control program in conformance The training program provides a detailed look at minicontrollers controller
with standards. beginners with an ideal introduction with their features and areas of Cyclical programme processing
to IEC-compliant programming. application. Areas of application
This training program allows users Programming languages
to get to grips with function charts, In addition to trainees, pupils and
ladder diagrams, instruction lists, students, it also appeals to skilled E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
sequential function charts and struc- workers, technicians and e ngineers Online de/en/es/fr/zh
tured texts in five programming lan- who have previously only pro- Order no. 540941
guages. Through the use of various grammed in IL, LDR or FCH. The high- Network de/en/es/fr/zh
practice-related examples, the pro- er, IEC-compliant languages provide Order no. 540943
gramming languages are presented a range of benefits to be discovered
step by step. and used.

Online de/en/es
Order no. 574488
Network de/en/es
Order no. 574489
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Fieldbus technology Machine Vision
The multimedia and interactive train- From the contents: Machine Vision the use of camera From the contents:
ing program will teach you the basics Advantages of Fieldbus systems systems in production is a relative- How does a machine see?
of Fieldbus technology. It is suitable The design of Fieldbus systems ly young, but swiftly growing area in Steps in industrial image
for beginners who would like to get (different areas of application, automation technology. This web- processing
an overview of the subject. Anima- open and closed technical con- based training unit deals with indus- Image sensors: CCD and CMOS
tions are used to illustrate various cepts such as message-oriented trial image processing, from the crea- Focal length and lens formula
practical examples. All relevant terms bus systems, user-oriented bus tion of images up to the evaluation of Aperture and depth of focus
on the subject of bus technology can systems, multi-master concepts, the information in the picture. Work- Types of illumination: objects
be found in the integrated lexicon. database concepts, installation ing from actual practical industrial subject to backlighting and
concepts) applications, students can follow incident light
RS 485/RS 422 (introduction, all the steps in the image process- Filters to improve the image
cabling, function) ing project in a practical manner. The Point operators, local and global
Topology (introduction, line, ring, basic knowledge required for this is Average and median filters
tree) clearly explained in the individual Sobel operators and Laplace filters
chapters of the technical knowledge Process for image segmentation
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD module. In the components module, Global and local threshold pro-
Online de/en/es/fr/zh cameras and lighting systems are cesses
Order no. 540959 presented using examples. Tools to calculate characteristics
Network de/en/es/fr/zh The classification of parts and
Order no. 540961 characteristic curves
Image processing and comput-
ing times
Intelligent compact vision systems
Lighting systems
Sample applications of industrial
vision systems

Online de/en/es/fr/zh
Order no. 557691
Order no. 557692
Safety engineering Process automation
This training programme provides an From the contents: Basic principles Handling substances
introduction to the complex subject Introduction to machine safety of process automation Product manufacture is usually
of safety engineering in industrial The question of liability (who is This training program deals with the subject to defined physical and
machines and systems. liable in the case of an accident?) broad spectrum of technical process chemical characteristics. The stu-
European directives automation in a compact way. The dents awareness should be height-
The aim is to make participants more The relationship between direc- characteristics and special features ened so that he/she can accurately
aware of the problems in the design tives and standards of process automation are conveyed assess production conditions and
aspects of safety engineering and The new EU machinery directive in a simple manner via images from deal with them correctly.
help them understand safety engi- 2006/42/EC real situations, graphical representa- System planning
neering equipment and hazard anal- The hierarchy of the European tions of physical-technical processes This guides the student around a
ysis methods. standards for machine safety and animated processes which you planning office, providing an in-
Machine safety in the USA yourself can manage and control. sight into the planning and devel-
The training programme is based Risk assessment procedure opment of a system. The student
on an amended version of the EC according to EN ISO 14121 and From the contents: can examine all the fundamental
machinery directive 2006/42/EC. EN ISO 12100 The three chapters Handling sub- activities of the planning phase,
Definitions stances, System planning and from the basic principles of project
How is the overall performance level Risk evaluation: determining the Process engineering processes in management to drawing a circuit
of a technical safety measure deter- required performance level practice, give you a step-by-step diagram until the system can final-
mined? The training programme ex- Risk reduction measurements: guide to a complete on screen sys- ly be built.
plains concepts such as probability design measures, technical safety tem. The content of these chapters Process engineering processes
of failure (POF), diagnostic coverage measures, instructional measures is reflected in the MPS PA stations, in practice
(DC), common cause failure (CCF), Selecting the safety function which you will use during the practi- The vast number of process engi-
redundancy and diversity. There is Determining the control category cal part of your training. neering processes can be r educed
also a detailed explanation of all the to four typical ones: filtration, tem-
components for safety equipment. E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD pering, mixing and filling. D esign
Online de/en/es/fr/et/sv/zh and function are analysed using
Order no. 549766 the four MPS PA stations and
Network de/en/es/fr/et/sv/zh the modular products from Festo
Order no. 549769 Didactic and answers given to any
questions that may arise when
studying process engineering
processes.

Online de/en/es/fr/et/sv/pt/zh
Order no. 567705
Network de/en/es/fr/et/sv/pt/zh
Order no. 567706
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Basic principles of metalworking
Whether in machine manufactur- Milling Drilling Materials science

ing, toolmaking or vehicle produc- Milling is a machining method for Drilling is a machining method for Materials are needed to produce
tion, metalworking is an essential processing metal, wood and plastics. producing round holes. A chip-re- machines, tools and devices. Knowl-
element in trades and industry. In In the milling process, flat surfaces moving cutting motion is produced edge of material properties is impor-
the series Basic principles of metal- and contours can be produced using by the circular cutting motion and tant in selecting suitable materials.
working, we look at the basic princi- a milling tool. An uninterrupted cut the straight-line feed motion of the
ples of machining with geometrically is characteristic of milling. Chips are tool. In the Materials science train-
defined cutting edges. Machining removed by the rotation of the multi- ing program of the Basic principles
methods are so important because blade milling tool relative to the rig- In the Drilling training program of of metalworking series, you will
of their high accuracy and geometri- idly clamped workpiece. the Basic principles of metalwork- acquire basic knowledge of turning.
cally almost unlimited processing ing series, you will acquire basic
possibilities. In the Milling training program of knowledge of drilling. Content topics:
the Basic principles of metalwork- An overview of materials
Turning ing series, you will acquire basic Content topics: Material properties
Turning is a cutting production meth- knowledge of milling. What is drilling? Types of materials
od for manufacturing rotationally Selecting the tool Testing of materials
symmetrical workpieces. During the Content topics: Drilling
turning process, the workpiece per- How does a milling machine work? Counterboring E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
forms the rotary main cutting motion Selecting the tool Reaming Online de/en/es
and the single-edged tool, the lathe Clamping the workpieces Order no. 8029714
tool, performs the advancing motion. Milling E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Network de/en/es
Both motions bring about continu- Online de/en/es Order no. 8029715
ous chip removal. E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 8026471
Online de/en/es Network de/en/es
In the Turning training program of Order no. 8026473 Order no. 8026472
the Basic principles of metalwork- Network de/en/es
ing series, you will acquire basic Order no. 8026474
knowledge of turning.
Content topics:
How does a lathe work?
Selecting the tool
Clamping the workpieces
Turning

Online de/en/es
Order no. 8035904
Network de/en/es
Order no. 8035907
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Technology and Environment
The fascination of technology Renewable energies Environmental protection

This exciting journey through the his- Day after day, we consume enor- in the office
tory of technology shows how inven- mous amounts of energy in the form Environmental protection has be-
tions have changed the world. New of electrical power, for example to come an essential part of modern
forms of work have been created: operate industrial machines and working life. You can actively reduce
from the hunter to the engineer. The public transport systems such as the your impact on the environment and
fascination of technology is an in- underground and suburban railways, the climate in your everyday work.
teractive journey through the world as well as lighting and other house-
of automation. The program contains hold appliances. Our web-based training Environ-
many different multimedia compo- mental Protection in the Office pro-
nents to help you on your journey. In addition to conventional forms of vides you and your employees with
Experience the excitement of discov- energy, renewable energy is avail- concrete methods to make your daily
ery and learning this is pure edu- able to us as well, and will become working routine more environmen-
tainment! more and more significant for our tally friendly. Not only will this allow
supply of energy in the future. you to save on energy, water and of-
The programme consists of 4 fice supplies but it will also help to
modules: Basically, there are three types of reduce the costs of these resources.
Technology and automation energy available to us for generating
The history of automation electrical power: fossil fuels, nuclear From the contents:
technology fuels and renewable energy. The carbon-neutral office
Fundamentals of automation Saving electricity
technology This training program provides you Paper as a raw material
Technology and ... with an overview of the different Environmentally friendly office sup-
sources of energy. We would like to plies
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD offer you a detailed introduction to Sustainable waste management
Online de/en/es/fr/fi/sv/el/zh renewable energy sources, and show Saving and protecting water
Order no. 540899 you how we can make use of them.
Network de/en/es/fr/fi/sv/el/zh E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
Order no. 540901 From the contents: Online de
Solar energy Order no. 576322
Water power Network de
Wind power Order no. 576323
Geothermal energy
Bio-energy
Energy storage
Perspectives

Online de/en/es/fr
Order no. 574490
Network de/en/es/fr
Order no. 574491
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Organisation and work techniques
Project management Time management Internet search

Successfully manage complex Optimise the way you manage your Give yourself an advantage by learn-
technical projects and systems. most valuable asset. Create new ing quick and easy ways to search
freedom, thus generating more ener- for relevant information on the World
Investing around 60 minutes of your gy for new things. Wide Web.
time in training pays for itself many
times over, through increased profes- In this training program you have In two modules, you will learn to
sionalism and confidence when man- the chance to achieve an extremely utilise the Internet effectively as
aging projects. The three modules high return. The time commitment an information resource and to use
contain essential information about is around 60 minutes; the time you search methods and tools.
basic principles and provide you with save could be many times more.
lots of practical hints and tips. In two modules, you will learn the Content extracts:
basics of time management and how
Content extracts: to apply it to your everyday work. The Internet as an information
resource
Basic principles Content extracts: The right preparation
What is a project? The difference between catalogues
Project planning Basics and search engines
Project organisation The time phenomenon Search terms and logic operations
Project documentation Goal-oriented working Using filters
Time robbers
Project in practice Biorhythms Tools and methods
Analysis Day planning Search processes
Structuring Limits of time management Goal description
Time intervals and dates Consolidation circle
Resources Application to everyday practice Relevance of search results
Organisation Goals and tasks Verification of search results
Documentation Definition as per S.M.A.R.T. Making content available
Setting priorities
Means of control Pareto principle E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
4-room apartment method ABC0 analysis Online de/en/es/fr
S.M.A.R.T. Workplace organisation Order no. 549759
Project structure plan ALPEN method Network de/en/es/fr
Work packages and milestones Order no. 549763
Network planning E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
Successive planning Online de/en/es/fr/zh
Time and expenditure planning Order no. 549767
Adherence to deadlines and Network de/en/es/fr/zh
capacity planning Order no. 549771

Order no. 540905
Order no. 540907
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
training media
Lean Management/Lean Production
Value stream analysis and mapping Poka Yoke 5S Workstation organisation TPM Total Productive Maintenance
Those who deal with value stream Nowadays, Poka Yoke measures The objective of the 5S training It is always better to act than to
analysis and value stream mapping are an established part of q
uality programme is to become familiar react. Bearing this in mind, many
have one goal: to create produc- assurance. Poka Yoke is a well- with methods to create exemplary, businesses strive to stabilise the
tion and production processes that known principle, which originated in well-organised workstations (both in performance of their plants and to
achieve a true value stream. Japan. In Japanese, Poka Yoke means industrial and administrative areas), introduce preventative maintenance.
avoiding unintentional human error. where work can be carried out with- The term TPM stands for Total
The purpose of value stream analy- Poka Yoke describes a principle that out searching unnecessarily, without Productive Maintenance.
sis is to make all the processes (from includes technical measures/equip- long transport distances and without
the initial request through to the ment for preventing errors and elimi- waiting times (i.e. waste-free). The following results were achieved
delivery of the product) transparent. nating them immediately. in industry processes thanks to the
This can quickly highlight a signifi- The basic principle of every high- implementation of this method:
cant potential for effective reshaping Content topics: quality product or service is a clean a 40% increase in operating times,
of processes. The story of Poka Yoke and orderly working environment. a 10% increase in machine speed,
Inclusion of the seven types of Quality, as a basic customer need, a 95% reduction in the number of
From the contents: waste has the highest priority at such unexpected machine downtimes, a
Improving the value stream The Poka Yoke system value-added locations and therefore 90% reduction in the error rate as
Added value and value stream Typical examples of human error contributes to securing the order. well as an increase in productivity of
Value stream analysis Basic elements of Poka Yoke up to 50% and an increase of almost
Use of value stream analysis and Error-oriented approach Content topics: 200% in ROI. However, in spite of
value stream mapping Process-oriented approach General basic principles the concept being very simple, many
Working with value stream Production-oriented approach The 5S model companies fail at the implementation
mapping methods Case studies The seven types of waste stage. TPM requires meticulous plan-
Overview of the ACTUAL situation Tasks and exercises Visualisation in 5S ning as well as interlinking with oth-
Example: The Cycle Accessories The 5S audit and its application er methods of the value added sys-
GmbH & Co. KG E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD 5S in production tem; it should also be targeted at the
Value stream mapping Online de/en/es/fr/zh 5S in administration specific conditions of employees and
The seven types of waste Order no. 565018 5S workshop procedure machines. 20% of TPM is therefore a
The situation as it SHOULD be Network de/en/es/fr/zh technical challenge, while 80% of it
Tasks and exercises Order no. 565019 E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD is an organisational challenge.
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 565020 The learning program imparts funda-
Online de/en/es/fr/zh Network de/en/es/fr/zh mental knowledge about TPM. Here
Order no. 564623 Order no. 565021 you will find out what TPM is and
Network de/en/es/fr/zh how you can implement this model
Order no. 564624 in practice.

Online de/en/es/fr
Order no. 576320
Network de/en/es/fr
Order no. 576321
Cooperation and management
Customer orientation Team performance Personnel management Compliance

The subject of customer orientation Human resources and their integra- Competent management is not a Companies require rules and guide-
is playing an increasingly important tion into teams are becoming more talent, it can be learned. This training lines for in-house processes and for
role. The success of a company also and more important. What basic programme provides a good over- a uniform external presence. The
depends on how strongly it focuses rules should be followed for team view of how to delegate successful- term compliance has established
on the needs of its customers. success? How do you motivate team ly by using management tools and itself for measures which promote
members and use group dynamics how to create a positive working at- regulated behaviour within a com-
This training programme offers an infor improving performance? mosphere with motivated employees pany. The employees of a company
troduction to the complex subject of using specific management commu- represent its external interface, and
customer orientation. With the help Based on specific examples, execu- nication techniques. Furthermore, should therefore be able to follow
of many practical examples, users tive or project managers will learn users discover how to handle difficult rules when dealing with customers,
learn how to optimally prepare for a the most important success factors situations and how to manage crises partners and the authorities.
customer meeting, how to success- for leading a team. and conflicts in a positive way.
fully deal with customers and how The WBT provides an overview of
to develop long-term business rela- Content topics: Some sample topics: legal specifications and important
tionships. How does a team work? Optimal personnel management principles of conduct which can
Phases of team development What does personnel management serve as guidelines both for in-house
Content topics: The role of the team leader mean? and for externally-orientated actions.
How to correctly prepare for a Basic communication model Management behaviour and styles
customer meeting Efficient meetings Social competence of executive The theoretical content of the WBTs
How to proceed during a Motivation as a success factor managers is explained and elaborated based
customer meeting Initiating motivation Tools for personnel selection on many practical examples.
Customer expectations Empathy Employee development
Questioning techniques, Group dynamics Agreeing on objectives Training content includes:
paraphrasing Conflict management Competence management What does compliance mean?
How to correctly communicate Obstacles to project success Ethics in daily business
ones own services Mediation E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Overview of important laws and
How to keep the customer in Discussions about conflict and Online de/en/zh directives
mind during discussions criticism Order no. 567344 Dealing with business partners
Recognising purchasing signals Network de/en/zh Handling confidential information
Needs analysis E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Order no. 567345 and data
Relationship management Online de/en/zh Professional behaviour in the
Order no. 567342 workplace
E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD Network de/en/zh Safe handling of computers and
Online de/en/zh Order no. 567343 dealing with new media
Order no. 567340
Network de/en/zh E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD
Order no. 567341 Online de
Order no. 576324
Network de
Order no. 576325
Our authoring tool:

Content Builder
Devise and design
your own training media
Classroom Manager
Learning management system
Simple, professional, affordable: The Classroom Manager defines Ordering information: One-day installation support and
The learning management system course structures and sets time training-day
Classroom Manager frames, dates for attendance, train- Classroom Manager (CRM) with up This offer contains the following
ing aids, access requirements and to 1000 users registered by name at services: One-day installation sup-
Teaching and learning are certification options. Participants 100 workstations at the same time port, briefing and training on site.
dependent on time and location and potential applicants can access CD ROM with installation instruc- The one-day installation support and
Better adaptation to individual this information as required. tions, in de/en/fr/es/sv/el/zh. training-day must be essential or-
learning patterns dered with the classroom manager
Visualised contents guarantee Has everyone done their homework? Note: 100/10 or higher.
more attention The Classroom Manager provides a The order no. is configurable.
Central library for digital training clear indication of participants suc- Training in Germany
media cess in training. The training status CRM 50 users at 5 workstations Order no. 8028154
Simple navigation through monitoring system means you al- Order no. 8034067 Training outside Germany
teaching and training media ways have an overview of course at- CRM 100 users at 10 workstations Order no. On request
tendance and the progress of the in- Order no. 8034067
The Classroom Manager is the quick dividual participants. CRM 200 users at 20 workstations
and easy way to create, manage Order no. 8034067 Classroom Manager with campus/
and supervise training sessions and Access rights can be defined to al- CRM 500 users at 50 workstations enterprise licence
courses. It enables you to combine low colleagues to use the library and Order no. 8034067
presence-based courses, e-learning take a look at the available courses. CRM 1000 users at 100 workstations Campus/Enterprise licence
modules and many other training Order no. 8034067 Order no. Campus
modules to make complete train- The Classroom Manager also allows
ing units. students to keep an eye on their
courses: the qualifications on offer Program improvements (SPV) ASP solution
All the digital training media are are displayed clearly, and registering The program improvements contains The software is installed on a server
compiled in a central library. Direct is quick and easy. comprehensive hotline support for run by us. Access via Internet con-
access to training media greatly your administrators. It runs for 36 nection.
reduces course preparation time. months and must be essential or-
dered with the classroom manager ASP solution
The participants are provided with 100/10 or higher. Order no. ASP
the right material for each session.
You can create new tests, question- Note:
naires or other training media when- The order no. is configurable.
ever you need for participants com-
pleting courses or training sessions. SPV 50 users at 5 workstations
Order no. 8028155
SPV 100 users at 10 workstations
Order no. 8028155
Order no. 8028155
Order no. 8028155
Order no. 8028155
32 Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com

Available training programmes Order no.

configurable
Fluid engineering
Pneumatics 8038111
Hydraulics 8038112
Electropneumatics 8038113
Electrohydraulics 8038114
Electrical engineering
Electrical safety measures 8038120
Electrical engineering 1 8038116
Electrical engineering 2 8038117
Electronics 1 8038118
Electronics 2 8038119
Automation technology
Sensor technology 1 8038121
Sensor technology 2 8038122
Weve got great offers for ordering System requirements Discover MPS 200 8038123
all the training programs with the Windows operating system Win- Actuators DC motor 8038124
Classroom Manager take a look at dows 2000 server (Web Edition) Electric drives 1 8038125
the table. or higher Electric drives 2 8038126
Flash Player version 8.0 or higher Open- and closed-loop control 8038127
Please note: Administrator access is essential GRAFCET 8038128
WBTs that have already been infor installation PLC programming in accordance with IEC 61131 8038129
stalled from CD-ROM cannot be In addition to Classroom Manager, LOGO! Training 8038130
integrated into the Classroom Man- a number of free open-source com- Fieldbus technology 8038131
ager after installation. To do this, ponents must be installed (Apache Machine vision 8038132
you will require a new version. 2.x/MySQL 4.x or 5.x/PHP 4.x/Zend Safety engineering 8038133
The training programs are not in- Optimizer). These are supplied in Process automation 8038134
cluded in scope of delivery for the the installation bundle. Metalworking
Classroom Manager. Please order For standard installation, the re- Turning 8038135
separately. quired ports are Port 80 (Apache) Milling 8038136
and 3306 (MySQL) Drilling 8038137
For details of the WBTs and the avail- The hardware should be an Intel/ Materials science 8038138
able languages, please see the prod- AMD x86 or x86-64 platform. No Technology and Environment
uct description or the website. minimum requirements for CPU, The fascination of technology 8038139
memory or hard disk Renewable energies 8038140
Environmental protection in the office 8038141
Organisation and methods
Project management 8038142
Time management 8038143
Internet search 8038144
Lean Management/Lean Production
Value stream analysis and mapping 8038145
Poka Yoke 8038146
5S Workstation organisation 8038147
TPM Total Productive Maintenance 8038148
Management and teamwork
Customer orientation 8038149
Team Performance 8038150
Personnel management 8038151
Compliance 8038152
Training
Safety at work 8038153
General law on equality and discrimination 8038154
Basic principles of accounting 8038155
my|eCampus
Learning on the Internet around the clock
Learn online on my|eCampus Online learning via my|eCampus Course subscription The LMS subscription
the new educational portal for offers the following benefits: All training programs are offered With a Learning Management System
engineers and Excellent didactic and multimedia as subscriptions, i.e. you chose (LMS) subscription, courses can be
technology enthusiasts. course topics which training program you require provided for a group of users. In ad-
Experts ensure quality content for your qualification. The courses dition to the course packages avail-
my|eCampus offers interesting train- Freedom to learn anywhere and take at least six months. The annual able in my|eCampus, subscribers can
ing programs in automation tech- anytime at your own pace subscription even gives you unlim- add their own documents and con-
nology and mechatronics. Whether Saves travel time and down-time ited online access to all up-to-date tent to courses.
school or university students, tech- No need to install software course classes for technical training.
nicians or engineers anyone with No internal IT administration The administrator manages the
internet access can look into these Versatile integrative and interactive The courses can be booked both students and tracks their progress.
topics around the clock and pick up program functions for individual users and for multiple Various course packages on different
further qualifications. Educational progress is displayed users with multiple licenses. topics are available.
Training programs on the following Simple registration gives access In the configurator, which helps you
fundamental topics are available in to all training programs available make your selection, you can define
German, English, French and Span- on my|eCampus. courses, the number of students and
ish: the duration of the system e
ither
Fluid engineering 6 months or 12 months. In the first
Manufacturing automation four weeks, you have a personal
process automation my|eCampus-coach to instruct you
Electrical engineering in the system and support and ad-
Lean management vise you.
Technology and the environment
Try it for yourself. It is worthwhile
No, or little prior technical knowl- not just for engineers!
edge is required to complete these
classes. This way to my|eCampus:
https://festo.my-e-campus.com/

Content Builder
Devise and design your own training media
Devise digital training media Use Content Builder, for example, in Ordering information: Content Builder Classic
quickly and inexpensively. training projects or in publicity work. Order no. 576292
No matter whether you are dealing Content Builder Classic Content Builder Professional
Build up and consolidate knowledge: with data, facts or arguments with Content Builder Classic allows the Order no. 576293
create whole training scenarios! Content Builder you can communi- development of high-quality digi-
cate information in a structured and tal training media. It is possible to
Easy creation of exercises and tests stylish way. create both training content and in-
thanks to a wide choice of exercise teraction and test scenarios easily.
types and ready-made interaction As regards design and form, you German version.
scenarios. PowerPoint import func- can make use of numerous attrac-
tionality allows rapid e-learning. tive and functional templates. Add Content Builder Professional
Experience optimized workflow in content yourself using drag & drop Content Builder Professional is used
the production of training media. or save time by importing it from to develop professional digital train-
other digital media formats such as ing media. The numerous functions
The authoring tool Content Builder PowerPoint. which the system offers not only
allows the development of high-qual- allow the development of complex
ity digital training media. From clas- Create interaction! Integrated facili- training scenarios but also provide
sic web-based training through to ties for creating interaction scenar- workflow support during the creation
material for blended learning scenarios mean additional motivation for process. German version.
ios and rapid e-learning media, Con- students. Intelligent functions allow
tent Builder has many possible uses. you to produce ready-to-use results
without any need for programming
knowledge.
Speak many languages! The lan-

guage import and export function al-
lows you to create multilingual train-
ing media in next to no time. Texts
which need to be translated can be
output easily - thanks to the auto-
matic import function, translations
can easily be inserted at the same
places in written or audio form.
Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM
FluidSIM 5
Pneumatics/Hydraulics/Electrical engineering
For more than 20 years FluidSIM Testing in real time Speed made visible Wide range maximum convenience
has been the worlds leading circuit Whether in a training environment or The new simulation core of FluidSIM Pneumatics, hydraulics, electrical
diagram design and simulation pro- in an engineering office, the simula- 5 achieves simulation rates up to 10 engineering: the libraries are avail-
gram for pneumatics, hydraulics and tion of control systems and process- kHz. The parameters of all actuators able separately or together in the
now also for electrical engineering es has been standard in industry for can be precisely adjusted. FluidSIM same program. The user decides
Being able to freely design control a long time; it helps to minimise loss- 5 writes the simulation results in mil- which of the libraries can be used in
systems is motivating, and promotes es due to crashes and ensures great- lisecond cycles and d elivers them as the program. All technologies inter-
creativity and focus. Beyond that er efficiency and improved quality. a text file! The new simulated oscillo- act optimally in a circuit diagram or
FluidSIM provides teachers with a The parameters of all components scopes make frequencies up to 100 project.
wealth of text, images and videos are identical to those of the training kHz visible.
for multimedia-based lesson plan- packages from Festo Didactic and Flexible installation and use
ning. Dive into the world of real-time can be fully adapted to the charac- Learning with fun and success Online registration, network licence,
simulations with your apprentices, teristics of other components. Theory is all well and good, but re- usage at home: FluidSIM 5 offers
specialists or students and celebrate al practice provides motivation and many licence models that facili-
successful learning at all levels! The many aspects of GRAFCET promotes successful learning! In tate economical learning scenarios
GRAFCET replaced the displacement- many situations, FluidSIM 5 can be in a school or in a company. A new
One tool for all needs step diagram in training a long time easily used as a controller for the learner administration function even
As a teacher and trainer, you are the ago. FluidSIM 5 does even more real system: the EasyPort makes it allows you to provide and monitor
expert who masters tasks that are with GRAFCET: possible convenient, digital and licences for learning groups and to
needed to prepare lessons. That is Editing for documentation analogue! New: with the joystick, use the software at home.
why FluidSIM 5 offers the expert conforming to standards FluidSIM 5 is not only fun, but it
mode. Your trainees should initially Visualising for maximum clarity now also allows several switches
concentrate on the essentials. They Monitoring coloured signals and valves to be operated simulta-
can work and learn successfully in indicate where the process is neously.
the standard mode, which has a re- running correctly or not at all
duced range of functions and offers Control for manufacturer-neutral
advantages for the learning process. control of all fluid systems and
electrical systems
36 www.festo-didactic.com
Media > Software > Designing/Simulating with FluidSIM
Professional CAD according Libraries for new technologies Simulation in high definition Convenient documentation
to standards Libraries for the pneumatics and Signal processing up to 10 kHz Project administration, drawing
Convenient drawing thanks to hydraulics training packages at all Virtual oscilloscope for frequencies sheets
alignment lines and new snap levels including control technology up to 100 kHz Individual drawing frames in all
functions and proportional technology Simultaneous simulation of all sizes
Easy insertion of new symbols New: drives in pneumatics circuits in a project Automatic bills of materials, flow
into existing connections Vacuum technology Simulated values can be shown at path numbering, switching element
Variable drawing frames Sensors in pneumatics run-time tables, terminal diagrams, cables,
Continuous scaling and rotation Safety in pneumatic systems Several switches can be operated wiring lists and tubing lists
Dimensioning functions Mobile hydraulics with the joystick Exports into all common formats
Intersection calculation of lines, Electrical engineering, electronics
rectangles and ellipses Circuits with contacts Learning material included FluidSIM for homework
Slides, pictures, animations, sec- New expansion for administering
Completely according to standard GRAFCET in various modes tional drawings, video sequences external users over the Internet
All symbols to DIN ISO 1219 or GrafEdit: create GRAFCETs in Description of the physical-mathe- Administration of learning groups
DIN EN 81346-2 compliance with the standard matical simulation models Integrated chat functions
Connection identification according GrafView: visualise the control Training program for FluidSIM Simple administration by the tutor
to new equipment identifier sequence represented as beginners
GRAFCET according to the current a GRAFCET Details of all components at the
standard GrafControl: control the process push of a button
with the GRAFCET, including error Finished sample presentations
simulation and process monitoring for your training course
GrafPLC Language changeover at run-time
Multilingual (standard German/
English)
Pneumatics Electrical engineering System requirements

Local installation, Local installation, Windows XP, Vista, 7 or 8 New languages free of charge
single/multiple licence de/en/es/fr single/multiple licence de/en/es/fr Processor with at least In the future, you will receive
Order no. 8024357 Order no. 8024359 1 gigahertz new language variants free of
Network installation, Network installation, At least 1 GB RAM charge on the Internet. They
single/multiple licence de/en/es/fr single/multiple licence de/en/es/fr Dual core processor can be integrated into your ex-
Order no. 8024360 Order no. 8024362 (recommended) isting version via an update.
Hydraulics Visit us on the Internet.

Local installation, There you will find all the
single/multiple licence de/en/es/fr We can meet your needs information you need on
Order no. 8024358 Recommended accessories: Multiple licences for local or currently available versions
Network installation, X-Box controller network installation with as and updates for existing
single/multiple licence de/en/es/fr with cable 8026542 many licences as you need. FluidSIM users.
Order no. 8024361 without cable 8032252
Media > Software > Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
EPLAN Education
Education licence
EPLAN EPLAN Education brings industrial Your advantages EPLAN incorporates various
standards to basic and further train- EPLAN offers users unimaginable standards such as DIN ISO, GOST,
For more than 25 years, EPLAN ing. Trainers and teachers benefit freedom. EPLAN products not only NFPA. With freely configurable
has stood for innovative software from a comprehensive range of ser- offer a graphical approach but also page and component structures
solutions and service concepts vices, train-the-trainer and on-site an object-orientated engineering in accordance with VDMA stand-
forelectrical and fluid engineer- software installation. approach. The system proposes ards, all possible avenues can be
ing, planning and design. EPLAN the best handling method for every explored.
Software & Service is the leading stage of production. The user does The EPLAN Data Portal with its
global technology provider in this not have to predefine anything, broad range of component d ata
branch. Complemented by its part- but has the freedom to design in increases the quality of your
nership with Autodesk in the area of a way best suited to the workflow, documentation and simplifies
mechanical design, EPLAN Software thus determining the systems per- project planning. Certified equip-
&S ervice also offers CAE and CAD formance rather than the system ment and components from well-
expertise on a global scale. determining the design. known manufacturers can be add-
Trendsetting technologies, such ed easily via drag & drop. This
as the new macro variant feature, saves time that would have other-
make projects uniquely flexible: wise been spent searching in vari-
parameterisation instead of (re-) ous manufacturers catalogues,
design saves time from the outset. entering different order numbers
Multi-user functionality enables and generating your own macros.
multi-location, network-wide, You have round the clock access
global access to a project. The via the Internet to device informa-
software displays are in the corre- tion such as parts circuit diagrams,
sponding language for the user. schematic diagrams, preview
Unlimited foreign language images and manuals with updates
support and dictionaries to ISO is available.
5598 now make global engineer-
ing possible.
Media > Software > Projecting/Designing with EPLAN
EPLAN Electric P8 EPLAN Fluid EPLAN PPE EPLAN Pro Panel

The new CAE dimension for effective For specialist and logic-controlled EPLAN PPE (Process Plant Engineer- With EPLAN Pro Panel it is possi-
project planning of complex elec- development of hydraulic, pneumat- ing) represents professional plan- ble to layout mounting panels and
trical engineering control systems, ic, cooling, lubrication and refrigera- ning of electrical, measurement and enclosures in 3D and to derive the
including PLC, bus system and as- tion systems. EPLAN Fluid combines control technology and design of corresponding documentation and
sembly planning support. A tech- CAD functionality with unique logic process engineering machines and production drawings accurately, sim-
nological lead can be gained with and automatises documentation, systems. The EPLAN PPE engineering ply and rapidly. The optional mod-
optional graphics and object orienta- including test functions and stand- system supports the entire planning ule supports cross-discipline de-
tion, variant construction and work- ards compliance checks. of a system, from the creation of sys- signing of electrical engineering and
group engineering. tem overviews, P&ID diagrams, man- fluid power in an integrated project
agement of process control tasks to database.
comprehensive automation technol-
ogy documentation.
The EPLAN Education package Scope of delivery Differences to the industry version System requirements
The EPLAN Education classroom The EPLAN Education package Special data format which is not PC with Windows 7, Windows Vista
licence includes the following four contains 25 classroom network compatible with the industry or Windows XP SP3
programs licences and 1 workstation licence version Dual Core processor, 2 GB RAM
EPLAN Electric P8 for the trainer from: Limited export functions DVD-ROM disk drive
EPLAN Fluid EPLAN Electric P8, Water-marked printouts Monitor resolution 1280 x 1024
EPLAN PPE EPLAN Fluid,
EPLAN Pro Panel EPLAN PPE, Scope of software service Get to know EPLAN for free
EPLAN Pro Panel. Access to the EPLAN Data Portal As a pupil, student or trainee you can
The concept deftly bridges the gap The software is available in 16 Provision of current releases and obtain a free version of EPLAN, lim-
between industrial practice and languages: de, en, es, fr, nl, se, ru, service packs free of charge ited to the duration of your studies,
the requirements of basic and fur- dk, cn, pl, pt, pt-br, cz, hu, it, kr. Special concessions for training in order to produce lab work and final
ther training. Integrated electrical Train-the-trainer courses from the courses on updates coursework in the area of electrical
engineering, fluid engineering and current EPLAN course plan HelpDesk support engineering, fluid engineering and
electrical, measurement and con- On-site installation service E-mail support electrical, measurement and control
trol technology enable mechatron- Master data and sample projects Online access to special support technology. Using the software for
ic design processes to be conveyed Training materials data and information commercial purposes is not permitted.
comprehensively.
Completing the software service Further information at: www.eplan.de
This means that anyone, whether contract means you gain access to
during training, studies or later in the EPLAN Data Portal, which con-
practical applications, can design an tains engineering data from well-
entire functional system, because known manufacturers.
the knowledge from the classroom
can be transferred to real-life practi-
cal applications. Our range of services consists of classroom licenses and additional student and
teacher licenses and the software service with different periods of validity.
With a broad range of training doc- We will be happy to provide you with an individual offer.
umentation, online help and video
demos. Recommended training media, also order:
EPLAN Electric P8, version 2: Practical training for beginners, de 576278
Medien > Software > Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS
CIROS
Professional training in virtual learning environments
The fascination of 3D simulation
Modern PC technology allows us to

create realistic 3D simulations even
for the most complex of automation
systems. The participants discover
the kinetic dynamism of mechatronic
systems using virtual reality with-
out any risk to human or machine.
This allows us to take a step into
automation technology without any
worries, providing a great motiva-
tional boost.
Industrial practice Flexible learning Safe commissioning
The ways we work and learn have Today, simulation represents an im- Realistic simulated learning systems Large, fast and cost-intensive equip-
changed and CIROS supports portant tool in production and prod- broaden the possibilities in train- ment is used in mechatronic sys-
these new methods. The focus is uct development for analysing new ing situations where real automa- tems. Despite this, robots, linear
placed on understanding things visu- solutions, methods and processes tion systems would be stretched to axes and transport systems can be
ally: the attractive representation on in a quick and low-cost manner. De- their limits. They allow new training explored and commissioned within
the PC motivates and encourages the pending on the task in question, content and scenarios to be covered the simulated production environ-
learning process. simulation systems come into play using simulation. ment without posing any risk what-
which differ from each other in terms soever to students or the installa-
of the level of detail of the information.
tion to be obtained and the way in
which they calculate this informa-
tion.

CIROS
the universal 3D simulation system
made in Germany
The flexibility provided by CIROS

makes it suitable for many different
fields of application. It is available in
a variety of price ranges with differ-
ent options and configurations, and
is efficient and convenient to use on
a daily basis.
CIROS covers a great number of

applications: ranging from the use
of 3D simulation in basic and further
training, through the implementa-
tion of the digital factory in indus-
trial companies and right up to real-
time simulations of complex virtual
worlds.
Faults made easy Putting simulation to use Unlimited use Ready to use immediately
A simple click of the mouse in the While virtually commissioning in- Nowadays, any student can use a After installing CIROS, you can
simulation is all that is needed to put dustry control systems and robots, simulation program with minimum utilise one of the over 150 included
a pneumatic cylinder or an inductive students are able to use the system effort. At the same time, full func- simulation models from the factory
sensor into a fault state. This opens simulation to develop sequencing tionality of the simulated systems is and process automation sector for
up new learning situations in which and motion programs which can then guaranteed at all times. As a result, teaching and use the comprehensive
students can be trained in systemati- be transferred to the control systems simulation helps save costs and con- model documentation.
cally searching for faults. actually in place. tributes to ensuring that the same
conditions apply for all students.
Whats more, simulation technol-
ogy can be used for almost any ap-
plication.
Media > Software > Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS
CIROS Studio
Creating virtual learning environments
CIROS Studio is the professional 3D real-time simulation including Robot programming that supports System requirements
tool for creating simulation models. simulation of physical effects, trans- different programming languages: Applicable for CIROS Studio and
The industrially utilised, powerful de- port simulation, simulation of hose IRL (DIN 66312) CIROS Education:
velopment platform unites the three connections and energy chains, er- Movemaster Command, MELFA Intel Core Duo 2.2 GHz processor
tools Simulation, Modelling and Pro- ror simulation, sensor simulation. All BASIC III, IV and V for Mitsubishi 2 GB main memory (RAM)
gramming under one common in- 3D objects are controlled by an in- robots 20 GB disk space
terface. tegrated virtual control systems via KRL for KUKA robots Windows 7 or Windows 8 (32 or 64
mechanical or electrical interfaces. RAPID for ABB robots bit) with Internet Explorer
3D modelling based on standard- This allows realistic experiments and V+ for Adept and Stubli robots Graphic card with 3D accelera-
ised import filters for external CAD analyses: Programming assistant with syntax tion and full OpenGL support, e.g.
systems: Transport simulation is a very pow- checking and program editor with NVIDIA 7800GTX, 512 MB RAM or
Import filters for STEP, IGES, erful extension to the 3D simula- syntax highlighting better
VRML and STL tion core. It is used for the flexible RCI Explorer for Mitsubishi robots: USB interface for licence dongle or
Basic CAD functions design of any transport processes. powerful interface to the Mitsubi- Ethernet interface for PC network
Definition of local coordinate Collision detection through colour shi robot control systems via Eth- when using a licence server
systems (Master Frames) for simple change or warning messages with/ ernet TCP/IP, USB or a serial inter- Adobe Acrobat Reader version 6.0
relative positioning of objects without acknowledgement. Simple face. With a convenient program or higher
Modelling through parametrisa- selection of the objects that are to editor, program downloads and up- When using a licence server:
tion of the geometry, the kinemat- be checked for collision. loads, online visualisation of robot Standard PC with USB and Ethernet
ics, and the material and physical Sensor simulation: Almost all sen- system data, program tracking in interface for licence server
characteristics sors, from the inductive sensor to individual step mode and automat-
Libraries with industrial robot the camera are reproduced with ic mode, project backups. Single licence
systems and numerous automation their physical characteristics. Order no. 8038980-SSL
components Error simulation: Creation of error It contains both the virtual human Licence extension
Library with powerful automation scenarios as learning scenarios for with 30 independently controllable Order no. 8038980-SLE
mechanisms strategic troubleshooting and recti- degrees of freedom and simulation
Export filters for DXF, STEP, IGES, fication of operating errors. of the Robotino mobile robot plat-
VRML and STL Multitasking of virtual control sys- form.
tems: Process models can be con-
trolled in parallel by a number of
robots and/or PLCs.
OPC client with configuration menu
for communication with any num-
ber of OPC servicers for connection
of any number of PLCs.

Media > Software > Simulating system and virtual learning environment CIROS
CIROS Education
Applying virtual learning environments
CIROS Education offers all func- Training in PLC programming Training in production planning Troubleshooting training
tions of CIROS Studio without the CIROS Education is the virtual learn- and production control The powerful error simulation in
abilities of creating new models and ing environment for mechatronics CIROS allows you to link the simula- CIROS with varied error scenarios in
connecting robot control systems. with a focus on PLC controlled sys- tion and the higher-order controller adjustment errors for sensors. Set-
The main areas of application of tems. It offers an ideal working envi- of real systems. The planning of pro- ting errors is password-protected.
CIROS Education are training in: ronment for PLC programming based duction plants, the intralogistics, de- Finding and rectifying errors can be
Robot programming on Siemens S7 and other manufac- sign and optimisation of Manufactur- logged to evaluate the results subse-
PLC programming turers control systems. Includes vir- ing Executing Systems (MES) as well quently. That allows you to design an
Troubleshooting tual learning environment for the meas production management are the effective training for systematic com-
Production planning and produc- chatronic training system MPS. focus here. In CIROS, the 3D models missioning and repair in the event of
tion control The complex model library con- of your production line are created malfunctions within the simulation
tains more than 30 process models from library elements. environment.
Training in robot programming of selected MPS stations, various The library delivers numerous man-
CIROS Education is ideally suited conveyor systems and an automat- ufacturing, assembly, warehouse Single licence
for learning how to program and ic warehouse. and measuring stations for setting Order no. 8038980-ESL
commission industrial robot sys- The models can be activated im- up an iCIM production line. Licence extension
tems. For this purpose, the program mediately from the integrated vir- The 3D simulation comprises all Order no. 8038980-ELE
offers an integrated training pro- tual S7 PLC, from STEP 7 or the TIA the most important components of 12-user licence
gram and a variety of different robot portal of the simulated SIMATIC a manufacturing system from flex- Order no. 8038980-EL12
models. Controller S7-PLCSIM or via the ible material flow up to individu- 25-user licence
All the required basics for automa- EasyPort from any other external al sensors, and uses the complex Order no. 8038980-EL25
tion with robots are conveyed by hardware PLC. functionality of CIROS Studio.
the integrated CIROS Robotics Distributed control concept: Each The layout module allows you to
Assistant offering numerous graph- station has its own virtual control create the layout of future produc-
ics and animations to explain tech- system with a separate program tion lines with only a few clicks of
nical terms and facts, videos on a that can be modified or created the mouse as well as the simula-
large number of industrial applica- from scratch at any point in time. tion model at the same time.
tions involving robots, sample pro- Commissioning of distributed con-
grams for every model, technical trol systems: The stations can work CIROS Supervision allows you to
documentation including instruc- in manual operating mode. That al- automatically create a basic version
tions on processing. lows you to gradually commission of an MES system (Manufacturing
The model library with over 25 pre- the control programs in the individ- Executing System) for your produc-
pared robot work cells gives direct ual stations. tion line at the push of a button. For
access to commissioning and pro- this, the functions of a manufactur-
gramming robot applications: ranging control board with graphic pro-
ing from simple pick & place tasks cess tracking and a link to the pro-
right up to plants with numerous duction database are used. CIROS
robot systems. Supervision is supplied with CIROS
Education.
CIROS
Robotics applications
What do you need? Industrial robotics for everyone Quick commissioning Individual expansion
As typical equipment for a robotics The more than 25 ready-made simu- Anyone who uses an MPS Robot All of the simulation models sup-
laboratory we recommend real robot lation models of robot work cells in station in the laboratory will be able plied provide a template for building
work cells, for example the MPS CIROS Education are executable to find a suitable simulation model in a virtual learning environment with
Robot station with optional equip- immediately after installation. The CIROS Education. The program for CIROS Studio. If you already have
ment levels, as well as CIROS Edu- entry-level models, which represent the real station can be developed by a robot work cell, you can remodel
cation and CIROS Studio as a virtual simple Pick & Place tasks, are suit- the user in CIROS Education and be it using the available robot librar-
learning environment for simulating able for beginners to robot program- optimised with regard to cycle time, ies. You can use the CAD import and
a wide range of applications in in- ming. They provide users with a for example. modelling functions in CIROS Stu-
dustrial robotics. hands-on and safe environment for dio to help you.
learning about the fundamentals of At the robot workstations, the real
For all of the users training in your robotics. robot controller should preferably be
laboratory at any given time you gen- linked to the simulation and control
erally use a licence from CIROS Edu- The other models include applica- computer using an Ethernet connec-
cation, which is available at the rele- tions for industrial robots in the ar- tion. CIROS Studio uses the online
vant student workstations. A CIROS eas of dismantling, laboratory au- connection to the robot controller
Studio licence is also required for the tomation, packaging and welding. to transfer the program created us-
connection of real controllers for ro- Robots from different manufacturing CIROS Education to the robot
bots from Mitsubishi Electric. ers are used here. You can specify controller. The user then checks the
the programming languages for each robot positions in the real station,
model. adapts them if necessary and runs in
his program, initially with the robot
at controlled speed.
CIROS
Automation technology applications
From hardware-in-the-loop The entire world of Which PLC should you use
to completely virtual automation technology for your application?
CIROS supports different scenarios In the collection of CIROS mod- Given the wide range of options for
for PLC simulation and offline pro- els supplied you will find suitable connecting a PLC to CIROS, it is gen-
gramming for PLC-controlled auto- simulation models that can be used erally possible to use any PLC to con-
mation technology installations. A immediately for virtually all Festo trol the simulated model. Select the
real PLC can be coupled with CIROS Didactic learning systems in the area PLC manufacturer and type and we
via EasyPort. In this scenario, CIROS of factory and process automation. will recommend the best means of
receives the PLC initial values, sim- The range of models includes the connecting it to the virtual learning
ulates the controlled process and components, modules and stations environment.
transfers the current sensor values of the Modular Production System
back to the PLC inputs via EasyPort. MPS. With CIROS Studio you can
Alternatively, various software con- also create your own process mod-
trollers such as the S7-PLCSIM or els or build your own systems based
a Codesys SoftPLC can be used to on the available models of the MPS
control the simulated sequence with- stations.
out any hardware. CIROS also sup-
ports the connection of controllers
via an OPC server.
Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com 45

Media > Software > Programming software
Programming software
Siemens
STEP 7 Trainer Package STEP 7 Software for Students

The STEP 7 Trainer Package for 12 The trial licence for 365 days in-
users contains the programming lan- cludes the programming languages
guages Statement List (STL), Func- Statement List (STL), Function Chart
tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Dia- (FCH) and Ladder Diagram (LDR),
gram (LDR) as well as STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-SCL, STEP 7-GRAPH, as well
STEP 7-GRAPH, Distributed Safety, as the S7-PLCSIM simulation soft-
S7-Technology software package ware.
and distributed intelligence iMap.
It facilitates the realisation of net- The software and documentation are
worked solutions with SIMATIC S7- supplied on DVD, whilst 20 floating
1500/1200/300/400, SIMATIC C7, licences are supplied on a USB stick
SIMATIC WinAC. The Trainer Package (de/en/fr/es/it).
also contains the S7-PLCSIM simula-
tion software. Using the simulation Prerequisite: S7 Trainer Package for
software S7-PLCSIM it is possible to 12 users.
carry out the functional test of the
SIMATIC S7 user blocks on PG/PC Intended for non-industrial educa-
regardless of the availability of the tional users only.
target hardware. Detection and elimi- de/en/fr/es/it 548576
nation of program errors are there-
fore possible at a much earlier stage
in development. The Trainer Package STEP 7 Professional for Training
contains 60 copies (3 x 20 licences) Contains the programming lan-
of the STEP 7 Software for Students guages Statement List (STL), Func-
(365-day licence). tion Chart (FCH) and Ladder Diagram
(LDR) as well as STEP 7-SCL, STEP
S7-PLCSIM can be used for all user 7-GRAPH, iMap, Distributed Safety,
blocks and a selection of existing S7-Technology software package and
system functions which have been S7-PLCSIM.
created in one of the following pro-
gramming languages: STL, LDR, FCH, The software and documentation are
System requirements for STEP 7-GRAPH, STEP 7-HiGraph, supplied on DVD whilst the floating
STEP 7 Professional 2010 STEP 7-SCL. licence is supplied on a USB stick
PC with Windows 7 Professional, (de/en/fr/es/it).
Enterprise, Ultimate The software and documentation are
At least Pentium 4 with 1,7 GHz supplied on DVD whilst the floating Intended for industrial educational
At least 1 GB RAM licence is supplied on a USB stick users.
At least 1024 x 768 Pixel (de/en/fr/es/it). de/en/fr/es/it 548575
Interchangeable usage of System recommendations for Intended for non-industrial educa-

STEP 7 Professional 2010 STEP 7 Professional TIA-Portal tional users only.
(Classic) and STEP 7 PC with Windows 7 Professional, de/en/fr/es/it 548573
Professional TIA-Portal. Enterprise, Ultimate/ Windows 8.1
Professional, Enterprise
Intel Core i5-3320M with 3,3 GHz STEP 7 Trainer Package Upgrade
or comparable To the current version of the STEP 7
8 GB RAM Trainer Package.
1920 x 1080 Pixel
64 Bit operating system Prerequisite: Trainer package for 12
students.
Intended for non-industrial educa-

tional users only.
The Trainer Package contains 60 li-

cences (3 x 20) for the STEP 7 Soft-
ware for Students (365-day licence).
For 12 students. Scope as for STEP 7

Trainer Package (order no. 548573).
de/en/fr/es/it 548574

Media > Software > Programming software
Programming software
CODESYS LOGO! Soft Comfort V8 Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package RSLogix 500 Starter
provided by Festo Easy operation in single mode and The standard programming software The programming software for the
The Codesys soft- simple project planning in network for controller type FX from Mitsubi- Micro Logix controller type by Allen-
ware for the CPX-CEC mode shi includes GX Developer for the Bradley contains the RSLogix 500
range of controllers Intuitive programming and configu- programming of AWL, FUP, KOP, as Starter as well as RS Linx Lite for pro-
allows standardised programming ration of the many functions, fast well as GX IEC Developer, the power- gramming LDR. The CD-ROM (en)
in accordance with IEC 61131-3. Op- and easy interconnection at the ful development environment to IEC manual incorporates Getting Results
timised for the configuration, pro- click of a mouse 61131 (AWL, FBS, KOP, AS, ST). The with RSLogix 500.
gramming, commissioning and main- Automatic configuration of commu- Trainer Package consists of six full
tenance of pneumatic and electrical nication and representation in the licences and six student versions on System requirements
automation solutions. network view separate CD-ROMs for doing home- PC with Win NT/2000/XP
Up to three programs can be dis- work. At least Pentium II 500 MHz
Your advantages played side by side, whereby sig- 128 MB RAM
Thanks to the IEC 61131-3 stand- nals can be dragged from one pro- Scope of delivery: 45 MB free space on hard disc
ard, Codesys is flexible and can be gram and dropped into another GX IEC Developer (de/en) 3.5 floppy disc drive
used for all kinds of control tasks Programs from previous versions GX IEC Developer for students en 535829
Very simple to commission and can be used (de/en)
program Order no. 8040050 GX Developer (de/en) RSLogix 5000 Mini Edition
Ethernet communication for sim- GX Developer for students (en) RSLogix 5000 is the programming
ple programming, module library Manual on CD-ROM (de/en) software for the CompactLogix con-
included troller type from Allen-Bradley.
Module library for electric drives System requirements RSLogix 5000 Mini Edition allows
PC with Win 98/ME/NT/2000/XP programming using a ladder dia-
The following functions and At least PentiumII 450 MHz gram.
languages are supported 64 MB RAM
Ladder diagram 150 MB free space on hard disk System requirements
Structured text PC with Windows 2000/XP/Vista
Sequential function chart The Trainer Package is intended At least Pentium II 450 MHz
Continuous function chart exclusively for basic and further At least 128 MB RAM
Function block diagram training. 3 GB free space on hard disk
Integrated visualisation de/en 541149 DVD drive
Trace functions en 8034584
Offline simulation
All programming languages can
RSLogix 5000 Lite Edition
be used in combination with one RSLogix 5000 is the programming
another software for the CompactLogix con-
Simultaneous conversions possible troller type from Allen-Bradley.
All standard data types: BYTE, RSLogix 5000 Lite Edition allows pro-
WORD, DWORD, SINT, USINT, INT, gramming using a ladder diagram,
UINT, DINT function block diagram, sequential
Symbolic operands with no length function chart and structured text.
restriction
Context-sensitive help functions System requirements
Global search and replace PC with Windows 2000/XP/Vista
Disc space check prior to download At least Pentium II 450 MHz
Unlimited number of function pa- At least 128 MB RAM
rameters 3 GB free space on hard disk
Free download DVD drive
en 8034585
Media > Software > Visualisation software
Visualisation software
Trainer Package WinCC Trainer Package Wonderware InTouch HMI

WinCC flexible/WinCC Advanced SIMATIC WinCC is a PC-based control WinCC/Web Navigator InTouch is an interactive system for
Consistent family of engineering and monitoring system designed for Systems operation and monitoring visualising, monitoring and control-
tools for project planning of SIMATIC the visualisation and control of pro- via the Internet, in-house intranet ling industrial processes.
HMI operator units and the PC-based cesses, production sequences and or LAN connection using SIMATIC
visualisation systems WinCC Runt- machines. WinCC. The package comprises the InTouch
ime Advanced and WinCC Runtime development and runtime version for
Professional. The package consists of a configu- 6x WinCC Complete Windows with 512 PLC variables. A
ration (development) system and a Version RC 2048 Variables comprehensive library with over 500
6x combined licence for switch- runtime system for 2048 variables 6x WinCC/Web Navigator intelligent and individually adapt-
able use of SIMATIC WinCC flexible (PowerTags). Diagnostics Server able graphic and object symbols is
2008 (Classic) and SIMATIC WinCC 6x WinCC/Web Navigator also included.
Advanced (TIA Portal) Supplied on DVD, without documen- Diagnostics Client
6x option and run-time software tation. Detailed documentation and The package includes a manual and
2x 20 SIMATIC WinCC Advanced/ configuration manuals on request. System requirements there are context-related help texts
WinCC flexible 2008 SP3 for stu- Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise, in the software. Supplied on DVD
dents (temporary with authorisa- System requirements Ultimate (32 bit/64 bit), Windows XP with USB licence dongle in the mini-
tion for 365 days) Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise, Professional (32 bit) systainer.
Ultimate (32 bit/64 bit), Windows XP
System requirements Professional (32 bit) Order no. 556238 Also order:
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008: Intouch manual containing detailed
Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise 1 licence,de/en/es/fr/it descriptions of how to use the soft-
(not N), Ultimate SP1 Order no. 195439 ware and the functions for the crea-
SIMATIC WinCC advanced: 6 licences (Trainer Package),de/en/es/fr/it tion of visualisation applications (or-
Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise Order no. 195442 der no. 95242 en)
(not N), Ultimate SP1/Windows 8.1
Professional, Enterprise System requirements
Win XP SP3 Professional 32 bit/Win
Authorisation on USB stick Vista SP2 Business or Ultimate 32
Order no. 556239 or 64 bit/Win 7 SP1 Professional or
Ultimate 32 or 64 bit
Trainer Package Upgrade PC with at least a 1.2 GHz
WinCC flexible/WinCC Advanced processor
6x Upgrade from SIMATIC WinCC At least 1 GB RAM
flexible 2008 and SIMATIC WinCC At least 100 GB of free hard
Advanced V11 and V12 to Advanced drive space
V13. Graphics card and monitor with
Super VGA resolution (1024 x 768)
System requirements or better
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008: CD-ROM or DVD drive
Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise (for installation)
(not N), Ultimate SP1
SIMATIC WinCC advanced: Single licence de/en 567426
Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise 6-user licence de/en 567427
(not N), Ultimate SP1/Windows 8.1 Special licence rules apply
Professional, Enterprise for schools and educational
institutes in the commercial
Authorisation on USB stick sector.
Order no. 8040062
Media > Software > Measuring/Open-loop control/Closed-loop control with FluidLab-PA
FluidLab-PA closed loop FluidLab PA process

Control engineering in focus Getting started in process
engineering
Using FluidLab-PA step by step to Menu: 2-point controller Simple application of Menu: FluidSIM
teach and demonstrate the funda- Typical applications are level and complex relationships Develop and immediately test
mentals of control technology. The temperature controlled systems. The clear menu structure proceeds control-technology relationships
EasyPort is used to connect the PC from the commissioning of the whether virtual or real. Program
and real hardware, e.g. the EduKit Menu: Continuous regulation EduKit PA or Compact workstation ones own process sequence in
PA, the MPS PA compact worksta- Experimentation, configuration and to the process engineering using the FluidSIM: electrical circuit diagram,
tion or the MPS PA filtration station, optimisation of the control processes example of a bottling plant. logic diagram and GRAFCET.
mixing, reactor, filling. (P, PI, PD or PID controller) with im-
mediate effect in the process. Con- Menu: Guided commissioning Menu: Virtual reactor
Settings trolled systems can be operated via A check list like in the industry. After Animated by a sequencer observ-
Parametrisation of sensor values mouse click. Trouble-free documen- processing, the system is activated. ing, analysing and documenting the
with factor and offset to represent tation of the control parameter is A commissioning protocol can be simulated processes. Production
the physical quantities as well as sig- possible. The measured values and printed out for documentation. according to customer order and
nal attenuation per median filter for curve profiles can be documented assessing and responding to error
the analogue input signals. Display comprehensively. The block diagram Condition monitoring messages are in demand.
of the physical value in the variable can be displayed as a function menu Safety and efficiency are checked
units field. Other possible settings for all continuous controllers with by means of permanent recording Menu: Virtual PLC
are the inversion of the controller current numerical values. of machine status. Detect and anal- actuating with STEP 7, PLCSIM or
direction, Y offset in the continuous yses deviations with FluidLab-PA CoDeSys simulation
rules and the selection of the simula- Industrial controller functions process. Learn the basics of PLC programming
tion mode. System operation like in a process and the logical processing of binary
control system. It is possible to spec- Menu: Operation, open- and and analogue signals. Test the pro-
Menu: Measurement ify nominal values, display warning closed-loop control with the gram on a virtual or real model.
All binary and analogue process da- limits and switch the controller be- EasyPort
ta, for example the signal statuses tween manual and automatic. Experience the behaviour of a sys- Menu: Filling with Excel interface
of the sensors, process fittings and tem using simple process examples. FluidLab-PA is transmitted o rder
pump, can be displayed graphically Simulation Control-technology operations and data from MS Excel via the DDE
and evaluated directly. To record the A simulated process model illus- continuous and discontinuous con- interface, e.g. the number and vol-
sensor characteristic and determin- trates the sequence identically to the trollers are presented. Subsequent ume of the bottles. Conversely, the
ing a step response, functions are operation of the real hardware. analyses bring a valuable, basic re- current status of the plant, for exam-
available such as selection of meas- alisation, which can be transferred ple the level of the storage tanks, is
uring channels, adjusting the test FluidLab-PA for MPS PA stations to the general technology. Especially reported.
time or cursor evaluation with zoom is included. general training aims, such as the
function. concentrated observation and analy- FluidLab-PA for MPS PA stations
Single licence on CD-ROM de/en/es/fr/sv sis of systems, are encouraged. is included.
Menu: Characteristic curve Order no. 544304
The characteristics of a final control 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM Single licence on CD-ROM de/en/es/fr
element (e.g. pump or proportional de/en/es/fr/sv Order no. 567224
valve) is investigated in various per- Order no. 567139 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM
spectives (voltage for flow, flow for de/en/es/fr
pressure, pressure for voltage). Order no. 567225
Media > Software > Interface EasyPort
EasyPort USB
Interface for measuring, open-loop control, closed-loop control
Connection of software/simulation Technical data Control of numerous

with actual training equipment/ 24 V power supply via separate practical process model
all PLCs screw terminals or via SysLink
connectors Numerous practical process models
The principle is simple: the USB in- Interface to PC (galvanically iso- can be controlled using any PLC us-
terface is connected to the PC. The lated): USB 2.0, RS 232. Up to 4 ing EasyPort and the EasyVeep sim-
connection to the automation equip- modules can be connected via a ulation software included in scope of
ment is via standard SysLink connec- USB hub. Transmission speed: delivery. The models are documented
tors. Input and output signals can 115 kbaud and meet a broad range of require-
thus be read into and output from a Analogue interface: sub-D 15-pin ments.
PC. So that EasyPort can adapt to dif- socket, 12 bit resolution, 4 ana-
ferent situations, we have developed logue inputs, 2 analogue outputs, Easy Veep is easy to install and of-
software for the device drivers with sample frequency 0.5 kHz fers exciting fields of application. The
a graphical user interface, via which Digital interface: 16 digital inputs, topics covered include the following:
connections can be made. 16 digital outputs on 2 x 24-pin 7-segment display
Centronics sockets with 8 digital Alarm systems
inputs each (24 V), 8 digital out- Level crossings
puts (24 V). 24 V power supply. Lifts
Digital signals represented by LEDs Garage doors
Large LCD display, display of chan- Multi-storey car parks
nel, unit, trend and measured value Sluice gates
(4 digits). Selection of the chan- Sorting systems
nel to be displayed and the units Hot water tanks
via keys. Washing machines
Controllable via ActiveX Control Wind generators
from Labview, C++ or Visual Basic and much more
EasyPort USB 19
Technical data as with EasyPort
USB
However, for installation in a
19 support system
Front plate: 19 plate with 36 HP
Media > Software > Interface EasyPort
Connects the simulation to the real world
Example applications Measuring Control (open loop) Closed-loop control Controlling a

simulation
PC: FluidLab-PA FluidSIM (only digital) FluidLab-PA EasyVeep

Software and simulations FluidLab-P S7-PLCSIM FluidLab-P FluidSIM
FluidLab-H Codesys Soft-SPS from version 2.0 CIROS
LabVIEW LabVIEW LabVIEW LabVIEW
C++ C++ C++ C++
Visual Basic Visual Basic Visual Basic Visual Basic
Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB Interface: USB
Interface:
EasyPort USB
Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital/analogue Interface: digital
Real training equipment Simulation box, Simulation box, Simulation box, Any PLC
digital/analogue digital/analogue digital/analogue Simulation box, digital
MPS PA MPS PA MPS PA EduTrainer
TP 210 MPS TP 210
TP 610 TP 301 TP 610 Recommendation:
The Codesys starter kit
EasyPort USB is the PC EasyPort USB is the PC EasyPort USB is the with CECC-LK and EasyPort
interface for receiving interface to control actual PC interface to control USB contains everything
analogue measurements processes or simulations an actual closed-loop that is needed to start on
and digital signals. on a PC via an actual PLC. controlled system. the subject of control
Page 223
Measurement data logged Actual process, controlled Closed-loop controlled
via: via: system, controlled via: Simulated process,
FluidLab-PA S7-PLCSIM FluidLab-PA displayed via:
FluidLab-P FluidSIM FluidLab-P CIROS
FluidLab-H Codesys from version 2.0 FluidSIM
EasyVeep
EasyPort USB 548687 EasyPort USB 19 8021637 Also order:

For EasyPort with a real process or SimuBox:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
For EasyPort with a real PLC:
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) on both ends, crossover 167106
For EasyPort, freely wirable, with any PLC:
I/O data cable with SysLink connector IEEE 488 and bare cable-end sleeves 167122
For EasyPort with an EduTrainer:
Scope of delivery I/O data cable, crossover, with terminal socket, 0.3 m 167197
EasyPort USB/EasyPort USB 19 For EasyPort with a real PLC or SimuBox:
24 V connecting cable on 4 mm safety plugs Analogue cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
USB cable
CD-ROM: EasyVeep, EasyOPC driver, datasheet, Activ-X control, CODESYS starter kit with CECC-LK and EasyPort USB 8024001
examples of control using Labview Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806
Media > Courseware
Teachware
Teaching materials for basic and advanced training
eiosn d e
s
ve
in
Cyl
Dri
s ik l
o nso
eutomat
n
ech ica
c
re
l
ctr nti
r
Theory and practice, our range gst
o
pr f
ck Ele Ve
ct ess
Dru run
Festo worldwide
Hydraulics
t
a Pneumatics
u tis
ie Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
Se
i o k
a
n
Argentina Finland Korea South Slovakia
Electrohydraulics
i
tom
Festo S.A. Festo Oy Festo Korea Co., Ltd. Festo spol. s r.o.
Basic level Dictionary of Automation Technology

Edison 2392 Mkituvantie 9 Gasan Digital 1-ro Gavlovicov ul. 1
ele y
Pneumatics
(1640) Martnez PL 86 Geumcheon-gu 83103 Bratislava 3
Prov. Buenos Aires 01511 Vantaa Seoul #153-803 Tel. +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10,
t
Au
Ventas y Asistencia tcnica Tel. +358 (09) 87 06 51, Tel. +82 1666 0202, Fax +82 (0)2 864 70 40 Fax +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11
0810-555-FESTO (33786) Fax +358 (09) 87 06 52 00 E-mail: sales_kr@kr.festo.com E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
Fundamentals
o
ventas@ar.festo.com E-mail: info_@festo.com
Latvia Slovenia
Tel. 0810-444-3127, Fax +54 (011) 47 17 82 82 Festo SIA Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
ctr
E-mail: info@ar.festo.com France
Gunra Astras 1C
g ma Pr
Festo Eurl IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
Australia FESTO E.U.R.L. LV-1084, Rga 1236 Trzin
Hydraulics
Festo Pty. Ltd. ZA des Maisons Rouges Tel. +371 67 57 78 64, Fax +371 67 57 79 46 Tel. +386 (0)1 530 21 00,
Head Ofce (Melbourne) 8 rue du clos sainte Catherine E-mail: info_lv@festo.com Fax +386 (0)1 530 21 25
179-187 Browns Road E-mail: info_si@festo.com
o
94360 Bry-sur-Marne Lithuania
P.O. Box 261 Tel. +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 00, Festo, UAB
Noble Park Vic. 3174 Fax +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 01 Partizan 63M South Africa
e
Tel. +61(0)3 97 95 95 55, E-mail: info_fr@festo.com 50306 Kaunas Festo (Pty) Ltd.
o
Fax +61(0)3 97 95 97 87 22-26 Electron Avenue
l
Lietuva
Textbook Workbook
on
E-mail: info_au@festo.com Germany Tel. +370 (8)7 32 13 14, Fax +370 (8)7 32 13 15 P.O. Box 255
Festo Didactic SE E-mail: info_lt@festo.com Isando 1600
Electrical engineering/Electronics
i
Austria Tel. 08600 FESTO (33786), TP 101
e
Rechbergstr. 3
ati
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H. Malaysia Fax 08794 FESTO (33786)
l
Linzer Strae 227 73770 Denkendorf
Germany Festo Sdn. Berhad E-mail: sales@za.festo.com
1140 Wien 10 Persiaran Industri
Tel. +43 (0)1 910 75-0, Fax +43 (0)1 910 75-250 Tel. +49 (0)711 346 70, Spain
Fax +49 (0)711 34 75 48 85 00 Bandar Sri Damansara
gy
E-mail: automation@festo.at Wilayah Persekutuan Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U.
E-mail: did@de.festo.com Avenida Granvia, 159
52200 Kuala Lumpur
m
Belarus
of
Germany Tel. +60 (0)3 62 86 80 00, Distrito Econmico Granvia L'H
IP Festo
olo uto y
oe neu
Fax +60 (0)3 62 75 64 11 08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat
t
Automation/PLC
Masherov avenue, 78 Festo AG & Co. KG
Postfach E-mail: info_my@festo.com Barcelona
220035 Minsk Tel. +34 901243660, Fax +34 902243660
log
Tel. +375 (0)17 204 85 58, 73726 Esslingen Mexico
Ruiter Strae 82 E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Fax +375 (0)17 204 85 59 Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
n
E-mail: info_by@festo.com 73734 Esslingen Av. Ceyln 3, Sweden
ech A
Tel. +49 (0) 711 347 0, Fax +49 (0) 711 347 2628 Col. Tequesquinhuac Festo AB
Belgium E-mail: info_de@festo.com 54020 Tlalnepantla Stillmansgatan 1
ss
Festo Belgium sa
n
Estado de Mxico Box 21038
Rue Colonel Bourg 101 Greece Tel. +52 (55)55 53 21 66 00, 200 21 Malm
Mechatronics/Process automation nT o
1030 Brussel Festo Ltd. Fax +52 (55)55 53 21 66 55 Tel. +46 (0)20 38 38 40, Fax +46 (0)40 38 38 10
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 92, Tatoiou Ave. E-mail: festo.mexico@mx.festo.com
With CD-ROM
ce
E-mail: order@festo.se
E-mail: info_be@festo.com P.C. 144 52 Metamorfosi
chn
Tel. +30 210 341 29 00 - 4, Netherlands
Belgium Festo B.V. Switzerland
o
Fax +30 210 341 29 05 Festo AG
a
ati Pro
Festo Belgium nv E-mail: info_gr@festo.com Schieweg 62
Kolonel Bourgstraat 101 2627 AN Moosmattstrasse 24
h
1030 Bruxelles Tel. +31 (0)15 251 88 99, 8953 Dietikon
r
Hong Kong Tel. +41 (0)44 744 55 44,
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 Festo Ltd. Fax +31 (0)15 251 88 67
Fax +41 (0)44 744 55 00
CNC technology/Equipment
E-mail: info_be@festo.com 6/F New Timely Factory Building, E-mail: sales@festo.nl
de
E-mail: info_ch@festo.com
tom
Te
497 Castle Peak Road,
riv P
Brazil New Zealand
Festo Brasil Ltda Kowloon, Hong Kong Festo Ltd. Taiwan A B
Tel. + 852 27 43 83 79, Fax + 852 27 86 21 73 Festo Co., Ltd.
c
Rua Guiseppe Crespi, 76 20 Fisher Crescent
Te
Jd. Santa Emlia E-mail: info_hk@festo.com Mount Wellington Head Ofce
Au
ylin
04183-080 So Paulo / SP -Brasil Auckland 9, Kung 8th Road
vendas@br.festo.com Hungary Tel. +64 (0)9 574 10 94, Fax +64 (0)9 574 10 99 Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
on
Tel. (+55 11 ) 5013 1600, Festo Kft. E-mail: info_nz@festo.com Linkou Dist., New Taipei City M1 M2
Fax (+55 11) 5013 1801 Csillaghegyi t 32-34. 24450 Taiwan, R.O.C. P T
1037 Budapest Nigeria Tel. +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81,
E-mail: linhadireta@br.festo.com
e
Hotline +36 1 436 51 00 Festo Automation Ltd. Fax +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
e ati
Bulgaria Tel. +36 1 436 51 11, Fax +36 1 436 51 01 Motorways Centre, Ground Floor, Block C E-mail: info_tw@tw.festo.com
s
C
Alausa, Ikeja,
alv
Festo EOOD E-mail: info_hu@festo.com
1592 Soa Lagos Thailand
Bul. Christophor Kolumb 9 India Tel. +234 (0)1 794 78 20, Festo Ltd.
Tel. +359 (0)2 960 07 12, Festo Controls Private Ltd. Fax +234 (0)1 555 78 94 Viranuvat Building, 6th - 7th Floor.
Fax +359 (0)2 960 07 13 Festo Controls Pvt. Ltd. E-mail: info@ng-festo.com 1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34) 1A1
T
m
35/3, Shamanna Garden Bangna, Bangkok 10260
e
A wide range of different teach-
E-mail: info_bg@festo.com 1B1
Norway
Bannerghatta Road Festo AS Tel. 1-800-290-477,+66 - 2785 -3700,
V
D tom
Canada Bangalore 560 030 Ole Deviks vei 2 Fax 1-800-290-478
Festo Inc. Tel. +91 (0)1800 425 0036, 0666 Oslo E-mail: info_th@festo.com
5300 Explorer Drive Fax +91 (0)1800 121 0036 Tel. +47 22 72 89 50, Fax +47 22 72 89 51
1Z1 1Z2
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4 E-mail: sales_in@festo.com Turkey
s
E-mail: info_no@festo.com
l f
Tel. +1 (0)905 624 90 00, Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Fax +1 (0)905 624 90 01 Indonesia Peru Istanbul Anadolu Yakas Organize Sanayi Bolgesi
E-mail: info_ca@festo.com PT. Festo Festo Per Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. No:16 1V3 1 1 1V4
Au
Av. Elmer Faucett 3350 34953 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
ing materials for ongoing basic and

Jl. Tekno V Blok A/1 Sektor XI
re
Chile Urb. Bocanegra Tel. +90 (0)216 585 00 85,
a
Kawasan Industri BSD
o es
h
Festo S.A. Serpong -Tangerang 15314 Callao Fax +90 (0)216 585 00 50
l
Avenida Amrico Vespucio, 760 Banten - Indonesia Tel. +51(1)2196960, Fax +51(1)2196971 E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
ssu
Pudahuel Tel. +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 00, E-mail: festo.peru@pe.festo.com
i
Santiago Ukraine
ric
e
2 2
Fax +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 98 Philippines
Tel. +56 (2) 690 28 01, Fax +56 2 690 28 60 E-mail: sales_id@festo.com DP Festo
E-mail: info.chile@cl.festo.com Festo Inc. ul. Borisoglebskaya,11 1V2 4 2
nt iv
KM 18, West Service Road 04070, Kiev
Iran
Pre
China South Super Highway Tel. +380 (0)44 233 6451, 14 12
c
advanced training are available for
Festo (China) Ltd. Festo Pneumatic S.K. 1700 Paranaque City
# 2, 6th street, 16th avenue, Fax +380 (0)44 463 70 96
Dr
1156 Yunqiao Road,
Km 8, Special Karaj Road
Metro Manila E-mail: orders_ua@festo.com T B P A 1V1 2 5
1
3
Jinqiao Export Processing Zone, Tel. +63 (2) 77 66 888, Fax +63 (2) 82 34 220/21
Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
P.O.Box 15815-1485
c
1 1
Ve lect
Pudong, E-mail: info_ph@festo.com United Kingdom
it
Shanghai 201206 Teheran 1389793761 Festo Limited
Tel. +98 (0)21 44 52 24 09, Poland
Tel. +86 21 60 81 51 00, Fax +86 21 58 54 03 00 Festo Sp. z o.o. Applied Automation Centre
E-mail: info_cn@cn.festo.com Fax +98 (0)21 44 52 24 08 Caswell Road
Textbook
al
Dictionary of Automation Technology
E-mail: Mailroom@festo.ir Janki k/Warszawy 1 3

ul. Mszczonowska 7 Brackmills Trading Estate
c
Colombia
p s k tesure
Un
Northampton NN4 7PY
these topics.
1S1 1B1 1S2
Festo Ltda. Ireland 05090 Raszyn 2 2 2
o ati gy
Tel. +48 (0)22 711 41 00, Tel. ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00,
Vereda la Punta Autopista Medelln Km 6.3 (Costado Festo Limited Fax ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
Tenjo, Cundinamarca Unit 5 Sandyford Park Fax +48 (0)22 711 41 02
ic
E-mail: info_pl@festo.com E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
Tel. +57(1) 865 77 29, Fax +57(1) 865 77 94 Sandyford Industrial Estate 2
1 3 1 3 1 3
r
E-mail: mercadeo@co.festo.com Dublin 18 Portugal United States
Tel. +353 (0)1 295 49 55,
ctr
Festo Automao, Unipessoal, Lda. Festo Corporation
e
Croatia Fax +353 (0)1 295 56 80 395 Moreland Road
Festo d.o.o. Rua Manuel Pinto De Azevedo, 567
Hydraulics Electrohydraulics, Fundamentals
E-mail: sales_ie@festo.com Apartado 8013 P.O. Box 18023
y
Nova Cesta 181 Hauppauge, NY 11788
P-4109601 Porto
E
10000 Zagreb Israel Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
Apoio ao Cliente +351 22 615 61 50
log
Tel. +385 (0)1 619 19 69, Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd.
m lo
Tel. +351 22 615 61 50, Fax +351 22 615 61 89 Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
Fax +385 (0)1 619 18 18 P.O. Box 1076 Tel. +1(631) 435 08 00, Fax +1(631) 435 80 26
E-mail: info@pt.festo.com
Ele
s
E-mail: info_hr@festo.com Ha'atzma'ut Road 48 E-mail: customer.service@us.festo.com
Yehud 56100 Romania
eu Techno
Czech Republic
no
Tel. +972 (0)3 632 22 66, Festo S.R.L. Venezuela
Festo, s.r.o.
l
Fax +972 (0)3 632 22 77 St. Constantin 17 Festo C.A.
Modansk 543/76 E-mail: info_il@festo.com 010217 Bucuresti
147 00 Praha 4 Av. 23 esquina con calle 71
Tel. +40(0)21 403 95 00, N 22-62, Edif. Festo.
h
Tel. +420 261 09 96 11, Fax +420 241 77 33 84 Italy Fax +40 (0)21 310 24 09
E-mail: info_cz@festo.com Sector Paraso
c
Festo SpA E-mail: info_ro@festo.com Maracaibo - Venezuela
n
Denmark Via Enrico Fermi 36/38 Russia Tel. +58 (261) 759 11 20/759 41 20/759 44 38,
Te
Festo A/S 20090 Assago (MI) OOO Festo-RF Fax +58 (261) 759 04 55
Islevdalvej 180 Tel. +39 02 45 78 81, Fax +39 02 488 06 20 E-mail: festo@ve.festo.com
u
Michurinskiy prosp., 49
p
2610 Rdovre E-mail: info_it@festo.com 119607 Moscow
56975 de/en
Tel. +45 70 21 10 90, Fax +45 44 88 81 10 Vietnam

Tel. +7 495 737 34 00, Fax +7 495 737 34 01
E-mail: info_dk@festo.com Japan Festo Co Ltd
E-mail: info_ru@festo.com
l
Festo K.K. (Cong Ty TNHH FESTO)
ti
s
Estonia
Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal
1-26-10 Hayabuchi
Tsuzuki-ku
Singapore
Festo Pte. Ltd.
No. 1515 1516 Van Dai Dong Street
Ward An Phu, District 2 Deutsch Englisch / Englisch Deutsch
en
A.H. Tammsaare tee 118B Yokohama 224-0025 6 Kian Teck Way Ho Chi Minh City
er
p
12918 Tallinn Tel. +81 (0)45 593 5610 / -5611, Singapore 628754 Tel. +84 (8) 62 81 44 53 4454,
www.festo.com German English / English German
V
lve cesse DrucPres

Tel. +372 666 1560, Fax +372 666 15 6 Fax +81 (0)45 593 5678 Tel. +65 62 64 01 52, Fax +65 62 61 10 26 Fax +84 (8) 62 81 4442
atic
E-mail: info_ee@festo.com E-mail: info_jp@festo.com E-mail: info@sg.festo.com E-mail: info_vn@festo.com
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic
o or ind
ctr
574181 en 541088 en
ele Se
ns Zyl
a
m Workbooksneu
m
Technical literature and textbooks
The technical literature and text-
V ro P edge for more than
At the cutting
Dictionaries and manuals
Symbols, rules, standards, formulae
books provide the basis for study- 40 years: Festo Didactics training You dont need to have everything
ing technologies and processes. For packages with equipment sets and in your head, but you do need to
trainers and teachers, they are es- tailored workbook with exercises know where to find it!
sential for preparing courses. They and sample solutions (including CD-
also provide anyone who does not ROM). The exercises are based on in-
enjoy self-study on a PC with profes- dustrial practice and have been suc-
sional guidelines for their practical cessfully used in numerous courses
exercises. for training specialist staff.
52 Free of charge reading samples: www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Courseware
Legal security for you Campus licence

The standard option for commer-
Festo Didactics teaching materials cial (professional) use. For all
are already in widespread use for a those wishing to use the training
diverse range of purposes. With the materials at a single location.
new licences, the legal basis for your
individualised use has now been es- Enterprise licence
tablished. From now on, you have For large (international) compa-
the option of choosing one of three nies and educational institutions
types of licence, to ensure an opti- with multiple locations.
mised and legally secure use of
Festos teaching materials tailored to For information on each of the
your needs. licence types, please see the
following table.
You can choose from the following
types of licence: Note:
The licence types are valid
HomeUse licence for all Festo Didactic training
For personal use. The advantage to materials.
you: a lower price for the PDF of the The full rights of use are set
training material. out in the legal information
contained in the purchased
training materials.
Properties HomeUse licence Campus licence Enterprise licence
Scope of delivery PDF document Teaching material As agreed

(exercises/worksheets, (workbook with multimedia
sample solutions) CD-ROM*)
Document protection Watermark
Document can be modified X X X
Reproduction rights X X
Multilingual version* X*
Target group Private individuals Commercial/educational Commercial/educational

organisations (single location) organisations (multiple locations)
Price On request On request On request
Shop
* The languages offered vary depending on the training material.
Media > Courseware > Pneumatics
Pneumatics
Workbooks
Pneumatics Pneumatics Electropneumatics Electropneumatics

Basic level Advanced level Basic level Advanced level
Workbook Workbook Workbook Workbook

TP 101 TP 102 TP 201 TP 202
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM
+24 V 1 2
13 12 14
S1 K1
14 11
1A1
1B1 A1
K1 1M1
A2
1A1 2A1
1Z1 1Z2 1B1 2B1
0V 12
14 .2
+24 V 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
11 ... ...
22
1V3 1 1 1V4 21 24
12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 22 24 22 24
32 K1 K6 K2 K7 K4 K8 K3 K9 K1 K10
31 34 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 21 21
42
1V2 1 1 1V3 2V2 1 1 2V3
41 44 12 14
K5
2 2
11
1A1
1V2 4 2
2 2 2 2
14 12 1V1 4 2 2V1 4 2
5 3
12 14 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 24
1V1
14 12 14 12
2
1 K10 K6 K7 K8 K9
1 1 5 3 5 3
1V2 1V3
11 21 21 21 21
1 1 1 1
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
1 3
K6 K7 K8 K9 K10
0V2 4 2 0Z1 2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
1S1 2 1B1 2 1S2 2 ... ...
14 12 12 10 2 2 0V 12 12 12 12 12
11 14 .9 11 14 .11 11 14 .13 11 14 .15 11 14 .8
5 3 1
22 22 22 22 22
1 3 1 3 1 3 1 1V1 4 2 24 .10 24 .12 24 .14 24 .16 24 .17
2
21 21 21 21 21
1B1 2 2B1 2 32 32 32 32 32
31 34 .18 31 34 .18 31 34 .19 31 34 .20 31 34 .21
1M1 42 42 42 42 42
41 44 41 44 .19 41 44 .20 41 44 .21 41 44
1 3 1 3 5 3
1
1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1- 1A1-
0V1 2
10
1 3
2
0S1 4 2
5 3
1
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

541088 en 541089 EN 541090 en 541091 EN
Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 Pneumatics, Advanced level TP 102 Electropneumatics, Basic level Electropneumatics, Advanced level
Nineteen project-orientated exercis- Building on from Basic Level Pneu- TP 201 TP 202
es, increasing in complexity and suit- matics, there are ten additional, Twelve project-orientated exercises, Building on from Basic Level Electro-
able for equipment set TP 101, are demanding tasks in the Advanced increasing in complexity and suita- pneumatics, there are 12 additional,
the ideal introduction to pneumatics. Level. The documentation is directed ble for equipment set TP 201, are the demanding tasks in the Advanced
Real problem descriptions with posi- at advanced pneumatics technicians. ideal introduction to electropneu- Level. The documentation is directed
tional sketch, concrete project tasks Newly added to the updated edition matics. Real problem descriptions at advanced pneumatics technicians.
and detailed aids for professional are the revised exercise sheets for with positional sketch, concrete Newly added to the updated and re-
implementation provide the ideal practical use in the classroom. The project tasks and detailed aids for vised edition are the revised exercise
preparation for ta real-life industrial workbook contains a sample solu- professional implementation provide sheets for practical use in the class-
environment. tion for each of the exercise sheets. the ideal preparation for ta real-life room. The workbook contains a sam-
The TP 101 Pneumatics, Basic Level industrial environment. ple solution for each of the e
xercise
The workbook includes: and TP 102 Hydraulics, Advanced sheets. The TP 201 Electro-pneu-
Sample solutions Level equipment sets are needed to The workbook includes: matics, Basic Level and TP 202
Training notes carry out the tasks. Sample solutions Advanced Level equipment sets are
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, Training notes needed to carry out the tasks.
photos of industrial applications, The workbook includes: Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
animations and FluidSIM circuit Sample solutions photos of industrial applications, The workbook includes:
diagrams Training notes animations and FluidSIM circuit Sample solutions
Exercise sheets for trainees Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, diagrams Training notes
photos of industrial applications, Exercise sheets for trainees Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
W. Haring, M. Metzger, R.-C. Weber animations and FluidSIM circuit photos of industrial applications,
Edition 2012, 284 pages, in colour, diagrams M. Pany, S. Scharf, R.-C. Weber animations and FluidSIM circuit
in folder. Exercise sheets for trainees Edition 2012, 270 pages, in colour, diagrams
in folder. Exercise sheets for trainees
Campus licence ( Page 53): W. Haring, M. Metzger, R.-C. Weber
de 540671 Edition 2012, 204 pages, in colour, Campus licence ( Page 53): M. Pany, S. Scharf, R.-C. Weber
en 541088 in folder. de 540673 Edition 2012, 298 pages, in colour,
es 542503 en 541090 in folder.
fr 542507 Campus licence ( Page 53): es 542505
de 540672 fr 542509 Campus licence ( Page 53):
en 541089 de 540674
es 542504 en 541091
fr 542508 es 542506
fr 542510
Reading samples at:

54 HomeUse licence in the Internet ( Service), Enterprise licence on request ( page 53).
Pneumatic drives Fundamentals of Sensors in pneumatics Safety in pneumatic systems

vacuum technology

TP 220 TP 230 TP 240 TP 250
CD-ROM included CD-ROM included With CD-ROM CD-ROM included
1A1 V1 V2 1V4
1Z1
1B1 1B2 1B3 1 3
1Z2
1V2 2 1V3 2
3 1
1V1 1V2 1V3

1
G 4
2
U
I
2
1M1
1 3 3
2
1 1
1A1 1A2
22
m
1V1 4 2
20
1A1
1M1 1M2 24 V 1 2 3 mA
5 3
1 16
13 12 14 22 24 14
S1 K1 K1
+24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 14 11 21 12 1V3 2 2 1V4
10
I
1B1 1B2 1B3 31
13 13 12 14 12 14 8
S2 1 21 1 21
S1 S2 K1 K2 32
6
14 14 11 11
4
A1 2
K1 1M1
A2 0 1V1 4 2 1V2 2
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 mm 50 55
G1-S1_STOP G1-S2_STOP G1-S3_STOP G1-S1_START
G1-S2_START G1-S3_START
0V 12 s
A1 A1 11 14 .2 1M1 1M2 1M3
K1 K2 1M1 1M2 22 5 3 1 3
21 24 .3 1
A2 A2 32
31 34
42
0V 41 44

559880 EN 567258 EN 566910 en 567266 en
Pneumatic drives, TP 220 Basics of vacuum technology, TP 230 Sensors in pneumatics, TP 240 Safety in pneumatic systems,
Describes in detail the issues and In addition to six comprehensive pro- Ten projects based on industrial ex- TP 250
projects in 16 exercises closely ject tasks for step-by-step construc- amples, suitable for equipment set The workbook contains eight pro-
linked to industrial practice, each tion and testing of the vacuum sys- TP 240, each including problem de- ject tasks that build on each other,
comprising a problem description tem, the package also includes basic scriptions, parameters and project together with the solutions for each
and work assignment. Worksheets information on the following topics: tasks, deal in detail with the specific exercise sheet. In these exercises,
support the students through the subject of sensors in pneumatic con- students reduce the potential risk
required stages of planning, execu- Getting started in vacuum trol-system environments. The top- level of a pneumatic system step by
tion and monitoring. Includes sample technology ics of pressure sensors, flow sensors, step. The basic level contains the fol-
solutions and detailed background Basic concepts of vacuum analogue position transmitters for lowing topics: overview of relevant
knowledge for the theoretical funda- technology pneumatic cylinders, signal convert- standards, laws and regulations;
mentals. Vacuum ranges ers and sensors for vacuum technol- overview and detailed description
Vacuum generation in handling ogy are covered comprehensively. of operating modes; overview and
The workbook includes: technology Each worksheet in the book of ex- detailed description of ten relevant
Sample solutions Vacuum pumps ercises has a sample solution in the safety functions; possible technical
Training notes Functional principle of displace- workbook. solutions for each safety function;
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, ment pumps extensive illustrations and cross-
photos of industrial applications, Instructions on selecting pumps The workbook includes: sections to explain the design prin-
animations and FluidSIM circuit Ejectors, ejector units Sample solutions ciples.
diagrams Training notes
Exercise sheets for trainees Vacuum elements Multimedia CD-ROM with g raphics The workbook contains:
Valves for vacuums and photos of industrial applica- Basic information
F. Ebel, J. Hasel Measuring and storing a vacuum tions Sample solutions
Edition 2007, 340 pages, in colour, Suction grippers Exercise sheets for trainees Training notes
in folder. Vacuum generation Multimedia CD ROM with g raphics,
F. Ebel, photos of industrial applications,
Campus licence ( Page 53): The workbook contains: Edition 2009, 194 pages, in colour, safety guidelines, safety poster
de 549982 Basic information in folder. Worksheets for students
en 559880 Sample solutions
es 559881 Training notes Campus licence ( Page 53): R.-C. Weber
fr 559882 Multimedia CD ROM with graphics de 566909 Edition 2012, 178 pages, in colour,
and photos of industrial applica- en 566910 in folder.
tions es 566912
Worksheets for students fr 566913 Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 567265
R.-C. Weber en 567266
Edition 2011, 140 pages, in colour, es 567267
in folder. fr 567268
Campus licence ( Page 53):

de 567257
en 567258
es 567260
fr 567259
Pneumatics
Textbooks, Workbooks, Working material
Festo worldwide
Pneumatics Also order: Closed-Loop Pneumatics
Electropneumatics
Fundamentals FluidSIM Pneumatics.
This software enables you to
Singapore
Festo Pte. Ltd.
6 Kian Teck Way
Singapore 628754
Tel. ++65/62 64 01 52, Fax 62 61 10 26
E-mail: info_sg@festo.com
Slovakia Textbook Workbook

Festo spol. s r.o.
design and simulate the sam-

Gavlovicov ul. 1 Pneumatische TP 111
83103 Bratislava 3
Tel. ++421 (0)2/49 10 49 10, Fax 49 10 49 11
E-mail: info_sk@festo.com Grundsteuerungen
Slovenia
Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
ple circuits supplied on a PC.

1236 Trzin
Tel. ++386 (0)1/530 21 00, Fax 530 21 25
E-mail: info_si@festo.com
South Africa
Festo (Pty) Ltd.
22-26 Electron Avenue, P.O. Box 255
Isando 1600
Page 36
Tel. ++27 (0)11/971 55 00, Fax 974 21 57
E-mail: info_za@festo.com 1A1 With CD-ROM
Spain
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
Tel. 901243660 Fax 902243660
Avenida Granvia, 159
Distrito econmico Granvia L'H 4 2
ES-08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat, Barcelona
Tel. ++ 3493/261 64 00, Fax 261 64 20
14 12
E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Sweden
84 5 1 3 82 1V1 4 2
Festo AB
Stillmansgatan 1, P.O. Box 21038
20021 Malm
14 12
Tel. ++46 (0)40/38 38 40, Fax 38 38 10
E-mail: info_se@festo.com 5 3
Switzerland 1
Festo AG
Moosmattstrasse 24
8953 Dietikon ZH 1S1 2 1S2 2
Tel. ++41 (0)44/744 55 44, Fax 744 55 00
Taiwan
Festo Co., Ltd. 14 12
Head Office 1 3 1 3
24450, No. 9, Kung 8th Road
Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
Linkou Hsiang, Taipei Hsien, Taiwan, R.O.C.
84 5 4 1 2 3 82
Tel. ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 81,
Fax ++886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
E-mail: festotw@festo.com
Thailand
Festo Ltd.
67/1 Moo 6 Phaholyothin Road
Klong 1, Klong Luang,
Pathumthani 12120
Tel. ++66 29 01 88 00, Fax ++66 29 01 88 33
E-mail: info_th@festo.com
Turkey
Textbook
Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.

Tuzla Mermerciler Organize
Sanayi Blgesi, 6/18 TR
34956 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Tel. ++90 (0)216/585 00 85, Fax 585 00 50
E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
Ukraine
Festo Ukraina
Pneumatics Electropneumatics, Fundamentals
Borisoglebskaja 11
Kiev 04070
Tel. ++380 (0)44/239 24 33, Fax 463 70 96
E-mail: info_ua@festo.com
United Kingdom
Festo Limited
Applied Automation Centre, Caswell Road
Brackmills Trading Estate
Northampton NN4 7PY
Tel. ++44 (0)1604/66 70 00, Fax 66 70 01
E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
United States
Festo Corporation (New York)
Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
395 Moreland Road, P.O.Box 18023
Hauppauge, N.Y. 11788
Tel. ++ 1(0)314/770 01 12, Fax 770 16 84
E-mail: info_us@festo.com
Venezuela
Festo C.A.
Av. 23, Esquina calle 71, No. 22-62
Maracaibo, Edo. Zulia Festo Didactic 151508 DE Festo Didactic
Tel. ++58 (0)261/759 09 44, Fax 759 04 55
E-mail: festo@festo.com.ve 573030 EN 11/06 094465 en
Basic principles of pneumatics F. Ebel, S. Idler, G. Prede, D. Scholz Basic pneumatic controllers Closed-loop pneumatics
and electropneumatics Edition 2013, 212 pages, in colour, bound. Practical knowledge Workbook
Textbook de 567028 This booklet has been created for The 21 exercises contained in this
For use in vocational schools, tech- en 573030 practitioners who need to implement workbook offer a practical introduc-
nical colleges, schools for master es 573031 small projects quickly and effective- tion to closed-loop control pneumat-
craftspeople and in company-wide fr 573032 ly. The various circuit examples fa- ics. Besides fundamentals, the work-
training cilitate the creation of many simple book also covers subjects such as
Conveys the essential basic prin- tasks. The examples shown are com- the function of various controllers
ciples of pneumatics and electro- plementary. If something is not clear, and control circuits, empirical set-
pneumatics the previous step can be referred ting of controller parameters and the
Contains technical and mathemati- to. This means that even those with influence of interference variables.
cal content, application exam- little experience can quickly get to You will need equipment set Closed-
ples, workflow descriptions, safe- grips with the subject matter. loop control pneumatics, TP 111 to
ty measures for electropneumatic carry out the exercises.
control systems as well as over- Reference work for circuit
views of the relevant symbols and planning symbols The workbook includes:
circuit symbols A detailed overview of the most Sample solutions
Also presents in detail the design important circuit planning sym- Training notes
of circuit diagrams and individual bols shows the structure of control- Multimedia CD-ROM with supple-
pneumatic components lers and gives hints on the practical mentary media
Takes into account the change in implementation of circuit diagrams Exercise sheets for trainees
the requirements and technical that have been developed.
developments in electropneumatic J. Gerhartz, D. Scholz
control systems W. Braungard, P. Lbelenz, G. Mark Edition 2001, 542 pages, in folder.
Edition 2006, 80 pages, booklet.
de 151508 Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 94459
en 94465
es 533499
fr 94347
DVD Electropneumatics/ Case of cutaway pneumatic models The following components are in-
Electrohydraulics, Basic level For visualising the structure and cluded in a case of cutaway models:
This video primarily covers electrical function of pneumatic components. Single and double-acting cylinders
controllers. In addition to an intro- Filter regulator
duction to electrical engineering, it All of the cutaway models used are AND gate
shows the most important switching of industrial design. Dynamic ele- OR gate
elements and basic circuits. Practical ments and wearing parts correspond Delay valve
applications alternate with anima- to the original. The models select- Quick-exhaust valve
tions and circuit examples. ed are those relevant to pneumatic Valve slice
training. Some of the cutaway mod- Pressure gauge
The DVD is multilingual (de, en, es, els retain their function or partial Roller lever valve
fr, it, tr, cn, ru).The language can be function so that they can be demon- Pressure sequence valve
selected. strated in use. Pneumatic valve
One-way flow control valve
48 minutes
Pneumatics
Set of posters
Electrical, pneumatic and logic symbols Systematic control diagram of a pneumatic control system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Comparison of logic elements Power component Displacement-step diagram
Manual actuation Directional control valves 1A1 1B1 1B2
line
Designation Function table Equation Symbol to Representation to Representation to
2 2 EN 60617-12 ISO 1219-1 EN 60617-7 1S1 Start
pneumatic electrical
compressor vacuum pump line connection crossing line by by by by by by
1 1
1B1
pushing pulling turning lever pedal rocker Identity I Q Q=I Q
2/2-way valve 2/2-way valve I 1 Q
0 0 I 3=1
normally closed position normally open position 1 1 1 2
Mechanical actuation
pneumatic silencer 2 2
energy source I Q
pneumatic motor with pneumatic motor with
front
1B2
one flow direction alternating flow direction I Q Q
by by by by roller lever, actua- 1 3 1 3 Negation Q=I
and two directions of air outlet without air outlet with 3/2-way valve 3/2-way valve I 1 Q
rotation plunger whisker roller tion in one direction 0 1 I
connection option connection option normally closed position normally open position 1 0 Control components cylinder 1A1
of travel only 1
1 1 2 2 4 2
I Q
2 2 1V3 1V4
rotary drive/semi-rotary drive with limited angle 3 3 2
of rotation pressure supply port, three-way rotary 1 3 magnetic field 1 3 1 3 Or I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q rear
closed connection 1 Q
actuated in initial position actuated 3/3-way valve 4/2-way valve 0 0 0 I2
I1 I2 1B1
mid-position closed 0 1 1 steps
1 0 1 I1 I2
single-acting cylinder, single-acting cylinder, quick decoupler without quick decoupler with Pneumatic actuation 4 2 4 2
1 1 1 3 1 path
return motion by return motion by non-return valve, coupled two non-return valves,
external force spring force coupled Q
5 1 3 5 1 3
pneumatically pneumatically actuated, reset by 5/2-way valve 5/3-way valve
And I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q 2
quick decoupler without quick decoupler with two actuated different size control pneumatic mid-position closed
I2 & Q
non-return valve, non-return valves, 0 0 0 I1
areas spring 4 2 4 2
decoupled; decoupled; 0 1 0
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder
i.e. line open i.e. line closed 1 0 0 I1 I2
Adjusting component GRAFCET (EN 60848)
with piston rod at with adjustable cushioning Electrical actuation 1 1 1 I2 1V2
one end at both ends 4 2
5 1 3 5 1 3 Q
5/3-way valve 5/3-way valve 0
mid-position exhausted mid-position pressurised
by solenoid coil with by solenoid coil with two Inhibition I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q
double acting cylinder with through piston rod
filter one active winding counter-windings directional control valve with
I2 & Q 14 12
intermediate positions dynamic 0 0 0 I1
p1
p2 control valve 0 1 0 1S1*1B1 start condition
1 0 1
1 1 0 I2 I1 I2 5 3
Pressure control valves 1 cylinder advance stroke
pressure booster, single-acting, which Q 1A1:=1
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into
filter with separator, fluid separator,
by electric motor with by stepper motor 2 2 1
with manual drain with automatic drain
higher hydraulic pressure p2 continuous rotary motion
12 Implication I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q 1B2 forward end position reached
1 Q
0 0 1 I2
1 3 1 I1 I2 Processing component
Combined actuation 0 1 0 2 1A1:=0 cylinder return stroke
pressure relief valve, sequence valve with 1 0 1 I1
adjustable exhaust, adjustable 1 1 1 1V1
double-acting rodless cylinder with adjustable cooler without flow lines cooler with flow lines 2
cushioning at both ends (pneumatic linear drive) for the direction of flow for the direction of flow 2 2 Q
I2
of coolant of coolant by solenoid coil and by solenoid coil or
pilot valve manual override and 1 1
pilot valve 1 1 3 Nor I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q
1 Q
pressure regulator pressure regulator with 0 0 1 I2
pressure medium converter I1 I2 K1
air dryer without vent hole, vent hole, adjustable 0 1 0
lubricator 1 0 0
adjustable
by solenoid coil or by solenoid coil or manual 1 1 0
manual override override with detent Stop valves
fluidic Muscle gripper, double acting, I1 I2 K Q
reservoir
(hose cylinder) with permanent magnet 2
on the piston Mechanical components 2
Nand I1 I2 Q Q=I1I2 I1 Q Input components Input component
1 3 5 2 I2 & Q Start
0 0 1 I1 K1 (forward stroke) (return stroke)
1 1 0 1 1 1S1 1B1 1B2
2 1 21
detents 1 0 1 2 2 2
vacuum generator suction cup 1 1 0 I2
non-return non-return piloted non-return
valve valve with valve with spring K
I1 I2 Q
service unit filter with manual drain, regulator with spring
Accessories manual adjustment, pressure control, pressure reset via spring spring-centred 2 2
display and lubricator (detailed representation) 1 1 1 1 Memory S R Q Q R R Q Q Q
Measurement and display devices S S Q
0 0 qn-1 q n-1 S K
0 1 0 1 K
Port designations dual-pressure valve shuttle valve
1 0 1 0 1 3 1 3 1 3
S R R Q Q
service unit with lubricator
2 1 1 0 1
Standardised Previous designation 1 3
pressure gauge temperature gauge (simplified representation) K
designation
(thermometer) for 2/2-way for 4/2-way for 5/2-way
and 3/2-way and 4/3-way and 5/3-way quick-exhaust valve shut-off valve Timer I texpired Q t1 Q I
Supply components
ISO 11727 valves valves valves I Q
adjustable 0 0 0
service unit without lubricator 1 P P P Flow control valves switch-on 1 0 0 K 0Z1
delayed 1 1 1 I
(simplified representation) 2 A B B
flow meter tachometer 1 2 1 2
3 R R S Q
4 A A In order to achieve identical identification of mechanical
5 R flow control valve, fixed flow control valve,
optical indicator digital display adjustable Timer I texpired Q t2 Q I signal generators (S) and contactless signal generators (B)
10* Z I Q
adjustable 0 0 0
12 Z Y Y 1 2
switch-off 1 0 1 K
in pneumatic and electro-pneumatic circuit diagrams,
14 Z Z
delayed 0 1 0 I identification has been selected according to ISO 1219-2
* pilot port, on valves with normally open position
(NOT function) Q and DIN/EN 61346-2.
one-way flow control valve, adjustable
053614 en Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com 053615 en Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Electrical and electropneumatic components Pneumatic Directional control, stop and pressure control valves
Limit switch, electrical Pressure switch 3/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated Directional control valves Stop valves Pressure control valves
(PE-converter, adjustable) 2
2 4 p 12 3/2-way valve One-way flow control valve Pressure regulator

(1M1) 2 2
1 82 1 3 1 2
adjusting screw BN 1 3 1 3
1M1
BK
p
BU
3 3
2
P2 P1
1 2
1 2
pressure switch: connection to P1 3
vacuum switch: connection to P2
differential pressure switch: connection to P1 and P2, p1 p2 1
Dual-pressure valve
82 3 2 1
2
1 1
Proximity sensors, electrical Relay 5/2-way solenoid valve, pilot actuated 2
4 2
A1 3 14
(1M1)
4 5 3
A2 1 5/2-way valve Pressure relief valve
4 2 2
A1 1 1M1 14 12
2 5 3 1
A2 1
magnetic
24 V 1 1
A1 2 4 2
BN
BK 1
Shuttle valve
A2
A1 2
1 1
BU 2
A1 12 14 22 24 1
A2
0V
A2 11 21
inductive A1 A2 14 12 11
24 V
BN
5 4 1 2 3
14 5 4 1 2 3 12
BK
A1 3/2-way solenoid valve, directly controlled 5/2-way double solenoid valve, pilot actuated
2 4 2
BU
A2
3 12 14 12 5/3-way valve Sequence valve
0V (1M1) (1M1) (1M2) form 1
4 2 1 1 2
1 3 5 3
capacitive 1 14 12 12
24 V
5 3
Quick-exhaust valve 3 1
1M1 1M1 1M2 1 2
BN
BK 1
3 3 form 2
A1 2
BU
A2
0V
2
optical
24 V 12 1 3
BN
BK 2
A1 1 14 5 4 1 2 3 12 3 2 1 12
BU
0V
A2 5 4 1 2 3 1
Everything that you need to know: Subjects on the poster:

Pneumatic Power components 5 posters on pneumatics Electrical, pneumatic and logic
symbols
Mounting types Double-acting cylinder for proximity sensing with adjustable cushioning at both ends
cushioning piston
Now the updated version of the Systematic control diagram of a
end cap permanent magnet
piston
piston rod
seal bearing cap

popular A1 poster is supplied rolled pneumatic control system
seal and wiper
up, quickly providing a comprehen- Electrical and electropneumatic
sive overview. All symbols and ter- components
minology correspond to the current Pneumatic Directional control,
piston seal
cylinder barrel
guide bush
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN stop and pressure control valves
61346-2. Pneumatic Power components
adjustable adjustable
end position cushioning end position cushioning
Cylinder with guide unit Single-acting cylinder for proximity sensing Pneumatic linear drive
de 193129
en 551015
Rotary drive/semi-rotary Pneumatic gripper, double-acting Swivel/linear drive, double-acting with Pneumatic linear drive with magnetic coupling
es 551014
drive with limited angle permanent magnet on the piston
fr 551013
of rotation
051269 en Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com

Media > Courseware > Hydraulics
Hydraulics
Textbooks
Festo worldwide
Slovakia
Hydraulics Also order: Proportional Hydraulics
Electrohydraulics
Festo spol. s r.o.
Basic Level
Gavlovicov ul. 1
FluidSIM Hydraulics.
83103 Bratislava 3
Tel. +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10,
0 Fax +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11
E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
Slovenia
Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
Fundamentals
1236 Trzin
This software enables you to

46 Tel. +386 (0)1 530 21 00,
Fax +386 (0)1 530 21 25
E-mail: info_si@festo.com
South Africa
Festo (Pty) Ltd.
22-26 Electron Avenue
13 15 P.O. Box 255 Textbook Textbook TP 701
Isando 1600
design and simulate the sam-

Tel. 08600 FESTO (33786),
Fax 08794 FESTO (33786)
E-mail: sales@za.festo.com
Spain
Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U.
Avenida Granvia, 159
Distrito Econmico Granvia L'H
08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat
ple circuits supplied on a PC.

Barcelona
Tel. +34 901243660, Fax +34 902243660
E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Sweden
Festo AB
Stillmansgatan 1
Box 21038
200 21 Malm
Page 36
Tel. +46 (0)20 38 38 40, Fax +46 (0)40 38 38 10
E-mail: order@festo.se
Switzerland
Festo AG
Moosmattstrasse 24
8953 Dietikon
Tel. +41 (0)44 744 55 44,
Fax +41 (0)44 744 55 00
Taiwan A B
Festo Co., Ltd.
Head Ofce
9, Kung 8th Road
10 99 Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
Linkou Dist., New Taipei City M1 M2
24450 Taiwan, R.O.C. P T
Tel. +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81,
Fax +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
E-mail: info_tw@tw.festo.com
Thailand
Festo Ltd.
Viranuvat Building, 6th - 7th Floor.
1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34)
Bangna, Bangkok 10260
Tel. 1-800-290-477,+66 - 2785 -3700,
Fax 1-800-290-478
E-mail: info_th@festo.com
Turkey
Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Istanbul Anadolu Yakas Organize Sanayi Bolgesi
Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. No:16
34953 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Tel. +90 (0)216 585 00 85,
Fax +90 (0)216 585 00 50
E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
Ukraine
DP Festo
ul. Borisoglebskaya,11
04070, Kiev
Tel. +380 (0)44 233 6451,
Fax +380 (0)44 463 70 96
E-mail: orders_ua@festo.com T B P A
0/21
United Kingdom
Festo Limited
Applied Automation Centre
Caswell Road
Textbook
Brackmills Trading Estate

Northampton NN4 7PY
Tel. ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00,
Fax ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
United States
Festo Corporation
395 Moreland Road
Hydraulics Electrohydraulics, Fundamentals
P.O. Box 18023

Hauppauge, NY 11788
Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
1 89 Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
Tel. +1(631) 435 08 00, Fax +1(631) 435 80 26
E-mail: customer.service@us.festo.com
Venezuela
Festo C.A.
Av. 23 esquina con calle 71
N 22-62, Edif. Festo.
Sector Paraso
Maracaibo - Venezuela
Tel. +58 (261) 759 11 20/759 41 20/759 44 38,
Fax +58 (261) 759 04 55
E-mail: festo@ve.festo.com
Vietnam
01 Festo Co Ltd
(Cong Ty TNHH FESTO)
No. 1515 1516 Van Dai Dong Street
Ward An Phu, District 2
Ho Chi Minh City
Tel. +84 (8) 62 81 44 53 4454,
Fax +84 (8) 62 81 4442
E-mail: info_vn@festo.com
574181 en 094378 en
Fundamentals of hydraulics Renate Aheimer, Christine Lffler, Dieter Proportional hydraulics, Basic level DVD Electropneumatics/
and electrohydraulics Merkle, Georg Prede, Klaus Rupp, Dieter Textbook Electrohydraulics, Basic level
Textbook Scholz, Burkhard Schrader How can speed be controlled? How This video primarily covers electrical
This textbook teaches the main 2012 edition, 232 pages, in colour, bound. is a position held? How is leakage controllers. In addition to an intro-
fundamentals of hydraulics and de 574180 avoided? Where and when can ener- duction to electrical engineering, it
electrohydraulics in a clear manner: en 574181 gy be conserved? This book provides shows the most important switching
Physical fundamentals of es 574182 a clear and easy-to-understand intro- elements and basic circuits. Practical
hydraulics duction to the fundamentals of pro- applications alternate with anima-
Fundamentals regarding h ydraulic portional hydraulics. tions and circuit examples.
fluids
Components of the power supply D. Scholz The DVD is multilingual (de, en, es,
section Edition 1997, 123 pages, bound. fr, it, tr, cn, ru).The language can be
Drives, pressure regulators, de 94377 selected.
directional control valves, shut-off en 94378
valves, flow control valves, propor- 48 minutes
tional valves as well as characteris- Order no. 538487
tic values and designs
Fundamentals of electrical engi-
neering and electrical components
Workflow descriptions for process-
ing machines and production sys-
tems
Circuit symbols and layout of
circuit diagrams
Safety measures for electrohydrau-
lic control systems
Hydraulics
Workbooks
Hydraulics Hydraulics Electrohydraulics Electrohydraulics

Basic level Advanced Level Basic Level Advanced Level

TP 501 TP 502 TP 601 TP 602
CD-ROM included With CD-ROM CD-ROM included With CD-ROM
1A1 1A1
1V3
1Z2
A B
m 1V2 B
1Z1 1Z2
1B1
1A1
1A1
1V2 B A
1Z1
1B1 A
A X
P
1V1 A B
1V2 P 1V3 P 1M1

1V1 A B
P T
1V1 A B
24 V 1 2
P T 24 V 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
... ...
0Z1
P T 0V1
T T
12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 12 14 22 24 12 14 22 24 22 24
13 12 14
K1 K6 K4 K7 K3 K8 K2 K9 K1 K10
S1 K1
14
11 11 11 11 11 11 21 11 21 21
11
0V1
12 14
0V1 K2
11
A1 12 14
K1 1M1 K5
A2 11
12 14 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 24
0V 12 K10 K6 K7 K8 K9
11 14 .2 11 21 21 21 21
22 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
21 24 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10
32 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
31 34
... ...
42
0V
X A B A P B 41 44 1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1 1A1

551141 EN 551147 en 551150 EN 551153 en
Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 Hydraulics, Advanced level TP 502 Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 Electrohydraulics,
TP 501 Hydraulics, Basic Level is TP 502 Hydraulics, Advanced Lev- The basic electrical circuits for hy- Advanced level TP 602
the perfect introduction to hydraulic el is aimed at students who require draulic control technology are pre- The complex practical circuits for
control technology. 17 exercises help further training in hydraulic control sented in 15 exercises. In order to electrohydraulics are presented in
to develop knowledge of the basic technology. 15 extended circuits lead carry out the exercises, students re- 12 exercises. In order to carry out
physical principles of hydraulic sys- students further into the complex quire the equipment set of TP 601 the exercises, students require the
tems, and give instructions on the world of hydraulics. They will learn Electrohydraulics, Basic Level. basic level TP 601 and advanced lev-
function and use of hydraulic com- a lot about the physical relation- el TP 602 electrohydraulics equip-
ponents, as well as explain the most ships and complex circuits involved The workbook includes: ment sets.
important basic circuits. The exer- in hydraulic systems. The equipment Sample solutions
cises cover how to record character- set of package TP 501 Hydraulics, Training notes The workbook includes:
istic curves, compare applications of Basic Level and TP 502 Hydraulics, Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, Sample solutions
different components, construct ba- Advanced Level equipment set are photos of industrial applications, Training notes
sic circuits and apply basic hydrau- needed to carry out the tasks. animations and FluidSIM circuit Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
lic equations. In order to carry out diagrams photos of industrial applications,
the exercises, students require the The workbook includes: Exercise sheets for trainees animations and FluidSIM circuit
equipment set for TP 501 Hydrau- Sample solutions diagrams
lics, Basic Level. Training notes Frank Ebel, Christine Lffler Exercise sheets for trainees
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, Edition 2011, 426 pages, in colour,
The workbook includes: photos of industrial applications, in folder. Frank Ebel, Christine Lffler
Sample solutions animations and FluidSIM circuit Edition 2012, 350 pages, in colour,
Training notes diagrams Campus licence ( Page 53): in folder.
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, Exercise sheets for trainees de 550143
photos of industrial applications, en 551150 Campus licence ( Page 53):
animations and FluidSIM circuit Renate Aheimer, Frank Ebel es 551151 de 550144
diagrams Edition 2012, 264 pages, in colour, fr 551152 en 551153
Exercise sheets for trainees in folder. es 551154
fr 551155
Renate Aheimer, Frank Ebel Campus licence ( Page 53):
Edition 2011, 322 pages, in colour, de 550142
in folder. en 551147
es 551148
Campus licence ( Page 53): fr 551149
de 550141
en 551141
es 551145
fr 551146
Proportional hydraulics Proportional hydraulics Closed-Loop Hydraulics Mobile Hydraulics

Basic level Advanced level

TP 701 TP 702 TP 511 TP 800
C (X1) D (X2) A B
LS
P
T
B A
T T
D
P
LS
LS2
LS1

094472 en 094473 en 094469 en 574166 en
Proportional hydraulics, Proportional hydraulics, Closed-loop hydraulics, TP 511 Mobile hydraulics, TP 800
Basic level TP 701 Advanced level TP 702 The 21 exercises in this book are The workbook contains 21 project
The 10 exercises in this book provide The 10 exercises in this book are used to introduce the fundamentals exercises designed for equipment
an introduction to proportional hy- used to introduce the most impor- of analogue closed-loop hydraulics: sets TP 801, TP 802 and TP 803 to-
draulic equipment and circuits. First tant devices and circuits used in pro- pressure and position control with gether with the corresponding exer-
the individual devices are present- portional hydraulics. You will need PID controllers and position control cise sheets and sample solutions.
ed and their settings tried out. Then equipment set Proportional hydrau- with status controllers. You will need It thus provides a comprehensive
a complete solution is developed lics, Basic level TP 701 and Advanced equipment set Closed-loop control course companion conveying the
based on a series of graduated ex- level TP 702 to carry out the exer- hydraulics, TP 511 to carry out the essential knowledge and basic prin-
ercises. You will need equipment set cises. exercises. ciples of the hydraulic systems of
Proportional hydraulics, Basic level mobile machines.
TP 701 to carry out the exercises. The workbook includes: The workbook includes:
Sample solutions Sample solutions The workbook contains:
The workbook includes: Training notes Training notes Basic information
Sample solutions Multimedia CD-ROM with Multimedia CD-ROM with Exercise sections comprising
Training notes supplementary media supplementary media project exercises and sample
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics, Exercise sheets for traineess Exercise sheets for trainees solutions for TP 801, TP 802 and
photos of industrial applications, TP 803
animations and FluidSIM circuit E. Bauer A. Zimmermann Training notes
diagrams Edition 1999, 240 pages, in folder. Edition 2000, 584 pages, in folder. Multimedia CD-ROM with
Exercise sheets for trainees supplementary media
Campus licence ( Page 53): Campus licence ( Page 53): Worksheets for students
D. Scholz, A. Zimmermann de 94458 de 94460
Edition 1998, 338 pages, in folder. en 94473 en 94469 L. Unan, U. Schedel, C. Lffler
es 94450 es 94368 Edition 2013, 540 pages, in colour,
Campus licence ( Page 53): fr 94348 in folder.
de 94457
en 94472 Campus licence ( Page 53):
es 94404 de 574165
fr 94352 en 574166
Reading samples at:

Hydraulics
Set of posters
Hydraulic symbols Hydraulics Structure of a hydraulic system
Energy conversion Energy transfer Actuation Valves Valves Valves Signal control section Hydraulic power section Power section Control section
line, supply line, return line, component framing
Manual actuation Basic symbols Directional control valves Stop valves
and symbol boxed in
A A B 63/45x300
internal and external pilot line, leakage oil line, shut-off valve 3-way stop-cock 1A1 1B1 1B2
hydraulic pump with constant delivery rate purging line, exhaust line by by by pulling
pushing pulling and pushing P T P T 24 V 1 2 3 4 5 6
Function unit for valves with main ports. 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with two non-return valve non-return valve with spring
The number of ports corresponds to the number solenoid coil, directly solenoid coils, directly B A2 B2 Drive section
frames for several components of lines shown above and below a square. actuated, reset by actuated, with detent
by by by spring and manual (double solenoid valve) 11 32 34 32 34
hydraulic variable displacement pump with alternating turning lever rocker override with detent S1 K1 K2
tubing line 12 31 31
direction of delivery at constant direction of rotation A B A X A1 B1 16 16
Mechanical actuation piloted non-return double non-return valve,
valve with spring piloted
X1 P T X2
Signal flow
line crossing closed exhaust B B 1Z3
connection line port 4/3-way valve, hydraulically actuated, spring-centred A1 A2 A1 A2
by by by roller lever, actuation 15 MPa 13 12 14 13 22 24
reversible hydraulic pump/hydraulic motor unit with
two directions of flow and variable displacement plunger roller in one direction of travel basic elements with 2, 3, 4 switching positions A B A 1V5 P S2 K1 S3 K2
only shuttle valve dual-pressure valve 14 11 14 21
volume, external leakage oil line and two directions pressure supply port, plug within a fluid line (OR function) (AND function) 1V4 5 MPa
of rotation. closed
A 1V3 1V6
P T
Flow control valves Signal Signal Energy control T
4/3-way proportional valve, directly actuated P
P T A B input processing section
hydraulic tank connection, ending actuated in initial position G G
A B flow control flow control orifice, fixed
energy source below and above the oil level
Energy flow
2 4 2 4
16x2
16x2
hydraulic motor with rotary drive/semi-rotary valve, fixed valve, adjustable
constant displacement/ drive with limited angle Pressure actuation 1B2
1
1B1
1
B B1 B2
absorption capacity and of rotation and two paths and directions of flow through a valve X P T Y
two directions of rotation directions of flow reservoir closed reservoir open to
with cover atmosphere 4/3-way servo valve piloted by a control solenoid, 1V2 A B
with closed-loop position control of main and pilot
pneumatically hydraulically stage, with integrated electronics, external pilot
actuated actuated function: leak-tight locking, hydraulic seat A A
supply and drain 1M1 1M2 12 14 22 24
electric motor one-way flow control flow distributor
A B valve, adjustable P T 22x2
K2 K1
Electrical actuation 11 21
B T B
motor shaft points to pump shaft points to
the right (preferably) the left (preferably)
directional control valve with intermediate 1Z2
positions dynamic control valve P T
or to the left or to the right Control energy supply Energy supply 15 MPa P
by solenoid coil with one winding A B 4/3-way servo valve, piloted, solenoid coil with two 1V1
windings, with mechanical feedback of the valve slide
A
section 8 MPa A1 A1
active direction active direction position to the pilot stage
1M1 1M2 A 0Z2
towards the away from the
energy conversion K1 K2 1M1 1M2
compact gear unit (simplified representation) valving element valving element X P T Y 3-way flow control 2-way flow control T
15 MPa A2 A2
A valve, adjustable valve, non-adjustable pressure medium
hydraulic pump and hydraulic motor with shaft A examples for connection
preparation
22x2
coupling identification:
A = port Accessories
by solenoid coil with two windings, active direction P T
single-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder B = port P
to and from the valving element T L
3/2-way poppet valve with solenoid coil and 0V1
with piston rod at one end, with piston rod at one end
quick decoupler with quick decoupler with
P = pump
limit switch
Measurement and display devices 10 MPa
0V 12 12
T = reservoir
14 .2 14 .1
spring chamber with 0Z1 1Z1
two non-return valves, two non-return valves, 11 11
leakage oil connection X = control oil supply
decoupled; coupled b10 = 75
Y = control oil relief 22 22
i.e. line closed 1M1
L = leakage oil
Pressure control valves T
21 24 .3 21 24 .4
by electric motor with by stepper motor M = solenoid coil
0M1 0P1
continuous rotary motion A pressure gauge temperature gauge 32 32
5.5 kW 16 cm3
Connections must be marked on the circuit diagram P (thermometer) -1 31 34 .5 31 34 .6
using the identification marked on the component, 1500 min
double-acting cylinder with through piston rod of
different diameters, with adjustable cushioning Combined actuation sub-base or block (ISO 1219-2). 42 42
41 44 41 44
at both ends T
filter tank ventilation filter
P L flow rate display flow meter
by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or directly actuated sequence valve,
and pilot valve manual override and pressure relief valve, self-actuating, with
single-acting cylinder, plunger cylinder pilot valve 2/2-way valve with 2 ports, 2 switching positions
for 2 flow directions. adjustable bypass valve
Variants of signal control section Examples for the identification of components to ISO 1219-2 Identification key
normally closed normally open A A fluid level display tachometer
position position (sight glass) and DIN/EN 61346-2
filter with bypass valve with optical contamination
indicator and switch by solenoid coil by solenoid coil or Electrical relay technology 1A1 double-acting cylinder 0Z2 pressure gauge 1 1 S 2
telescope cylinder, telescope cylinder, P L P L P
or manual override manual override with
single-acting double-acting detent directly actuated piloted 2-way pressure
1Z2 pressure gauge
pressure switch, electro- pressure sensor, PLC controllers 1B1 limit switch 1Z3 pressure gauge
p1 2-way pressure regulator regulator with external mechanical, adjustable analogue output signal component number
p2
Mechanical components 3/2-way valve with 4/2-way valve with with external control control oil relief
Pneumatic controllers (explosion-proof applications) 1B2 limit switch
3 ports and 4 ports and oil relief 0V1 pressure relief valve, component designation
cooler without flow lines 5 2 switching positions, 2 switching positions P
1V3 non-return valve adjustable
heating Mechanical controllers (e.g. cam-driven)
pressure booster, single-acting, which for the direction of flow normally closed position A A pressure switch, electronically adjustable,
1V6 non-return valve 1V1 pressure relief valve, circuit number
converts a pneumatic pressure p1 into a of coolant output signal switching
higher hydraulic pressure p2 Detents are to be symmetrically matched with the Manual control (e.g. excavators) adjustable system number
mechanical connection. P T T G G 1V4 2-way flow control valve
G G With more than three detent positions the number displacement encoder displacement encoder
of positions can be displayed above the detent 0Z1 fluid level indicator Component identification to Component identification to
3-way pressure regulator accumulator charging valve with analogue output with digital output signal
element. 1V5 pressure relief valve,
P T
signal
adjustable
ISO 1219-2 DIN/EN 61346-2
G
0P1 pump
double-acting cylinder double-acting cylinder gas pressure accumulator, separation of
media through: X (counter-pressure valve
with displacement with integrated pumps and compressors: P signal receiver: B
encoder on the piston rod displacement encoder diaphragm bladder piston reset by spring spring-centred T P optical indicator digital display for tractive load) 0M1 electric motor
4/3-way valve with 4 ports and 3 switching fluid drives: A relay: K
(diaphragm (bladder (piston shut-off/ proportional pressure
accumulator) accumulator) accumulator) positions various mid-position variants 4 L
1V2 4/3-way solenoid valve, 1Z1 filter signal input: S electric drives: M
counterbalancing valve relief valve, directly
1 1 actuated with closed-loop spring-centred valves: V
2 2 position control of fluid level switch with electrical fluid level all other componets: Z, or any
3 3 solenoid coil and with 4 normally closed monitoring with analogue letter not yet included in the list
three-way rotary connection integrated electronics contacts output signal and
digital display
Hydraulics Directional control and non-return valves Hydraulics Flow control and pressure control valves
Directional control valves, directly controlled Directional control valve, pilot actuated Non-return valves Flow control valves Pressure relief valve, Pressure relief valve, application example: pressure relief valve
internally controlled, damped P
A B A B Throttle Orifice 1A1
4/2-way solenoid valve 4/3-way solenoid valve, Non-return valve, spring-loaded
mid-position closed
1M1 1M1 1M2 B B B B T L
P T X P T Y
1V1 A B
A A A A P 7 1M1 0Z3
1M1 1M1 1M2 MPa P T
fixed adjustable fixed adjustable 5
4
0Z2 system pressure limitation
l 3
l
p
valve slide 2 8 MPa

0Z1 0V1 P
high-resistance 1 8 MPa
housing direction 0
T L 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 l/min 8
d d q
T
opening characteristics p = f (q)

0Z4
l>d l << d
Sequence valve, 10 MPa
externally controlled P
X
adjustment range A safety valve
A L 10 MPa
helix
T A P B Pressure relief valve, application example: counter-pressure valve
flow
direction P P 1A1
coil return spring

B
1Z1
ar mature X X
1V2 P
manual override 1V3
adjustment
range A L A L
T m
Y T A P B X A B 1V1 A B counter-pressure valve
2 MPa
1M1 0Z2
P T
4/3-way solenoid valve, Slide principle Poppet principle Non-return valve, piloted 2-way flow control valve 2-way pressure regulator 0Z1
form 1 B A system pressure limitation
mid-position closed 8 MPa
A B B 0V1 P
1M1 1M2 P L T
A
P T
A X 1A1 form 2 0Z3
B 10 MPa
A A
1M1 1M2
safety valve
10 MPa
1Z1
Pressure relief valve, application example: brake valve
flow from A to B
X A B P L P L
B
A m
1V1
1A1
A
differential 1Z1 1Z2
3-way pressure regulator suction suction
pressure A valve valve
regulator brake valve brake valve
0Z1 B 1V1
1V2 P 16 MPa 1V4 P 16 MPa
1V5
1V3 A B
0V1 P
P T L
T T
flow from B to A closed 1M1 1M2
P T
T A P B X A B T
0Z1
A throttle
point 10 MPa
T P L
flow from B to A
X A B safety valve and system pressure
limitation 10 MPa
Everything that you need to know: Subjects on the poster:

Hydraulics Energy supply and cylinders 5 posters on hydraulics Hydraulic symbols
Hydraulics Structure of a
Hydraulic power pack
pressure filter with

contamination indicator
Filtration
Hydraulic filters are installed in

different ways, depending on
Now the updated version of the hydraulic system
popular A1 poster is supplied rolled Hydraulics Directional control
the application in question.
cooling water Classic filter applications:

circuit return-line, intake-line and pressure
pressure gauge filtration (also in combination)
temperature
gauge
directional
cooler
Further application:
bypass filtration
high-pressure filter
up, quickly providing a comprehen- and non-return valves
sive overview. All symbols and ter- Hydraulics Flow control and
control valve
pressure relief valve

return line breather filter
hydraulic pump
minology correspond to the current pressure control valves

pump holder
return filter
air filter suction pipe
filling strainer
standards ISO 1219-2 and DIN/EN Hydraulics Energy supply and

level indicator suction filter
cleaning aperture
drain
electric motor
baffle plate suction filter

61346-2. cylinders
screw
Pump types Double-acting cylinder Single-acting cylinder, Designs of cylinders

hydraulic ram
Schematic
representation
Designs Speed
range
-1
Displace-
ment
volume
3
Nominal
pressure
Overall
efficiency Designs Remarks Schematic representation
de 196948
(min ) (cm ) (MPa)
differential area ratio 2:1
en 551012
gear pump, 500 3500 1.2 250 6.3 16 0.80 0.91 1A1
cylinder (piston area :
externally 1A1 piston ring area)
geared
m
es 551011
gear pump, 500 3500 4 250 16 25 0.80 0.91 A M synchronous pressurised areas
internally 1Z1 cylinder identical in size;
geared advance and return
1V1 speed identical
A B
A1= A2
Screw 500 4000 4 630 2.5 16 0.70 0.84
fr 551010
cylinder with to reduce the speed of
pump end position heavy loads and to
P T
P T cushioning prevent heavy impact
0Z1 0Z1
vane 960 3000 5 160 10 16 0.80 0.93
pump telescopic increased stroke travel
cylinder
axial ...... 3000 100 20 0.82 0.92 pressure gives higher pressure
piston 750 3000 25 800 16 25 0.82 0.92 intensifier
pump 750 3000 25 800 16 32 0.80 0.92
tandem cylinder for cases requiring

radial 960 3000 5 160 16 32 0.90 high forces and where
piston the available space is
pump limited
053034 en Festo Didactic GmbH & Co. KG www.festo-didactic.com
Media > Courseware > Electrical engineering/Electronics
Workbooks
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology semiconductors
D1
Y1
R1 UAC1
24 6 R1 RC UB = 12 V
P
UL
UL
IC
230 V
mW V
C1 UDC
16 4
IB 50 Hz
P
Rm K
C2
R2 UAC2
Y2
D2
12 3 C1
Y1 Y2
US UE = 0.1 V UA
8 2 G
230 V/18 V
(Sinus) R2 RE C3 R3
f = 1 kHz
4 1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 mA 12
IL
UDC
I
0 (Y1) UE
+ I P

IR IC IL 90
R1 U1
R UR t
QL QC
U U G U S
Iq IL R C L
U2
P UP
R2 RL
0 (Y2) UA

567209 EN 567217 EN 567283 en 567291 en
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of semiconductors Basic electronics circuits

direct current technology alternating current technology The third volume of the fundamen- The workbook for basic electron-
The fundamentals of direct current The workbook for fundamentals of tals of electrical engineering/elec- ics circuits completes the series of
technology provide an introduction AC technology continues the intro- tronics deals with semiconductors. workbooks for the fundamentals of
to the world of electrical engineer- duction to electrical engineering/ The design and mode of operation of electrical engineering/electronics.
ing/electronics. The content is ex- electronics components and systems modern semiconductors is covered Particular emphasis is placed on the
plained and elaborated in realistic with topics relating to AC technol- and their application demonstrated analytical examination of the inter-
projects. The primary focus is on the ogy. The main topics covered are the in project exercises. action between the components al-
explanation of the basic variables, electric field and induction and the ready covered in the first three books
behaviour and relationships and the resulting behaviour of components As an introduction to the topic, dif- on the fundamentals.
recording of these using measure- in the AC circuit. ferent diodes such as the semicon-
ments. ductor diode, Zener diode and LED The content in this case is project ex-
Topics such as the capacitor and coil are considered and the basic con- ercises with selected basic circuits,
Among the variables covered are in the DC and AC circuit as well as the cepts are worked out. Content in- whereby the design is first worked
voltage, current, resistance and con- series and parallel connection of re- cluding PN junction, reverse volt- out and then analysed on the basis
ductance as well as energy and ca- sistor, coil and capacitor are covered age or conducting state current is of measurement technology. The cir-
pacity. Ohms law is explained in de- in project exercises. The variables of demonstrated both theoretically cuits include power supply unit cir-
tail. Particular emphasis is placed on active resistance, reactance and im- and, where possible, using measure- cuits, amplifier circuits, flip-flops and
the use of measuring devices. The pedance as well as the relationships ments. The topic of transistors is also power electronics circuits as well as
circuit examples include series and between them and the topic of phase explained using bipolar and unipo- circuits commonly used in industrial
parallel connection, voltage divider, shift of current and voltage are cov- lar transistors. The book also covers practice.
bridge circuit and voltage sources. ered in detail. power electronics components such
as diac, triac and thyristor. The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: The workbook contains: Solutions
Solutions Solutions The workbook contains: Didactic notes
Didactic notes Didactic notes Solutions Worksheets for the student
Worksheets for the student Worksheets for the student Didactic notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Worksheets for the student
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics K.-H. Drke
C. Lffler C. Lffler Edition 2011, 382 pages, in colour,
Edition 2010, 300 pages, in colour, Edition 2010, 290 pages, in colour, M. Wschle in folder.
in folder. in folder. Edition 2010, 208 pages, in colour,
in folder. Campus licence ( Page 53):
Campus licence ( Page 53): Campus licence ( Page 53): de 567289
de 567207 de 567215 Campus licence ( Page 53): en 567291
en 567209 en 567217 de 567281 es 567293
es 567211 es 567219 en 567283 fr 567295
fr 567213 fr 567221 es 567285
fr 567287
Workbooks
Basic principles of Basic principles of closed-loop Power supply systems Building automation with KNX
digital technology control technology and protective measures

TP 1012 TP 1013 TP 1111 TP 1131
S1 L1
L2
&
L3 E4 E5 E6
S2
S9 S10 S11
PEN
& + S3 S4 S5
B1 e + y
+
E2 E3
=1 S6 S7 S8
B2 M
3 S12 S2 S13
&
E7 E1 E8
S1
B3 L1
1 L2
L3
N 3 4 3
S1
PE
10 50 4 4 3
V C
U
S2
8 40 S1 S2 E1
M
3 3 3 3
B1 6 30
3 4 3
L1
B2 4 20 L2
S3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 T1 E2, 3
L3
2 10 3 3
N
B3
3 3
0
0 50 100 150 200 250 s 300
S9, 10, 11, 12, 13 E4, 5, 6, 7, 8
t RCD RCD
M
3

8023433 en 8023437 en 567309 en 8023445 en
Basic principles of Basic principles of Power supply systems Building automation with KNX
digital technology closed-loop control technology and protective measures Modern buildings make numerous
The basic principles of digital tech- The optimum introduction to the The workbook for power supply sys- requirements of the most varying of
nology workbook provides an intro- world of closed-loop systems is pro- tems and protective measures cov- technologies. The most important
duction to the world of digital signals vided by the workbook Basic Princi- ers the topic of the safety of electri- discipline here is intelligent building
and their interconnection. The prima- ples of Closed-loop Systems. Using cal systems in accordance with DIN automation, as a modern building
ry focus is on the explanation of the examples, the basic terms are ex- VDE in detail. will not work without it.
basic variables, behaviour and rela- plained and then the behaviours and
tionships. relationships are focussed on. Spe- The specific conditions and the The workbook for the basic princi-
cial focus here is given to the topics measures for avoiding dangerous sit- ples of building automation introduc-
The content is project exercises with of behaviour and analysis of control uations are dealt with using realistic es the relevant topics in realistic pro-
selected basic circuits, whereby processes. situations. Different types of network jects. Focus is on the software tools,
the design is first worked out and (TN-C, TN-CS, TT and IT network), equipment and configuration as well
then analysed on the basis of meas- The basis for this are project exer- protection against direct and indi- as their interaction and extended
urement technology. The contents cises with selected basic circuits, rect contact, protection against elec- options.
include elementary logic modules whereby the design is first worked tric shock (including in the event of
and logic circuits, Schmitt triggers, out and then analysed on the basis a fault), protection through RCD and The workbook contains:
trigger circuits, flipflops, counting of measurement technology. Train- initial and repeat testing of electrical Sample solutions
circuits, data conversion and arith- ing content, among others, includes systems and devices are explained in Training notes
metic circuits. structure of a control circuit, spring project form. Worksheets for learners
responses and dynamic behav- Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
The workbook contains: iour, Bode diagram, controlled sys- The workbook contains:
Sample solutions tem modelling, positive and nega- Solutions N. Karlsson
Training notes tive feedback, two and three-step Didactic notes Edition 2013, 110 pages, in colour,
Worksheets for learners controllers as well as P, PI and PID Worksheets for the student in folder.
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics controllers. Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
S. Enderle The workbook contains: J. Stumpp de 8023444
Edition 2012, 200 pages, in colour, Sample solutions Edition 2012, 230 pages, in colour, en 8023445
in folder. Training notes in folder. es 8023446
Worksheets for learners
Campus licence ( Page 53): Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 8023432 de 567307
en 8023433 C. Ament en 567309
es 8023434 Edition 2013, 170 pages, in colour, es 567311
fr 8023435 in folder. fr 567313

de 8023436
en 8023437
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of

circuits with contacts DC machines AC machines three-phase current machines

TP 1211
L1 L1 -F1
L1
1 2
N N
L2
3 4
PE
PE L3
5 6
N
-T1 -T2
L+ L+ PE
L- L- CB CA 1 3 5
-Q1
U1
-P1 I> I> I>

A1 A2 E2 E1 U2 4
V
2 6
n
Z2 Z1 -A1.2
M
1 Input
24 V F1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Motor L1 L2 L3/N PE
1 2 DC+ DC-
-M1 Output
21 1500
n = f [M]
n
F2
P2
M
I
22 1/min
-A1.1 -M1 3.0

21 1300
S2
3600 Nm
1/min
M
P2
n 2.8
M
I
22 1200 3
3400
n
13 21 43 43 n = f [IE] 220 2.2 1100 2.6

S1 Q1 Q2
14 22 44 44
3200
13 13
Q1 Q2 W A 1000 2.4 2.4 M = f [n]
21 14 13 14 15 25
S3 K1 K1 A
22 14 16 28 3000 180 1.8 900
P2 = f [M] 2.2
21 21 21 21 160 1.6 800 2.1
Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4 2800 I = f [M] 2.0
22 22 22 22 140 1.4 700
2600 1.8 360 1.8
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 120 1.2 600
Q1 Q2 Q4 Q3 K1 W P2 = f [n]
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 2400 100 1.0 500
1.6
1.5 300
0V
2200 80 0.8 400 1.4
60 0.6 300
2000
1.2 240 1.2
I = f [n]
40 0.4 200
1.0
1800
20 0.2 100 0.9 180
0.8
30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 mA 330
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Nm 1.2
0.6 120 0.6
IE M
0.4
0.3 60
0.2
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 min-1 1600

n

567315 EN 571783 en 571791 en 571799 en
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of DC machines Fundamentals of AC machines Fundamentals of

circuits with contacts In drive technology, DC drives cur- We come into contact with AC drives three-phase current machines
Contactor controls still have their rently play a major role in mobile every day, as these motors are com- The sturdy design and wide range
place despite increasing automa- drive solutions. The workbook for the monly used in household appliances of applications thanks to modern
tion and increasingly cost-effective fundamentals of DC machines cov- and electric handheld tools in par- power electronics have contribut-
control electronics. The workbook ers the specific topics relating to DC ticular. The workbook for the funda- ed to three-phase motors becom-
for the fundamentals of circuits with drives. The content is first elaborated mentals of AC machines introduces ing the standard drives for indus-
contacts covers the specific top- theoretically and then consolidated the topics relating to AC motors in trial applications. In the workbook
ics relating to relays and contactor in exercises. In addition to the design realistic projects. Particular empha- for the fundamentals of three-phase
controls in six realistic projects. The of the machines, their circuitry and sis is placed on design, circuitry and current machines, the design, con-
control circuit with topics such as areas of application are demonstrat- areas of application. Control ques- nection and areas of application are
self-latching loop and locking plays ed in realistic projects. tions on the content facilitate the as- explained on the basis of realistic
just as important a role here as the sessment of learning success. project exercises. The machines are
primary circuit with the circuits for The workbook contains: exposed to a wide range of simulat-
asynchronous three-phase motors, Solutions The workbook contains: ed load situations in order to deter-
from simple starting to star-delta Didactic notes Solutions mine their options.
reversing circuit. Worksheets for the student Didactic notes
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Worksheets for the student The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Solutions
Solutions J. Stumpp Didactic notes
Didactic notes Edition 2011, 150 pages, in colour, J. Stumpp Worksheets for the student
Worksheets for the student in folder. Edition 2011, 152 pages, in colour, Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics in folder.
Campus licence ( Page 53): J. Stumpp
J. Stumpp de 571781 Campus licence ( Page 53): Edition 2011, 166 pages, in colour,
Edition 2010, 120 pages, in colour, en 571783 de 571789 in folder.
in folder. es 571785 en 571791
es 571793 Campus licence ( Page 53):
Campus licence ( Page 53): de 571797
de 570901 en 571799
en 567315 es 571801
es 567317 fr 571803
fr 567319
Workbooks
Stefan Hesse
Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology Lexikon der elektrischen
Antriebstechnik
Workbook Workbook
TP 1421 TP 1422
Festo Didactic
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM

571853 EN 571861 EN ISBN 3-8127-9265-6
Fundamentals of Basic principles of Glossary of

servo motor drive technology stepper motor drive technology electrical drive technology
Servo drives play a particularly im- The workbook for the basic princi- Modern drive technology is increas-
portant role in automation, as they ples of stepper motor drive technol- ingly recognised by the bringing
have developed into the standard ogy provides a detailed introduc- together of electrical and mechani-
drive in recent years thanks to state- tion to the topics relating to modern cal components in drive systems.
of-the-art controller technology. stepper motor drives in practical New and improved drive capabilities
The workbook for the fundamen- exercises. can be achieved through the use of
tals of servo motor drive technology compact power electronics, innova-
provides a detailed introduction to In addition to basic content including tive motor concepts, optimised me-
the topics relating to modern servo design and commissioning of step- chanical components, new materials
drives in practical exercises. per motor drives, practical topics and high-performance communica-
such as homing, speeds, position- tion technology. This book lists the
The topics covered include the de- ing, acceleration and braking ramps main concepts in glossary format
sign and commissioning of a servo play an important role as well. More and provides brief explanations to
drive, RPM regulation, regulating detailed content, for example current facilitate a better understanding of
torque and homing as well as addi- reduction for stepper motor drives, is these drives. However since there is
tional content such as positioning also covered. more to an electrical drive that just
with variable speeds, acceleration, the electric motor, it also touches
braking and positioning tasks. The workbook contains: on areas such as measurement sys-
Sample solutions tems, power electronics, gear units,
The workbook contains: Training notes controllers and components for
Solutions Worksheets for learners transmitting power.
Didactic notes Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics
Worksheets for the student S. Hesse
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics F. Ebel, M. Pany Edition 2004, 200 pages, bound.
Edition 2010, 194 pages, in colour, de 539265
F. Ebel, M. Pany in folder.
Edition 2010, 192 pages, in colour,
in folder. Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 571859
Campus licence ( Page 53): en 571861
de 571851 es 571863
en 571853
es 571855
fr 571857
Fundamentals books
Skills for the Electrical Industry Electrical Engineering Friedrich Book of Tables
Textbook Textbook Electrical Engineering/Electronics
Electronic engineers for operating General basic education, subject Provides a separate and detailed
technology, electronic engineers for areas 1 to 6 explanation of network configura-
power engineering and building tech- All the basic knowledge in a tions and computer technology
nology, electronic engineers for auto- thematic and easy-to-understand Covers the topics of automation
mation technology approach as well as power and supply engi-
As per current syllabus Provides a detailed explanation neering
Follows a thematic structure of the relationships between and Matches standards and provisions
Deals with all topics in the elemen- backgrounds to the individual to the technical texts
tary and advanced level descrip- topics Integrates numerical data and ta-
tively and clearly Lots of examples, definitions, bles in explanatory texts
Contains numerous drawings, tables, formulas and drawings Suitable for all forms of basic and
illustrations and overviews of for- Concludes each unit with an exten- further training as well as vocation-
mulas as well as extensive review sive set of exercises al practice
and practical exercises for each Integrates English terms, brief
chapter English technical papers and a Antonius Lipsmeier, Heinz-Werner Beck-
Covers new technologies as well bilingual index mann, Kurt Lampe, Helmut Milde, Horst
as solar and wind energy Suitable for trainees, students at Rohlfing, Martin Scheurmann, Fritz Tornau,
Includes bilingual German/English technical colleges and technical Franz-Peter Zantis
index assistants 6th edition 2009, 516 pages, bound
Ideally suited as a reference book de 567303
Rasit zgc, Josef Elpers, Siegfried and for independent study
Gairing, Norbert Meyer, Wolfgang Includes a CD-ROM with addition-
Skornitzke, Waldemar Willner al exercises, manufacturers docu-
3rd edition 2009, 679 pages, bound ments and additional material
de 567297
Franz-Josef Lintermann, Udo Schaefer
1st edition 2009, 608 pages, bound,
incl. CD-ROM
de 567298
Also order:
Electrical Engineering
Solutions
General basic education, subject
areas 1 to 6
1st edition 2009, CD-ROM

de 567299
Media > Courseware > Automation technology/PLC
Automation technology/PLC
Siemens technical books
Automating with SIMATIC Automation with STEP 7 in Automation with STEP 7 in

Using the SIMATIC S7 programma- STL and SCL LAD and FBD
ble logic controller as an example, The book presents the latest ver- The book is an introduction to the
this book gives the reader a compre- sion of the STEP 7 basic software. latest version of the STEP 7 program-
hensive introduction to the mode of This book describes the elements ming software with functions for
operation and structure of a mod- and applications of the text-oriented PROFINET IO. This book describes
ern automation system. This edition programming languages STL (State- the elements and applications of the
explains project planning and pro- ment List) and SCL (Structured Con- graphic-oriented programming lan-
gramming of the controller via net- trol Language), both for the SIMATIC guages Ladder Diagram (LDR) and
work connection and shows the op- S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-400, in- Function Chart (FCH), both for the
tions for operating and observing the cluding Profinet applications. It is SIMATIC S7-300 and the SIMATIC S7-
SIMATIC HMI. intended for all users of SIMATIC S7 400 with Profinet applications. It is
controllers. Beginners are given an intended for all users of SIMATIC S7
The book is excellent for all readers introduction to the area of program- controllers. Beginners are given an
who have little knowledge in the ar- mable logic controllers, while expe- introduction to the area of program-
ea and wish to learn more about pro- rienced users are shown the special mable logic controllers, while expe-
grammable logic controllers. applications of the SIMATIC S7 auto- rienced users are shown the special
mation system. All programming ex- applications of the SIMATIC S7 au-
Hans Berger amples in the book and many more tomation system. All programming
Edition 2012, 301 pages, bound. are available for download on the examples in the book and many
de 194039 publishers website. more are available for download on
en 540686 the publishers website.
Hans Berger
Edition 2011, 578 pages, bound. Hans Berger
de 194040 Edition 2012, 475 pages, bound.
en 540687 de 194041
en 540688

Siemens manuals, GRAFCET
GRAFCET
1B2*2B1*3B1 Initial position

1 P1 Initial position indicator
S1*1B2*2B1*3B1*B4 Start condition

2 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 To downstream station
3B2 Downstream station position

3 1M1:=1 Eject workpiece
1B1 Workpiece ejected

4 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 To magazine
3B1 Magazine position

5 2M1 Generate vacuum
2B1 Vacuum generated

6 1M1:=0 Unclamp workpiece
1B2 Workpiece unclamped

7 3M1:=0 3M2:=1 To downstream station
3B2 Downstream station position

8 2M2 Place workpiece
2B1 No more vacuum

9 3M1:=1 3M2:=0 To magazine
3B1 Magazine position
Structure Action section
548679 EN
07/07
Manual Siemens S7-300 STEP 7 Fundamentals Practical knowledge: GRAFCET

This documentation package The package comprises: The brochure describes the specifica-
comprises the following manuals: Booklet S7-300 simply tion language for function charts of
Setup, CPU data assemble and program the GRAFCET sequence control. The
Module data Users manual STEP 7 contents of the DIN EN 60848 stand-
Operations list Programming manual ard are described in detail. Through
S7-300/400 examples, the knowledge imparted
Edition 2003 Converter manual is presented with reference to prac-
de 184557 tice and greater detail is provided.
en 184558 STEP 7 Fundamentals Also highly suitable as a reference
de 184563 work.
en 184564
Instructional material for Siemens STEP 7 Manual AWL, KOP, FUP (STL, LAD, Gerhard Schmidt
S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals FCH) Edition 2007, 64 pages, brochure
This CD contains training documents de 184565 de 548678
for Siemens S7/STEP 7 in the form en 184566 en 548679
of a PDF file. It also contains Power- es 548680
point displays on the AS-interface, fr 548681
distributed automation with Siemens The package Siemens documenta-
ET 200S and Profibus-DP as well as tion for S7/STEP 7 on DVD contains
Festo valve terminals. all manuals for:
S7-200/300/400
Edition 2001, CD-ROM C7 300/400
Order no. 528612 STEP 7-STL/LDR/FCH/GRAPH/SCL
SIMATIC HMI/NET/DP
LOGO!
System requirements
PC with WIN 2000/XP
DVD drive
Edition 2008, DVD

de/en/es/fr/it 192883
Dictionary, Sensors
d e
ive
in
Cyl
r
ik lD
chn ica
o
re s
l
ste ctr nti
n
k g Ve
run Ele
u Se
isie Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
s
Sensors for object detection Proximity Sensors
at
k
n i
tom
y t
Au
o
ctr
g ma
o
e
o
l
Workbook
n
Textbook FP 1110
tio
TP 1311
e
l
a
of tom y
oe neu log
Au
ess
n
o
With CD-ROM
chn
c
Pro
h
50
Te
mm
riv P
40
c
e
eT
30
n
20
tio
erical of sses alv
10
ma
S
10 20 30 mm 40
V
D to
-20
Au
-30
re
h
-40
ssu
ive
-50
e
Pre
c
Dr
Wrterbuch der Automatisierungstechnik
c it
24 V
al
tic
p s k tesure
Un
24 V
o
B 1
4 Q1
ric
r
3
ma logy
0V
P
ect
0V
hn
o El
Tec ntil
es sse ruc res

Deutsch Englisch / Englisch Deutsch
Ve er
m German English / English German
r ind
566920 en 093046 en
v
so Zyl
l
n
Se
a roce D P Dictionary of Automation Sensors for object detection Proximity sensors
Technology Workbook Textbook
Worldwide use of automation sys- Fifteen projects based on industrial This sensor textbook deals in detail
tems and their diverse areas of examples, suitable for equipment set with proximity sensors for handling
application have also resulted in TP 1311, each including problem de- and processing systems. The book
a specialised vocabulary. Reliable scriptions, parameters and project can be used both to support basic
translation of technical terms is an tasks, deal in detail with the specific and further training programs and for
important prerequisite for success- subject of sensors for object detec- self-tuition. It is made up of a course
ful, unambiguous communication tion. The main topics are configura- section, a fundamentals section and
within the framework of international tion, function and the influence of a section with solutions to the exer-
collaboration. material properties on behaviour, cises in the course section. The con-
possible applications and how to tents of the book are matched to the
This completely revisedand expand- select a sensor based on the applica- corresponding workbook while a
ed new edition of this dictionary now tion conditions. The content topics glossary of keywords provides rapid
includes more than 16,700 terms, are covered by exercises using mag- access to information on particular
4,500 new terms have been added. netic, inductive, optical and capaci- types of sensors.
tive proximity sensors. Each work-
The terms, designations and defi- sheet in the book of exercises has a F. Ebel, S. Nestel
nitions included reflect the entire sample solution in the workbook. Edition 2003, 278 pages, bound
spectrum of industrial automation de 93045
technology, from pneumatics and The workbook includes: en 93046
hydraulics, as well as electrical en- Sample solutions es 94342
gineering, electronics and data pro- Training notes
cessing right through to administra- Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
tion and training. photos of industrial applications
Exercise sheets for trainees
Edition 2008, 416 pages, bound
de en / en de 56975 F. Ebel
Edition 2009, 252 pages, in colour,
in folder.

de 566919
en 566920
es 566921
fr 566922
Textbooks and workbooks
Programmable Logic Controllers Programmable Logic Controllers Fieldbus technology

Basic Level Basic Level AS-Interface
Textbook TP 301 Workbook Workbook TP 401

TP 301
With CD-ROM
Festo Didactic Festo Didactic Festo Didactic

093311 EN 093314 en 534272 EN
093311_cover_textbook_tp301_en.i1 1 16.04.2007 13:44:54
Programmable logic controllers Programmable logic controllers Programmable logic controllers Fieldbus technology
basic level in practice basic level AS-Interface/Profibus-DP
Textbook This book illustrates possible ap- Workbook Workbooks
This book describes the structure plications of a PLC, in this case the This workbook covers the structure These two workbooks impart know-
and mode of operation of PLCs. The SIMATIC S7, through practice-orient- and mode of operation of a PLC and ledge on the application, function,
central topic of the book is the DIN ed exercises. In addition to the clas- the systematic development of PLC configuration and programming of
EN 61131-3 programming standard. sical programming languages State- programs. The content is based en- an AS-Interface network or a Profi-
This standard takes into account ment List (STL), Ladder Diagram tirely on the new DIN EN 61131-3 bus-DP network. The exercise section
expansions and developments for (LDR) and Function Chart (FCH), the programming standard. Practical ex- contains practical exercises based
which there was previously no stand- book also contains several program- ercises require a PLC and an actual on components that form part of the
ardised language. Beginners and us- ming examples using the sequence process (can be represented using TP 401 or TP 402 equipment list. The
ers will find an easy-to-understand language GRAPH, SCL (Structured equipment set PLC, TP 301). solution part for these exercises de-
presentation of modern program- Control Language) and HiGraph. The scribes the necessary steps for con-
ming methods in accordance with more complex exercises relate to the The workbook contains sample solu- figuration and programming of the
the new standard for PLC program- stations of Festo Didactics Modular tions on CD-ROM for Festo FPC 101, solution based on Siemens STEP 7
ming. The solutions to the various Production System MPS. Siemens S7-300 and Allen Bradley software.
examples are neutral and can there- SLC500. Geared to equipment set
fore be used regardless of the PLC Werner Braun for programmable logic controllers, The solution programs are provided
manufacturer. Edition 2005, 355 pages, bound. TP 301. on CD-ROM. The theory part con-
de 193449 tains key information on application,
R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber, R. Bliesener, F. Ebel, C. Lffler, H. Regber, mode of operation and data trans-
E. v. Terzi, A. Winter E. v. Terzi, A. Winter mission.
Edition 2002, 214 pages, bound. Edition 2002, 530 pages, in folder.
de 93310 The Fieldbus technology web-
en 93311 Campus licence ( Page 53): based training program is included
es 93317 de 93313 and gives a general overview of the
en 93314 various fieldbus concepts as well as
es 94427 the application and function of the
most commonly used fieldbus sys-
tems AS-Interface, Profibus-DP and
Interbus. An integrated glossary ex-
plains fieldbus terms.
M. Bliesener, S. Scharf, R. C. Weber

Edition 2003, 238/230 pages, with
2 CD-ROMs, in folder.

AS-Interface de 534270
AS-Interface en 534272
Profibus-DP de 534271
Profibus-DP en 534273
HomeUse licence in the Internet ( Service), Enterprise licence on request ( page 53). 71
Media > Courseware > Mechatronics
Mechatronics
MPS Transfer system
MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System
Turning Module Measuring Module, Ejection Module, Frequency Converter
Workbook analogue pneumatic MM420
Workbook Workbook Workbook
With CD-ROM
With CD-ROM With CD-ROM With CD-ROM

C96101 EN C96105 EN C96109 EN C96113 EN
MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System MPS Transfer System
Turning Module Measuring Module, analogue Ejection Module, pneumatic Frequency Converter MM420
For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train- For mechatronics training and train-
ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions. ing in electric and metal professions.
Topics: Control technology, simula- Topics: Control technology, simula- Topics: Control technology and Topic: Drive technology.
tion and safety engineering. tion, analogue value processing. simulation.
Objective: Step-by-step teaching of
Objective: Step-by-step teaching of Objective: Step-by-step teaching of Objective: Step-by-step teaching of basic knowledge and practice-relat-
basic knowledge, practice-related basic knowledge, practice-related basic knowledge, practice-related ed implementation with the MPS
implementation in FluidSIM, STEP 7 implementation in FluidSIM, STEP 7 implementation in FluidSIM, STEP 7 transfer line.
and CIROS; independent work with and CIROS; independent work with and CIROS; independent work with
internet, WBT, M
echatronics Assis- internet, WBT, Mechatronics Assis- internet, WBT, M
echatronics Assis- Contents: The learner is familiarised
tant and print media. tant and print media. tant and print media. with the basic design of a frequency
converter, carries out a quick set-
Contents: The learner analyses the Contents: The learner analyses the Contents: The learner analyses the up of the MM420, parametrises the
module function, completes parts module function, completes parts module function, completes parts MM420 through the BOP for reverse,
lists, creates hardware configura- lists, creates hardware configura- lists, creates hardware configura- normal and jog mode, adjusts boost,
tions, determines I/O allocation lists, tions, determines I/O allocation lists, tions, determines I/O allocation lists, start-up and braking ramps, u ses
designs electric/pneumatic circuit designs electric/pneumatic circuit designs electric/pneumatic circuit digital inputs and outputs for
diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM, diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM, diagrams and GRAFCET in FluidSIM, reverse, normal operation and speed
programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/ programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/ programs sequencers in S7-GRAPH/ shift through fixed frequencies, para-
KOP and tests programs with real KOP and tests programs with real KOP and tests programs with real metrises the MM420 for sensor-con-
and/or simulated controls and mod- and/or simulated controls and mod- and/or simulated controls and mod- trolled start-up and braking of the
ules. The learner is familiarised with ules. The learner configures an ana- ules. MPS transfer line.
the EC machinery directive. logue sensor and evaluates it.
The workbook contains: The workbook contains:
The workbook contains: The workbook contains: Sample solutions Sample solutions
Sample solutions Sample solutions Didactic instructions Didactic instructions
Didactic instructions Didactic instructions Worksheets for the learner Worksheets for the learner
Worksheets for the learner Worksheets for the learner Multimedia CD-ROM Multimedia CD-ROM
Multimedia CD-ROM Multimedia CD-ROM
A. Zabka A. Zabka
A. Zabka A. Zabka Edition 2010, 320 pages, in colour, Edition 2010, 160 pages, in colour,
Edition 2010, 400 pages, in colour, Edition 2010, 360 pages, in colour, in folder. in folder.
in folder. in folder.
Campus licence ( Page 53): Campus licence ( Page 53):
Campus licence ( Page 53): Campus licence ( Page 53): de 574135 de 574139
de 573893 de 573897 en 574136 en 574140
en 573894 en 573898 fr 574142
Media > Courseware > Mechatronics
Mechatronics
Training documentations
The safe system
Training documentation
MPS Kommunikations-
MPS
Station Verteilen Prozessoptimierung orientiertes
Handeln bei
Ausbildungsunterlage Ausbildungsunterlage Strungen in
Anlagen
Leitfaden fr die
Ausbildung
With CD-ROM
538957 DE
11/03 Festo Didactic
539934 DE 543068 DE 574144 en
Training documentations MPS Training documentation Communication-oriented approach Training documentation

We have put together a complete set Process optimisation to system malfunctions The safe system
of training documentation for MPS. With the basics of The importance of maintenance and The training documentation enti-
Analysis of existing systems servicing, in particular with respect tled The safe system concerns it-
Part A, Documentation for trainers, Project plan to malfunction management, cannot self with the safety of systems and
contains exercises and solutions Planning and optimisation of be underestimated in production. machines, and is aligned to the new
related to the areas of construction, automated systems EC machinery directive. The MPS
commissioning, programming, com- Value creation and wastage The purpose of this textbook is to Electrical Handling Station serves
munication and troubleshooting. teach students how to reduce down- as a hardware example for the exer-
Additional information for the trainer The detailed project task, with seven times. Identifying failure modes, cises. New project tasks which pro-
is provided. subsidiary tasks based on the ex- diagnosing malfunctions and fixing gress from one to the next deal with,
ample of the MPS Distribution, In- faults requires both specialist knowl- amongst other issues, failure modes
Part B, Documentation for trainees, spection, Processing, Handling and edge and interpersonal communica- and effects analysis, performance
contains solutions for the partici- Sorting stations, enables practical tion skills. This practical textbook ad- level, common cause failure and
pants to work through. optimisation of a production pro- dresses the situation using the case diagnostic coverage. After complet-
cess, with material flow analysis, example of a medium-sized drinks ing a risk assessment for the station,
The CD-ROM supplied contains both devising and appraising suggestions bottling company: training scenarios other safety devices are dealt with.
the training documentation as a PDF for improvement, procurement and portray realistic situations, that pro- The basic principles of the individual
file as well as worked examples for production of components, program- vide instruction in a range of faults topics are also included in the train-
the Siemens SPS S7-313C-2 DP. ming and commissioning the opti- from the simple to the cross-linked. ing documentation.
mised system.
Training documentation Includes a CD-ROM with presenta- The trainee learns to work with the
MPS Distribution Station Includes a CD-ROM with circuit tions on the topic of communica- issue of safety at the system, and is
W. Eckart, Intercon-Asia diagrams, symbols and sample pro- tion and troubleshooting, circuit capable of describing components
Edition 2007, 484 pages, in folder incl. grams for the Siemens PLC S7-300. diagrams and function charts for the and functions afterwards. Solution
CD-ROM. MPS distributing and sorting sta- sheets are available to the trainer.
Campus licence ( Page 53): M. Bellenberg, T. Mehwald, H. Regber, tions plus the textbook. The workbook includes a CD-ROM
de 538957 G. Schmidt containing the worksheets, data
Edition 2006, 310 pages, in folder incl. W. E. Theuerkauf, S. Funke, G. Graube sheets and solutions, as well as in-
Training documentation CD-ROM. Edition 2006, 144 pages, in folder, formation on the subject of safety
MPS Sorting Station incl. CD-ROM. technology.
W. Eckart, Intercon-Asia Campus licence ( Page 53):
Edition 2007, 458 pages, in folder incl. de 539934 Campus licence ( Page 53): Jrgen Hasel, Andrea Meles
CD-ROM. en 574154 de 543068 Edition 2011, 176 pages, in colour,
Campus licence ( Page 53): es 574155 en 574157 in folder
de 539308 fr 574156 es 574158
fr 574159 Campus licence ( Page 53):
Training documentation de 574143
MPS Conveyor project kit en 574144
W. Eckart, Intercon-Asia
Edition 2007, 466 pages, in folder incl.
CD-ROM.
de 539311
Media > Courseware > Process automation
Process automation
Textbooks and workbooks
Project kits
Process automation
MPS EduKit PA MPS PA

Workbook Arbeitsbuch
With CD-ROM
Festo Didactic
563971 en 548590 DE
Projects for teaching the topics of EduKit PA Workbook MPS PA Workbook

Control technology This workbook explains the basic This workbook includes tables that
Exercises, applications, simulations principles of process technology and allocate training aims with exercis-
provides an introduction to the sub- es and components with exercises,
A comprehensive textbook and work- ject. It covers manual and automated together with the fundamentals of
book for professions in electrical measurement, open and closed-loop closed-loop control technology, exer-
engineering, metals, chemicals and control and system design topics cises with all necessary worksheets
mechatronics. It meets the require- such as planning, installation, com- and didactic instructions about an-
ments of the new learning plan and missioning, marketing and sales. You alysing and inspecting a system,
provides a practical introduction to will be provided with exercises in- measuring, open and closed-loop
control technology. The workbook is cluding all necessary worksheets as control, as well as the solutions for
suitable for self-study or for class- well as didactic information and so- the instructors. The workbook pro-
room-based lessons. It has been lutions as support for trainers. The vides detailed descriptions of the
completely updated, and the topic of workbook contains detailed descrip- problem definition and parameters.
level control has been added. tions of the problems and parame- The worksheets support the stu-
ters. The worksheets guide students dents through the required steps
The combination of theory and simu- through the required steps of plan- of planning, execution and function
lation provides extra support during ning, execution and function testing. testing.
self-study.
The measurement/open and closed- The exercises refer to the filtering,
Contents of the CD-ROM: loop control exercises relate to flow, mixing, temperature maintenance
Control simulations level and pressure technology. and bottling processes. The train-
Manufacturer documents ees acquire the ability to inspect sys-
Further exercises The workbook includes a CD-ROM tems, to describe components and
Examples with the worksheets, data sheets functions as well as the operation of
and solutions. systems.
Josef Uphaus
2nd edition 2008, 208 pages, bound, B. Schellmann, H. Kaufmann The workbook includes a CD-ROM
incl. CD-ROM. Edition 2009, 430 pages, in folder, with the worksheets and the solu-
de 556242 incl. CD-ROM. tions.
Campus licence ( Page 53): J. Helmich, H. Kaufmann

de 563969 Edition 2007, 430 pages, in folder, bound,
en 563971 incl. CD-ROM.
es 563973
fr 563975 Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 548590
en 548591
es 548592
fr 548593
Media > Courseware > CNC technology/Working material
CNC technology/Working material

Textbooks/Drawing templates
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
Anfangsschritt
Initial step
Pfeil fr GRAFCET
Rckfhrung DIN EN 60848
Zwangssteuernde Aktion / Forcing action Loop back Best.-Nr.: / Order No.:
Transition und arrow 562474
(Ergnzung und Positionierhilfe) Verbindungen
(extension and positioning aid) Transition
and links Ergnzung fr
kontinuierlich wirkende Aktion
Supplement for
continuous action
Schritt Aktion / Action Positionierhilfe zum

Step Anordnen mehrerer Aktionen
Positioning aid for
configuring several actions
M Ergnzungen fr
speichernde Aktion
Supplements for
Makro-Schritt stored action
Macro-step
Einschlieender Parallele Linie fr Parallelverzweigung

Schritt Parallel cable for parallel branching
Enclosing step
www.festo-didactic.com / www.grafcet.de
CNC Textbook Drawing template GRAFCET drawing template

Basic principles of numerically The drawing templates for control Drawing assistance for the simple
controlled machine tools (CNC). technology. For fast designing of creation of a GRAFCET plan to DIN
Programming in accordance with pneumatic circuit diagrams or flow EN 60848. All essential components
ISO and SINUMERIK 840D. diagrams. Can be used to draw all such as steps, actions and transi-
de 540692 electrical (DIN 40713), electronic tions are available. Positioning aids
(DIN 40719), pneumatic, hydraulic support alignment of and compliance
Also order: (DIN/ISO 1219) and logic symbols with appropriate distances. It is de-
(DIN 40700). signed in flexible, semi-transparent
Book of solutions for the sample Control technology 90021 plastic, is supplied in two languages
exercises from the CNC textbook Program flow chart 90022 and comes with a ruler.
de 540693 de/en 562474
es/fr 562481
Media > Courseware > EDS Environmental Discovery System
EDS Environmental Discovery System

Water Management Workbooks
EDS Water Management is a modu-

lar training system which represents Water purification Water supply Wastewater transport
the core processes of a water and

wastewater treatment plant in the EDS EDS EDS
form of a water loop from the source

Water Management Water Management Water Management
to the wastewater treatment plant

and back again.
All workbooks contain:

Sample solutions
Training notes
Worksheets for learners
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics

8027887 en 8027888 en 8027889 en
Water purification Water supply Wastewater transport

After having worked through the After having worked through the After having worked through the
exercises in the Water purification exercises in the Water supply exercises in the Wastewater trans-
workbook, learners will be able to: workbook, learners will be able to: port workbook, learners will be
control the basic processes of highlight special features of able to:
precipitation, flocculation and different pump types transport solid matter in a sewer
sedimentation understand the influences on system using different flow speeds
measure the chlorine content and pump performance during water name the effects of exceeding the
deal with chlorine dosage in the supply hydraulic capacity
system identify the interaction between name the basic mechanisms that
name problems caused by too high pressure and flow rate in a piping make flushing necessary
or too low a chlorine dosage system describe the functions of a rain
control water supply using differ- overflow basin
M. Gro, C. Klippstein, P. Maurer, ent valve types explain the functional principle
Y. Salazar, T. Schwab, K. Treffry-Goatley, describe the meaning of different of a flow basin for solid matter
J. Voortman, C. Wehlers pressure zones in a water distribu- retention
Issue 2014, 82 pages, colour, in folder. tion network
detect water losses in distribution M. Gro, C. Klippstein, P. Maurer,
Campus licence ( Page 53): networks and highlight problems in Y. Salazar, T. Schwab
de 8028713 leak detection Issue 2014, 82 pages, colour, in folder.
en 8027887
M. Gro, P. Maurer, Y. Salazar, T. Schwab, Campus licence ( Page 53):
K. Treffry-Goatley, C. Wehlers de 8028711
Issue 2014, 138 pages, colour, in folder. en 8027889

de 8028712
en 8027888
Media > Courseware > EDS Environmental Discovery System
Wastewater treatment Monitoring, controlling and Energy optimisation in water Reading samples at:
optimising operations and wastewater treatment
plants www.festo-didactic.com
EDS EDS EDS
Water Management Water Management Water Management

8027890 en 8027891 en 8027892 en
Wastewater treatment Monitoring, controlling and Energy optimisation in water and

After having worked through the optimising operations wastewater treatment plants
exercises in the Wastewater treat- After having worked through the After having worked through the ex-
ment workbook, learners will be exercises in the Monitoring, con- ercises in the Energy optimisation
able to: trolling and optimising operations in water and wastewater treatment
simulate central processes related workbook, learners will be able to: plants workbook, learners will be
to the sedimentation of sludge control the level using a two-point able to:
analyse the behaviour of floc with controller and a linear controller recognise the difference in energy
different flow rates and solid mat- control the flow rate using a consumption between a free and
ter content proportional-integral controller narrow piping system
name the consequences of hydrau- understand the features of differ- identify potential for energy
lic overload of a wastewater treat- ent controller types and reliably savings and energy conversion in
ment plant implement the controllers water and wastewater treatment
describe the basic function of aero- identify the impacts of d ifferent plants
bic water treatment and the role of controller settings on energy compare different control strate-
sludge recirculation consumption gies with regard to their energy
measure the amount of dissolved find the best control strategy for requirements in order to optimise
oxygen and highlight the advantag- ventilation the efficiency of plant components
es of continuous measurement calculate the costs of different con-
M. Gro, Y. Salazar, T. Schwab, trol strategies
M. Gro, C. Klippstein, P. Maurer, J. Strittmatter implement energy management
Y. Salazar, T. Schwab, K. Treffry-Goatley, Issue 2014, 110 pages, colour, in folder. processes and methods
J. Voortman
Issue 2014, 122 pages, colour, in folder. Campus licence ( Page 53): M. Gro, P. Maurer, Y. Salazar, T. Schwab,
de 8028709 J. Strittmatter
Campus licence ( Page 53): en 8027891 Issue 2014, 186 pages, colour, in folder.
de 8028710
en 8027890 Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 8028708
en 8027892
Workstation systems
78
Universal laboratory furniture.........................................................................80
Learnline..........................................................................................................82
LabCreator.......................................................................................................89
Learntop...........................................................................................................90
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering...............................................92
Swing...............................................................................................................94
Basic and cabinet systems...............................................................................98
PowerLab.........................................................................................................99
79
Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture
The universal laboratory furniture
Learnline and Learntop With Learnline, you have an integrat- Quality from Festo Versatile, flexible and expandable
ed storage principle that can be used We dont make compromises when it One glance at the basic structure
The modular workstation systems for for training in pneumatic, hydraulic comes to quality. Workmanship and proves that Learnline meets a mul-
basic and further training. With many or electrical engineering without the functionality are of the highest lev- titude of requirements. After all,
practical details to make teaching need for modifications. Design and el. The torsionally rigid design and with just a few individual and well
and learning easier. function are combined, which is evi- the high-quality coating of the work thought-out components results
dent in every practical detail. Learn- surface and frame guarantee a long can be achieved which are geared
line consists of basic mobile and sta- service life despite many stresses towards the needs of people, the
tionary units with a cable/oil tray, and strains. Learnline can handle the available space and to any techni-
various modular systems and exten- rigorous routine of everyday teach- cal challenges. The functional profile
sion elements, rolling and fixed con- ing as well as a vibrating load dur- column is a prerequisite for modular-
tainers, in addition to special storage ing hydraulic position control. Even ity. As the central attachment point,
systems, attachments and the corre- high mechanical forces, e.g. of servo- it opens up a multitude of options for
sponding accessories. The modular hydraulics, proportional pneumat- putting together each desired con-
workstation system offers a multi- ics or robotic superstructures, can be figuration.
tude of configurations and mounting easily accommodated by Learnline.
options. Expert consultants in over All components can be placed
50 countries are available to prepare anywhere on the slotted assembly
an individual quotation for you. board and can be fastened tightly
and securely in the profile slot with
Learntop is the least expensive work- a T-head nut or the patented Quick-
top support system for entering the Fix without any effort and without
world of Festo Didactic training pack- additional tools.
ages at a low price.
A mounting system for all technolo-
gies and applications.
80 24-month Festo Didactic warranty

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture
Learnline and Learntop
Keeping order Integrated electrics
It doesnt matter whether you keep With various electrical insert

your training packages in the Sys- panels, a supply duct and dif-
tainer or in the container. The stor- ferent superstructures, work-
age equipment from Festo Didac- stations can be put to universal
tic always ensures you have a quick use. The mounting frames can be
overview. The lockable containers used for a large number of as-
are equipped with self-closing draw- sembly boards and ER units. The
er runners and a safety stop. Every ER mounting frame is compatible
drawer holds up to 20 kg. The ship- with the electrical components
ping packaging for the pneumatic of the training packages. Alter-
and hydraulic equipment sets can be natively, you can choose an A4
used as orderly drawer inserts. That mounting frame according to the
saves material and gives you a quick electrical engineering standard.
overview of the drawer contents.
Standard for design and function Planning with the LabCreator Learnline online configurator
Learnline Winner of international Define rooms in 2D and design in 3D! Familiarise yourself with Learnlines
design prizes: functional design and configure your
iF product design award Use our 3D models and keep up to workstation quickly and easily on the
Silver Focus design award speed with the automatic software Internet according to your individual
and library updates. Equip your lab- requirements. Opt for a predefined
oratory with learning systems and standard workstation or put togeth-
add your own designs. You can cre- er your own configuration accord-
ate professional laboratories or en- ing to your wishes. Slotted assembly
tire training centres in just a few boards, drawer units and accessories
steps. The effects will be impressive. can be easily selected and added to
Detailed descriptions are available your configuration. The result is a
for all learning systems. Download graphic representation of your selec-
your free LabCreator from the Inter- tion with a parts list.
net today.

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learnline
Learnline mobile
More versatile than ever!
Flexible and modular

Learnline is of modular design and
offers an almost unlimited range of
configuration possibilities for your
Learnline workstation.
High mobility and optimum use

of space
Individual or group training worksta-
tions can be created with a minimum
of effort wherever they are required.
Transport through doors is also pos-
sible. This mobile workstation is de-
signed in such a way as to permit
several people to work simultane-
ously. This is further facilitated by
the two integrated fixed drawer units
that ensure quick and easy access
to the required components of the
Learning System.
Learnline
Winner of international design prices

Optimum use of space Hydraulics for advanced trainees Pneumatic and Vertical or inclined?
The positioning of the storage plate The double pump power unit fits electrotechnical training Choose the vertical profile plate if
means that the free space beside the neatly on the frame beside the fixed The storage plate can hold up to you want to use the worktop for
fixed drawer units can be used for drawer units with no additional at- two compressors. Further mounting books or laptops for example. Or if
Systainer or other storage systems. tachment required. The discharge frames for electronic components in the workstation is to be used from
The hydraulic power unit with single measuring container also fits beside A4 format, for example, can be used both sides, opt for the inclination
pump fits conveniently beside the the 1100 mm profile plate. in addition to the 700 mm p
rofile unit with an additional profile plate
1100 mm profile plate. plate. to adapt the plate inclination to your
requirements.
1 2 3
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1556 x D780 x H1773)
1 With 1100 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 539028
3 With 2x 700 x 700 mm profile plate and ER frame 572155
Stationary Learnline
Ergonomic and flexible
The stationary solution

With the stationary workstation
systems, Learnline combines the
requirements for typical desk sys-
tems with high functionality. They
provide ample desk space and leg-
room thanks to the roller container.
The containers also ensure quick and
easy access to any required compo-
nents.
Vertical or inclined?
The reliable profile plate is fas-
tened to the stable profile of the an-
gle adjustment. The inclination of
the slotted profile plate can be infi-
nitely adjusted, all the way down to
a horizontal position. The worksta-
tion a
rrangement thus always offers
the best ergonomic position for any
exercise.
Learnline
Winner of international design prices

Move up into another dimension: Optimum space utilisation Pneumatic and electrical training Ergonomic connections
profile columns as set-up space Thanks to the angle adjustment, the In addition to the 700 mm profile With the supply duct, you have all
Use the versatile profile columns profile plate can be lowered into a plate, additional mounting frames important interfaces within reach.
as a set-up space, compatible with horizontal position. Use the available can be inserted for electronic com- Not only the electrical and pneumatic
Quick-Fix, for equipment sets or for space for A4 or ER mounting frames. ponents. supply, but also PC interfaces, such
attaching additional components as USB, Ethernet or serial interfaces,
vertically. Further components, for can be integrated in the supply duct.
example cylinders with a 400 mm
stroke, can be mounted on the angle
adjustment profile.
1 2 3
The preferred types with price advantage. Flexibly expandable.

(Overall dimensions W1512 x D780 x H1718)
3 Order no. 539025 with supply duct On request
Your individual design
1 2 Basic units makes it ideally suited to simultane-

Stable and with a high-quality ous use from both sides. W 1556 x
coating, the basic worktables D 780 x H 815.
are guaranteed to fulfil your high
requirements. 2 Basic stationary unit
The height of the worktop ensures
1 Basic mobile unit a comfortable working position
With castors and wheel brakes. The when seated. With height-adjustable
high worktop ensures a comfortable design and continuously variable tilt-
working position when standing. The ing of the profiled plate. W 1512 x
flexible design of this workstation D 780 x H 760.
1 Basic mobile unit 535832

2 Basic stationary unit 535835
3 6 Drawer units 6/7/8 Wheeled drawer unit for

stationary workstations
3/4/5 Fixed drawer unit for Wheeled drawer unit with fully ex-
installation in mobile workstations tending, lockable steel drawers with
Drawer unit with fully extending, safety stop. Fronts can be labelled.
lockable steel drawers with safety Load 20 kg per drawer. External di-
stop. Fronts can be labelled. Load 20 mensions body W 476 x D 788 x H
kg per drawer. External dimensions 657, usable inner dimensions W 375
of body W 476 x D 788 x H 592, usa- x D 700. All wheels freely movable,
4 7 ble inner dimensions W 375 x D 700. 2 wheels with lockable brake.
3 Fixed drawer unit for pneumatics (4 drawers) 535833

4 Fixed drawer unit for hydraulics (3 drawers) 539026
5 Fixed drawer unit for mobile hydraulics (2 drawers) 574153
6 Wheeled drawer unit for pneumatics (4 drawers) 535834
7 Wheeled drawer unit for hydraulics (3 drawers) 539731
8 Wheeled drawer unit for mobile hydraulics (2 drawers) 574152
5 8

Mounting frame/Mounting sets and means that the profile plate 1 2

Versatile profile columns form can be used from both sides.
the core of the Learnline system.
They are used to mount the profile 2 For inclined mounting
plate frame, to attach components of the profile plate
or as an alternative mounting The profile plate support can be
surface for your training compo- mounted at any height between the
nents. two profile columns, ensuring work-
station ergonomics tailored to your
1 For vertical mounting requirements. You can also place the
of the profile plate components from the training pack-
The profile plate support is mount- age directly on the mounting frame,
ed between the profile columns, the thereby freeing up additional work-
profile plate is securely screwed to space.
the mounting frame and the frame
structure. This makes the worksta- Please order one mounting set
tion extremely strong and resilient per profile plate.
1 Mounting frame for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540698

Mounting set for vertical mounting of the profile plate 540697
2 Mounting frame for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539032
Mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate 539735
3/4 Aluminium profile plates fitted with components. The grooves 3 4

The anodised aluminium profile plate are compatible with the ITEM profile
forms the basis for all training packag- system. Grid dimensions: 50 mm.
es. All of the components fit securely
and safely into the grooves on the pro- For installation on tables we recom-
file plate. There are grooves on each mend the appropriate rubber feet
side and, if required, both sides can be (order no. 158343).
700 x 550 mm 159409

3 700 x 700 mm 159410
4 700 x 1100 mm 159411
ER and DIN A4 mounting frames 5/7 Mounting frame 5 7

The mounting frames for the work- (1500 mm wide)
stations are designed to hold a large The frame mounted on the profile
number of exercise boards and ER column is height-adjustable and
units from the Learning System for holds up to 12 ER/6 A4 units. One
Automation. This compatibility also mounting frame can be attached to
extends to electrotechnical equip- each side of the mobile workstation.
ment in A4 format. It is thus possible
to obtain a satisfactory solution to 6/8 Mounting frame
almost any specific task. (700 mm wide)
The small mounting frame permits 6 8
the use of ER/A4 components to the
direct left or right of a 700 mm broad
profile plate.
5 ER mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539022

6 ER mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539033
7 A4 mounting frame (1500 mm wide) 539021
8 A4 mounting frame (700 mm wide) 539755
Accessories
1 6 1 Universal bracket 6 Table extension

Permits the mounting of up to 2 hy- For easy attachment to the profile
draulic power units with single pump, column of a mobile workstation.
up to 2 hydraulic measuring contain- The height of the table can be adjust-
ers or holders for storing hoses. ed to between 700 and 815 mm.
W 50 x D 275 x H 130. The tabletop dimensions are
2
Order no. 539736 W 780 x D 600.
Order no. 566435
2 Oil spillage/protective mat
Black, with rubber border. Protects 7 Monitor bracket, short
7 the tabletop of the Learnline system Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD
and keeps it clean. monitors with drill holes in ac-
312 x 1512 mm 541133 cordance with the VESA standard
(distance between holes 75 x 75 mm
3 Storage plate or 100 x 100 mm).
3 Fits into the mobile frame in addition Short swivel arm for minimum
to 2 drawer units and offers installa- distance to the mounting surface
tion space for 2 compressors (order (approx. 8 cm)
8 no. 91030) for example. For mounting on Learnline mount-
W 748 x D 403 x H 30. ing frames or fastening to a wall
Order no. 539729 Rotatable up to 180, tiltable up
to 45
4 Hose holder Supplied complete with mounting
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses. Pro- material
vides neat storage and protects hose Maximum load capacity 23 kg
4 couplings from ingress of dirt. Order no. 556292
W 366 x D 182 x H 80.
Order no. 539737 8 Monitor bracket, long
Monitor bracket for TFT and LCD
5 Cable guide monitors with drill holes in ac-
For a set of laboratory cables. cordance with the VESA standard
Ensures that cables are kept neatly (distance between holes 75 x 75 mm
5 and in order. or 100 x 100 mm)
W 150 x D 136 x H 63. Long telescopic articulated arm for
Order no. 535812 a large swivel angle
Distance from mounting surface
(approx. 8 38 cm)
For mounting on Learnline mount-
ing frames or fastening to a wall
Rotatable up to 180, tiltable up
to 45
Supplied complete with mounting
material
Maximum load capacity 15 kg
Order no. 556293
Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > LabCreator
LabCreator
The professional design programme for laboratories
LabCreator Create professional layouts and The benefits to you Worldwide platform for exchanging
The professional design programme individually equipped laboratories Create plans and layouts quick- models. The integrated L abCreator
for laboratories for basic and further training in just ly and simply thanks to intuitive server and online library provide
a few easy steps. prompting. The integrated help you with immediate access to mod-
function offers additional guid- els designed by other LabCreator
The laboratories can be equipped ance. users.
with Festo Didactic model products LabCreator generates rooms to Use textures to give your models a
or you can create your own personal scale; the walls are full-size and realistic look.
designs and 3D models. can be fitted with windows and Use the flight recorder to create
doors to help you avoid planning automatic tours which show your
With automatic software and library errors. laboratory from a number of differ-
updates, youll always be at the cut- Switch between 2D layout and 3D ent viewpoints. Export the finished
ting edge. view. Move the observation point flight as a video to complement a
around the room to get a realistic presentation of your ideas.
In German, English, Spanish and impression of the design progress. Export the laboratory design as a
French. Includes a detailed help Extensive model library with par- VRML, PDF or one of many picture
function. tially animated learning systems, formats.
equipment, infrastructure and Generate a complete proposal for
Download now for free! model people. This means that, equipping your laboratory at the
for example, robot stations can be click of a mouse.
animated, giving a more lifelike The finished laboratory is saved in
impression of the laboratory. XML-Format. These files are very
Adaptable to new equipment small and can easily be sent by
and fully customisable. Drag and email to other users.
drop to import VRML files into the Detailed information on all the
design and create your own 3D Festo products you need for your
models. laboratory.

Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learntop
Learntop
The low-cost desktop mounting system
The low-cost introduction to the 1 Learntop-S

1
world of training packages from The versatile equipment holder for
Festo Didactic: Enjoy the advantag- all technologies.
es of the profile plate and the ER Mobile: Can be simply set up on
mounting frame when carrying out an existing work table/bench.
your pneumatic, hydraulic, sensor Versatile: Can be used from both
or PLC training. The devices can be sides.
clearly arranged and ensure an ergo- Ergonomic: The angled profile plate
nomic working position at your exist- enables components to be easily
ing work tables and benches. assembled.
Dimensions (W x H x D):
Mounting parts and instructions 1100 x 510 x 943 mm
for mounting the profile plates are
included. It is recommended that Accepts up to 4 profile plates of size
Learntop be fastened to the table for 350 x 1100 mm (order no. 162360)
security reasons. or 2 profile plates 700 x 1100 mm
(order no. 159411).
Profile plates not included.

Order no. 540668
2 Learntop-A
2
Equipment holder for use on one
side of the workstation. Ergonomic
arrangement of components thanks
to the inclined profile plate. Not suit-
able for hydraulic training.
Can hold up to 2 profile plates of

size 350 x 1100 mm (order no.
162360) or one profile plate of size
700 x 1100 mm (order no. 159411).

Order no. 540670
3 Learntop-L
Equipment holder for use on one
side of a workstation; for profile
plates of size 700 x 1100 mm (order
no. 159411). For horizontal profile
plate configurations. Not suitable
for hydraulic training.
3

Order no. 540669
Workstation systems > Universal laboratory furniture > Learntop
Accessories
1 Aluminium profile plate 6 Slotted mounting plate 1 6

The anodised aluminium profile plate All components with the Quick-Fix
forms the basis for all training pack- mounting system can be mount-
ages. All of the components fit se- ed on slotted mounting plates. The
curely and safely into the grooves on slotted mounting plates are fitted
the profile plate. There are grooves with elastic buffers and can be used
on each side and, if required, both horizontally on a table top. Order
sides can be fitted with components. no. 159331 can also be inserted in
The grooves are compatible with the conventional A4 mounting frames.
ITEM profile system. Grid dimen- The slotted mounting plates are not 7
sions: 50 mm. intended for use with actuators. 2
(overall dimensions B x H)
For installation on tables we recom- 694 x 297 mm 159331
mend the appropriate rubber feet 700 x 550 mm 544246
(order no. 158343).
7 Rubber feet
Size 350 x 1100 mm supplied with- For non-slip, protective mounting 8
out side caps (H x W). of profile plates on tabletops of any 3
350 x 1100 mm 162360 type. Set (4 pieces).
700 x 1100 mm 159411 Order no. 158343
2 Cable guide 8 Plug-in adapter set

For a set of laboratory cables. En- The plug-in adapter set can be used
sures that cables are kept neatly and to mount the ER units directly on the 4 9
in order. W 150 x D 136 x H 63. blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
Order no. 535812 ium profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
3 Hose holder Order no. 541122
For up to 20 hydraulic hoses.
Provides neat storage and protects 9 A4 ER mounting frame
hose couplings from ingress of dirt. The ER mounting plate can be in-
W 366 x D 182 x H 80. stalled in any A4 mounting frame.
Order no. 539737 A cut-out permits installation of 2 5
large or 4 small Festo Didactic ER
4 Oil drip tray for Learntop-S units (H x W).
workstation 297 x 500 mm 536200
Dimensions: 1160 x 760 mm
Order no. 357283
5 Mounting kit for hydraulic

cylinder with weight
To be mounted on Learnline with a
vertical or horizontal profile plate
(alternatively for mounting on the
Learnline profile column) or Learntop-
S with an inclined profile plate. With
this mounting kit, the pulling and
pushing load of the basic hydraulics
packages, which comprise the cylin-
der (order no. 152857) and weight
(order no. 152972), can be achieved.
The cover (order no. 152973) must be
used for safety reasons.
Learntop-S, inclined profile plate

Order no. 526847
Learnline, vertical profile plate
Order no. 533528
Learnline, horizontal profile plate
Order no. 119352
Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com 91

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Professional laboratory equipment Together with our partner Haid KG, Festo Didactic is the sole supplier
we are developing the Swing labo- of Haid KG products on the didactic
Intelligent and innovative laboratory ratory furniture series. Haid KG spe- market. We are happy to assist you
solutions for electrical engineering cialises in consulting, developing, with planning, selecting and sizing
from single workstations to complete planning and producing equipment your workstation or laboratory.
laboratories. for electronic and electrical engineer-
ing, laboratory furniture systems for
research and training, as well as er-
gonomically designed laboratory and
assembly workstations.
Choose from a multitude of match-

ing modular workstations, intelli-
gent and reliable solutions for power Swing table substructures
supply, device technology, cabinet A wide spectrum of workbench sub-
systems and all the necessary high- structures form part of the Swing
quality accessories. It goes without program. Under-workbench units and
saying that all products have been roller containers with drawers in vari-
tested for safety. ous depths, either with or without
pull-out shelf, form the basic equip-
ment. It is also available in ESD ver-
sion, installations for electronic and
electrical engineering. We offer spe-
cial floor units for PCs.

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering
Swing, Basic and cabinet systems
Swing profile columns The floating tabletop
The Swing profile solution optimally The Swing profile and the work-
meets all demands in terms of visual top are connected via delicate
appearance, functionality as well as yet stable connecting compo-
both flexibility and modularity. The nents, making the entire sys-
cable duct integrated into the profile tem transparent. Swing add-on
facilitates the concealed laying of workbenches are connected to
cables and compressed air supply the basic workbench. The height-
lines. The cable duct and any unused adjustable worktops lock into
connection elements are sealed one another seamlessly and are
with cover profiles to keep them all supported by the legs in the
clean. Levelling screws in all table centre.
legs round off the overall concept.
Basic is the functional, inexpen- In addition, you can completely

sive laboratory equipment system equip your laboratory space with
for electrical engineering, with solid multimedia workstations and
worktop supports made of powder- cabinet systems.
coated steel tubes. It consists of
workbenches in six different widths
and three depths.
Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > Swing
Swing
Configuration example
Versatility for your individual needs

Swing stands for the unlimited pos-
sibilities for individual training labo-
ratory design. Workbenches are cre-
ated from a few basic components
in nearly all thinkable dimensions.
Three depths and six widths as well
as various working heights are pro-
vided for by the standard construc-
tion kit. Whether 19 top elements,
mounting frames for experimenta-
tion plates or perforated metal grid
we will deliver the right solution.
Intelligent solutions
The Swing system already offers ful-
ly integrated vertical and horizontal
cable conduits as a standard feature.
The cable duct in the Swing system
profile permits a comfortable vertical
cable guide. The basic equipment al-
so includes cable connections which
are mounted in a concealed position
on the rear cross frame.

Supply duct with electrical system, Choose from insert panels, such as Worktop components and cockpits We offer numerous devices such as
compressed air and communication safety and switching elements for AC with laboratory devices infinitely variable voltage devices,
The aluminium supply duct can be current (230 V or 400 V) with key ac- Alternatively to the supply channel, lab power supply units, three-phase
made to various lengths, depending tuators, indicator lamps, motor pro- worktop elements and cockpits in supplies, fixed voltage devices, ad-
on requirements. The various mount- tection switches, fault current circuit 3 or 6 RU can be integrated. Raised justable isolating transformers for
ing options, such as directly on the breakers or emergency stop buttons. structures are visually elegant and AC/DC and three-phase current, de-
workbench or raised up as a cock- Depending on the application, you offer optimal utilisation of the work- vices for test engineering and also
pit, make for a tidy work surface. All can equip the duct with CEE or earth- top. Based on a modular basic grid, compressed air supplies.
frequently required interfaces can ing contact sockets or safety sockets each workstation can be individually
be optimally arranged to be within for three-phase current, direct cur- equipped. Changes, modifications or Variable equipment with 19 seg-
reach. rent or alternating current. Integrate subsequent extensions can be made ments in cassette design or as insert
a compressed air outlet via various at any time. panels is available, according to your
one-touch fittings. wishes and requirements. It goes
without saying that all insert panels
The most important PC interfaces, for power supply and communication
such as USB, RS232 or Ethernet can can also be integrated.
also be integrated in the supply duct.
This enables the PC to be connected
quickly and ergonomically to various
control components.

Swing
Flexible solutions, configuration examples
Swing mobile dual work station Further available options include Swing demo trolley A convenient and reliable solution
power ducts with integrated trans- for PC storage can be found in the
Particularly flexible and versatile. formers, power supply units or PC Custom design your ideal demon- floor cabinet equipped with ventila-
interfaces. stration trolley. tion grid and cable openings. Heavy
The mobile dual work station Swing duty extensions for motors can be in-
(W 1250 x D 800 x H 1850 mm) is The dimensions (H x W x D) can be You can choose from the following tegrated behind the revolving doors.
perfectly suited for presenting the customised on request. furniture modules:
introductory seminar on installa- Floor cabinets A top cabinet or power ducts can
tion technology and EIB, as well as It is even possible to purchase a PC bracket be placed on the working surface
for conducting all other tests which compatible garage. The trolley can Monitor bracket (1360 x 675 mm) on request.
require you to stand. be easily stored in the designated A4 mounting frames
space in the wall cabinet. Close the Cable holder In terms of the demo trolleys dimen-
The rollable basic frame can be indi- door and the laboratory has been Top cabinets incorporating the sions, we will happily take individu-
vidually equipped with or without: tidied away. entire width of our 19 modules al requirements into consideration.
Storage area Nothing stands in the way of the per-
Floor cabinet The grooved mats enable clean and fect solution!
Perforated sheets easy storage of the A4 plates in the
Aluminium profile plate floor cabinets. The single, double or
A4 mounting frame: 1-, 2- or 3-row triple row A4 mounting frame, posi-
Monitor bracket tioned above the worktop, provides
PC bracket sufficient space for using the plates.
Cable receptacle
Socket strip

Swing swivel table The tables are available in all Swing lifting platform Power transformers or high-tension
standard sizes. test devices also fit in the six availa-
Would you like to make the most of The right solution for every purpose. ble vertical height units (6 HU).
the laboratorys size? Widths:
1200 mm The Swing lifting platform always The height of the electrically-driven
No problem. The Swing swivel table 1600 mm consists of the lifting unit and a table top cabinet is infinitely adjustable.
is an electric workstation and lesson 1800 mm of your choice, which is positioned in Only the equipment required at any
table in one. The same workstation 2000 mm front of the lifting unit. In this case, it one time is visible, while the rest is
can be used to conduct electrotech- really is possible to store everything protected.
nical tests in the morning and give Depths: away. The professional double stroke
theoretical lessons in the afternoon. 800 mm technology even allows extremely Safety is the highest priority. When
At the press of a button, the super- 900 mm heavy top cabinets to completely lowering the top cabinet, fingers are
structure is lowered out of sight in a 1000 mm disappear below the worktop. From protected from injury by the folding
matter of seconds. This provides im- device technology and power sup- anti-pinch guard.
mediate access to the entire working The manufacture of custom size ply equipment, through to monitors
surface. And all of the equipment is tables is always possible. or laptops and even A4 mounting
protected. frames. Anything is possible!
All equipment, PC interfaces and To list a few examples, you can

power supplies can be integrated in choose from:
the superstructure. Fixed voltages
Controllable power supply units
Controllable transformers
USB interfaces
Sub-D sockets
Ethernet sockets
Compressed air couplings
Plug sockets
Safety sockets
Soldering stations
Test equipment
24-month Festo Didactic warranty 97

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > Basic and cabinet systems
Basic and cabinet systems

Functional diversity for your labs
Basic the functional lab equipment Our under-bench units and roller
system for electrical engineering containers provide plenty of stor-
A functional equipment system with age space and make for a tidy work-
solid workstation frames made from station. Various depths and drawer
powder-coated steel tubes forms the configurations leave nothing to be
basis of the Basic product family. desired.
It consists of workbenches in six dif- And EDP isnt missed out either.
ferent widths and three depths. The Special under-bench units for
design is so rigid that it can also sup- computers and printers, pull-out
port heavy superstructures. Both keyboard shelves and PC racks are
raised supply bridges and equipment among the wide selection.
placed directly on the workbench are
possible with this system. Further-
more, superstructures can be used
as partitions or extremely flat cas-
sette tops.
Multimedia workstations Ask us and we will help you find the

Various designs for attractive mul- perfect solution.
timedia workstations are available:
PC desks with sliding slides, ca-
ble ducts, cable guides, linking ele-
ments, PC racks, substructures or
socket strips. Furthermore, diverse
workstations and furniture for teach-
ing theory are available: C-shape
tables, four-legged tables, mobile
table frames, laptop trolleys, swivel
chairs, skid base chairs, four-legged
chairs, tables, flip charts, projection
screens. All with integrated design,
reliable high quality and functionally
sound, made in Germany!
Cabinet systems Shelf inserts with grooved mats for

We offer an extensive range of cabi- orderly storage of experimentation
nets, harmonised with the design of plates are just as much part of the
our workstation systems. Based on a range as strengthened lower shelves.
simple framework, various tall cabi- We supply spacious shelf inserts
nets, medium-high cabinets, storage specially for ESD cabinets. Be it cabi-
cabinets, tall corner cabinets and net layout, duct systems or various
top cabinets are available to choose locking systems we offer the right
from. The modular system offers solution.
maximum possible combinations and
optimal design flexibility with an at- And if you have any other special
tractive price/performance ratio. wishes, we will be happy to manu-
facture to meet your exact require-
ments.

Workstation systems > Laboratory furniture for electrical engineering > PowerLab
PowerLab light PowerLab
PowerLab light is the web-based Mobile operation using pads PowerLab is the web-based software Room management
solution for device management in and tablets for device management of e
lectric The placement of devices in the
electric labs. Thanks to web technology, the func- labs. room is clearly graphically depict-
tions of PowerLab light can be used ed. In this view, alarms are depicted
For pure switching and m onitoring simply by using an HTML5-capa- No special software is needed to in compressed form on the affected
functions, PowerLab light provides ble browser on most pads and tab- use PowerLab on the teachers PC; laboratory table.
an industrial touch panel in the lets no special apps required. Mo- only a HTML5-compatible browser
teachers desk with the following bile operation is possible in parallel is required. Profiles
functions (see figure): with the touch panel integrated in Several profile files can be assigned
the teachers desk. When inquiring, The most important functions: to each laboratory room. As a result,
Display of classroom status please indicate whether you would all devices in a laboratory room can
Release of voltage level up to 60 V like to use this function. A WLAN ac- Measurement curves be parametrised for a new situation
Release of voltage level up to 230 V cess point must then be planned. Voltage and current flows can be with a click of the mouse (e.g. in-
Release of voltage level up to dynamically depicted in measure- structional year 1, instructional year
400 V (option) Order no. C05502 ment curves. In this way, the relation- 2, instructional year 3).
Display of the emergency stop ship between current and voltage is
status displayed graphically on the PC with- Communication
Raising/lowering the lifting out any additional auxiliary means. Communication of the devices runs
platform standard over the Ethernet. As a re-
Setting/starting the timer Trace function sult, the infrastructure already in the
Up to 16 lab tables can be Events or continuous values can be laboratory is used. Each device uses
controlled recorded and archived in a file. The its own IP address, which is deter-
Table grouping (4 groups) type of events or values to be record- mined together with your IT admin-
ed and the scanning frequency are istrator.
set by the user through a configura-
tion page. PowerLab Server
Order no. C05501
Remote control Driver (per device type)
PowerLab has read access to the Order no. C05500
power supply at all times and can
depict the current values and lim-
its. In the remote control mode, both
the limits and the set values can be
changes from the teachers PC.
Order online at: www.festo-didactic.com 99

Pneumatics training packages
100
System description........................................................................................102
Equipment sets
Pneumatics....................................................................................................104
Electropneumatics.........................................................................................108
Measurement and control..............................................................................114
Drives.............................................................................................................116
Vacuum..........................................................................................................118
Sensors..........................................................................................................120
Safety............................................................................................................122
BIBB pneumatics...........................................................................................124
BIBB electropneumatics................................................................................126
Closed-loop pneumatics................................................................................127
Energy-efficient compressed air management...............................................128
101
Pneumatics training packages > System description
Pneumatics training packages

Innovative and practical, right down to the smallest details
Modular for flexible expansion
Festo Didactics training packages

are modular in structure. For exam-
ple, you could start with the basic
level of electropneumatics and then
move onto the advanced level, or
start with the subject of electrohy-
draulics the choice is yours. Youd
like to explore a particular special-
ised topic? All equipment set compo-
nents can also be ordered separate-
ly, so you can turn your own ideas
into reality. Position it clamp it done! Everything where you want it Connect it power!
With the Quick-Fix mounting system, systematic storage No compromise on safety: all electri-
you can mount all components eas- Most equipment sets are delivered cal components and units are con-
ily and securely on the profile plate in practical, Systainer-compatible nected with 4 mm safety sockets or
and the profile column of a Learn- equipment trays. This equipment safety plugs. The pneumatic power is
line workstation. The electrical units tray fits in the drawers of the work- supplied by the connection of highly
are clamped into the ER frame and stations. The large pictogram on the flexible plastic tubing to the Quick
sequenced individually. The profile components, designed in accordance Star (QS) push-in fitting. The system
slots on the workstations are the with the latest standards, provides therefore requires virtually no con-
same for all pneumatic, hydraulic clear instructions for connecting the sumables or tools.
and electrical units a single invest- components and ensures short prep-
ment, with double the functionality. aration and follow-up times. When
dismantling circuits, you can quickly
and easily locate where the compo-
nent goes in the equipment tray.
Pneumatics training packages > System description
Didactic plus
The workbooks accompanying the

training packages contain project-
oriented exercises of increasing com-
plexity. There are also positional
sketches, illustrations, videos, ani-
mations and cross-sectional draw-
ings, which explain how things look
in the real world. For a complete
and expert treatment of the topic of
pneumatics, the training also covers
basic physics, technical calculations,
safety, economic efficiency, analyti-
cal fault-finding and professional
documentation.
Practical basic and further training

using industrial components pro-
vides the confidence to apply the ac-
quired knowledge in the workplace.
The components are specially select-
ed for the exercises in the workbook.
Note: nearly all pneumatic and elec-
trical connections are located on the
easily accessible upper side of the
components.
Your choice of training environment Advanced courses made easy TP 230 Vacuum technology TP 250 Safety in pneumatic systems
User-friendly training environments New developments and trends in Handling workpieces with suction Function, efficiency and above all
for specific topic areas: fluid engineering can be incorporat- grippers has become an indispensa- safety determine the success of plant
Self-study phases with the training ed directly into our learning systems. ble part of handling technology. It of- machinery and automated systems.
programs New control systems can be integrat- fers advantages such as the simple New directives and laws require in-
Designing and documentation with ed into the learning system using the configuration of suction grippers and telligent solutions and raise the level
FluidSIM EduTrainer concept. Basic packages gentle handling of workpieces while of professional skills required. The
Practical implementation with the can be easily expanded to include also enabling rapid cycle times, and systematic optimisation of a simple
training packages and the exercis- the subjects Pneumatics measure- the capital outlay required is com- pneumatic system helps to identify
es in the workbooks ment and control TP 210 or the new paratively low. The training package hazards in pneumatic processes. The
Functional testing and optimisation Vacuum technology TP 230. TP 230 expands the contents of TP appropriate actions to reduce the
with measurement technology and 201 to include the key area of vacu- risk can be implemented in a profes-
FluidLab um technology. sional manner.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Pneumatics
Equipment set TP 101 Basic level

Basic pneumatics training
Pneumatics, Basic level Training aims Performance through The next generation of valves
The fully revised classic Structure, function and application close proximity The new generation of valves a llows
of single-acting and double-acting Switches and valves should be the operation of various pressure
Further enhanced and updated cylinders mounted as close to the actuator as zones so nothing stands in the way
through the lessons learned from Calculating basic parameters possible for optimum performance. of an efficient use of energy. In ad-
over 1,000 seminars on pneumatics. Direct and indirect actuation You can now apply the same prin- dition, the position of connection
Application and function of 3/2 ciple when designing your circuits was optimised so that differences
With brand-new industrial com- and 5/2-way valves thanks to the new components. Fur- between the circuit symbol and the
ponents, enabling you to teach Methods of actuation of directional thermore, this approach also pro- valve can be avoided.
tomorrows industrial standard control valves vides you with an easy way of dem-
today. Analysing circuits onstrating the performance of a Pneumatic timer
The workbook contains a series of Options for pressure measurement one-way flow control valve. You can The pneumatic timer can be precisely
graduated project exercises based Pressure-dependent control even record the measured values adjusted and is easy to read. Pres-
on actual industrial applications, systems and analyse the results, for example sure changes do not alter the set
an enhanced section on fundamen- Distinguishing flow control meth- using the TP 210! delay time. Pneumatics at its best.
tals and a multimedia CD-ROM. ods and using them as intended
Explaining and building latching
The number of components and the circuits
design are specially tailored to the Logic operations: explaining
projects contained in the workbook and implementing AND/OR/NOT
so that the main fundamentals can operations
be imparted with little outlay. Deliv- Combining logic operations
ered in practical, Systainer-compati- Function and application of
ble equipment trays. limit switches
Time delay valves
Realising oscillating movement
Economic considerations of using
pneumatic components

Complete equipment set TP 101 in equipment tray 540710 1 2 3
The most important components at a glance:

1 2x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally closed 152860
2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 1x 5/2-way valve with selector switch 152862
4 1x 3/2-way valve with selector switch, normally closed 152863
5 2x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866 4 5 6
6 2x Proximity sensor, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 2764815
7 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
8 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
9 1x 3/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated at one end 576302
11 3x 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated at both ends 576303
12 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771 7 8 9
13 2x Dual-pressure valve (AND) 539770
14 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772
15 2x One-way flow control valve 193967
16 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887
17 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
18 1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
19 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756 10 11 12
20 2x Pressure gauge 152865
21 1x Manifold 152896
22 2x Plastic tubing, 4 x 0.75 silver 10 m 151496
Accessories, also order:

Aluminium profile plate Page 238
Compressor Page 240
13 14 15
Also order: The workbook includes:

Sample solutions
Workbook Training notes
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
Pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Basic level 16 17 18
animations and FluidSIM circuit
Workbook
TP 101
diagrams
With CD-ROM

1A1
de 540671
1B1
1Z1 1Z2
1V3 1 1 1V4
en 541088
2 2
1V2 4 2
14 12
19 20 21
1V1 2 5 3
1
1 1
es 542503
1 3
1S1 2 1B1 2 1S2 2
2
1 3 1 3 1 3
fr 542507
Festo Didactic
Complementary media
541088 en
Design and simulation using

Nineteen project-orientated exercis- FluidSIM
es, increasing in complexity and suit- WBT Pneumatics
22
able for equipment set TP 101, are Textbook Basic principles of
the ideal introduction to pneumatics. pneumatics and electropneumatics
Real problem descriptions with posi- Cutaway model case
tional sketch, concrete project tasks
and detailed aids for professional
implementation provide the ideal
preparation for the real-life industrial
environment.
Equipment set TP 102 Advanced level

Advanced pneumatics training
Develop the training aims Training aims Performance through Lever valves
from TP 101 and consolidate Binary reducing stages close proximity All of the lever valves contained
your knowledge. End positions without limit switches Switches and valves should be in the training packages 101 and
Latching circuits mounted as close to the actuator as 102 are equipped with a pilot con-
Fully revised: The new workbook Converting 5/2-way valves possible for optimum performance. trol, which means they require a
contains a series of graduated pro- Function of a back pressure end You can now apply the same prin- low a ctuating force and deliver high
ject exercises based on actual indus- stop ciple when designing your circuits reliability.
trial applications and an enhanced Basic stepper control thanks to the new components that
section on fundamentals. It also in- (continuous cycle) can be plugged in directly. Further-
cludes a multimedia CD-ROM. The Stepper control with operating more, this approach also provides
foundation for competent training. modes or idle step you with an easy way of demonstrat-
Place your order now! Setting and coordinating time ing the features of a one-way flow
delays control valve. You can even record
The number of components and the Variable step repetition using a the measured values and analyse the
design are specially tailored to the predetermining counter results, for example using the new
projects contained in the workbook Input circuit with self-latching loop TP 210!
so that the main training aims can be and auxiliary functions
achieved with little outlay. Delivered Evaluating and using sensors for
in practical, Systainer-compatible material sensing
equipment trays. Realising stepper control with
protected pilot air and auxiliary
Components from the equipment set functions
TP 101 are required to carry out the Proximity sensors in the end
projects. positions and in the partial stroke
range
Combined use of quick exhaust
valves and pressure regulators
Inversion of a timer signal
Varying end-position cushioning
Using and adjusting different sen-
sor types


2 1x 3/2-way valve with mushroom-head emergency switch, normally open 152864
3 1x 3/2-way roller lever valve with idle return, normally closed 152867
4 1x Back pressure valve 152868
5 4x 3/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated at one end 576302 4 5 6
8 4x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
10 1x Pneumatic timer, normally open 539759
11 1x Pneumatic preset counter 152877
12 1x Stepper module 152886 7 8 9
14 2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715

Compressor Page 240 10 11 12
13 14 15

Sample solutions
Pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 102
diagrams
With CD-ROM
1V2
1B1
1
1A1
1 1V3 2V2
2B1
1
2A1
1 2V3
de 540672
14
1V1 4
5
2
1
2
3
2
12 14
2V1 4
5
2
1
2
3
2
12 en 541089
es 542504
0V2 4 2 0Z1 2
14 12 12 10
5 3 1
1
1B1 2 2B1 2
1 3 1 3
542508
0V1
fr
2
10
1 3
2
0S1 4 2
5 3
1
Festo Didactic
Complementary media
541089 EN

As a continuation of the basic level FluidSIM
for pneumatics, the advanced level WBT Pneumatics
includes ten additional, challenging Textbook Basic principles of
tasks which are suitable for the TP pneumatics and electropneumatics
102 equipment set. The documents Cutaway model case
are targeted at experienced pneu-
matics technicians. New features
of this revised and updated edition
include revised exercise sheets for
practical use during instruction.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Electropneumatics

Basic electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Basic level. Logic programming? Thats logical. Economic considerations of using Also order:
The most important basic principles The basic principles are established pneumatic components
in one compact book. with relay control systems and the Troubleshooting simple electro- Workbook
new supplementary equipment sets pneumatic circuits
Top solenoid valves for training Controllers for fluid engineering Electropneumatics
Basic level
Easy connection of the solenoid coils are used according to individual The workbook contains a series of
via 4 mm safety sockets with LED requirements. graduated project exercises based Workbook
TP 201
indicator for actuation. The manual on actual industrial applications, an

override latches and allows very easy Training aims enhanced section on fundamentals
With CD-ROM
+24 V 1 2
error simulation. The port pattern is Structure, function and application and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun-
13 12 14
S1 K1
14 11
as per the current symbols to DIN of single-acting and double-acting dation for competent training. Place
A1
K1 1M1
A2
0V 12
11 14 .2
22
21 24
32
31 34
ISO 1219. The newest valve tech- cylinders your order now!
42
41 44
1A1
1V2 1 1 1V3
nology is compact, sturdy and inex- Calculating basic parameters 1M1

1V1 4
5
2
1
2
3
2
pensive with the Didactic-Plus, and Direct and indirect actuation The number and the design of com-
of course comes with the reliable Application and function of 3/2 ponents are specially tailored to the
Festo Didactic
Quick-Fix mounting system. and 5/2-way solenoid valves projects contained in the workbook
541090 en
Analysing circuits so that the main training aims can be

Electronic proximity sensors Options for pressure measurement achieved with little outlay. Delivered Campus licence ( Page 53):
compatible and reliable Pressure-dependent control in practical, Systainer-compatible de 540673
These proximity sensors are based systems equipment trays. en 541090
on the same slot mounting system Latching circuits es 542505
as the pneumatic proximity sensors Logic operations: AND/OR/NOT fr 542509
in TP 101. We opted for short circuit- Combining logic operations
proof, electronic proximity sensors Function and application of limit Complementary media
due to their long service life in train- switches FluidSIM Pneumatics
ing applications. Time delay valves WBT Electropneumatics
End-position monitoring using Textbook Basic principles of
electronic proximity sensors pneumatics and electropneumatics
Realising oscillating movement Transparency set,
Electropneumatics


1 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
2 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
3 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
4 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345
5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744 4 5 6
6 2x Proximity sensor, electronic, with cylinder mounting 2344752
7 1x 2 x 3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed 567198
8 1x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199
9 2x 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED 567200
10 1x Pressure sensor with display 572745
12 1x Single-acting cylinder 152887 7 8 9

Aluminium profile plate Page 238 10 11 12
Compressor Page 240
Tabletop power supply unit Page 239
Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 239
4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 247
13 14 15
Supplementary equipment set to upgrade from Pneumatics, Basic level

TP 101 to Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201
Supplements the Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 equipment set to form a

complete Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201 equipment set.
16
Recommended training media and accessories: See TP 201
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 101 TP 201 in equipment tray 540717

5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744
Supplementary equipment sets

Controllers for electropneumatics
According to the basic principles of Supplementary equipment set The sample solutions are included
control technology with relay mod- Controlling using FluidSIM/ on a data storage medium as Fluid-
ules, further control systems are EasyPort USB SIM CT programs.
available as equipment extension
kits for TP 201 and TP 601. The relay With this package, the FluidSIM
modules are replaced by the follow- software can be used to control
ing equipment set: training packages. FluidSIM con-
trols via EasyPort USB and processes
Controlling using FluidSIM the inputs and outputs connected to
Introduction to logic programming the universal connection unit accord-
with a soft PLC ing to their programming, e.g. using
the digital module contained in Flu-
Additional controllers idSIM.
Chapter Automation technology/PLC
training packages The Controlling using FluidSIM
package contains everything you
need to control training packages TP
201 and TP 601. FluidSIM Pneumat-
ics is required for TP 201 and Fluid-
SIM Hydraulics for TP 601. A set of
brief instructions provides informa-
tion on the individual steps.
Complete supplementary equipment set Controlling using 1 2 3

FluidSIM/EasyPort USB in equipment tray 556270

1 1x Brief instructions FluidSIM, de/en/es/fr 556267
2 1x EasyPort USB 548687
3 1x Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806
4 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231 4 5
5 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
Prerequisite:
Equipment set TP 201 Basic level Pages 108 109
FluidSIM Pneumatics Pages 36 37
Necessary accessories, also order:

Compressor Page 240

Advanced electropneumatics training
Electropneumatics, Advanced level. Training aims Fundamentals of modern Electrical emergency stop
The next Step! Describing the structure and pneumatics valve terminals pushbutton
application of valve terminals This training course helps you to lay Safety engineering is an important
This training package supplements Realising sequence controls with the foundation for using valve ter- topic, but one that is often neglect-
the training aims of TP 201. signal overlap solution accord- minals. Designed for a wide range of ed in training. The new TP 202 takes
ing to the group method, sequence industries, requirements and appli- an in-depth look at the emergency
The new workbook contains a series chain with spring-return valves cations, valve terminals are sturdy stop function and also describes the
of graduated project exercises based and sequence chain with bistable and durable an investment in the emergency stop function under spe-
on actual industrial applications, an valves future. The MPA valve terminal used cial conditions. After all, you dont
enhanced section on fundamentals Describing and setting operating consists of 2 x 5/2-way solenoid want to end up with a pressure-less
and a multimedia CD-ROM. The foun- modes valves and 2 x 5/2-way double sole- and voltage-less system after press-
dation for competent training. Place Describing the function and appli- noid valves. ing the emergency stop button!
your order now! cation of a predetermining counter
Explaining and realising an
The number and the design of com- emergency stop function using
ponents are specially tailored to the spring-return valves
projects contained in the workbook Emergency stop conditions
so that the main training aims can be Explaining the function and
achieved with little outlay. Delivered application of a 5/3-way solenoid
in practical, Systainer-compatible valve
equipment trays. Describing and setting the operat-
ing mode Set
Components from the equipment set Troubleshooting in complex
TP 201 are required to carry out the electropneumatic circuits
projects.


3 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
4 1x Preset counter, electronic 1677856
5 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347 4 5 6
6 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643
7 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651
8 1x Valve terminal with 4 valve slices (MMJJ) 540696

Compressor Page 240

Sample solutions
Electropneumatics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 202
diagrams
With CD-ROM

...
+24 V
12
K1
8
14
11
12
K6
9
14
11
12
K2
10
14
11
12
K7
11
14
11
12
K4
12
14
11
12
K8
13
14
11
12
K3
14
14
11
12
K9
15
14
11
22
K1
16
24
21
22
K10
17
24
21
...
de 540674
en 541091
12 14
K5
11
12 14 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 24
K10 K6 K7 K8 K9
11 21 21 21 21
es 542506
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
K6 K7 K8 K9 K10
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
... ...
0V 12 12 12 12 12
11 14 .9 11 14 .11 11 14 .13 11 14 .15 11 14 .8
22 22 22 22 22
21 24 .10 21 24 .12 21 24 .14 21 24 .16 21 24 .17
32 32 32 32 32
31 34 .18 31 34 .18 31 34 .19 31 34 .20 31 34 .21
42 42 42 42 42
41 44 41 44 .19 41 44 .20 41 44 .21 41 44
1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1- 1A1-
fr 542510
Festo Didactic
Complementary media
541091 EN

As a continuation of the basic level FluidSIM
for electropneumatics, the advanced WBT Electropneumatics
level includes twelve additional, DVD Electropneumatics/
challenging tasks which are suit- Electrohydraulics
able for the TP 202 equipment set.
The documents are targeted at ex-
perienced pneumatics technicians.
New features of this revised and up-
dated edition include revised exer-
cise sheets for practical use during
instruction.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

Measurement and control in pneumatics with FluidLab-P
Fit for tomorrow? Something extra special Course topics The benefits to you
In order to the complete the exer- Basic principles of analogue data Fast, PC-supported recording of
The TP 210 equipment builds on the cises, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow processing measured values
training content of the TP 101 and and proximity sensors) are connect- Application and adaptation of Greater training success through
TP 201 equipment sets on the top- ed to the inputs and control signals sensors measurement of components and
ic of pneumatic measurement and are guided to the EasyPort USB out- Interpretation of measurement interpretation of results
control. The training content ranges puts. The signals are interpreted results Sensors that enable students
from the simple measurement of in- and visualised on computer by the Reading and understanding of to look into the circuit and com-
dividual, pneumatic components, FluidLab-P software included in technical data and measurement ponents
basic principles of status monitoring the scope of delivery. Analogue val- curves Suppositions regarding system
(condition monitoring) to (closed- ues are displayed as measurement Fluid engineering components, behaviour can be easily proven
loop) control technology with dis- curves. their influence and function Learning the principles of meas-
continuous (two-step action control- Demonstrating fluid engineering urement and analysis and applying
ler) and continuous controllers (PID Instructions on how to complete the effects and special features them directly in other circuits
controller). exercises, positional sketches and Analytical fault finding Demonstrating and understand-
block circuit diagrams are included Saving energy ing the principles of fluid engineer-
In addition, great emphasis is placed with each exercise, so that you are Evaluation of changes in status ing faster
on raising awareness of how to han- guided step by step through each of Proportional technology System analysis via PC: state-of-
dle compressed air responsibly as a the tests. Measured results are then Control technology with continu- the-art diagnostic method
form of energy. interpreted, compared with sam- ous and discontinuous controllers Better understanding of fluid engi-
ple solutions and you will be asked neering components and processes
Exercises for measuring and analys- to answer questions about compre- and thus higher quality of training
ing system and control behaviour hension.
help you to get prepared for a future
in which diagnostics, preventative
maintenance and saving energy are
becoming increasingly important.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

1 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
2 1x Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
3 1x Connection unit, analogue 567232
4 1x Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
5 1x EasyPort USB 548687 4 5 6
8 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 50 l/min, analogue 8036235
9 1x Proportional-pressure regulator 539779
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
11 3x Flow control valve 193972
12 1x Plastic tubing, 4 x 0.75 silver 10 m 151496 7 8 9
1x FluidLab-P Single license, de/en 556241
2x Non-return valve, delockable 540715
Option force measurement:

For piston force measurement exercises the force sensor (Order no. 539780) not included
in scope of delivery is required.
10 11 12
Compressor Page 240
Force sensor 539780
FluidLab-P inclusive System requirements

The FluidLab-P software for record- PC with Windows XP/7/8
ing measured values is an important Pentium III or equivalently
component of the training package 2 GB RAM
TP 210. Just a few simple steps are CD-ROM disk drive
needed to configure the interface, USB 2.0 or serial interface
adapt the sensors and select the lan- 1280 x 1024 pixels
guage. Exercises can then be started. NI LabView 2012 Runtime
These are divided into the areas ba- (included in scope of delivery)
sic tests, cylinder controls, propor-
tional technology and control tech- Components from the TP 101 and
nology. Exercises are supported by TP 201 equipment sets are required
connection diagrams, descriptions in order to complete the exercises.
and sample solutions. The measure-
ment process is also software-con-
trolled. Results can be measured
with measuring points, printed out
or exported to a spreadsheet pro-
gram. The software also includes the
complete book of exercises in PDF
format.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Drives

Drives in pneumatics
Optimum drive Training aims Also order:

Pneumatic drives
The TP 220 supplements the TP 201 Designing a compressed air Workbook Workbook
training package by teaching the ba- network

TP 220
sics of pneumatic drives. The train- Sizing the pneumatic power Describes in detail the issues and CD-ROM included
ing content features the selection section projects in 16 exercises closely

1A1
1B1 1B2 1B3
and sizing of various state-of-the-art Influence of tubes and fittings on linked to industrial practice, each
1V2 2 1V3 2
drive types, taking into account their speed comprising a problem description
1 1
1V1 4 2
1M1 1M2
5 3
1
individual properties as well as com- Reducing cost by using different and work assignment. Worksheets +24 V
1B1
1 2
1B2
3 4
1B3
5 6
S1
7
13
8
S2
9
13 12
K1
10
14 12
K2
11
14
mercial and safety considerations. pressures for advance and return support the students through the
14 14 11 11
G1-S1_STOP G1-S2_STOP G1-S3_STOP G1-S1_START

G1-S2_START G1-S3_START
A1 A1
K1 K2 1M1 1M2
Each drive unit remains clearly de- strokes required stages of planning, execu-
A2 A2
0V
fined as an individual design, and so Reducing cost by avoiding leakage tion and monitoring. Festo Didactic
559880 EN
meets the needs of the various entry Operating behaviour of linear

levels. Use of industrial components drives The workbook includes:
throughout emphasises the essential Calculation of mass moment of Sample solutions
practicality and ensures rapid trans- inertia Training notes
fer of knowledge from training into Operating characteristics of rota- Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics,
practice. ry drives photos of industrial applications
Function, control and selection Exercise sheets for trainees
We recommend connection to a of the fluidic muscle
compressed air system delivering Comparison between standard Campus licence ( Page 53):
approx. 100 l/min. cylinders and the fluidic muscle de 549982
Response of pneumatic controls en 559880
to power failure es 559881
fr 559882

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Drives

1 1x Fluidic muscle, size 10 544311
2 1x Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 184 544313
3 1x Linear drive, size 18, 170 mm stroke 548641
4 1x Function generator/counter/stopwatch 544315
5 1x 3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed 544312 4 5 6
6 1x 5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201
8 1x Proximity sensor, electronic 2342009
9 1x On-off valve with filter regulating valve 152894
10 2x Weight, 175 g 548581
11 1x Weight, 2 kg 548582
12 1x Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l 152912 7 8 9

10 11 12
Fluidic muscle Semi-rotary drive Linear drive

The fluidic muscle is a pull actuator In a semi-rotary drive the force is The rodless cylinder is mechanical-
which imitates the action of a biolog- transmitted directly to the drive shaft ly coupled to the slide unit, which
ical muscle. Judder free, it offers up via a rotary vane. The swivel angle directly supports loads. You will
to 10 times the initial force of normal is freely adjustable from 0 to 184. learn the steps needed to attain opti-
cylinders of the same diameter. You You will learn the significance of the mum operating behaviour, and which
will learn how the muscle can be de- mass moment of inertia to a semi- applications are most suited to the
ployed as a single-acting actuator. rotary drive, and how its operating various options.
behaviour under load can be influ-
enced in various mounting positions.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum

Vacuum technology
Vacuums in handling technology Training content Typical switching for a vacuum Components from the equipment set
system: TP 201 are required to carry out the
Training package TP 230 follows on Low pressure generation and Using a vacuum security valve projects.
from the training content in TP 201 system design: when some of the suction cups
focusing on the topic of handling Function and use of ejectors are not gripping All the workpieces required to com-
technology using a vacuum. according the Venturi principle Using a pressure switch to monitor plete the tasks are included in the
Effects of system pressure on the low pressure level scope of delivery.
The use of suction grippers to han- the attainable low pressure and Reducing the compressed air
dle workpieces has become an inte- the evacuation time consumption in a vacuum system
gral part of handling technology as Sizing and setting up a vacuum Controlled release and ejection
they offer advantages such as the system of workpieces from the suction
ease of construction and the gentle- gripper
ness of the grippers. Suction grip- Selecting suction grippers:
pers also enable rapid cycle times, Shape and materials
and the investment required is com- The relevance of gripper types and
paratively low. workpiece shape
How the holding force is affected
by the workpiece surface and the
diameter of the suction cup
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Vacuum

1 1x Air pressure reservoir, 0.4 l 152912
2 1x Pressure switch, 0 -1 bar 548624
3 1x Vacuum gauge 573042
5 1x Vacuum generator, type H 573258 4 5 6
6 1x Vacuum generator, type L 573259
7 1x Non-return valve 153462
9 1x Suction gripper 20 SN 573043
10 1x Suction gripper 30 SN 573044
11 1x Suction gripper 20 SS 573045
12 1x Suction gripper 30 SS 573046 7 8 9
13 2x Suction gripper 20 CS with vacuum security valve 573047
14 1x Suction gripper 4x20 ON 573257
Different materials and workpieces

Compressor Page 240 10 11 12
13 14
Also order: units. Vacuum elements in handling

technology valves for vacuums,
Workbook measuring and storing a vacuum,
suction grippers, vacuum generation.
Fundamentals of
vacuum technology
The workbook contains:
Workbook
TP 230
Sample solutions
Training notes
Multimedia CD ROM with graphics
CD-ROM included
V1 V2 1V4
1Z1
1 3
and photos of industrial applica-

1Z2
3 1
1V1 2 1V2 1V3
tions
1M1
1 3
1A1 1A2
Worksheets for students

24 V 1 2 3
13 12 14 22 24
S1 K1 K1
14 11 21
31
S2
32
A1
K1 1M1
A2

0V 12
11 14 .2
22
21 24 .3
32
31 34
42
41 44
de 567257
Festo Didactic
en 567258
567258 EN
es 567260
In addition to six comprehensive pro- fr 567259
ject tasks for step-by-step construc-
tion and testing of the vacuum sys- Supplementary media
tem, the package also includes basic Designing and simulating with
information on the following topics: FluidSIM
Introduction to vacuum technology Measuring and controlling with
basic concepts of vacuum technol- FluidLab
ogy, vacuum ranges, vacuum genera- WBT Pneumatics
tion in handling technology, vacuum WBT Electropneumatics
pumps, functional principle of dis- Textbook Pneumatics/
placement pumps, instructions on electropneumatics
selecting pumps, ejectors, ejector Set of posters on pneumatics
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

Sensors in pneumatics
The purpose of a The special feature Course topics

pneumatic control system The new advanced level is all about Basic principles of connection and
the subject of sensors in pneumatic circuit technology
By using the TP 240 equipment set, control systems. Basic principles of measured data
you can expand the course topics of acquisition and processing
the TP 201 training package to in- Hands-on experience plays a deci- Configuration, function and appli-
clude the topic of sensors in pneu- sive role in teaching the contents. cation options of the sensors used
matics. Examples are used to demonstrate Selecting appropriate sensors by
the general operational principles of taking into account certain param-
With topics such as the application different sensors. Special attention is eters
of pressure and flow rate sensors, paid to the selection of the right sen- Various methods of pressure and
the use of analogue position trans- sor, its connection, the correct set- flow measurement
mitters including the integration of ting and functional checking. Differences between absolute,
signal converters and sensors for relative and differential pressure
vacuum technology the special re- With the TP 240 a basic knowledge measurement
quirements of sensors in pneumat- of sensors in pneumatics can be con- Setting and checking sensors
ic control-system environments are veyed thoroughly. Using signal converters
covered extensively.
Components from the TP 201 are

required to carry out the projects.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

1 1x Position transmitter, 0 50 mm, analogue 560124
2 1x Signal converter for position transmitter 548621
3 1x Electronic pressure sensor, 0 10 bar 548622
4 1x Flow sensor, 0.5 50 l/min, analogue 8036235
5 1x Flow sensor, -1 1 l/min, analogue 548625 4 5 6
6 1x Pressure switch, 0 -1 bar 548624
7 1x Vacuum generator 548628
8 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
10 1x Pressure regulator valve with gauge 539756
11 1x Stop, 35 mm adjustment path 548630
12 1x Double-acting profile cylinder 549832 7 8 9

10 11 12

Sample solutions
Sensors in pneumatics photos of industrial applications,
animations
Workbook
TP 240 Exercise sheets for trainees
With CD-ROM

1
de 566909
G U 4
566910
2
en
I
22
20
es 566912
mA
16
14
12
10
I
fr 566913
8
0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 mm 50 55
s
Supplementary media
Festo Didactic
WBT sensor technology 1

566910 en
Textbook: Proximity switches

Ten projects based on industrial ex- Design and simulation using
amples, suitable for equipment set FluidSIM
TP 240, each including problem de- Measurement and control using
scriptions, parameters and project FluidLab
tasks, deal in detail with the specific Set of posters on pneumatics
subject of sensors in pneumatic con-
trol-system environments. The top-
ics of pressure sensors, flow sensors,
analogue position transmitters for
pneumatic cylinders, signal convert-
ers and sensors for vacuum technol-
ogy are covered comprehensively.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

Safety in pneumatic systems
Risk reduction! TP 250! Training content Components from equipment sets

TP 250 builds on the training content Reducing pressure and force TP 101 and TP 201 are required to
Just like good functionality and eco- of TP 101 and TP 201, focusing on according to the work to be carry out the projects.
nomic efficiency, safety is essential the systematic optimisation of safety performed
to the success of any product. What in pneumatic systems. The aim of the Reducing the speed and accelera- Mounting the pneumatic system,
is more, new directives and laws re- training package is to detect risks in tion while observing the cycle time consisting of cylinders, weight and
quire intelligent solutions and raise pneumatic processes, to assess the and the flow control for the specific cover, is done on the profile column
the level of professional skills re- risks for a simple machine and to loading conditions of a Learnline workstation. If there
quired. As a result, there is a wide learn what measures can be used to Emergency stop and release: is no profile column available, the
range of different products, informa- reduce risks and how to implement suitable measures for stopping mounting kit for Learntop S (order
tion and qualifications for safety en- them properly. and properly recommissioning a no. 526847) or the mounting kit for
gineering. However, most of these pneumatic drive vertical slotted profile plates ( order
focus on the control level, meaning Suitable measures in case of com- no. 533528) can be used. Two of
that safety usually only goes as far pressed air failure and return, as each of these are needed.
as the output of a fail-safe PLC, for well as instructions on how to store
example. Risks can also arise outside and use auxiliary energy
of the power section, however, so Suitable measures in case of power
it is important that systems include failure and return
risk reduction measures to cope with Getting to know the operating
such problems. modes and signals for operating
statuses
But what does the pneumatics spe- Using sensors to detect malfunc-
cialist entrusted with the commis- tions
sioning, troubleshooting, set-up, Increasing the performance level
maintenance and simple optimisa- using a dual-channel emergency
tion of a system need to know? And stop system
how can this knowledge be conveyed Selecting and using suitable
in a clear manner, with easy-to-follow protective measures
steps?

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Safety

3 1x 5/3-way double solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201
4 1x Non-return valve 153462
5 1x Weight, 2 kg for cylinder 572778 4 5 6
6 1x Cover for cylinder 572777
7 1x Operational status display 567263
8 1x Mushroom-head safety switch 567261
9 1x Safety relay for emergency stop and safety door 567262

Compressor Page 240
Also order: extensive illustrations and cross-

sections to e
xplain the design prin-
Workbook ciples.
Safety in pneumatic systems The workbook contains:

Sample solutions
Workbook
TP 250 Training notes
Multimedia CD ROM with
graphics and photos of industrial
CD-ROM included
applications, safety guidelines,

m
safety poster
1A1
1V3 2 2 1V4
1 21 1 21
1V1 4 2 1V2 2

1M1 1M2 1M3
5 1 3 1 3
de 567265
Festo Didactic
en 567266
567266 en
es 567267
The workbook contains project tasks fr 567268
of progressive difficulty level, to-
gether with the solutions for each Supplementary media
exercise sheet. In these exercises, WBT Safety engineering
students reduce the potential risk WBT Pneumatics
level of a pneumatic system step by WBT Electropneumatics
step. The basic level contains the fol- Designing and simulating with
lowing topics: overview of relevant FluidSIM
standards, laws and regulations; Measuring and controlling with
overview and detailed description FluidLab
of operating modes; overview and Textbook Pneumatics/
detailed description of ten relevant electropneumatics
safety functions; possible technical Set of posters on pneumatics
solutions for each safety function;
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics
BIBB pneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB pneumatics course
BIBB Pneumatics 2007/2008 The Festo Didactic Plus Also order: Pneumatic control technology
A CD-ROM complete with all circuit exercises and solutions
The new edition of the Pneumatic diagrams for all the exercises and Pneumatic control technology Recommended and published by the
control technology training course activities is an integral part of the exercises for trainees Bundesinstitut fr Berufsbildung
is recommended and published by scope of delivery. These are in CT file Recommended and published by the (BIBB) (German Federal Institute for
the Bundesinstitut fr Berufsbildung format for FluidSIM Pneumatics and Bundesinstitut fr Berufsbildung Vocational Education and Training).
(BIBB, German Federal Institute for in PDF file format. (BIBB, German Federal Institute for
Vocational Education and Training). Vocational Education and Training). The Pneumatic control technology,
It goes without saying that all equip- exercises for trainees book contains
Festo Didactic offers the suitable ment set components are compatible In addition to 11 exercises, which questions for trainees about the 11
equipment set for this course. with the Festo Didactic training pack- require the BIBB pneumatics equip- exercises, as well as the solutions
age components. ment set, the following topics are and circuit diagrams.
The 2007/2008 edition contains a also included:
few new additions compared with This means you can either supple- Compressed air generation de 90090
the 1999 edition: ment your TP 101 with the BIBB Basic terms in control technology
Piloted non-return valves to stop pneumatics equipment set or your Servicing
pneumatic drives in any position in BIBB pneumatics equipment set with Maintenance
case of a drop in pressure. the TP 101. Inspection
Pneumatic proximity sensors as a Repair procedure
modern alternative to roller lever A wealth of information on the basic Fault finding/analysis/
valves for cylinder sensing. principles of pneumatics! documentation
Getting started in vacuum technol-
ogy: vacuum generation with a ven- de 90070
turi nozzle/laval nozzle and simple
handling with suction grippers.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB pneumatics
Complete equipment set BIBB Pneumatics in equipment tray 549840 1 2 3

2 1x 3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator, normally open 152861
3 3x 3/2-way roller lever valve, normally closed 152866
5 1x 5/2-way valve, pneumatically actuated at one end 576307 4 5 6
7 1x 5/3-way valve, mid-position closed 576304
8 1x Pneumatic timer, normally closed 540694
9 1x Pressure sequence valve 152884
10 1x Shuttle valve (OR) 539771
12 1x Quick-exhaust valve 539772 7 8 9
15 2x Proximity sensor, pneumatic, with cylinder attachment 2764815
16 1x Suction gripper, 10 mm diameter 560158
17 1x Vacuum generator 548628
19 2x Double-acting cylinder 152888 10 11 12
20 1x Driving/tractive load 152889
13 14 15

Compressor Page 240
16 17 18
Complementary media
WBT Pneumatics
FluidSIM Pneumatics design
and simulation program
Cutaway model case
Set of posters on pneumatics
Textbook: Pneumatics, Basic level
19 20 21
Workbook: Pneumatics,
Basic level TP 101
Workbook: Pneumatics,
Advanced level TP 102
GRAFCET drawing template
22 23 24
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB electropneumatics
BIBB electropneumatics equipment set

Suitable for BIBB electropneumatics course
1 2 3 Complete equipment set BIBB Electropneumatics in equipment tray 184462

2 1x Indicator unit and distributor, electrical 162244
4 5 6 5 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322
7 8 9 12 3x 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED 567199
Recommended accessories:
Compressor Page 240
10 11 12 Tabletop power supply unit Page 239
Training aims Recommended training media

Physical fundamentals of
13 14
electrics and pneumatics
Function and application of
electropneumatic devices
Representing motion sequences
and switching states
Constructing control systems
using relays
Electrical latching circuits WBT Electropneumatics
Using magnetic proximity sensors Design and simulation program,
Using pressure switches FluidSIM Pneumatics
Directionally dependent control
systems using sensors Also order:
Directionally dependent control
systems using predetermining BIBB Electropneumatics course
counters de 93070
Controllers with parameters and:
(e.g. single/continuous cycle, Accompanying exercises, log sheets
EMERGENCY-OFF) and exercise circuits
Step diagram controls/process- de 93080
controlled sequence controls
Timing controls/time-controlled
sequence controls
Program controls with non-deleting
and deleting sequencer
Troubleshooting large electropneu-
matic control systems
The selection of components com-

plies with the German Federal Insti-
tute for Vocational Training (Bundes-
institute fr Berufsbildung (BIBB))
course.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop pneumatics
Equipment set TP 111

Basic closed-loop pneumatics training

5 2x One-way flow control valve 193967 4 5 6
6 1x On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m 526337
9 1x PID controller 162254
10 1x Comparator 162257
11 1x Pressure sensor, analog 167094
12 1x 5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed 567201 7 8 9
13 1x 5/3-way proportional valve 167078
15 1x Status controller 162253
16 1x Linear drive, pneumatic, with guide and accessories 192501
17 1x Position encoder 152628
18 1x Ruler 525927
19 1x Weight, 5 kg, for linear drive 34065 10 11 12
20 2x Shock absorber 34572
1x Connecting cable for linear potentiometer 376177
1x Adapter for Y-axis or weight 167032
1x Mounting accessories for position encoder 178441
13 14 15
Compressor Page 240
Oscilloscope Page 252
Multimeter Page 250
Function generator 152918
Cable BNC 4 mm 152919
Cable BNC BNC 158357
T-connector BNC 159298
16 17 18
Training aims Recommended training media

Controlling pressure and position WBT Pneumatics
19 20
Action sequence of a control circuit Design and simulation program,
Activity and timing of control units: FluidSIM Pneumatics
discontinuous and continuous con-
trols, P, I, D, PI, PD, PID controls, Also order:
status controls
Behaviour of control sequences: Workbook Closed-loop pneumatics
transfer characteristics, transient Campus licence ( Page 53):
response, system with and with- de 94459
out compensation, system of first, en 94465
second and third order, idle times es 533499
Interaction of closed-loop controls fr 94347
and control systems: control c ircuit
optimisation, stability considera- Partial equipment sets for controlling
tions pressure and position on request.
Setup, commissioning and optimi-
sation of closed-loop control as- Note: The linear drive and linear
semblies, devices and systems potentiometer are mounted perpen-
with analogue controller cards dicular to the profile slot.

Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Energy-efficient compressed air management
Air Control System AirCS equipment set Advanced level

Energy-efficient compressed air management
A view of the entire system Generation and load management Distribution and monitoring Special features of the
AirCS EduTrainer
Before compressed air can be used The index number of the connected Long-term monitoring makes it pos-
it must be generated, purified and compressor is ascertained under the sible to visualise consumption for Pneumatic function area with:
distributed up to the respective ap- Condition Monitoring menu item. individual applications. This allows Flow sensor
plication. Compressed air is a valu- Various compressors can be com- for well-founded statements regard- Pressure sensor
able form of energy. Nevertheless, pared and changes can be detected ing energy costs. Targeted and actual Distributor block for QS-4/6/8
too little is often done in order to at an early stage. A calculation tool statuses can be compared, for exam- Directly actuated 5/2-way
lay out the overall system efficiently. assists the user in ascertaining over- ple in order to be able to detect and solenoid valve
Consumption is rarely measured or all variable and fixed costs for com- evaluate leaks. Outlet with flow control valve
monitored. The cost situation is usu- pressed air generation. and stop cock
ally unclear. Compressed air distribution compo-
In the case of load management, en- nents can be examined in the Flow Electrical function area with:
This is where the Air Control Sys- ergy consumption is visualised for Resistance menu. In this way, for ex- Energy consumption meter
tem AirCS comes in. The important the compressor and an additional ample, the various resistances of dif- 2x 230/110 V AC outputs with
aspects of making compressed air consuming device. Pressure thresh- ferent tubing lengths and diameters control technology to switch the
available and distributing it are ex- olds are specified for switching the can be acquired and compared, as 230/110 V AC consuming devices
amined within the framework of the compressor on and off. In considera- well as for T-connectors and elbow SysLink and analogue connection
AirCS training project with regard to tion of peak loads, the fundamentals connectors. Furthermore, a calcula- for EasyPort
energy efficiency. of load management can then be im- tion tool is available for determining Connections for integrating the
parted and tested. the ideal pipe cross-section. external sensor
The AirCS EduTrainer serves as a
basis to this end. Its incorporated As a prerequisite for the use of In the case of nominal flow measure- Can be used for A4 mounting frame
between compressed air generation AirCS, a system must be availa- ment, a second, external pressure (399 x 297 mm) or as table stand.
(compressor) and the process. In ble for measurement, for example sensor can be used to ascertain the
combination with FluidLab-AirCS the MPS distributing station or the nominal flow rates of devices and
software, integrated measuring tech- equipment set TP 201 (basic level components, in a manner similar to
nology allows for innovative condi- electro-pneumatics). the ISO 6358 standard.
tion monitoring for the measurement
of compressed air and energy con-
sumption.
Pneumatics training packages > Equipment sets > Energy-efficient compressed air management
Complete equipment set AirCS 8023858

1x AirCS EduTrainer 8023859
1x AirCS accessory kit 8023860
1x FluidLab-AirCS 1.0 single licence 8023861
1x EasyPort USB 548687
1x Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 110/230 V AC
USB
1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 24 V DC
1x Pressure sensor with display 572745 D I/O 0V
AI
Compressor Page 240
TP/MPS/...
110/230 V AC
...
FluidLab-AirCS included AirCS training documentation

The FluidLab-AirCS software is an The workbook in German and Eng-
important component of the AirCS lish constitutes the accompanying
equipment set. Just a few simple documentation for the AirCS train-
steps are needed to configure the in- ing project.
terface and select the user language
(German/English). Then the exercis- The workbook contains:
es can be started. Definition of task
Sample solutions
Exercises are supported by connec- Training notes
tion diagrams, descriptions and sam-
ple solutions taken from the AirCS Up to two electric consuming devices
workbook. The measurement pro- (e.g. compressor and power supply
cess is software-controlled. Results unit) are needed to perform the load
can be measured with measuring management exercises.
points, printed out or exported to a
spreadsheet program. The software
scope also includes the complete
book of exercises in PDF format.
System requirements
PC with Windows XP/7/8
CD-ROM drive
USB 2.0 or serial interface
Hydraulics training packages
130
Equipment sets
Hydraulics......................................................................................................134
Electrohydraulics...........................................................................................138
Measurement and control..............................................................................144
Proportional hydraulics..................................................................................146
Closed-loop hydraulics...................................................................................150
BIBB hydraulics.............................................................................................152
Mobile hydraulics...........................................................................................153
131
Hydraulics training packages > System description
Hydraulics training packages

Tailored training in industrial and mobile hydraulics
Modular for flexible expansion
Festo Didactics training packages

are modular in structure. For exam-
ple, you could start with the basic
level of electrohydraulics and then
move onto the advanced level. Or are
you more interested in electropneu-
matics? The choice is yours. Youd
like to explore a particular special-
ised topic? All equipment set compo-
nents can also be ordered separate-
ly, so you can turn your own ideas
into reality. Position it clamp it done! Everything where you want it Connect it power!
With the Quick-Fix mounting sys- systematic storage Hydraulic power is supplied by the
tem, you can mount all components Most equipment sets are delivered tool-free connection of low-leakage
easily and securely on the profile in practical, Systainer-compatible couplings the latest generation in
plate or on the profile column of a equipment trays. This equipment high-grade stainless steel. The cou-
Learnline workstation. The electrical tray fits in the drawers of the work- pling is self-sealing when uncoupled.
units are clamped into the ER frame stations. The large pictogram on the During the low-friction coupling pro-
and sequenced individually. The sup- components, designed in accordance cedure, only the front surface is coat-
ports and the electrical units are the with the latest standards, provides ed with oil, which saves resources, is
same for both hydraulics and pneu- clear instructions for connecting the easy on the environment, and reduc-
matics a single investment, with components and ensures short prep- es contamination.
double the functionality. aration and follow-up times. When
dismantling circuits, you can quickly
and easily locate where the compo-
nent goes in the equipment tray.
Hydraulics training packages > System description
Didactic plus
The workbooks accompanying the

training packages contain project-
oriented exercises of increasing com-
plexity. There are also positional
sketches, illustrations, videos, ani-
mations and cross-sectional draw-
ings, which explain how things look
in the real world. For a complete and
expert treatment of the topic of hy-
draulics, the training also covers ba-
sic physics, technical calculations,
safety, efficiency, analytical fault-
finding and professional documen-
tation.
Practical basic and further training

using industrial components pro-
vides the confidence to apply the
acquired knowledge in the work-
place. The components are special-
ly selected for the exercises in the
workbook. Note: nearly all hydrau-
lic and electrical connections are
located on the easily accessible up-
per side of the components.
Your choice of training environment Quality not quantity! New technologies Mobile hydraulics
User-friendly training environments Bigger is not necessarily better. new skills needed The new training packages for mo-
for specific topic areas: Volumetric flow rates and pres- Modern measurement and diagnos- bile hydraulics systematically and
Self-study phases with the sures should be chosen with care tic technology and cartridge valves informatively explore complex topics
training programs and in co-ordination with the sys- are among the international trends in and systems, such as work hydrau-
Designing and documentation tem as a whole. This applies espe- hydraulics. So youll find those tech- lics, hydrostatic steering and drive
with FluidSIM cially to hydraulic training systems. nologies in our learning systems as systems for the agricultural, forestry
Practical implementation with High forces and cylinder speeds not well. Benefit from the compact, inte- and construction vehicle sectors and
the training packages and the only increase the danger for the us- grated design, the low weight, ease warehouse and municipal vehicles.
exercises in the workbooks er, but also require a larger hydraulic of handling, and easy-to-read sym-
Functional testing and optimisation power pack with higher power con- bol system.
with measurement technology and sumption. So our offer is: as large as
FluidLab necessary and as small as possible,
without compromising on teaching
effectiveness.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Hydraulics
Equipment set TP 501 Basic Level

Basic training in hydraulics
The classic reissued Pure convenience Training content Hydraulic circuits:

Commissioning hydraulic circuits
The solid basis for practical basic Easy and exact switching of hand Power packs and components: safely
and further education. Training pack- lever valves Design, function and most impor- Using the flow control valve in the
age TP 501 contains only purely Simple and precise setting of the tant characteristics of a hydraulic inflow and outflow and adjusting
hydraulic control systems. flow and pressure valves thanks to power unit the drive speed
the ergonomic handwheels and the Design and function of pressure- Difference between a flow control
The number and version of the com- fine resolution relief valves, cylinders and direc- valve and one-way flow control
ponents are specifically adapted to Tool-free, single-hand operation tional control valves valve in hydraulic control systems
the projects in the workbook. This is with quick action mounting system Design and function of the non- Design and mode of operation of a
a cost-effective way of achieving the Quick-Fix return valve, one-way flow control differential circuit
important training objectives. Easy and secure plugging and valve and piloted non-return valve Effect of the piston surfaces on
releasing of the new, low-leakage, Design and function of flow con- pressures, forces, speeds and
TP 501, Basic Level is suitable for ba- self-sealing quick connection cou- trol valves travel times
sic training in hydraulic control tech- plings Proper use of piloted non-return
nology and imparts knowledge of the Measurements and calculations: valves
basic physical principles of hydrau- Delivered in practical, Systainer-com- Recording and interpreting the Circuits with different types of
lics, as well as the function and use patible equipment trays. The trays, characteristic curve of a hydrau- counter pressure
of hydraulic components. in turn, fit exactly into the drawers in lic pump Operating cylinders with varying
Learnline workstations. Measuring the volume flow of a loads
hydraulic control system
Recording the characteristic curve
of a pressure-relief valve
Identifying and calculating times,
pressures and forces during ad-
vancing and retracting of a cylinder
Recording the characteristic curve
of a flow control valve
Calculating performance ratios
when using 4/3-way valves with
different mid-positions

1 1x Pressure relief valve 544335
2 1x 2-way flow control valve 544338
5 1x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618 4 5 6
6 1x 4/2-way hand lever valve, spring return 544342
7 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T), detenting 544344
8 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, closed mid-position, detenting 544343
9 1x Shut-off valve 152844
10 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746
11 1x Weight, 9 kg for cylinder 152972
12 1x Hydraulic motor 152858 7 8 9
13 1x T-distributor 152847
14 2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395
16 1x Flow sensor 567191

7x Hose line with quick release couplings, 600 mm 152960 10 10 11
3x Hose line with quick release couplings, 1000 mm 152970
Multimeter Page 250
Hydraulic power pack Pages 244 245
Protective cover for weight, 9 kg Page 242
12 13 14
Also order: The workbook contains:

Sample solutions
Hydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Basic level 15 16
Workbook
TP 501 diagrams
CD-ROM included
1A1
1V3

A B
m 1Z1 1Z2
550141
1V2 B
A X
de
en 551141
1V1 A B
P T
551145
0V1
es
X A B
fr 551146
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551141 EN
Designing and simulating with

The basic circuits for hydraulics are FluidSIM
presented in 17 exercises. The sym- Measuring and controlling with
bols used in the circuit diagrams are FluidLab
according to DIN/ISO 1219. In order WBT Hydraulics
to carry out the exercises, students Textbook Basic principles of
require the equipment set for TP 501 Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics
Hydraulics, Basic Level. Hydraulics poster set
Equipment set TP 502 Advanced Level

Hydraulics for advanced users
The new advanced level Hydraulics plus! Training content Hydraulic circuits:
Implementing bypass circuits
The training package TP 502 builds The new components provide added Power packs and components: Ensuring synchronised forward
on the material covered in training training value and relevant project Design and function of a hydrau- and return strokes
package TP 501 Basic Level, and tasks form the basis for advanced lic motor Getting to know the bypass circuit
adds 15 new projects to it. training in fundamental principles. Setting the direction and speed Getting to know the rapid traverse
of rotation of a hydraulic motor feed circuit
The course expands students knowl- Delivered in practical, Systainer-com- Design, function and use of a flow Advancing and retracting of a
edge about the basic physical prin- patible equipment trays. These trays, divider cylinder after the pump from the
ciples of hydraulics and the function in turn, fit exactly into the drawers in Using a hydraulic reservoir as a reservoir is switched off
and use of further hydraulic compo- Learnline workstations. volume and pressure accumulator Use of a hydraulic reservoir for a
nents. Design, function and use of a rapid traverse circuit
pressure regulator Getting to know the rectifier circuit
In order to carry out the projects, Specifying the cylinder pressure Configuration and description
users require the components and Difference between pressure-relief of a sequence control with two
the necessary accessories from valves and pressure regulators cylinders
equipment set TP 501. Getting to know the pressure
Measurements and calculations: sequence and pressure stage
Calculating performance ratios of circuit
hydraulic circuits from measured Getting to know the fuse protection
values for tensile loads
Calculating forces on the cylinder
Creating procedure descriptions

1 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237
2 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337
3 1x Flow dividing valve 544340
4 1x 2/2-way stem actuated valve, convertible 544353
6 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
8 1x Mounting kit for cylinders 544371

7x Hose line with quick release couplings, 600 mm 152960 7 7 7/8
Multimeter Page 250
Protective cover for weight, 9 kg Page 242 9

Sample solutions
Hydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced Level
Workbook
TP 502 diagrams
With CD-ROM
1A1
1B1
1B1 A
P
de 550142
1V2 P 1V3 P
en 551147
1V1 A B
P T
T T
es 551148
0V1
A P B
fr 551149
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551147 en

The tasks explain further hydraulic FluidSIM
circuits. The equipment set of pack- Measuring and controlling with
age TP 501 Hydraulics Basic Level FluidLab
and TP 502 Advanced Level equip- WBT Hydraulics
ment set are needed to carry out the Textbook Basic principles of
tasks. Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics
Hydraulics poster set
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Electrohydraulics
Equipment set TP 601 Basic Level

Basic training in electrohydraulics
New edition of electrohydraulics! Training content Hydraulic circuits: Expanding existing control sys-
Commissioning hydraulic circuits tems and adjusting the documen-
TP 601 is a logical further develop- Power packs and components: safely tation accordingly Implementing
ment of electrohydraulics for train- Design, mode of operation and Explaining and designing direct sequence control with two cylin-
ing and further education. The areas of application of 2/2, 3/2, and indirect actuation ders
equipment set contains only electro- 4/2 and 4/3-way solenoid valves, Creating and using a sequence Getting to know and creating a
hydraulic circuits and control sys- as well as 4/2-way double sole- table procedure description as GRAFCET
tems. noid valves Explaining and designing signal and as a function diagram
Design and mode of operation of storage in the hydraulic power Analysing circuits and carrying out
The number and version of the com- electrical pushbuttons, switches section systematic fault finding and error
ponents are specifically adapted to and limit switches Selecting solenoid valves accord- elimination with restart
the projects in the workbook. This is Design and mode of operation of ing to the technical control require-
a cost-effective way of teaching the a relay ments Measurements and calculations:
important training objectives. Knowing and accounting for the Using and designing basic logic Measuring and calculating the flow
contact load capacity of electrical functions in an electrohydraulic installation
This equipment set provides stu- signal transmitters Explaining and designing an Calculating electrical characteris-
dents with knowledge about the ba- Selecting and using hydraulic and electric latching circuit with a tic values
sic physical principles of electrical electrical components according to dominant switch-off signal
engineering and electrohydraulics, economic criteria Designing and arranging pressure-
as well as how electrohydraulic and Design and mode of operation of a dependent control systems
control technology components func- pressure switch Knowing simple operating modes
tion and are used. Knowing different ways of sensing and accounting for them in the
a cylinders end position and se- circuit
lecting the right one Electrically and mechanically lock-
ing of signals in a relay control
system

2 1x 2-way flow control valve 544338
4 1x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618
5 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347
7 1x 4/2-way double solenoid valve, detenting 544352
9 1x Weight, 9 kg, for cylinder 152972
12 2x T-distributor 152847 7 8 9
15 1x Pressure switch, electronic 548612
19 1x Limit switch, electrical, right-actuated 183345 10 10 10/11

12 13 14
Multimeter Page 250
15 16 17

Sample solutions
Electrohydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Basic Level
18 19 20
Workbook
TP 601
diagrams
CD-ROM included
1A1
1Z2
1A1
1V2 B

550143
A
de
1Z1
1V1 A B
1M1
en 551150
P T
24 V 1 2
0Z1
0V1
13 12 14
S1 K1
14 11
K1
A1
A2
1M1 es 551151
0V
fr 551152
12
11 14 .2
22
21 24
32
31 34
42
41 44
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551150 EN

The basic electric circuits for hydrau- FluidSIM
lic control technology are presented Measuring and controlling with
in 15 exercises. In order to carry out FluidLab
the exercises, students require the WBT Electrohydraulics
equipment set of TP 601 Electrohy- Textbook Basic principles of
draulics, Basic Level. Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics

Controllers for electrohydraulics
1 2 3 Supplementary equipment set The Controlling using FluidSIM

Controlling using FluidSIM/ package contains everything you
EasyPort USB need to control training packages
TP 201 and TP 601. FluidSIM
With this package, the FluidSIM Pneumatics is required for TP 201
software can be used to control and FluidSIM Hydraulics for TP 601.
training packages. FluidSIM con- A set of brief instructions provides
trols via EasyPort USB and process- information on the individual steps.
4 5 es the inputs and outputs connect-
ed to the universal connection unit The sample solutions are included on
according to their programming, e.g. a data storage medium as FluidSIM
using the digital module contained CT programs.
in FluidSIM.
Complete supplementary equipment set Controlling using

FluidSIM/EasyPort USB in equipment tray 556270

1 1x Brief instructions for FluidSIM, de/en/es/fr 556267
Prerequisite:
Equipment set TP 601 Basic Level Pages 138 139
FluidSIM Hydraulics Pages 36 37


Electrohydraulics
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to 1 2 3/4

Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 TP 601 573039
The most important components at a glance: 5 6 7

6 1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347 8 8 8/9
10 11 12
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and

Advanced level TP 502 to Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601
For training aims see Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601 equipment set.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 and TP 502 TP 601 573040

7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347
Equipment set TP 602 Advanced Level

Electrohydraulics for advanced students
The new advanced level Training content Using memory to implement an Hydraulics plus!
emergency operation
The training package TP 602 builds Power packs and components: Implementing control systems with Delivered in practical, Systainer-
directly on the material covered in Design and mode of operation of the operating modes single cycle compatible equipment trays. The
basic principles package TP 601, and different proximity sensors and continuous cycle trays fit into the drawers in Learnline
adds more in-depth projects to it. Function and possible applications Querying time in electrohydraulic workstations. The new components,
of a time relay with switch-on and control systems with added training value and rel-
It provides students with advanced switch-off delay Getting to know and using further evant project tasks, form the basis
knowledge about the basic physi- Design and use of an electrical logical connections for a
dvanced training in fundamental
cal principles of electrical engineer- predetermining counter Designing and arranging pressure principles.
ing and electrohydraulics, as well sequence control
as how electrohydraulic and control Learning objectives for hydraulic Knowing safety-related conditions
technology components function and circuits: that could be needed for a drive
are used. Selecting proximity sensors accord- Designing and arranging safety
ing to the technical control require- functions with a predefined motion
In order to carry out the projects, us- ments sequence for a control system
ers require the components and the Expanding electrohydraulic control Implementing control systems with
necessary accessories from TP 601. systems and adjusting the docu- the operating modes inching and
mentation aligning
The number and version of the com- Designing and arranging path- and Systematically identifying and
ponents are specifically adapted to pressure-dependent sequence eliminating errors in complex
the projects in the workbook. This controls electrohydraulic control systems
makes it possible to achieve many Identifying signal overlaps in a Creating sequence control as a
important training objectives at lit- sequence control and taking the displacement-step diagram
tle cost. appropriate action Representing procedure descrip-
Designing and arranging sequence tions with GRAFCET
control as a standing sequencer

3 1x Preset counter, electronic 1677856
4 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
6 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T) 544348
8 1x Emergency stop pushbutton, electrical 183347
11 1x Pressure relief valve, compensated 567237
7 8 9
Multimeter Page 250
Aluminium profile plate Page 238 10 11

Sample solutions
Electrohydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Advanced Level
Workbook
TP 602 diagrams
With CD-ROM

de 550144
...
24 V
12
K1
8
14
11
12
K6
9
14
11
12
K4
10
14
11
12
K7
11
14
11
12
K3
12
14
11
12
K8
13
14
11
22
K2
14
24
21
12
K9
15
14
11
22
K1
16
24
21
22
K10
17
24
21
...
en 551153
es 551154
12 14
K2
11
12 14
K5
11
12 14 22 24 22 24 22 24 22 24
K10 K6 K7 K8 K9
fr 551155
11 21 21 21 21
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
K6 K7 K8 K9 K10
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
... ...
0V
1A1+ 2A1+ 2A1 1A1
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
551153 en

The basic practical circuits in FluidSIM
electrohydraulics are presented in Measuring and controlling with
12 exercises. In order to carry out FluidLab
the exercises, students require the WBT Hydraulics
equipment set of TP 601 Electro- WBT Electrohydraulics
hydraulics, Basic Level and Advanced Textbook Basic principles of
Level TP 602. Hydraulics and Electrohydraulics
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

Measurement and control in Hydraulics with FluidLab-H
Fit for tomorrow? Something extra special Training content Your advantages
In order to the complete the exer- Basic principles of analogue Fast, PC-supported recording of
The equipment set for TP 610 ex- cises, sensors (e.g. pressure, flow processing measured values
pands the training content of TP 501 and position) are connected to the Using and adjusting sensors Greater training success through
and TP 601 to include the topic of inputs and control signals are trans- Interpreting measurement results measurement of components and
hydraulics measurement and con- mitted to the EasyPort USB outputs. Reading and understanding techni- interpretation of results
trol. The material covered ranges The FluidLab-H software included in cal data and measurement curves Sensors that enable students to
from recording simple characteristic the scope of delivery interprets and Getting to know fluid engineering look into the circuit and compo-
curves of individual hydraulic valves visualises the signals. Analogue val- components and their influence nents
through to the basic principles of ues are displayed as measurement and function Suppositions regarding system
cylinder control. In addition, aware- curves. Demonstrating fluid engineering behaviour can be easily proven
ness is raised in a clear and striking effects and special features Learning the principles of meas-
manner about the effective use of Each exercise includes notes on its Analytical fault finding urement and analysis and applying
hydraulic energy, e.g. with resistance implementation, with positional Hydraulic energy them directly in other circuits
experiments. sketches and block circuit diagrams. Evaluating changes of state Demonstrate and understand the
Students are guided step by step Proportional technology principles of fluid engineering
New features of FluidLab-H include through the experiments. Measured Control technology with position, faster
the measurement experiments for results are then interpreted, com- sequence and pressure control System analysis via a PC: State-of-
proportional technology with record- pared with sample solutions and the-art diagnostic method
ing characteristic curves and appli- questions are asked to check stu- Better understanding of fluid engi-
cations such as pressure stages and dents understanding. neering components and processes
rapid traverse feed circuits, as well and thus better training outcomes
as control technology with position,
sequence and pressure control.
Exercises for the measurement and

analysis of system and control be-
haviour point to a future in which
diagnostics, preventative mainte-
nance and saving energy are becom-
ing more and more important.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Measurement and control

5 1x EasyPort USB 548687 4 5 6
7 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T) 544348
8 2x Pressure sensor 525964
10 1x Resistance hose line with quick release couplings, 1000 mm 549858
11 1x FluidLab-H Single licence, de/en 573286
12 1x Limit switch, electrical, left-actuated 183322 7 8 9
The exercises for proportional and control hydraulics also require:

Proportional amplifier 162255
Displacement encoder for cylinder, 200 mm stroke 167090
Mounting kit for cylinders 544371
4/3-way proportional valve 167086
Proportional pressure relief valve 544351 10 11 12
Pressure filter 548609
Optionally, the regulating valve can be used instead of the proportional amplifier with the
proportional valves for the control technology exercises.
4/3-way regulating valve 567269
Includes FluidLab-H System requirements

measurement software PC with Windows XP/7/8
The FluidLab-H software is an im- Pentium III or equivalently
portant component of the training 2 GB RAM
package TP 610. Just a few simple CD-ROM disk drive
steps are needed to configure the in- USB 2.0 or serial interface
terface, adapt the sensors and select 1280 x 1024 pixels
the language (de/en). Then the ex- NI LabView 2012 Runtime
ercises can begin. These are divided (included in scope of delivery)
into the areas: basic experiments,
cylinder controls, proportional tech- To carry out the exercises, students
nology and control engineering. Con- require the components and ap-
nection diagrams, descriptions and propriate accessories from training
sample solutions support students packages 501 and 601.
during the exercises. The software
also controls the measurement se-
quence. Diagrams can be dimen-
sioned and printed out using the
cursors. The software also includes
the complete book of exercises, with
sample solutions, in PDF format.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Proportional hydraulics

Basic proportional hydraulics training
Proportional hydraulics, Basic Level Training content Measurements and calculations: Basic circuits for proportional
Determining characteristic curves hydraulics, such as pressure stage
Proportional valves are continuous Components: and characteristics of valves and circuit, rapid traverse feed circuit,
valves that, thanks to proportion- Design and function of different equipment pump bypass, approaching posi-
al magnets, not only permit simple proportional valves Measuring parameters such tions, controlled acceleration and
switching positions, but also enable Characteristic curves and charac- as pressure, volumetric flow braking, logically connecting set-
a continuous transition in the valve teristics of proportional valves and time point values, load-independent
opening. Design and function of amplifiers Calculating the flow for proportion- speeds
and setpoint specification al directional control valves Getting to know the pressure stage
These valves are specifically used in Getting to know the characteristics Calculating speeds for double- control system
hydraulics where variable volumetric of the 1 and 2-channel amplifier acting cylinders with varying load Braking a cylinder feed
flows (proportional directional con- Completely setting the 1-channel Calculating the natural frequency Reversing a hydraulic motor
trol valve or proportional throttle) amplifier of a cylinder drive Setting process-dependent
are needed together with load com- Setting the basic current, step Calculating times for acceleration pressure stages
pensation (proportional flow control current and maximum current and braking Externally and logically intercon-
valve) or variable pressures (pro- Getting to know the characteristics necting setpoint values
portional pressure-relief valve). The of the 4/3-way proportional valve Hydraulic circuits: Approaching a position with
equipment set provides information and the proportional pressure- Controlling pressure and speed braking
about proportional valves, how they relief valve Reading and creating hydraulic Creating a load-independent
function and how they are activated Deriving the settings for the and electric circuit diagrams feed speed
using proportional amplifiers and a 2 channel amplifier Creating a function diagram
setpoint value card. The set can be Setting ramps Designing and commissioning
used to design, set and commission Deriving the ramp settings from control systems, including fault
simply proportional control systems. the function diagram finding

Complete equipment set TP 701 184465 1 2 3

2 1x Proportional amplifier 162255
3 1x Setpoint value card 162256
5 2x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643 4 5 6
6 1x 4/3-way proportional valve 544350
8 1x Proportional pressure relief valve 544351
9 1x Pressure filter 548609
10 1x Pressure balance (proportional flow control valve) 159351
12 1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746 7 8 9
13 1x Hydraulic motor 152858
18 1x Weight, 9 kg, for cylinder 152972
10 11 12
Measuring case 177468
Pressure relief unit 152971
13 14 15

16 17 18
Sample solutions
Proportional hydraulics photos of industrial applications,
Basic level
Workbook
TP 701 diagrams
With CD-ROM

de 94457
en 94472
es 94404
fr 94352
Festo Didactic
Supplementary media
094472 en

Ten exercises provide an introduc- FluidSIM
tion to the equipment and circuits Measuring and controlling with
for proportional hydraulics. First of FluidLab
all, individual items of equipment WBT Hydraulics
are presented and their settings are WBT Electrohydraulics
tested. The graduated exercises then WBT Open- and closed-loop control
provide a complete solution. Textbook: Proportional hydraulics,
Basic level

Advanced proportional hydraulics training
Proportional hydraulics, Training content Hydraulic circuits: Setting precise switch-off positions
Advanced Level Controlling pressure, speed, Implementing drive acceleration
Components: acceleration, delay and position with a proportional pressure-relief
The training package TP 702 builds Determining characteristics curves Reading and creating proportion- valve
directly on the material covered in and characteristics of different al hydraulic and electric circuit Implementing oscillating move-
package TP 701, Basic Level, and sensors diagrams ments for a cylinder with a propor-
adds nine further, more in-depth and Coordinating electrical and hydrau- Reading motion diagrams tional hydraulic control system
real-life case studies. lic equipment Designing and commissioning Implementing the specified speed
Creating characteristic curves for proportional hydraulic control profile by means of an additional
The package includes the follow- displacement, pressure and tem- systems, including fault finding bypass circuit and slow retraction
ing steps: perature sensors Adjusting and coordinating as per to the end positions
Understanding the task using a the specified procedure description Implementing a travel process with
positional sketch, diagram and Measurements and calculations: Using basic circuits for propor- a 2/2-way proportional valve and a
problem description Measuring and processing param- tional hydraulics such as: speed, proportional pressure-relief valve
Designing the hydraulic circuit eters such as displacement, time, rotational speed, stage, accelera-
diagram pressure and temperature tion, braking and differential cir-
Determining the necessary signal Further signal processing of ana- cuits, as well as positioning
transmitters logue signals Implementing specific displace-
Compiling the sequence table ment-time and positioning pro-
Designing the electric signal con- grams
trol system
Structuring and commissioning
the proportional hydraulic control
system
Settings and evaluating the result

1 1x Setpoint value card 162256
2 1x Comparator 162257
5 3x Relay, three-fold 162241 4 5 6/7
13 1x Displacement encoder for cylinder, 200 mm stroke 167090

Measuring case 177468
14

Sample solutions
Proportional hydraulics
Advanced level
Workbook
TP 702 de 94458
en 94473
With CD-ROM
es 94450
Supplementary media
FluidSIM
Measuring and controlling with
Festo Didactic
FluidLab
WBT Hydraulics
094473 en
WBT Electrohydraulics
Nine exercises illustrate the most WBT Open- and closed-loop control
important circuits and equipment in Textbook Proportional hydraulics,
proportional hydraulics. To carry out Basic level
the exercises, the equipment sets Hydraulics poster set
for proportional hydraulics TP 701
(Basic Level) and TP 702 (Advanced
Level) are required.
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

Basic closed-loop hydraulics training
Closed-loop hydraulics, Basic Level Training content Transition function of a P controller Status controllers
Control performance of a pressure Selecting the controller structure
Hydraulic closed-loop control circuits Position control circuits: control circuit with P controller Disturbance reaction and control
are normally operated with continu- Characteristic curve of a Transition functions of I and PI con- factor
ous valves. A control valve with inte- displacement sensor trollers Designing control circuits
grated electronics, linear character- Flow rate characteristics Transition functions of D, PD and Hydraulic, mechanical and electri-
istic curve (volumetric flow to control of a c ontinuous directional PID controllers cal controllers
piston position) and zero overlap control valve Empirical parameterisation of a PID Analogue and digital controllers
makes commissioning easy and pro- Linear unit as a controlled system controller Selection criteria for controllers
vides good results in the closed-loop for position control Parameterising using the Ziegler-
control circuit. Designing and commissioning a Nichols method Valves and measuring systems:
position control circuit Changed controlled system with Designation, circuit symbols and
Lag errors in the position control disturbances function of continuous directional
circuit control valves
Position control with a changed Controllers in hydraulics: Stationary characteristics and
controlled system Controlled systems with and dynamic behaviour of continuous
Commissioning a position control without compensation directional control valves
circuit with disturbances Low-delay hydraulic controlled Function, design and mode of oper-
Characteristics and transition systems ation of a pressure regulating valve
functions of a status controller First, second and third order Pressure control with a directional
Parameterising a status controller hydraulic controlled systems control valve
Classifying controlled systems Mode of operation and interface of
Pressure control circuits: according to their step response a measuring system
Characteristic curve of a pressure Operating point and controller
sensor amplification
Controlled system for pressure Discontinuous controllers
control Block diagrams for discontinuous
Characteristics of a PID control- and continuous controllers
ler board P, I, D, PI, PD and PID controllers
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Closed-loop hydraulics

1 1x PID controller 162254
2 1x Status controller 162253
3 2x Pressure sensor 525964
7 1x Pressure filter 548609
12 1x 4/3-way regulating valve 567269 7 8 9
13 1x Linear drive 8028726
14 2x Weight, 5 kg, for linear drive 34065

1x Pressure relief unit 152971
1x Function generator 152918
3x Cable BNC 4 mm 152919
1x Cable BNC BNC 158357
1x T-connector BNC 159298
13 14
Digital multimeter Page 250
Digital storage oscilloscope Page 252
Hydraulic power pack q > 3.5 l/min Pages 244 245
Also order: ing cylinders for linear drives (order

no. 152295), three additional tub-
Workbook ing lines with quick connection cou-
pling and a shut-off valve (order no.
Closed-Loop Hydraulics 152844) are required. These are not
included in the scope of delivery.
Workbook
TP 511
The workbook contains:

Sample solutions, training notes
With CD-ROM

de 94460
en 94469
es 94368
Festo Didactic
fr 94348
094469 en
The 20 exercises in this book are Supplementary media

used to introduce the fundamentals FluidSIM
of analogue closed-loop hydraulics: FluidLab
pressure and position control with WBT Hydraulics
PID controllers and position control WBT Electrohydraulics
with status controllers. For extra task WBT Open- and closed-loop control
number 21, which deals with posi- Textbook Proportional hydraulics,
tion control with disturbance varia- Basic level
bles and an active load, the cushion- Hydraulics poster set
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > BIBB hydraulics
BIBB hydraulics equipment sets

Suitable for BIBB hydraulics course, lessons A Z
BIBB hydraulics equipment set basic equipment set BIBB hydraulics equipment set electro-hydraulics extension set
Matches BIBB Hydraulics instruction course, exercises A-Z Required for the BIBB Hydraulics instruction course, exercises A-Z
Training content When combined with the BIBB basic equipment set (order no. 8025069), the
The 21 exercises in the BIBB hydraulics course teach the fundamentals of hy- electro-hydraulics extension set covers all the devices required to complete the
draulic control engineering. Topics covered: hydraulic power pack, directional BIBB Hydraulics instruction course tasks A Z.
control valves and drives, shut-off and flow control valves, pressure regulators
and pressure switches, hydraulic reservoirs, application switches, hoisting a Electro-hydraulics equipment set extension 8025073
load, Grtz switches, neutral circulation of the pump delivery, commissioning
and maintenance. The most important components at a glance:
1x 4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return 544346
Basic equipment set in the equipment tray 8025069 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, closed mid-position 544347
1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, bypass mid-position (P > T) 544349
The most important components at a glance: 1x 4/3-way solenoid valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T) 544348
1x Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover 572746 2x Relay, three-fold 162241
1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337 1x Signal input, electrical 162242
1x 2-way flow control valve 544338 1x Time relay, two-fold 162243
1x Flow control valve 152842 1x Proximity sensor, inductive, M12 548643
1x One-way flow control valve 152843
4x T-distributor 152847
1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
1x Weight, 9 kg, for cylinder 152972 BIBB hydraulics equipment set hand lever valve extension set
1x Pressure switch, electronic 548612 Optional for the BIBB Hydraulics instruction course, exercises without
1x Flow sensor 567191 electro-hydraulics
2x Hydraulic motor 152858
1x Pressure relief valve, piloted 8025067 When combined with the BIBB basic equipment set (order no. 8025069), the
1x Pressure relief valve 544335 hand lever valve extension set covers all the devices required to complete the
1x Non-return valve, delockable 544339 BIBB Hydraulics instruction course, except for the electro-hydraulics section of
1x Shut-off valve 152844 the course.
2x Non-return valve, 0.05 MPa opening pressure 548617
2x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618 Hand lever valve extension set 8025072
2x Pressure gauge 152841
2x 4-way distributor with pressure gauge 159395 The most important components at a glance:
1x 4/2-way hand lever valve, spring return 544342
Necessary accessories, also order: 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, closed mid-position, detenting 544343
6x Hose line with quick release couplings, 600 mm 152960 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, bypass mid-position (P > T), detenting 544345
4x Hose line with quick release couplings, 1000 mm 152970 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T), detenting 544344
Digital multimeter Page 250 Recommended training media
Aluminium profile plate Page 238 WBT Hydraulics
Hydraulic power pack Page 245 Design and simulation program FluidSIM Hydraulics
Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 Also order:
BIBB Hydraulics instruction course
(on request)
Possible combinations (only available when ordered as combination)

Basic equipment set and electro-hydraulics equipment set extension
(Order no. 8025069 and order no. 8025073)
Basic equipment set and hand lever valve equipment set extension
(Order no. 8025069 and order no. 8025072)
Basic equipment set and hand lever valve equipment set extension and
electro-hydraulics equipment set extension
(Order no. 8025069 and order no. 8025072 and order no. 8025073)
Hydraulics training packages > Equipment sets > Mobile hydraulics
Equipment set TP 800 Mobile hydraulics

From basic principles to mobile machine
Mobile hydraulics from

Festo Didactic
Mobile hydraulics has a range of

specific features compared to con-
ventional industrial hydraulics. These
are normally taught directly on a
vehicle. But what if the components
or the vehicle are not accessible or
the entire system is too complex for
teaching purposes?
Simplified
In contrast to a vehicle, with a learn-
ing system each hydraulic subsys-
tem can be separately and individu-
ally constructed and examined. And
measured values can be recorded
almost everywhere for improved
understanding.
Accessible
While in a vehicle there is usually
little room and access is restricted to
qualified personnel, the elements of
a learning system are manageable,
easy to identify and fault-tolerant.
Clean
Work on a vehicle usually means
dealing with dirt and unpleasant
weather. A learning system is clean Equipment sets:
and ergonomic.
Working hydraulics Working hydraulics Hydrostatic steering system
With the mobile hydraulics equip- Basic level Advanced level The working hydraulics can also be
ment set, Festo Didactic closes the At the basic level, flow control with Here, the focus is on load sensing extended with a steering system.
gap between the basic principles of directional valves with different mid systems with variable displacement This teaches the construction and
hydraulics and hydraulic systems on positions are compared in terms of pump. This includes the construc- functioning of a hydrostatic steering
a vehicle. their energy usage. This is done us- tion, operation and adjustment of a system, with typical shock and suc-
ing a cylinder load simulator which, variable displacement pump with a tion valves and double-rod cylinders.
For an ideal introduction to mobile depending on the design, is capable load sensing controller and mobile or
hydraulics, a hydraulic power unit is of simulating a wide variety of differ- control block. The energy usage with The influence and effect of loads on
available, with variable displacement ent load situations. flow control, open centre load sens- the steering cylinder are investigat-
pump and load sensing controller ing and closed centre load sensing ed. Combinations of working hydrau-
and a constant displacement pump. In addition, the topics of holding and with a variable displacement pump lics and a steering system based on
This enables both basic and ad- lowering the load and two 6/3 way can then be compared. different priorities can also easily be
vanced levels to be taught and load valves for actuation of two drives are set up. This illustrates the effect of
simulations to be carried out with discussed using the series, parallel Remote control and hydraulic p ilot steering activity on the downstream
just one power unit. and tandem circuits. control of mobile blocks can also working hydraulics.
be discussed and developed. In ad-
As a transition to the Working hy- dition, the effects of upstream and
draulics Advanced level, a simple downstream pressure balances can
load sensing controller with constant be tested.
pump is implemented.

Mobile hydraulics Working hydraulics 1
Mobile hydraulics from Complexity clarified Fully compatible TP 801 training content
Festo Didactic The new training packages for With uniform interfaces and a mod- Many vehicles and applications make
mobile hydraulics take components ular structure, it is possible to put use of constant displacement pumps
Mobile hydraulics has a range of which often appear in vehicles as together even quite complex entire which continue to provide volumetric
specific features compared to con- highly integrated functional mod- systems. All mobile hydraulics ele- flow even when no hydraulic power
ventional industrial hydraulics. Train- ules and present them as separate, ments are compatible with the cur- is required. In TP 801, the energy us-
ing content is therefore usually ex- individual elements with unique rent Festo Didactic equipment sets age of different systems also when
plained and demonstrated directly symbols and clear terminal identifi- for hydraulics fundamentals, electro- under load is compared and as-
on the vehicle. cation codes. hydraulics, proportional and closed- sessed. Systems with multiple con-
loop hydraulics. suming devices are set up, connect-
But what if the hydraulic compo- The teaching principle behind this is ed in parallel, tandem and series,
nents being explained or the vehicle that of guiding students step by step However, it is the double pump and examined in terms of character-
are not accessible or the system is from a simple component to a com- power unit with a pressure-limited istics such as priority, flow rate distri-
too complex for teaching purposes? plex complete picture, with practi- constant displacement pump and bution, and pressure dependency.
cal demonstrations. The universal variable displacement pump with
Festo Didactics new training sys- compatibility of the single elements load sensing control which forms The training also looks into the
tem closes the gap between the allows them to be used for other the basis for the perfect training sta- basics of holding the load with pop-
basic principles of hydraulics and the function units, making this equip- tion and workstation. It also allows pet valves and lowering the load with
hydraulic systems on a vehicle. ment set highly flexible. assembly of the load sensing system counter pressure and a counterbal-
with TP 803. ancing valve.
Alternatively, it is possible to use a

hydraulic power unit with a constant
displacement pump and a volumetric
flow rate of about 4 l/min for TP 801
and TP 802.

1 1x Counterbalance valve 572149
2 1x Pressure compensator for open centre load sensing 572123
3 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337
5 1x Flow control valve 152842 4 5 6
6 1x Non-return valve, 0.6 MPa opening pressure 548618
7 1x Shuttle valve 572122
8 1x Double non-return valve, delockable 572151
10 2x 6/3-way proportional hand lever valve 572141
11 1x Loading unit/cylinder load simulator 572145
12 1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859 7 8 9
13 2x Hydraulic motor 152858
Necessary accessories, also order: 10 11

2x Multimeter Page 250
Hydraulic power unit Pages 244 245
The equipment tray The media on offer for TP 801

The training package is supplied with Workbook for mobile hydraulics
an equipment tray. This equipment TP 800 12 13 14
tray fits in the drawers of the work- Diagnostic system TP 810
stations. A fixed drawer unit for mo- with FluidLab-M
bile hydraulics with two drawers is Designing and simulating
recommended for particularly large with FluidSIM
components. WBT Hydraulics
Hydraulics poster set 15 16 17
Fixed drawer unit for mobile hydraulics

(2 drawers)
Order no. 574153
Wheeled drawer unit for mobile hydraulics

(2 drawers)
Order no. 574152
Supplementary equipment set

Mobile hydraulics
Supplementary equipment set from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to Complete supplementary equipment set TP 501 TP 801 in equipment tray 574160
Mobile hydraulics, Working hydraulics 1 TP 801
The supplementary equipment set extends TP 501 (order no. 573035) to form 1x Counterbalance valve 572149
TP 801. The necessary accessories from TP 801 are required in order to carry 1x Pressure compensator for open centre load sensing 572123
out the exercises. Supplements are available on request for other/older equip- 1x 3-way pressure reducing valve 544337
ment sets. 1x Pressure relief valve 544335
1x Flow control valve 152842
For training content, see Equipment set, Mobile hydraulics, Working hydraulics 1 1x Shuttle valve 572122
TP 801. 1x Double non-return valve, delockable 572151
2x 6/3-way proportional hand lever valve 572141
1x Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block 152859
1x Loading unit/cylinder load simulator 572145
1x Hydraulic motor 152858
2x T-distributor 152847
2x Pressure switch, electronic 548612
1x Flow sensor 567191

Mobile hydraulics TP 800

Workbook
Mobile Hydraulics
Workbook
TP 800
R T
With CD-ROM
L P
R T
C (X1) D (X2) A B
B A
B A L P
LS
P2
T T
P
T
C
T1
B A
D P LS
T T
LS2
LS1
C
D
P
P1 P
LS
LS2
LS1
T2 T2
Festo Didactic
574166 en
The workbook contains 21 project Exercise section TP 801 Exercise section TP 802 Exercise section TP 803
exercises designed for equipment Working hydraulics 1 Hydrostatic steering system Working hydraulics 2
sets TP 801, TP 802 and TP 803 to- This training section, made up of This training section, made up of This training section, made up of
gether with the corresponding exer- 9 project exercises, is designed for 5 project exercises, is designed for 7 project exercises, is designed for
cise sheets and sample solutions. the equipment set TP 801. the equipment set TP 802. the equipment set TP 803.
It thus provides a comprehensive
course companion conveying the Each project exercise begins by pre- During all project exercises, trainees The content builds on the training
essential knowledge and basic prin- senting the training objectives which set up a circuit as per the instruc- content of TP 801, Working hydrau-
ciples of the hydraulic systems of can be achieved. Next, the vehicle or tions and the relevant circuit dia- lics 1 and expands it to include the
mobile machines. application under discussion is pre- gram, and carry out measurements complex topic of systems with a vari-
sented. Parameters are provided to and calculations. Each project exer- able displacement pump with load
The workbook contains: ensure a uniform starting point, and cise ends with a series of questions sensing control. However, the com-
Basic information the project goal ensures a structured are asked to test trainees under- plexity is kept to a manageable lev-
Exercise sections comprising pro- approach. standing. The measurements, cal- el because the project exercises are
ject exercises and sample solutions culations and answers can then be progressive, each building on the
for TP 801, TP 802 and TP 803 Energy usage compared with the sample solutions one before.
Training notes Of flow control and discussed.
Multimedia CD-ROM with supple- Of open centre load sensing Load-sensing systems
mentary media Of a proportional valve (supply) Basic principles of hydrostatic Design and function of a control
Worksheets for students Of a proportional valve (supply and steering block
discharge) with and without open Structure of a steering system with Control block with closed centre
The basic level contains the follow- centre load sensing through-rod cylinders load sensing
ing topics: Of a proportional valve with pump Structure of a steering system with Control block with two loads
Definition of terms and basic bypass with and without loaded two differential cylinders Flow rate limitation on the c ontrol
principles of hydraulics cylinder Displacement of the steering valve block
Closed hydraulic circuit Emergency steering characteristics Pilot control of a control block
Load-sensing systems and Holding load, lowering load of the steering valve Dependencies of load and flow
variable displacement pumps Holding load (piloted non-return Loads and overloads in the steer- Functioning of an upstream
Flow divider valves) ing system pressure balance
Mobile control blocks Lowering load (counter pressure) Torque dependency of the steer- Pressure compensation for
6/3-way proportional valves Lowering load (counterbalancing ing valve load sensing
and valve configurations valve) Priorities of the steering system Characteristics of upstream
Pressure balances and secondary loads pressure balances when there
Holding and lowering loads Circuits with multiple loads is more than one load
Hydraulic pilot control (joystick) Features of parallel connection Characteristics of downstream
Priority valves Features of tandem connection pressure balances when there is
Steering systems Features of series connection more than one load
L. Unan, U. Schedel, C. Lffler

Edition 2013, 540 pages, colour, in folder.

de 574165
en 574166

Mobile hydraulics Hydrostatic steering system
Hydrostatic steering system For multiple use Safety first! TP 802 training content
As with all Festo Didactic training Safety in the use of our training sys- TP 802 promotes the practical test-
Hydrostatic steering is an essential packages, so too for mobile hydrau- tem is top priority. Many mobile hy- ing and technical measurement of
subsystem in many mobile machines lics: all components are designed to draulics elements are not designed the structure and method of opera-
and is especially well-suited to man- be used as parts of a single, compat- to be pressure resistant. This is why tion of a hydrostatic steering sys-
aging high steering forces. ible system. This means that many our oil return ports use an open cou- tem, comprising a steering valve,
parts at basic level can also be used pling system. Students should none- anti-shock and anti-cavitation valves,
The number and design of the com- for experiments at advanced levels. theless be made fully aware of safety steering cylinder(s), constant-dis-
ponents are specifically adapted to Long-term maintenance of the in- matters. Making sure connections placement pump and (if needed) sec-
the projects in the workbook. This terfaces is also an important part of are correct will minimise impact on ondary loads.
ensures a maximum return on the the design, whether mechanical with resources and the environment.
training with minimum effort. Quick-Fix, hydraulic with low-leak- The basics include the structure
age couplings, or electrical with safe- of different steering systems with
ty plug technology. through-rod and differential cylin-
ders, and determining the displace-
Components and accessories from ment and the torque dependen-
the equipment set TP 801 are re- cies of the steering unit. In addition,
quired to carry out the projects. emergency steering characteristics
are explored and tested. An over-
load is applied to the system, its be-
haviour is analysed and anti-shock
valves are set accordingly. The steer-
ing systems priority over a second-
ary load also forms part of this train-
ing package.

1 1x Steering unit (Orbitrol) 572146
2 1x Shock and anti-cavitation valve 572148
3 1x 4/3-way hand lever valve, relieving mid-position (AB > T), detenting 544344
4 1x Tubing line for unpressurised return 573024
5 1x 4-way return header, unpressurised 573026 4 5

The media on offer for TP 802 The workstation system

Workbook for Learnline has a modular design and
mobile hydraulics TP 800 offers an almost unlimited range
Diagnostic system TP 810 of configuration possibilities for
with FluidLab-M the Learnline workstation, such as
Designing and simulating the table extension for PC-assist-
with FluidSIM ed measurement with TP 810 and
WBT Hydraulics FluidLab.
Hydraulics poster set Learnline has a profile surface area
of 1400 x 700 mm per side lots of
room for large components and com-
plex circuits.
Quality isnt compromised as its

construction and functionality are
the very best. The torsionally rigid
design and the high-quality coating
rte!
spo
spo tran
rt!
de
ng!
tos
tran
heru
efec
du
rtsic
sc para

n !
urit
ionalock
funcionspo
adaas, spo Tran
la
ptsno rtat
r
pou
e
t ruedtrankein
son las sind
no
s g len
ne en are
pas
uro stinllrol
seg coatste
Los Fes
s
Les d
Die
frein
Fixe
on the work surface and frame guar-

antee a long service life despite high
loads. Learnline can handle the hard
daily lesson routine, as well as a
vibrational load during the hydraulic
position control.
rte!
spo
spo tran
rt!
de
ng!
tos
tran
heru
efec
du
rtsic
sc para

n !
urit
ionalock
funcionspo
adaas, spo Tran
la
ptsno rtat
r
pou
e
t ruedtrankein
son las sind
no
s g len
ne en are
pas
uro stinllrol
seg coatste
Los Fes
s
Les d
Die
frein
Fixe

Mobile hydraulics Working hydraulics 2
Working hydraulics 2 System behaviour under load TP 803 Working hydraulics The content:
In practical applications, the chal- advanced level training content Design, mode of operation and
The challenge for the efficient lenge is to handle continuously The advanced level focuses on the setting of a variable displacement
operation of machines is how to changing large loads reliably and load-sensing system with variable pump with load sensing controller
handle frequently changing loads efficiently. To reflect this challenge displacement pump, control block, and control block.
and fluctuating speeds during the properly in the training system, we pilot control and up to two loads. Comparing and assessing the ener-
operation cycle. have developed a cylinder load simu- gy usage of flow control, open cen-
lator which allows an extremely wide Components and accessories from tre load sensing and closed centre
Constant displacement pump sys- range of load types even with the TP the equipment sets TP 801 and TP load sensing with a variable dis-
tems generally have a very poor 801 set. 802 are required to carry out the placement pump.
degree of efficiency in such cases, projects. Remote control and hydraulic pilot
as they are always designed for the An active or passive hydraulic coun- control of control blocks.
highest, most likely pressure and teracting force is applied to a combi- Characteristics of load sensing
flow rate. nation of two differential or through- systems with upstream and down-
rod cylinders. stream pressure balances (flow
Load-sensing systems are differ- distribution independent of load
ent. Both the pressure and the flow By doing away with large work- pressures).
rate are adapted to the actual needs. ing loads and integrating an over-
This requires a variable displace- load safeguard, the cylinder load
ment pump with a load-sensing (LS) simulator is not just highly flexible,
controller, as well as valves with the but also safe to use and extremely
right type of control paths for load manageable.
feedback to the pump controller.
Complete equipment set TP 803 in equipment tray 574163 1 2

1 1x Pilot valves (Joystick), 2x2-channel 572147
2 1x Mobile valve block, Load sensing 572144
3 1x Pressure compensator, upstream (pre) 573023
4 2x Pressure compensator, downstream (post) 572741
7 1x Tubing line for unpressurised return 573024

6 7
The hydraulic power unit The media on offer for TP 803

The power unit used for the mobile Workbook for
hydraulics training packages is a mobile hydraulics TP 800
variable and constant displacement Diagnostic system TP 810
pump combination. The constant with FluidLab-M
displacement pump is ideal both for Designing and simulating
the basic principles of hydraulics and with FluidSIM
electrohydraulics and for the m obile WBT Hydraulics
hydraulics sets TP 801 and TP 802. WBT Electrohydraulics
With TP 803, the focus shifts to the Hydraulics poster set
variable displacement pump with LS
controller, with the function of the
constant-displacement pump now
being applied to active hydraulic
loads on the cylinder load simulator.

Diagnostic system FluidLab-M:
Measurement Visualisation Analysis
A greater understanding of The new FluidLab-M Reproducible measurement Visualisation and analysis
diagnostic systems Do you want the measuring system processes Two display modes are available
for your fluid power circuits, pro- Simply start the measurement and for measured data data acquisition.
System diagnostics, condition moni- cesses or systems to be simple but record digital and analogue input One is with up to two Y-axes over
toring and energy efficiency are be- high quality? To start with, any num- and output signals. During the meas- time ( X-axis). For example, changes
coming more important all the time. ber of sensors with voltage output urement, you can set and reset the in pressure and flow rate over the
and connected to a PC via EasyPort, digital outputs manually and control course of a cycle can be recorded.
A fluid power system can only be can be adapted to the measurement the analogue outputs. A reproduci- The other is an XY graph to record
optimally set if measurements are software in a few simple steps. Your ble, controlled measurement process e.g. a flow control or pump charac-
taken at the correct points. The cor- sensor settings, designations and is important if you want to be able teristic, in other words pressure over
rect conclusions must then be drawn ranges of values are stored and im- to compare series of measurements. flow rate. The measured values can
from the measurement data. How- mediately ready to use next time. This is a particular strong point of be saved and superimposed with
ever, with dynamic system condi- FluidLab-M can record up to four FluidLab-M. The measurement pro- other records within the software,
tions, measuring techniques such analogue and digital inputs simulta- cess can be programmed and saved or compared and analysed. There
as the use of a pressure gauge are neously. directly in a text editor using a sim- are two measuring cursor and zoom
pushed to their limits. That is why ple programming code. Delay times, and detail functions available for the
permanent measured data acquisi- jump or repeat commands, and peri- purpose of analysis. Alternatively, a
tion with visualisation of measure- odic analogue output signals can all spreadsheet program such as Micro-
ment curves is necessary. Servicing be programmed, for example. soft Excel can be used to open and
and maintenance personnel then work with the measured values.
have a ccess to crucial information
for the tasks at hand and settings re-
quired. FluidLab-M is the universal
measuring tool for all pneumatic and
hydraulic training packages.

5 1x Quick-Fix screw adapter 549806 4 5 6
7 1x FluidLab-M Single license, de/en 573029
System requirements The media on offer for TP 810

PC with Windows XP/7/8 Workbook for
Pentium III or equivalently mobile hydraulics TP 800
2 GB RAM Designing and simulating
CD-ROM disk drive with FluidSIM
USB 2.0 or serial interface WBT Hydraulics
1280 x 1024 pixels WBT Electrohydraulics
NI LabView 2012 Runtime Hydraulics poster set
(included in scope of delivery)
Measurements can be carried out

with any sensor with voltage output
and 4 mm safety plug. Sensors are
not included in scope of delivery.
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages
164
Equipment sets
Fundamentals of electrical engineering..........................................................168

Building automation systems.........................................................................176
Control technology.........................................................................................186
Electric drive technology................................................................................188
165
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > System description
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages

Modern and exciting training
Everything from a single source

Equipment for electrical engineering
laboratories
Regardless of the control and drive

technology used, electrical engineer-
ing always plays a role.
No matter what your training focuses

on, electrical engineering and elec-
tronics are part of the basic knowl-
edge for all areas of production, pro-
cess and automation technology.
Rapid transfer Maximum compatibility Useful modularity
With learning systems from Festo Whether in initial professional train- Electrical engineering and electron- The training packages for electrical
Didactic, learning laboratories be ing or more advanced courses: It is ics are fundamental components of engineering and electronics are ex-
they modular, customised or com- essential to be able to recall what automation. These training pack- pandable. For example, they begin
plete can be equipped for any has been learned and apply it images can therefore be used where with electrical protective measures
application and budget, whether for mediately. This is easier to do if the mechatronics or bus technology are and a domestic connection. Later,
industry or trades, for teaching b
asic worlds of learning and work are as involved. they add the starter kit for sub-distri-
principles, for building systems or similar as possible. That is why the 4 mm safety sockets and SysLink bution and the topic of building auto-
control or drive technology. training packages for electrical en- guarantee electrical c ompatibility mation. This modularity has a further
gineering only contain industrial A new standard coupling ensures benefit: each training device is small-
components, and the exercises in that motors and driven elements er, more portable and can be housed
the course documents come from a are universally compatible in a cabinet more easily.
typical, professional environment. H-rails and housing dimensions
allow components from other
manufacturers to be used
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > System description
Proven training concept Theoretical content can be illus-

trated and communicated more
Festo Didactics proven and continu- clearly with the help of the pho-
ously upgraded teachware concept tos and videos on the enclosed
also underpins the training packages multimedia CD-ROM to communi-
for electrical engineering. cate it more clearly.
It is based on project-based exercis- Teacher and student versions

es that increase in complexity from of documents are provided, with
one exercise to the next. The knowl- identical page numbering to
edge learned is revisited, reinforced make it easier to answer ques-
and consolidated in subsequent ex- tions. Exercise sheets can simply
ercises. be printed as required.
All projects include practical

problems. Drawings, images
and videos give a broad view of
industrial reality.
Safe connection technology Combination with self-study Mobile solution Winner

When it comes to dealing with elec- Education in schools, companies or Anyone who wants to design var- of the iF product design award 2011
tricity, safety and protective meas- university cannot be successful with- ied teaching and personal learning and the Focus design award in Silver
ures are a key focus. Of course, all of out a willingness to do self-study. concepts requires flexible and mod- 2011:
our electrical connections are fitted That is why the appropriate WBTs ular training systems. That is why
with safety sockets or plugs. are available for all topics. Our range most of the equipment sets from Equipment set TP 1011
The plug-in modules of the equip- of digital training programs pro- Festo Didactic are compatible with Basic principles of electrical
ment set for the basic principles of vides exciting learning scenarios and the practical and mobile Systainers. engineering/electronics
electrical engineering/electronics supplements the classroom-based This makes storage and transpor-
Power supply units and power parts of a course. The WBTs are par- tation easier and supports flexible
supplies ticularly well suited for teaching the working.
Back plates and EduTrainer basic principles and thus provide the
optimum supplement to practical
experiments.
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Fundamentals of electrical engineering

Fundamentals of electrical engineering/electronics
The basis of everything Training content

Electrical engineering and
electronics Direct current
Voltage, current, resistance,
The universal patch panel of this conductance, Ohms law, using
training package uses the proven 19 measuring devices, energy and
mm grid. The universal patch panel capacity, series and parallel con-
and basic power supply unit, which nections, voltage dividers, non-
provides a function generator among linear resistors, bridge circuit,
other things, form the basis on which voltage source
the digital and control technology Alternating current
component sets can be used. Electric field, induction, capacitor
and coil in DC and AC circuit, series On the safe side! Easy to connect!
With the component set, all basic and parallel circuits, active resist- The system is completely equipped Safety plugs at the bottom, safety
tests of DC, AC and semiconductor ance, reactance and impedance, with safety plugs and sockets based sockets at the top each component
technology can be performed and phase shift of current and voltage on state-of-the-art technology. has double the connections.
basic electronic circuits can be ex- Semiconductors
amined. The storage panel, with its Semiconductor diode, Zener diode, This applies to all electrical connec- As a result, measurements can be
clearly labelled slots, provides order LED, bipolar transistors, unipolar tions whether on the components taken at any time without having to
and structure. transistors, diac, triac, thyristor or devices. The equipment set is modify the circuit, and parallel con-
Basic electronics circuits therefore ideal for use in any labora- nections are easy to establish.
The equipment set variant TP 1011 M Transistors and basic circuits, tory, even if there are high voltages
additionally contains a measuring multi-level amplifiers, power present. Safety first!
module integrated in the power sup- amplification, differential and
ply unit and the necessary measur- direct current amplifier, impulse
ing leads, adapters, and the PSURe- and saw tooth generators, sine
mote software. wave generators, power supply
unit circuits
Complete equipment set TP 1011 571780 1 2

1 1x EduTrainer basic power supply unit without integr. measuring module 576624
2 1x Universal patch panel EduTrainer 567322
3 1x Component set for electrical engineering/electronics 567306
4 1x Safety jumper plugs, 28 pieces, grey-black 571809
Complete equipment set TP 1011 M 8029635

1 1x EduTrainer basic power supply unit with integrated measuring module 567321
2 1x Universal patch panel EduTrainer 567322 3 4
3 1x Component set for electrical engineering/electronics 567306
4x 2 mm Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm, red 576295
4x 2 mm Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm, blue 576296
8x 4 mm 2 mm safety measuring adapter 8023960
1x PSURemote Software, de/en Page 171 574179

IEC power cable Page 239
2x Digital multimeter Page 250
Possibilities of expansion:
Set of components for digital technology Page 173
Set of components for control technology Page 175
Operational amplifier 576621
Also order: Fundamentals of

Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
direct current technology direct current technology alternating current technology
Workbooks Campus licence ( Page 53): Workbook Workbook
de 567207
The exercises contain concrete, real-
en 567209 Y1
istic projects with problem descrip-

24 6
P
UL
es 567211
UL
mW V
16 4
P
Y2
12 3
tions, parameters and project tasks.

8 2
fr 567213
4 1
0
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 mA 12
IL
+ I P

IR IC IL 90
R1 U1
R UR
In addition to the basic principles Fundamentals of

QL QC
U U G U S
Iq IL R C L
U2
P UP
R2 RL
of electrical engineering, the work- alternating current technology

books also thoroughly explain the Campus licence ( Page 53):
Festo Didactic
567209 EN
Festo Didactic
567217 EN
function of the components, their de 567215

characteristic values and the basic en 567217 Equipment set TP 1011
Fundamentals of Basic electronics circuits
circuits typical for the components. es 567219 semiconductors
Winner of the
fr 567221 Workbook Workbook
international design
The workbooks contain: prices
Sample solutions Fundamentals of semiconductors
D1
Educational instructions
R1 RC UB = 12 V
R1 UAC1

IC
230 V
C1 UDC
IB 50 Hz
Rm K
C2
R2 UAC2
D2
C1
Y1 Y2
US UE = 0.1 V UA

G
230 V/18 V
(Sinus) R2 RE C3 R3
de 567281
f = 1 kHz
UDC
Worksheets for learners en 567283 0 (Y1) UE
es 567285 0 (Y2) UA
The worksheets support the learn- fr 567287

er in the information and planning Festo Didactic
567283 en
Festo Didactic
567291 en
phase as well as with execution, Basic electronics circuits

monitoring and documentation. Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 567289
en 567291
es 567293
fr 567295

Basic principles of electrical engineering
for metalworking occupations
Basic principles of The examples used by the training Training content

electrical engineering for package Basic principles of electrical
metalworking occupations engineering for metalworking occu- Direct current technology
pations to teach the basic principles Voltage, current, resistance, con-
Can you limit your training to DC and are taken from this field. The learn- ductance, Ohms law, using meas-
AC technology now and in the f uture? ing objectives include the electrical uring devices, energy and capac-
Then this equipment set, with the variables and their relationships with ity, series and parallel connections,
small Combiboard Fundamentals each other. With the project-based voltage dividers, non-linear resis-
EduTrainer and a reduced range of exercises, the content can be clearly tors, bridge circuit, voltage source
components, is an economical alter- taught through theory and practical Alternating current technology
native to TP 1011. tests. Measurements illustrate rela- Electric field, induction, capacitor
tionships, and promote understand- and coil in DC and AC circuit, se-
A basic knowledge of circuits is ing and in-depth learning. ries and parallel connection, active On the safe side!
becoming more important even in resistance, reactance and imped- The system is completely equipped
mechanical professions. It is impor- The component set contains all of ance, phase shift of current and with safety plugs and sockets based
tant for understanding many func- the components for carrying out voltage on state-of-the-art technology.
tions and processes in complex sys- basic tests for DC and AC technology.
tems. The clearly labelled slots of the stor- This applies for all electrical connec-
age panel provide order and structions - whether on the components
ture. or on the Combiboard. The equip-
ment set is therefore ideal for use in
any laboratory, even if there are high
voltages present. Safety first!

1 1x Combiboard Fundamentals EduTrainer 571810
2 1x Set of components for electrical engineering 8005374

2x Digital multimeter Page 250
3
PSURemote Software, de/en 574179
Set of components for digital technology 574193
Recommended training media, also order:

Fundamentals of direct current technology: Workbook Page 169
Fundamentals of alternating current technology: Workbook Page 169
The setting and measurement software for TP 1010, TP 1011 and TP 1011 M
Also order:
PSURemote Software Also with the built-in measuring

module on the power supply unit:
Software incl. USB cable for PC- Direct measured value indicator
supported setting and measurement for voltage and current inputs
with the basic power supply unit Recording of measured values
EduTrainer. over time
X-Y comparison of measured
Basic functions: values
Setting the variable DC output Automatic curve recording with
Setting the signal shape, frequen- configurable DC voltage output
cy, amplitude and offset of the
frequency generator USB cable with angled USB plug on
Saving and recalling parameter power supply side, length: 2 m
sets

Basic principles of digital technology
The perfect introduction to Special characteristics Components included Training content

digital technology The components of the training 1 inverter Elementary logic modules
package are constructed with real 2 AND Important symbols
The training package Basic principles logic gates. They permit realistic 2 OR Designing and optimising
of digital technology provides the examinations of their behaviour. 1 NAND logical circuits
optimum introduction to the world of The ICs contained in the compo- 1 NOR Logic algebra
digital signal processing. Those who nents have a base and can be ex- 1 XOR Conjunctive and disjunctive
learn and understand digital technol- changed in only a few steps. 1 hex switch and standard format
ogy can easily and quickly learn any All parts of the equipment set are analogue source 0 5 V Switching matrix diagrams
automation programming language. completely equipped with safety 1 LED bar graph Schmitt trigger
plug connections. 1 counter Hysteresis
The basic principles of digital tech- The Combiboard Digital and Con- 1 7-segment display Types of trigger circuits
nology include logical operations, trol Technology EduTrainer in- 1 RS flip-flop Using flip-flops
signal flow and data formats. The cluded with this training package 2 JK flip-flops Counting circuits
curriculum also includes structured provides the required supply volt- 2 shift registers Converting and transferring data
procedures for problem solving. ages for all tests and also contains 1 full adder Shift register
a square-wave generator with 7 1 signal input Data conversion
different output frequencies. Arithmetic circuits
This Combiboard EduTrainer
can also be used as a patch panel
for the components of the control
technology equipment set.


1 1x Combiboard Digital and control technology EduTrainer 8023962
2 1x Set of components for digital technology 574193

I/O level converter 5 V 24 V 576622
IC zero insertion force socket 576623
Set of components for control technology 8023963

Sample solutions
Workbook Educational instructions
Basic principles of Worksheets for learners
digital technology
Workbook
TP 1012
The worksheets support the learn-
er in the information and planning
phase as well as with execution,
With CD-ROM
S1
&
monitoring and documentation.

S2
&
B1
=1
B2
&
B3
1
All exercises require independent

S1
S2
performance, evaluation and docu-

B1
B2
mentation from the learner. I/O level converter 5 V 24 V IC zero insertion force socket
B3
Festo Didactic
I/O level converter for the implemen- High-quality IC socket for tool-free
Campus licence ( Page 53): tation of digital inputs and outputs adaptation of ICs, compatible with
8023433 en
de 8023432 for digital technology or microcon- digital technology.

The exercises in the workbook con- en 8023433 trollers on functional models. 16 pins in a 2.54 mm grid
tain concrete, realistic projects with es 8023434 Supply voltage DC/24 V via 4 mm Tool-free assembly using clamp-
problem descriptions, parameters fr 8023435 safety plug ing lever
and project tasks. 8 inputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug, Contacting with 2 mm safety plug
8 outputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug Order no. 576623
SysLink connection with 8 inputs
and 8 outputs 24 V
Acceptable current load per
DC/24 V output 300 mA, protect-
ed against short circuits and over-
loads
Sum of the output currents:
max. 2 A
Order no. 576622

Basic principles of control technology
Control technology explained The equipment set permits fast and Components included Training content
simply and comprehensibly flexible construction of different con- 1x 2 differential inputs with Structure of a control circuit
trollers and thus allows simple in- subtracter Spring response, dynamic
The training package Basic principles spections of behaviour based on the 1x P element behaviour
of control technology provides a fast interaction with controlled systems 1x I element Standardising physical variables
and easy-to-understand introduction of different types. 1x D element Bode diagram
to the topic of controllers and con- 1x summer with adjustable offset Modelling a controlled system
trolled systems. All parts of the equipment set are 1x limiter with level adaptation of Positive and negative feedback
completely equipped with safety the output signals Two and three-step action con-
The basic terminology of control plug connections. The Combiboard 1x comparator with hysteresis and troller
technology, the behaviour of various Digital and Control Technology Edu- switching output P, I and PID controllers
controllers and the structured anal- Trainer contained in the equipment 2x controlled system Stable and unstable behaviour
ysis of requirements for controlled set provides the required supply volt- Controller gain
systems are particularly important ages for all tests and also contains a Delay behaviour according
here. square-wave generator with 7 differ- to Ziegler and Nichols
ent output frequencies. This Combi-
Ways and means of analysing and board EduTrainer is also used in the
solving control problems are shown training package Digital technology.
and looked at in depth through ex-
periments during the projects.

1 1x Combiboard Digital and control technology EduTrainer 8023962
2 1x Set of components for control technology 8023963

Set of components for digital technology 574193

Sample solutions
Basic principles of closed-loop Worksheets for learners
control technology
Workbook
TP 1013
With CD-ROM
e
+
+
+

y
10
V
50
C All exercises require independent
U
8 40

6 30
4 20
2 10
0
0 50 100 150 200 250
t
s 300
mentation from the learner.
Festo Didactic

8023437 en
de 8023436
The exercises in the workbook con- en 8023437
tain concrete, realistic projects with es 8023438
problem descriptions, parameters fr 8023439
and project tasks.
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Building automation systems

Power supply systems and protective measures
Fundamentals of electrical Training content Sub-distribution: Advantages

protective measures Using protective measures and
Power supply: measuring devices Lockable error switches integrated
Protecting people plays an important Power supply systems Planning and execution of initial in the housing facilitate realistic
role when using electrical energy, (TN, TT, IT system) and repeat tests fault finding
as it is not visible and is recognisa- Protective measures in the Evaluation of the measurement No additional power supply
ble only by its effects. Possible risks different networks results required
must therefore be minimised through Creating test reports Complete teaching materials
suitable safety measures. Service connection: Identifying, describing and including WBT Electrical safety
Components of a service connec- measuring risks due to errors measures
Examples provide an introduction to tion system Systematic troubleshooting For a practical explanation of the
the problems associated with elec- Additional designations in the TN protective measures, measure-
trical safety measures. Current con- system (TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S) General: ments and tests are carried out
ditions are examined and the risks Selection of the protective measure Conducting customer dialogues using conventional test and meas-
resulting from the relevant situation and protective devices for system commissioning uring devices.
are demonstrated by means of meas- Protective measure measuring for repeat testing The optionally available Systainer
urements. The subsequent analysis devices for errors/malfunctions in the solution meets work, transport and
and interpretation of the measure- Planning and execution of initial electrical system storage requirements efficiently.
ment results show the relationships tests in accordance with DIN VDE following successful repair
and identify measures. 0100-610 and repeat tests in ac-
cordance with DIN VDE 0105 and
BGV A3
Creating test reports
Safety and availability advice
for customers

1 1x EduTrainer net board 571825
2 1x EduTrainer house installation 571826
3 1x EduTrainer subdistributor 571827

Safety jumper plugs Page 248
Installation tester for VDE 0100 Page 251
Possibilities of expansion: 3
Selective RCD EduTrainer Page 178 574173
RCD A/B EduTrainer Page 178 574174
IT network EduTrainer Page 179 574178

Electrical protective measures: WBT Page 17

Sample solutions
Power supply systems Worksheets for learners
and protective measures
Workbook
TP 1111 The worksheets support the learn-
With CD-ROM
L1
L2
L3

PEN
M
3
L1
L2
L3

N
PE

3
L1
L2
L3

N
RCD RCD
M
3
Festo Didactic

567309 en
de 567307
and project tasks.
Selective RCD EduTrainer RCD A/B EduTrainer
The Selective RCD EduTrainer Technical data The RCD A/B EduTrainer covers Technical data
llows for treatment of the topic of
a Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC the topic of residual current circuit Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC (50 Hz)
selectivity for residual current circuit Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC breakers in mains systems and pro- Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
breakers in mains systems and pro- Front panel: 133 x 297 mm tective measures. The two b asic Tap for downstream circuit break-
tective measures. The selective RCCB Console housing with rubber feet types of RCD, type A and type B, are ers/RCCBs
ideally supplements the RCD A/B for use in an A4 frame or on a table compared with each other and their Pushbutton and adjustment poten-
EduTrainer, so that it can be easily Connection via 4 mm safety plugs essential characteristics can be elab- tiometer for fault simulation
integrated and its essential charac- orated. The board is equipped with Voltage type for leakage current
teristics can be elaborated. a fault simulator at which various can be set to alternating voltage,
types of voltage can be selected for pulsed direct voltage or smoothed
The locations of all connections the simulation of leakage current indirect voltage
are standardised and are laid out cluding alternating voltage, pulsed Max. leakage current: approx.
as safety sockets. direct voltage and smoothed direct 40 mA, option for looping in an
voltage. An additional voltage tap for ammeter
downstream circuit breakers/RCCBs Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
enables optimal integration into the Console housing with rubber feet
equipment set for mains systems for use in an A4 frame or on a table
and protective measure. Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The locations of all connections

are standardised and are laid out
as safety sockets.

IT network EduTrainer
The IT network EduTrainer expands Technical data

the equipment set for mains systems Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
and protective measures to include Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
the topic of IT systems. The inte- Output current: max. 1 A
grated fault simulator allows simu- Front panel: 399 x 297 mm
lation of insulation faults which are Console housing with rubber feet
detected and displayed by the insu- for use in an A4 frame or on a table
lation monitor. If the adjustable val- Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
ue is fallen short of, this is indicated
by a lamp, as well as a buzzer which
can be acknowledged.
The locations of all connections

are standardised and are laid out
as safety sockets.
Order no. 574178

Electrical safety measures for metalworking occupations
Sensitising people to hazards: The training package uses numerous Training content Benefits
The electrical safety measures for examples to illustrate the particular
metalworking occupations issues of dangers due to electrical Mains supply: Lockable error switches integrated
energy and explains the necessary Power supply systems in the housing facilitate realistic
The aim of protective measures is to protective measures. (TN, TT, IT system) fault finding
protect persons and machines from Safety measures in the different No additional power supply
harm. The exercises require the current networks required
conditions to be examined and the Complete teaching materials
Special rules must be followed when dangers resulting from the particu- Service connection: including WBT Electrical safety
dealing with electrical energy, be- lar situation to be demonstrated by Components of a service connec- measures
cause electrical energy is recognis- means of concrete measurements. tion system For a practical explanation of the
able only by its effects. Additional designations in the TN safety measures, measurements
The subsequent analysis and inter- system (TN-C, TN-S, TN-C-S) and tests are carried out using
This training package provides an pretation of the measurement results Selection of the safety measure conventional test and measuring
introduction to the topic of electri- show the relationships and justify and protective devices devices.
cal protective measures. It explains the protective measures taken. Safety measure measuring devices The optionally available Systainer
where and why dangers arise even in Initial tests acc. DIN VDE 0100-610 solution meets work, transport and
a mechanics range of activities and and repeat tests acc. DIN VDE 0105 storage requirements efficiently
how they can be avoided. and BGV A3

1 1x EduTrainer net board 571825
2 1x EduTrainer house installation 571826

Safety jumper plugs Page 248
Installation tester Page 251

Electrical protective measures: WBT Page 17

Sample solutions
Protective measures for Worksheets for learners
metal occupations
Workbook
TP 1110
With CD-ROM
L1
L2
L3

N
PE
M
3
50 V AC
120 V DC
120 V DC
L1
L2
L3

RB RA
Festo Didactic

8023441 en
de 8023440
tain concrete, realistic projects with
problem descriptions, parameters
and project tasks.

KNX/EIB compact board
Intelligent solutions The optionally available Systainer

solution meets work, transport and
Modern buildings are characterised storage requirements efficiently, thus
by intelligent lighting and air-condi- reducing the amount of work required
tioning solutions. Building automa- before and after lessons.
tion systems and bus systems play a
key role here. Training content
KNX/EIB system fundamentals
The KNX/EIB compact board Edu- Using the system software ETS4
Trainer is used to explain use of Switching and dimming the light
this technology. Equipped with the Two-way circuits
latest generation of industrial com- Interval timers
ponents, it delivers state-of-the-art Staircase lighting timers
technology. Light scene control systems Functional Universal
Different floor plans The pushbutton sensor elements can The channels of the 4-fold universal
When selecting the devices used, Heating and climate control be used either as rockers or as inde- interface can be parameterised as
efforts were made to ensure that the Louvre and blind control systems pendent buttons, the actual value both binary input and outputs. This
widest possible range of levels of Logic operation of signals of the integrated temperature con- means, for example, that the LEDs
complexity can be realised. Begin- troller can be specifed and further can be used to indicate a wide va-
ners are therefore not overwhelmed processed using an external poten- riety of states or solid state relays
and can use the full range of func- tiometer. can be controlled for electrothermal
tions to meet increasing require- heating valve drives.
ments.
Complete equipment set TP 1131 571867 Technical data 2-fold multi-function pushbutton
Input voltage: sensor with 4 pushbuttons, room
Scope of delivery 1 AC/230 V AC (50 Hz), short circuit temperature controller including
KNX/EIB compact board and overload protection setpoint and actual value input and
Overlay masks Phase display display
14 laboratory safety cables Output for the connection of Integrated simulation panel with
additional KNX/EIB EduTrainer 14 colour LEDs, some dimmable
Recommended accessories, also order: modules KNX system connector for bus
KNX cable set 8023965 Output voltage: 1 AC/230 V AC connection
Integrated power supply unit Connection via 4 mm and 2 mm
Possibilities of expansion: 30 V DC 0.16 A safety connectors
KNX EduTrainer heating actuator 574175 USB interface Front plate: 399 x 297 mm
KNX EduTrainer line connector 574176 8-fold switching output Control console housing with
KNX EduTrainer louvre 574177 2-fold louvre actuator rubber feet for use in A4 frame
KNX EduTrainer universal experimental board 8023966 2-fold dimming actuator or on tabletop
KNX IP/WLAN function package 8023967 4-fold universal binary I/O
KNX logic/time function package 8023968 4-fold multi-function pushbutton
KNX room climate function package 8023969 sensor with 8 pushbuttons
KNX energy function package 8023970
Also order: Worksheets support the students Recommended training media,

Building automation with KNX
through the required stages of in- also order:
The workbook troduction, planning and execution Workbook
TP 1131
of exercises up to the evaluation of With CD-ROM

KNX manual on house and building
Building automation with KNX tar- results and documentation. E4
S9
E5
S10
E6
S11
systems technology
gets the topic of automation of a
S3 S4 S5
S6
S12
E7
E2
S7
S2
E1
E3
S8
S13
E8
de 576265
building based on KNX components. The workbook contains:
S1
4
4
4
3
3
en 576269
Focus is laid on the software tools, Sample solutions 3
S1
3
3
4
S2
3
E1
equipment and configuration as well Training notes KNX Basic course documentation
S3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 T1 E2, 3
3 3
3 3
S9, 10, 11, 12, 13 E4, 5, 6, 7, 8
as their interaction and extended Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics de 576266

options, all of which are addressed Worksheets for learners
Festo Didactic
en 576270
8023445 en
through realistic situations.

Campus licence ( Page 53): KNX Advanced course documentation
Particular emphasis is placed on de 8023444 de 576267
independent execution, evaluation en 8023445 en 576271
and documentation by the student. es 8023446
KNX Training documentation
de 576268
en 576272
KNX EduTrainer KNX EduTrainer

heating actuator line connector
The heating actuator controls the Technical data The line connector connects the main Technical data
heating water circuits in heating Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC and secondary line in a KNX systems. Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC
systems. The interior of the valve Output voltage: 1 x 230 V AC This also permits targeted filter- Output voltage: 1 x 230 V AC
is visible, and an integrated gauge Electric motor functional principle, ing of signals. The main line is also Power supply EIB: 30 V, DC 160 mA
shows the stroke of the plunger. The automatic limit stop connection, equipped with a power supply. The Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
valve is supplied entirely via the KNX controller stroke 6 mm, run-time plate also contains the KNX system Console housing with rubber feet
bus. Two binary inputs are available < 20 s/mm, control force > 120 N distributor for 230 V. for use in an A4 frame or on a table
as presence and/or window contacts Display of valve stroke via LEDs Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
and can be controlled via switches Gauge triggering: 0.01 mm The locations of all connections Connections for KNX bus via KNX
or external signals. The plate also Front panel: 266 x 297 mm are standardised and are routed to bus plug connectors
contains the KNX system distributor Console housing with rubber feet safety sockets or system plugs.
for 230 V. for use in an A4 frame or on a table
Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The locations of all connections Connections for KNX bus via KNX
are standardised and are routed to bus plug connectors
safety sockets or system plugs.

KNX EduTrainer KNX EduTrainer

louvre universal experimental board
The louvre is used to emulate situa- Technical data The universal experimental board Technical data
tions in building automation. For this Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC serves to integrate KNX bus devic- Input voltage: 230 V AC
purpose, the louvre can be raised or Output voltage: 1 x 230 V AC es of all kinds into the KNX learning Output voltage: 230 V AC
lowered and the slat position can be Louvre: Length 440 mm, stroke system. 2 plug socket outlets for 230 V AC
influenced. The connections for con- 160 mm 7 output connections
trolling UP and DOWN are rout- Power consumption: 100 W, It makes it possible to integrate rail Front panel: 399 x 297 mm
ed to 4 mm safety sockets. The plate current max. 0.45 A mounted devices and surface-mount- Console housing with rubber feet
also contains the KNX system distrib- Front panel: 399 x 297 mm ed and flush-mounted devices. Both for use in an A4 frame or on a table
utor for 230 V. Console housing with rubber feet an operating voltage supply and bus Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
for use in an A4 frame or on a table connections are available for elec- Connections for KNX bus via KNX
The locations of all connections Connection via 4 mm safety plugs trical connection of the equipment. bus plug connectors
are standardised and are routed to Through-feed for KNX bus via com- The outputs are routed to positions
safety sockets or system plugs. pact KNX bus plug connectors suitable for the system. Two sockets Theme-based KNX function
Connection option for the louvre make it possible to supply external packages:
control to the KNX compact board equipment with voltage. In addition,
via jumper plugs the panel contains the KNX system KNX IP/WLAN function package
distribution for 230 V. The locations KNX IP router
of all connections are standardised WLAN access point
and are routed to safety sockets or KNX logic/time function package
system plugs. Logic module
KNX room climate function package
Air quality sensor
KNX energy function package
Energy actuator
Each function package consists of

the KNX component and the neces-
sary accessories.
Order no. 8023966
Theme-based KNX function packages:

KNX IP/WLAN function package 8023967
KNX logic/time function package 8023968
KNX room climate function package 8023969
Order no. 574177 KNX energy function package 8023970
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Control technology

Basic principles of circuits with contacts
Basic principles of Selecting the correct switching ele- Training content Advantages
control technology ments and equipment is just as im- Pushbuttons and switches The three-phase AC supply guar-
portant as the correct use and ad- N/O and N/C contacts antees the electrical safety of the
Basic control circuits also have their justment of protective devices. Jog mode workplace
place in modern automation tech- Self-latching loop Extremely compact equipment
nology, as simple automation tasks The general operating principles are Pushbutton lock Flexible thanks to the use of indus-
are still set up with low-cost safety explained using examples and the Multiple control points trial components
circuits. basic knowledge of the control tech- Messages Easily expandable
nology with contacts is explained Design and function of a Jumper plugs for connecting the
Realistic projects are executed using comprehensively. contactor boards improve clarity
the equipment set and practical exer- Electronic time relays Maximum effectiveness in combi-
cises. The design, function and areas Overcurrent trigger and nation with MPS transfer line or
of application of the components are motor protection switch electric machines
explained along with their use. Equipment designations Stable angled screw-in sockets for
Connecting and testing a contacting
three-phase socket The optional Systainer solution
Main and control circuit combines work, transport and
Protective interlocking storage requirements perfectly,
Reversing contactor circuit thus reducing the amount of work
Star-delta starting up required before and after lessons
Reversing contactor circuit with
automatic star-delta starting up
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Control technology

1 1x EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812
2 1x EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813
3 1x EduTrainer contactor board 571814
4 1x Motor technology contactor set 571816
5 1x EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815
Recommended accessories, also order:

4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 106 pieces, red, blue and black 571806
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 52 pieces, grey and green-yellow 571807
Safety jumper plugs Page 248 3 4
Electric machines Page 190
Amprobe DR 705 phase sequence indicator 571835
MPS Transfer system Pages 274 285

Sample solutions
Fundamentals of Worksheets for learners
circuits with contacts
Workbook
TP 1211 The worksheets support the learn-
With CD-ROM

24 V F1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2
21
F2
22

21
S2
22
13 21 43 43
S1 Q1 Q2
14 13 22 13 44 44
Q1 Q2
21 14 13 14 15 25
S3 K1 K1
22 14 16 28

21 21 21 21
Q2 Q1 Q3 Q4
22 22 22 22
A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
Q1 Q2 Q4 Q3 K1
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
0V

Festo Didactic

567315 EN
de 570901
and project tasks.
Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages > Equipment sets > Electric drive technology

Servo brake and drive system
Electric drive technology The unique didactic concept makes The convenient DriveLab software Training content
a clear distinction between the unit provides a wide range of options. Electric drive technology
Modern drives are characterised by under test and the load. The practical components
the bringing together of electrical quick-change system makes it easy With the electric teaching machines, DC drives
and mechanical components to cre- to set up and change the machines virtually all electric circuits and AC drives
ate complete systems. to be examined. The unit under test drives that exist in industry, in trade Three-phase drives
circuits are created using reliable and in the home can be explained Special purpose machines
With rotating electric machines in and flexible A4 EduTrainer modules. practically and effectively. Actuation with contact
particular, the basic principles of the Frequency converters
individual components along with Simple tests such as the record- The range of drives includes sys- Communication technoloy
the system approach and practicality ing of a characteristic curve can be tems of varying degrees of complex-
play a crucial role. performed manually with the brake ity, including single-phase and three- Technical data
system, with no need for a PC and phase drives, DC drives and modern Input voltage:
Enclosed in a compact housing, this software. Measured values, char- servo drives. 1 AC/110 230 V, 50 60 Hz
equipment set incorporates a com- acteristics and function mode are Control console housing with
plete, flexible and convenient load shown on the integrated display. rubber feet for use in the desk
and drive system, which is used to Connection via 4 mm safety
analyse the systems to be examined connector
in different load situations. Integrated EMC filter
Integrated braking resistor
Scope of delivery
Servo brake and drive system
Transparent shaft cover
Coupling sleeve
DriveLab software
USB connecting cable
Complete equipment set TP 1410 571870
EduTrainer three-phase current supply 571812
EduTrainer 24 V power supply unit 571813
EduTrainer contactor board 571814
Motor technology contactor set 571816
EduTrainer operator and signalling unit 571815
Electric machines Page 190
Motor protection switch Page 191
EduTrainer AC measurement board 576616
Micromaster 420 EduTrainer 8036812
Sinamics G120 EduTrainer Page 194
EduTrainer regulating transformer 8037127
EduTrainer field rheostat 8036772
EduTrainer load resistance 8037136
EduTrainer motor switches 576309 The convenient and intuitive Drive- Different load models
EduTrainer plug sockets 8023972 Lab software supports the automatic Inert load
recording of machine characteris- Pump/fan
Recommended training media, also order: tic curves, the parameterisation of a Hoist drive
Electric drives 1: WBT Page 22 static load and the simulation of load Calendar
Electric drives 2: WBT Page 22 models for the examination of drives Winder drive
under realistic conditions. The com- Lathe
parison and optimisation of different Traversing drive
drive concepts can be carried out in
the form of project exercises. Sample
configurations provide a quick and
easy-to-understand introduction.
Also order: Fundamentals of DC machines

Fundamentals of Fundamentals of Fundamentals of
Campus licence ( Page 53): DC machines AC machines three-phase current machines
Workbooks de 571781 Workbook Workbook Workbook
en 571783
The exercises in the workbooks con-
es 571785 L1
PE
L1
PE
L1
L2
L3
1
5
-F1
2
tain concrete, realistic projects with

N
-T1 -T2
L+ L+ PE
L- L- CB CA 1 3 5
-Q1
U1
-P1 I> I> I>

A1 A2 E2 E1 U2
V
2 4 6
n
problem descriptions, parameters Fundamentals of AC machines

Z2 Z1 -A1.2
M
1 Input
Motor L1 L2 L3/N PE
DC+ DC-
-M1 Output
1500
n
n = f [M]
P2
M
I
1/min
-A1.1 -M1 3.0

1300
3600 Nm
1/min
M
P2
n 2.8
M
I
and project tasks.

1200 3
3400

n
n = f [IE] 220 2.2 1100 2.6
3200 W A 1000 2.4 2.4 M = f [n]

A
3000 180 1.8 900
P2 = f [M] 2.2
160 1.6 800 2.1
2800 I = f [M] 2.0
140 1.4 700
2600 1.8 360 1.8
120 1.2 600
W
de 571789
P2 = f [n]
2400 100 1.0 500
1.6
1.5 300
2200 80 0.8 400 1.4
60 0.6 300
2000
1.2 240 1.2
I = f [n]
40 0.4 200
1.0
1800
20 0.2 100 0.9 180
0.8
The workbooks contain:

30 60 90 120 150 180 210 240 270 300 mA 330
en 571791
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0 Nm 1.2
0.6 120 0.6
IE M
0.4
0.3 60
0.2
200 400 600 800 1000 1200 min-1 1600

n
Sample solutions es 571793

Festo Didactic
571783 en
Festo Didactic
571791 en
Festo Didactic
571799 en
Educational instructions
Multimedia CD-ROM with graphics Fundamentals of three-phase
Worksheets for learners current machines
The worksheets support the learn- de 571797
er in the information and planning en 571799
phase as well as with execution, es 571801
monitoring and documentation. fr 571803
All the exercises require the learner

to complete, evaluate and document
them independently.
Electric machines
1 5 Sturdy special design for training 5 Three-phase current

purposes asynchronous motor 230/400 V
Neutral rating plate Power rating: 0.25 kW
Overtemperature protection Speed: 1,350 rpm
(NC contact) in the winding cos : 0.79
Fully assembled and aligned on Star circuit: 400 V/0.76 A
support plate Delta circuit: 230 V/1.32 A
One shaft end, equipped with
coupling piece suitable for the 6 Three-phase current
servo brake and drive system asynchronous motor 400/690 V
Support plate with clamping slot Power rating: 0.25 k
2 6
and quick action mounting system Speed: 1,350 rpm
for profile plate cos : 0.78
All connections on safety sockets Star circuit: 690 V/0.45 A
Painted in RAL 7035 Delta circuit: 400 V/0.77 A
7 Synchronous machine
1 DC shunt machine Power rating: 0.3 kW
Power rating: 0.3 kW Speed: 1,500 rpm
Speed: 2,000 rpm cos : 0,97
Armature: 220 V/1.8 A Exciter: 150 V/0.95 A
Field: 220 V/0.3 A Star circuit: 400 V/0.66 A
3 7
Delta circuit: 230 V/1.14 A
2 DC series machine
Power rating: 0.3 kW DC compound machine
Speed: 2,000 rpm Output: 0.3 kW
220 V/1.9 A Speed: 2000 r.p.m
Armature: 220 V/1.8 A
3 Universal motor Field: 205 V/0.25 A
Power rating: 0.2 kW
Speed: 3,000 rpm Three-phase AC multifunction
AC 230 V/3.0 A machine (AC slip ring rotor, can
DC 140 V/2.5 A be synchronised)
4 11
Output: 0.27 kW
4 Capacitor motor Speed: 1360/1500 r.p.m. 50 Hz
Power rating: 0.25 kW cos : 0.7/1.0
Speed: 1,400 rpm Star connection: 400 V/0.83 A
cos : 0.99 Delta connection: 230 V/1.44 A
AC 230 V/1.86 A U2: AC 107 V/1.7 A; DC 20 V/4.0 A
Running/starting capacitor:
25 F/10 F Dahlander
Output: 0.3/0.43 kW
Speed: 1390/2800 r.p.m 50 Hz
cos : 0.73/0.8
Double star circuit: 400 V/1.2 A
Delta connection: 440 V/0.89 A
11 Slip ring rotor

Output: 0.27 kW
1 DC shunt machine 571868 Speed: 1360 r.p.m 50 Hz
2 DC series machine 571869 cos : 0.72
3 Universal motor 571871 Star connection: 400 V/1.16 A
4 Capacitor motor 571872 Delta connection: 230 V/2 A
5 Three-phase current asynchronous motor 230/400 V EMC 8041448 U2: 95V
5 Three-phase current asynchronous motor 230/400 V 571874
6 Three-phase current asynchronous motor 400/690 V EMC 8041449
6 Three-phase current asynchronous motor 400/690 V 571875 Further machines are available
7 Synchronous machine 572095 on request.
DC compound machine 8023977
Three-phase AC multifunction machine 8023978
Dahlander 8023979
11 Slip ring rotor 8023980

Motor protection switch EduTrainer AC

measurement board
High-quality, industrial switching de- Technical data The measurement board is designed Technical data
vice from Siemens with 4 mm safety Mounting on 35 mm H-rail for measuring the electrical variables Supply voltage: 1 AC/95 240 V
elbow adapters for professional pro- Auxiliary contacts of voltage, current, apparent, real Measured voltage:
tection of rotating electric machines. 1 N/O contact + 1 N/C contact and reactive power, power factor and 1 AC/40 400 V, 3 AC/40 690 V
frequency of one- and three-phase Measured current max. 5 A
Available with the following values: loads. Other functions include min- Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
0.35 0.5 A max values, real and reactive energy, Console housing with rubber feet
0.55 0.8 A dual tariff recording, average power for use in an A4 frame or on a table
1.1 1.6 A demand MIN/MAX, hours-run meter Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
1.8 2.5 A and energy meter. Floating switching output and
2.2 3.2 A meter input
The locations of all connections are Cover cap for Ethernet connection
standardised and are routed to safe-
ty sockets or system plugs.
Ethernet port for integration in high-

er-level systems.
0.35 0.5 A 576284

0.55 0.8 A 573266
1.1 1.6 A 573267
1.8 2.5 A 573268
2.2 3.2 A 573269 Order no. 576616
EMC-resistant drive systems

Information and backgrounds
What is EMC?
dBV Modern systems and plants are be-
100 coming increasingly technically-de-
manding, and in particular their elec-
95
trical components are increasingly
90 complex. In particular the growing
amount of power electronics and mi-
85
croelectronics makes ever stricter
M1 M1
80 demands of the components to guar-
antee trouble free and reliable op-
75
Lim A eration.
70
65
EMC stands for electromagnet-
ic compatibility and refers to the
60 ability of an equipment of system to
55 Lim B function satisfactorily in its electro-
magnetic environment without intro-
50 ducing intolerable electromagnetic
45
M2
Lim A
disturbances to other equipment in
that environment.
40 Lim B
M2
35
Resistance to interference and
interference emission
30
In general, a device is examined for
25 both of these phenomena. When
testing the resistance to interfer-
20 f [Hz]
ence, the device is operated and
100k 150k 1M 10M 30M 100M 1G
subjected to various defined distur-
MB 1 MB 2
bance variables. These tests include
typical electrical phenomena, such
as static discharge or surge voltage
Key to illustration: The graph shows the two areas of Areas of application (lightning strikes) and test for im-
MB1 (measuring range 1): application. The red line shows the The EMC standards define two ar- munity against external interference
150 kHz 30 MHz, measurement limit value for Class A devices, the eas of application: use in industrial sources.
of the conducted emission green line the limit value for Class B environments and in residential/
MB2 (measuring range 2): devices. small company applications. The in- By contrast, the emitted interference
30 MHz 1 GHz, measurement of dustrial environment is characterised is tested by operating the device in a
the radiated emission The black curve shows the interfer- by separation of the internal low- condition in which the maximum in-
Lim A: Limit curve per DIN EN ence emission for a frequency con- voltage grid from the public medium terference emission is to be expect-
55011, Class A (industrial devices) verter without a housing. The blue or high-voltage grid via a dedicated ed. The emissions must not exceed a
Lim B: Limit curve per DIN EN curve shows how the interference transformer. The limits for emitted in- limit specified in the standards.
55011, Class B (domestic and emission can be significantly re- terference of these industrial devices
small commercial devices) duced with additional measures like (Class A devices) are higher than the
M1: Interference emission without filtering, screening, enclosed metal limits for residential devices (Class
EMC measures housings and appropriate compo- B devices) where many independent
M2: Interference emission with nent arrangements. users are connected to the same low-
EMC measures voltage grid.
CE marking
EU directives define minimum stand-
ards for various product groups
which products are required to com-
ply with. The characteristics are en-
tirely different depending on the
product group.
Manufacturers use the CE marking

to confirm that the device complies
with all relevant EU directives. This is
confirmed by applying correspond-
ing standards. Devices which do not
fulfil the required directives may
not bear the CE marking. The mar-
ket supervisory authority can pro-
hibit sales.
The following EU directives are rel-

evant for CE marking of frequency
converters:
Low Voltage Directive
(2006/95/EC)
EMC (2014/30/EU)
RoHS (2011/65/EU)
The low voltage directive requires

that products do not cause electric
hazards.
The EMC directive requires that elec-

tric devices must only influence one On the safe side with Festo Your advantages The interior structure and the con-
another to a limited extent. In close cooperation with test labora- Depending on the type of drive sistent shielding concept clearly
tories, Festo Didactic has developed tasks, whether simple or complex, a shows how EMC must be implement-
The RoHS directive requires a limit to the optimal solution for operating range of frequency converters with ed practically. As a result the solution
hazardous substances such as lead, frequency converters in training: The suitable motors are available in vari- adds didactic value, as important
mercury, cadmium or chrome. EMC-compliant frequency converters ous designs. The accessories for pa- training content on EMC-compliant
are designe to manufacturers speci- rameterisation and configuration are design is taught.
fications, compact and safe to use. also available, as is a test system for
measurements and loading the drive The devices can be used both in the
The new design of the frequency systems. A4 mounting frame and as table-top
converter fulfils all directives, as is devices. Furniture and storage sys-
confirmed by the CE marking. That All relevant device interfaces are tems for optimal classroom use are
means that the device can be oper- clearly arranged on a front panel. also available.
ated safely in all laboratory environ- The control section of the frequency
ments without further measures. converter can be used there and re-
placed if necessary.
The motor is connected via a special

EMC-compatible cable. The industry
plug connector on the cabinet and
the shielded clamp on the motor en-
sure EMC-compatible design of the
drive system. The 4 mm safety plug
on the motor side also focuses on
the didactic aspect.
Sinamics G120 EduTrainer MicroMaster 420 EduTrainer
The next generation of the S inamics Special characteristics The Micromaster 420 frequency Special characteristics
G120 frequency converter Opti- Simple parametrisation via START- converter Proven technology re- Versatile, programmable inputs/
mised even further for training. Now ER and the BOP-2 or IOP control designed. Now in a completely new outputs
in a completely new housing and panels housing and EMC-compliant for use FCC control (flow current control)
EMC-compliant for use in laborato- Versatile, programmable inputs/ in laboratories without heeding infor high drive quality, even with
ries without heeding installation in- outputs voltage/frequency charac- stallation instructions just like that! load changes
structions just like that! teristic curves for constant, square Multipoint characteristic curve
torque Due to its solid range of functions, (parametrisable U/f characteris-
The G120 is well-suited as a begin- Encoder-free vector regulation it is especially suitable for medium tic curve)
ner device, however its comprehen- brake functions (resistance, DC, level requirements in converter tech- Can be commissioned via control
sive functions offer plenty of poten- motor holding, compound brake) nology. The PROFIBUS interface also panel or software tool
tial for advanced users who want to Integrated protection/overload allows it to integrate seamlessly in Parametrisable acceleration/return
implement complex drive tasks. Vari- functions higher-order control systems. times (0 650 s)
ous bus systems, advanced safety 4 suppression frequencies to
functions and an optional encoder in- Technical data Complete and ready for operation protect the machine in case of
put permit perfect adjustment to the 6 digital inputs, depending on the all relevant ports are accessible on resonance
requirements and integration in con- variant, 2 of which can be parame- the front of the device and installed Integrated protection/overload
trol systems. All relevant ports are terised as failsafe inputs in 4 mm safety sockets. The motor is functions
accessible on the front of the device 3 digital outputs connected via the fully pre-assem-
and installed in 4 mm safety sockets 1 analogue input bled cable sold separately which per- Technical data
or system connectors. 2 analogue outputs mits EMC-compliant operation. PROFIBUS interface
USB parametrisation interface BOP (basic operator panel)
The motor is connected via the fully (mini USB on the converter) The devices can be used flexibly 3 digital inputs
pre-assembled cable sold separately Connections for temperature suspended in an A4 frame or on a 1 relay output
which permits EMC-compliant opera- sensor and for external braking table, and are equipped with an EMC 1 analogue input
tion. The devices can be used flexibly resistor filter with low leakage current. The 1 analogue output
- suspended in an A4 frame or on a Dimensions (H x W x D) 297 x 266 basic operator panel (BOP) is includ- Dimensions (H x W x D):
table, and are equipped with an EMC x 340 360 mm, depending on the ed in the scope of delivery. 297 x 266 x 340 mm
filter with low leakage current. The variant Power supply: 1 AC/230 V
corresponding control panels (BOP- Power supply: 3x 400 V AC Output: 3 AC/230 V, 0.25 kW
2, IOP) are available as accessories. Output: 3x 400 V AC, 0.55 kW
Sinamics G120 DP 8037819

Sinamics G120 PN 8037820
Sinamics G120 DP-F 8037821
Sinamics G120 PN-F 8037822
Sinamics G120 DP with an encoder port 8037823
Sinamics G120 PN with an encoder port 8037824 Order no. 8036812
Possibilities of expansion and accessories

for frequency converters
1 2
Intelligent Operator Panel (IOP) Basic Operator Panel (BOP-2) 1 EMC motor cable 2 Set of feet and device handle
Powerful operator panel with large Operator panel with 2-line display Pre-assembled cable, prepared to Using the frequency converter on the
plain text display and menu naviga- and basic startup menu navigation. connect the asynchronous machine table-top is even more convenient
tion. The application wizard guides Two percentages can be numerically and frequency converter with one with the optional conversion set. The
you through the startup procedure displayed at the same time for fre- another with EMC compliance. The set comprises 2 fixed and 2 fold-out
for important applications. The gen- quency converter diagnostics. shielded cable has a system plug device feet, a folding device handle
eral startup procedure is performed Order no. 8022475 for connecting to the converter; on and the required mounting material.
with quick-startup wizards. Up to the motor side, it is equipped with Suitable for all EMC-compliant fre-
two percentages can be displayed a shielded terminal and individual 4 quency converters.
graphically or numerically. Contains mm safety plugs. Length 2 m. Order no. 8036788
de, en, fr, it and es language pack- Order no. 8038849
ages. Updatable and extendable via
USB interface. 3 Startdrive software inclusive
Order no. 8022476 USB cable
Kit for parametrisation, startup, op-
timisation, diagnostics and control,
consisting of software and USB ca-
ble (2 m).
Order no. 8022477
EduTrainer regulating EduTrainer field rheostat

transformer
Single-phase regulating transformer Technical data The field rheostat allows the field Technical data
for providing a variable alternating Input voltage: 1 x 230 V AC voltage of motors and generators to Maximum input voltage: 230 V DC
current. Output voltage: 1 AC/0 230 V, be reduced if a set direct voltage is Maximum load capacity: 100 W
short-circuit and overload pro- used. By connecting a variable re- Setting range 0 1.5 k
Alternatively, the device can be used tected sistor upstream, an exciter field can Maximum current:
via the integrated rectifier as an un- Max. output current: 4 A be set. 0 450 , 0.5 A
smoothed direct current source with Rectifier load capacity: 4 A 450 1.5k , 0.25 A
a variable and a fixed output, e.g. for Front panel 266 x 297 mm The resistor is infinitely adjustable. Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
supplying electrical machinery. For use in an A4 frame For use in an A4 frame
Connection via 4 mm safety plugs All connection locations are stand- Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The integrated device circuit breaker Through-feed for 3 x 400 V AC ardised and are laid out as safety Through-feed for 3 x 400 V AC
deactivates the variable output volt- sockets.
age in the event of an overload or
short circuit.
The locations of all connections are

standardised and are routed to safe-
ty sockets or system plugs.
EduTrainer load resistance EduTrainer plug sockets
The load resistance is used to load Technical data The socket board provides three Technical data
electrical machinery for use as Maximum input voltage: sockets with earthing contact and Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
generators or as starting resistors 230 V DC, 3x 400 V AC one CEE socket (16 A) for connection Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC
for slip ring rotors. Load capacity: 500 W of single-phase or three-phase loads. Load rating: maximum 16 A
Setting range: 1.8 1 k Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
It consists of a rheostat with an up- Maximum current: The locations of all connections are Console housing with rubber feet
stream protecting resistor. An addi- 1.8 30 , 3.1 A standardised and are routed to safe- for use in an A4 frame or on a table
tional fixed resistor can extend the 30 56 , 1.8 A ty sockets or system plugs. Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
load range. 56 140 , 0.95 A
140 1 k, 0.6 A
The rheostat is infinitely adjustable; Protecting resistance: 1.8
the multi-level winding allows differ- Extension resistance: 1 k/180 W
ent maximum peak currents to be set Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
as loads. For use in an A4 frame
Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
The 3-phase rectifier allows the load Through-feed for 3 x 400 V AC
resistance to be used as a load for
alternating and 3-phase current
sources.
All connection locations are stand-

ardised and are laid out as safety
sockets.

Servo motor drive technology
Drives with servo motors Reliable and flexible Advantages Training content
The rotary disk guarantees simple The latest generation of modern Components of a drive system
Modern servo drives have become and reliable handling of the system drive components from Festo Design
indispensable for a wide variety of throughout all stages of the intro- Integrated SysLink interfaces Commissioning
automation tasks thanks to their ductory course. The integrated limit Integrated test box for all impor- RPM regulation
combination of high precision, dy- switches support the simulation of tant I/Os Regulating torque
namic response and torque. Basic an axis on a range of rotation of ap- Standardised concept from basic Homing
knowledge of the areas of applica- prox. 340. Metering can be imple- principles to application Positions
tion and the components of modern mented for extended training con- The component set contains all Ramps
servo drives is therefore essential. tent. of the components for carrying out
basic experiments and provides
The use of the latest generation of clear assignment thanks to its
Festo controllers and motors guaran- printed storage panel.
tees that this equipment set is up-to-
date, while the supplied PC software
facilitates project engineering.

1 1x EduTrainer servo motor controller On request
2 1x Servo motor drive unit On request
3 1x Null modem cable On request
EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit 571873
MPS Handling station, electrical 567203

RS232 USB adapter 540699
Electric drives 1: WBT Page 22 2
Electric drives 2: WBT Page 22

Fundamentals of
Solutions servo motor drive technology
Workbook Didactic notes Workbook

TP 1421

The basic principles of servo motor Worksheets for the student
With CD-ROM
drive technology are explained using

real project engineering. Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 571851
Worksheets support the students en 571853
through the required stages of intro- es 571855
duction, planning and execution of fr 571857
Festo Didactic
571853 EN
exercises, evaluation of results and

documentation.
Articular emphasis is placed on inde-

pendent execution by the student.

Stepper motor drive technology
Drives with stepper motors Convenient and open Advantages Training content
The integrated simulation box al- The latest generation of modern Components of a drive system
One of the main reasons why drive lows the connection of the required drive components from Festo Design
tasks are implemented with stepper inputs and displays the states of all Integrated SysLink interfaces Commissioning
motor drives in modern systems is important outputs. This allows con- Integrated test box for all impor- RPM regulation
the cost benefit. However, the weak- venient operation without any addi- tant I/Os Homing
nesses associated with their design tional hardware. The analogue and Standardised concept from basic Positions
mean that basic knowledge of the digital SysLink interfaces make it principles to application Ramps
components and areas of application easy to integrate the drives in com- The component set contains all
is essential. plete systems for explaining addi- of the components for carrying out
tional content. basic experiments and provides
The current components in the clear assignment thanks to its
equipment set and the supplied PC printed storage panel.
software provide a useful introduc-
tion to this topic.


1 1x EduTrainer stepper motor controller On request
2 1x Stepper motor drive unit On request
3 1x Null modem cable On request
EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit 571873
MPS Handling station, electrical 567203

RS232 USB adapter 540699
Electric drives 1: WBT Page 22 2
Electric drives 2: WBT Page 22

Fundamentals of
Solutions stepper motor drive technology
Workbook Didactic notes Workbook

TP 1422

The basic principles of stepper motor Worksheets for the student
With CD-ROM
drive technology are explained using

real project engineering. Campus licence ( Page 53):
de 571859
Worksheets support the students en 571861
through the required stages of intro- es 571863
duction, planning and execution of Festo Didactic
571861 EN
exercises, evaluation of results and

documentation.
Articular emphasis is placed on inde-

pendent execution by the student.
EGC linear axis 600 mm EduTrainer supply unit

including mounting kit
Linear axis for work on additional Technical data The supply unit ensures safe opera- Technical data
teaching content together with the 600 mm working stroke tion of single-phase servo controllers Supply voltage: 1 AC/230 V (50 Hz)
basic training packages for servo or Maximum speed 3 m/s or frequency converters at worksta- Output voltage: 1 AC 230 V with
stepper motor drive technology. Maximum acceleration 50 m/s tions where there is no correspond- type B RCD protection 30 mA, out-
Feed force maximum 50 N ing infrastructure. It is connected to put current max. 6 A
Advantages: Dimensions: 600 x 60 x 50 mm the mains supply via a non-heating DC 24 V, 2 A
The latest generation of modern (H x W x D) device cable and makes it possible Outputs are protected against
drive components from Festo to provide an electrically safe work- short circuits and overload
Built-in quick coupling for station even in places where there is Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
connection to basic training drive no separate fuse protection or type B Console housing with rubber feet
packages RCD protection available. for use in an A4 frame or on a table
Complete with Quick-Fix holder for Power supply via non-heating
slotted assembly board The unit offers the following func- device connection
Limit switches included in scope tions: Outputs for 4 mm safety plugs
of delivery Short circuit protection
RCD protection, type B
Emergency stop for the workstation
Safety when restarting after volt-
age recovery
Switching the workstation power
supply on and off
It also provides the 24 V DC voltage

necessary for operation.
The locations of all connections are

standardised and are laid out as
safety sockets.
EduTrainer motor switches EduTrainer Dahlander switch
The motor switches are designed Technical data The motor switches are designed for Technical data
for direct switch activation of elec- Input voltage: 3 x 400 V AC direct switch activation of electric Input voltage: 3x 400 V AC
tric machines. Equipped with on/off Output voltage: 3 x 400 V AC machines. Fitted with a Dahlander Output voltage: 3x 400 V AC
switch, polarity reversal switch and Load rating: maximum 16 A switch and switches for asynchro- Load rating: maximum 16 A
star/delta switch. Front panel: 266 x 297 mm nous motors with separate windings. Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
Console housing with rubber feet Console housing with rubber feet
The locations of all connections are for use in an A4 frame or on a table The locations of all connections are for use in an A4 frame or on a table
standardised and are routed to safe- Connection via 4 mm safety plugs standardised and are routed to safe- Connection via 4 mm safety plugs
ty sockets or system plugs. ty sockets or system plugs.
Automation technology/PLC training packages
204
Controllers
EduTrainer Universal....................................................................................208
EduTrainer Compact.....................................................................................214
19 simulation modules.................................................................................219
Siemens Trainer Packages..............................................................................221
CODESYS......................................................................................................222
Mini control systems......................................................................................223
Control panels................................................................................................224
Equipment sets
Sensors..........................................................................................................228
PLC in pneumatics..........................................................................................230
Fieldbus.........................................................................................................231
Interfaces to the process...............................................................................235
205
Automation technology/PLC training packages > System description
Automation technology/PLC training packages

From buttons to automation solutions
Control system, Process, Didactics
Forward-looking training is ultimate-

ly all about reliable and efficient au-
tomation of production processes.
Automation systems must
correspond to those in future
workplaces
Processes must be as close as
possible to those used in actual
production
The training content and methods
must lead to expertise, which EduTrainer Universal EduTrainer Compact SCE Trainer Packages
future specialist staff can use to The universal holder system with The sturdy PLC for fluid engineer- As a certified Siemens Solution Part-
secure their and their companies control systems, power supply unit ing laboratories ner Automation and Siemens SCE
future. and simulations Suitable for the ER mounting frame Partner we recommend the First
Alternative connections for 4 mm With 4 mm connection technology Choice Siemens automation tech-
and SysLink and/or SysLink nology.
In two lengths, as a table-top rack
or A4 plate for A4 mounting frames The EduTrainer Compact is the ide- The SCE Trainer Packages offer
Variable equipment including mar- al control system for fluid engineer- crucial advantages for classroom
ket leading control systems and ing laboratories and has proven itself equipment.
19 simulation plates worldwide.
The online configurator provides

support in selecting and combining
the appropriate components.
Automation technology/PLC training packages > System description
From manual to machine
Clarity on the one hand, maximum

industrial relevance and practical
transfer on the other. The equipment
and solutions for automation/PLC
technology meet all requirements:
from simple to complex models
from manual control to relay
from digital mini control system
to PLC
The balance is achieved because the

learning system for automation tech-
nology is vertically and horizontally
integrated.
The process is the key Virtual: CIROS, FluidSIM or

EasyVeep offer hundreds of
An ongoing production process can- different processes for actua-
not be taken out of operation for tion via EasyPort or OPC.
training purposes. Therefore, the key Actual: The best process
is to offer the right artificial train- environment is provided by
ing processes that are economical, the modular production sys-
flexible and practical. tem MPS.
Automation with CODESYS Mini control system Equipment sets for your course Terminal, 4 mm and SysLink
We recommend Codesys as an IEC Operation and monitoring Having the correct and practically Requirements for connection tech-
61131-3 compatible programming Electrical engineering laboratories relevant automation equipment is nology can differ greatly. The Edu-
system for the Festo CPX or CECC are equipped with mounting frames important. However, it is the right Trainer for PLC training meets all
range of controllers. and training devices in A4 format as concepts, processes and exercises of them:
Flexible and open for all kinds of standard. Training devices, e.g. with that really give your equipment the 4 mm safety sockets are correct if
control tasks mini control system or touch panel critical added value. This is what our the circuit diagram is to lead into
Very simple to commission and supplement your electrical labora- equipment sets and their course the controller configuration
program tory: documents provide: SubD or Centronics for complex
Ethernet communication for simple Siemens LOGO! The TP 1311 clarifies the use of circuits or if the correct wiring is
programming with module library Eaton easyRelay sensors in automation no longer the key focus
Siemens TP700 und KTP700 the The TP 301 makes the leap from
Note: With an OPC interface, touch panel for training and profes- electropneumatics into PLC tech-
Codesys is suitable for controlling sional applications nology
the processes in CIROS and thus The TP 401 and 402 provide a
for purely PC-based training in practical introduction to the world
programming. of fieldbuses
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > EduTrainer Universal
EduTrainer Universal
For maximum flexibility
The EduTrainer Universal
Do you rely on a PLC from a global

market leader? Does your training
tend to focus on mastering process-
es and technologies rather than safe
handling of wires and screwdrivers?
If so, the EduTrainer Universal is

the right solution for you!
Whatever is particularly important

to you: You can get exactly the Edu-
Trainer Universal that you need so
you can focus on what is important
to you:
Fully set up and configured or
your own design
With PLCs from Siemens, Festo
and other leading manufacturers
With or without power supply unit
With or without 4 mm safety
sockets
And always with the standard
SysLink interface
Universal shape and size Universal equipment Online configurator for EduTrainer Trouble-free on the Internet:
The EduTrainer Universal deserves There are many more than just 5 or Universal and Compact Select a mounting system
its name: 6 leading manufacturers of program- (Universal A4, rack or Compact
It fits in the A4 and ER mounting mable logic controllers worldwide. Configuration made easy! in various widths)
frames. That is why we have prepared the Select controller manufacturer,
However, it can also stand on a EduTrainer Universal for different The EduTrainer online configurator controller range and controller
table or lie flat. H-rails so that it can be fitted with provides you with assistance when type
It is available ready to use in every any PLC. selecting components, in order to en- Select modules in addition to
conceivable configuration or you sure that the mounting system and the controller if desired
can set it up yourself. Below the PLC, the 19 plug-in for- the PLC equipment will work well to- Select 19 simulation modules
Narrow and wide designs are avail- mat ensures that you can equip it gether. After configuration has been (digital, analogue or other)
able so that you only pay for what with any conceivable combination completed, you can view an illustra- Select accessories
you need. of connecting plates and simulation tion of your EduTrainer Universal Done and you can request a
modules. or Compact, and you have an order quote from us for the desired
code for placing your order. configuration.

Your advantages
The holder system Upright and horizontal

The handle on the rear allows the
Huge freedom: 305 or 458 mm EduTrainer to be taken anywhere.
The powder-coated A4 steel plate of When working standing up, the
the holder system and the mounting EduTrainer can be placed on its
frame for the 19 modules are either back. To allow this, care has been
305 mm or 458 mm wide. This means taken to make sure that the 120/230
that the smaller EduTrainer fits per- Volt connection on the rear is not in
fectly in the trolleys in the MPS sta- the way.
tions. And the size provides space for
numerous expansions. Rack version
If it is to be used upright on a t able,
For ER and A4 we give it two feet and call it the
The EduTrainer Universal fits in EduTrainer A4 Rack. The feet can
any A4 mounting frame. It can also easily be removed so that it fits in
be hung in an ER mounting frame the mounting frame for the labora-
thanks to the appropriate hooks on tory furniture.
the rear.
Control systems and PLC modules Your preferred PLC not listed?
No problem. You can fit your PLC
This EduTrainer is universal be- yourself on the blank EduTrainer.
cause it can be fitted with all indus-
trial controllers from the market
leaders:
Siemens S7
Siemens LOGO!
Festo CECC
Festo CPX
Allen-Bradley
Mitsubishi
and more
19 simulation modules Existing EduTrainer Universal units

can be expanded with these modules
Modules for all situations at any time.
Thanks to a wide variety of simula-
tion modules, all of which can be or-
dered individually, a huge range of
different processes can be connected
and simulated during the training.
The modules are compatible with
any PLC and are easy to assemble.
EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions Laboratory

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 and 19 simulation modules
The industrial standard CPU 314C-2PN/DP

for the laboratory 192 KB RAM for program and data
Includes MMC
The modular concept of the SIMATIC Interfaces: MPI, Profibus DP, Profi-
S7-300 offers professional PLC tech- Net
nology from the market leader, Sie- I/Os:
mens. With various CPUs, CPs and 24 digital inputs (24 V DC)
I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all 16 digital outputs
automation requirements. This con- (24 V DC, 500 mA)
troller facilitates the use of a wide 4 analogue inputs, 12 bit, 20 ms,
range of fieldbuses such as AS-inter- (10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20
face, Profibus DP and Profinet. mA), 1 Pt100 input
2 analogue outputs, (10 V, 0 10
The STEP 7 programming environ- V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA)
ment makes all industrially used PLC
programming languages available, CPU 315F-2PN/DP
such as Il, LD, FBD, STEP 7-SCL, STEP 512 KB RAM for program and data
1 7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph. Includes MMC
Interfaces: MPI, DP, PN
EduTrainer Universal with: SM 323:
1 S7-314C-2PN/DP 8034580 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
2 S7-313C-2DP (458 mm) 567108 CPU 313C-2DP 16 digital outputs
3 S7-314C-2DP (458 mm) 567109 128 KB RAM for program and data (24 V DC, 500 mA)
4 S7-315F-2PN/DP (305 mm) 567110 Includes MMC SM 334:
Interface: MPI, Profibus DP 4 analogue inputs, 8 bit
Recommended accessories: I/Os: (0 10 V, 0 20 mA)
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 16 digital inputs (24 V DC) 2 analogue outputs
Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 16 digital outputs (0 10 V, 0 20 mA)
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 (24 V DC, 400 mA)
PC adapter, USB 539006 SM 334: The holder system
Programming software STEP 7 Page 46 4 analogue inputs, 8 bit EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop vari-
IEC power cable 90 Page 239 (010 V, 0 20 mA) ant, size 1 or size 2, W x H 305/458
2 analogue outputs mm x 300 mm
Other accessories: (0 10 V, 0 20 mA) 19 module simulation plate with 2
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550 x SysLink plug connector for MPS
Digital I/O module SM323 16I/16O 529142 CPU 314C-2DP station and control panel, each
Front-panel connector, Screwed contacts 184554 192 KB RAM for program and data with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital
Front-panel connector, Screwed contacts 660560 Includes MMC outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin plug
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804 Interfaces: MPI, Profibus DP connection with 4 analogue inputs
AS-Interface master upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028 I/Os: and 2 analogue outputs; emergen-
Trainer Package Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027 24 digital inputs (24 V DC) cy stop jumper to connect a safety
Analogue cable, crossover, 2 m 533039 16 digital outputs circuit for disconnecting 8 digital
(24 V DC, 400 mA) outputs.
4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms, Integrated power supply unit
(10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
mA), 1 Pt100 input Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
2 analogue outputs, (10 V, 0 10 holder system
V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA) 19 simulation modules: 16 DIN,
16 DOUT, 4 AIN/2 AOUT, SysLink
2 4
Preferred versions for
MPS/MPS PA
3 Pages 338 341

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1200 and 19 simulation modules
The modular mini control system The holder system

Sixpack
from Siemens EduTrainer Universal, size 1, W x H
305 mm x 300 mm
For solutions in discrete and stand- 19 module simulation plate with
alone automation applications in the 2 x SysLink plug connector for
lower performance range. MPS station and control panel,
each with 8 digital inputs and 8
The SIMATIC S7-1200 controller fam- digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-
ily has a, integrated engineering sys- pin plug connection with 4 ana-
tem: SIMATIC STEP 7 Basic for con- logue inputs and 2 analogue out-
trollers and HMI puts; emergency stop jumper to
connect a safety circuit for discon-
EduTrainer Universal with: necting 8 digital outputs.
Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
CPU S7-1214C power supply unit (only with order
75 kByte main memory, 4 MByte no. 567240, 567242)
program memory Can be placed on a desk or in an
Interface: RJ45 MPS station 1
I/Os: Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
14 digital inputs (24 V DC) holder system
10 digital outputs (24 V DC, 500 Can be expanded with 19 simu- 1 6x S7-1200-TP (ON, SL) 567243
mA) lation modules (only order no. 2 6x S7-1200-TP (SL) 567242
2 analogue inputs, 10 bit (0 10 V) 567242 and 567243) 3 6x S7-1200-TP (ON) 567241
4 6x S7-1200-TP 567240
CPU module: Order no. 567240 and 567241 in- Notes
clude all the required equipment The EduTrainer Universal S7-1200-TP is equipped with or without (ON) a power supply
Analogue output SB 1232 AQ with simulation modules: unit and also with either 19 simulation modules or with SysLink (SL) only. Includes pro-
AO 1 x 12 Bit ( 10 V DC/0 20 mA) 19 module 16IN (12 HP), 16 digi- gramming cable and programming software.
tal inputs on 4 mm safety sockets The EduTrainer is available in a six pack. It is based on the SCE trainer package S7-1200
and 16 switches/pushbuttons for Page 224
signal simulation
19 module 16OUT (12 HP), 16 Recommended accessories:
digital outputs on 4 mm safety I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
sockets Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP), Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
analogue processing 4 analogue IEC power cable 90 Page 239
inputs on 4 mm safety sockets can
be switched to simulation via po- Other accessories:
tentiometer and 2 analogue out- Trainer Packages SIMATIC Panels Pages 226 227
puts on 4 mm safety sockets Analogue cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
19 module 24 V/0 V (9 TE), 8 x 4
mm safety sockets, red for 24 V
distribution, 8 x 4 mm safety sock-
ets, blue for 0 V distribution
Sixpack Sixpack
2 4
Sixpack
EduTrainer Universal Special licence rules apply

referred versions for
P for schools and educational
MPS/MPS PA institutes in the commercial
Pages 338 341 sector. 3

A4/A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1500 and 19 simulation modules
The ultimate in power and The mounting system

efficiency EduTrainer Universal, size 1
(W x H) 305 mm x 300 mm
The SIMATIC S7-1500 controller Can be placed on a desk or in an
family represents the new control- MPS station
ler generation in the TIA portal and Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
a milestone in automation. It deliv- mounting system
ers maximum performance and user- Integrated power supply unit, AC
friendliness for medium and high- 110/230 V/DC 24 V, 4.5 A
end applications in machine and 19 module 16IN (12 HP), 16 digi-
plant automation. tal inputs on 4 mm safety sockets
and 16 switches/pushbuttons for
EduTrainer Universal with: signal simulation
19 module 16OUT (12 HP), 16
CPU S7-1516F-3PN/DP digital outputs on 4 mm safety
Main memory: 1.5 MB for program sockets
and 5 MB for data 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP),
Memory card included analogue processing 4 analogue
Interface 1: PROFINET IRT with inputs on 4 mm safety sockets
2 port switch can be switched to simulation via
S7-1516F-3PN/DP 8034574 Interface 2: Ethernet potentiometer and 2 analogue out-
Note Interface 3: PROFIBUS, 10 ns bit puts on 4 mm safety sockets
These EduTrainer system is based on Siemens SCE Trainer Package S7-1516F-3PN/DP. performance 19 module 24 V/0 V (9 HP), 8 x
When Siemens updates these Trainer Package, the controllers are r eplaced by the Inputs/outputs: 4 mm safety sockets, red for 24 V
successor models. Subject to technical implementation. 32 digital inputs (24 V DC) distribution, 8 x 4 mm safety sock-
32 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5 A) ets, blue for 0 V distribution
Recommended accessories: 8 x analogue inputs, 8 x U/I/RTD/ 19 module simulation plate with
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 TC, 16-bit resolution 2 x SysLink plug connector for
Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141 4 x analogue outputs, 4 x U/I, MPS station and control panel,
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 16-bit resolution each with 8 digital inputs and 8
IEC power cable 90 Page 239 digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-
Programming software STEP 7 Page 46 pin plug connector with 4 analogue
inputs and 2 analogue outputs;
Other accessories: emergency stop jumper to connect
Trainer Packages SIMATIC Panels Pages 226 227 a safety circuit for disconnecting 8
Analogue cable, crossover, 2 m 533039 digital outputs.
Special licence rules apply

for schools and educational
sector.

A4/A4 rack with Allen-Bradley CompactLogix and
19 simulation modules
The standard in North America The mounting system

EduTrainer Universal, size 1
Allen-Bradley CompactLogix control- (W x H) 305 mm x 300 mm
lers of the series 1769 are ideal for Can be placed on a desk or in an
small to compact control applica- MPS station
tions that do not require axis control Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
or safety functions. These controllers mounting system
offer integrated serial, EtherNet/IP Integrated power supply unit
or ControlNet channels and modu- 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
lar DeviceNet communications.
All EduTrainer systems include all
EduTrainer Universal with: the required equipment with simula-
tion modules:
AB CompactLogix 19 module 16IN (12 HP), 16 digi-
1769-L24ER-QB1B tal inputs on 4 mm safety sockets
Main memory: 0.75 MB and 16 switches/pushbuttons for
1 GB SD memory card included signal simulation
Interfaces: 2 x EtherNet/IP, 1 x USB 19 module 16OUT (12 HP), 16 1
Inputs/outputs: digital outputs on 4 mm safety
16 digital inputs (24 V DC) sockets
16 digital outputs (24 V DC/0.5 A) 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP), 1 AB CompactLogix 1769-L24ER-QB1B (digital) 8022737
analogue processing 4 analogue 2 AB CompactLogix 1769-L24ER-QBFC1B (digital/analogue) 8022848
AB CompactLogix inputs on 4 mm safety sockets can
1769-L24ER-QBFC1B be switched to simulation via po- Recommended accessories:
Main memory: 0.75 MB tentiometer and 2 analogue out- I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
1 GB SD memory card included puts on 4 mm safety sockets (not Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
Interfaces: 2 x EtherNet/IP, 1 x USB with order no. 8022737) Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
Inputs/outputs: 19 module 24 V/0 V (9 HP), 8 x IEC power cable 90 Page 239
16 digital inputs (24 V DC) 4 mm safety sockets, red for 24 V Programming software RSLogix Page 47
16 digital outputs (24 V DC) distribution, 8 x 4 mm safety sock-
4 universal analogue inputs ets, blue for 0 V distribution Other accessories:
2 universal analogue outputs 19 module simulation plate with 2 Analogue cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
4 high-speed counters x SysLink plug connector for MPS
station and control panel, each
with 8 digital inputs and 8 digital
outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-pin plug
connector with 4 analogue inputs
and 2 analogue outputs; emergen-
cy stop jumper to connect a safety
circuit for disconnecting 8 digital
outputs.
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > EduTrainer Compact
EduTrainer Compact
Integration into the workstation systems Learnline and Learntop
The EduTrainer Compact fits in the First-choice partner:

ER mounting frame of many labora- Siemens Festo
tory systems, but can also be used
as a tabletop device or be mounted Benefit from the cooperation of two
on a slotted profile plate. The sen- market leaders.
sors and actuators are connected to
the inputs/outputs of the PLC via 4 Siemens control systems and soft-
mm safety sockets. The inputs can ware are standard in all equipment
be simulated with switches and po- sets of Festo Didactic. As a first-
tentiometers. With the universal I/O choice partner of Siemens Auto-
interface socket SysLink the con- mation Cooperates with Education
nection to all equipment sets from (SCE), Festo Didactic offers custom-
Festo Didactic. ised solutions for research, develop-
ment and training facilities world-
In order to simplify selection, we wide.
have put together some preferred
variants for your convenience, which The SIMATIC S7-300 is a modular
are equipped with the most common PLC system from Siemens for indus-
components (see table). If you re- trial use. The PLC has been integrat-
quire individualised solutions which ed in the didactic environment of the
go beyond the preferred variants, Festo Didactic ER format and thus
you can put them together with the suits perfectly for the use in educa-
help of our online configurator. tion and training.
Preferred variants
Equipment without analogue processing with analogue processing
with AS-Interface and Profibus-DP EduTrainer Compact S7-313C-2DP

(Order no. 573888)
with Profibus-DP EduTrainer Compact S7-313C-2DP EduTrainer Compact S7-313C-2DP

(Order no. 573881) (Order no. 573882)
EduTrainer Compact CECC-LK EduTrainer Compact S7-314C-2DP
(Order no. 577602) (Order no. 573883)
EduTrainer Compact CECC-D EduTrainer Compact S7-314C-2PN/DP
(Order no. 8024002) (Order no. 576626)
without bus EduTrainer Compact S7-312C EduTrainer S7-313C

(Order no. 573885) (Order no. 573887)
EduTrainer Compact S7-313C EduTrainer S7-313C-A
(Order no. 573880) (Order no. 573886)
EduTrainer Compact LOGO! 8 EduTrainer S7-1214C
(Order no. 8041132) (Order no. 573891, sixpack)
EduTrainer S7-1214C SysLink
(Order no. 573892, sixpack)
EduTrainer S7-1214C
(Order no. 573901)
EduTrainer S7-1214C SysLink
(Order no. 573902)
EduTrainer Compact Preferred version

with LOGO! 8
LOGO! EduTrainer Compact The mounting system

Sixpack
EduTrainer Compact for ER
Compact trainer devices that provide mounting frame, size 2 (W x H x D)
users with an introduction to logical approx. 364 mm x approx. 170 mm
signal processing within a mini con- x approx. 80 mm
trol system. 19 modules with 4 mm safety
plug, SysLink system connector
Features of LOGO! modules: Pages 219 220
Suitable for ER mounting frame
LOGO! 12/24 RCE (V8) or freestanding on the table
With LOGO! 8 the successful Siemens Lightweight injection moulded
logic module enters the next gen- housing
eration. Expandable to some extent with
New logic module generation 19 simulation modules
Display with new look and feel The units are supplied fully
Ethernet communication assembled
Integrated web server Other combinations are possible
New software in new design via the online configurator
EduTrainer Compact with:

6x EduTrainer Compact Preferred version with LOGO! 8 8041132
LOGO! 8 TP
Basic module 12/24 RCE (V8) 8 DI/ Recommended accessories:
4 DO with: Ethernet cable, 2 m 567280
19 module, 8 DI with switch/ Tabletop power supply unit Page 239
pushbutton Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 239
19 module, 24 V/0 V 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 247
19 module, 4 DOR
Extension module, 4 DI/4 DO with:
19 module, 4 DOR
The programming software LOGO!

Soft Comfort V8 is included.

sector.
EduTrainer Compact preferred variants

with SIMATIC S7-1200
The modular mini control system The mounting system

from Siemens EduTrainer Compact for ER mount-
ing frame in three different sizes
For solutions in discrete and stand- with height and depth of approx.
alone automation applications in the 170 x 80 mm:
lower performance range. The fam- Width for size 1 (ER1): 242 mm
ily of SIMATIC S7-1200 controllers Width for size 2 (ER2): 364 mm
is equipped with an integrated en- Width for size 3 (ER3): 486 mm
gineering system: SIMATIC STEP 7 19 modules with 4 mm safety
Basic for controller and HMI. plug, SysLink system connector
or 24 V/0 V Pages 219 220
EduTrainer Compact with: Suitable for ER mounting frame
or unfastened on the table
CPU S7-1214C Lightweight injection moulded
50 kB RAM, 2 MB loading buffer housing
Interface: RJ45 The units are shipped fully
Inputs/outputs: assembled.
1 14 digital inputs (24 V DC) S7-1200 individual components
10 digital outputs upon request
(24 V DC, 500 mA) Other combinations are possible
2 analogue inputs, 10 bit (0 10 V) via the online configurator.
1 S7-1214C (ER2/19DIO-A-SL) 573902
2 6x S7-1214C-TP (ER2/19DIO-A-SL)* 573892 CPU module: Recommended training media
3 S7-1214C (ER2/19DIO-A-24V/0V) 573901 WBT PLC programming in accordance
4 6x S7-1214C-TP (ER2/19DIO-A-24V/0V)* 573891 SB 1232 AQ analogue output with IEC 61131 Page 24
* Notes AO 1 x 12 Bit ( 10 V DC, 0 20 mA)
The EduTrainer Compact S7-1214C-TP is shipped with programming cable and STEP 7
Basic programming software.
The EduTrainer is available as a sixpack under order numbers 573891 and 573892.
It is based on the SCE-trainer package S7-1200 Page 224
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
Ethernet cable, 2 m 567280
Programming software STEP 7 Page 46
Sixpack Sixpack
2 4

3 sector.
EduTrainer Compact preferred variants

with SIMATIC S7-300
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact CPU 314C-2PN/DP

192 kB RAM for programme and
The S7 EduTrainer Compact is well data
equipped with the compact version Includes MMC
of the S7-300 series. Integrated digi- Interfaces: MPI, Profibus-DP,
tal and analogue inputs and outputs, ProfiNet
as well as controllers with Profibus- Inputs/outputs:
DP, are available. A wide variety of 24 digital inputs (24 V DC)
PLC programming languages such as 16 digital outputs
AWL, KOP, FUP, STEP 7-SCL and STEP (24 V DC, 500 mA)
7-GRAPH can be used thanks to the 4 analogue inputs, 12 bit, 20 ms,
STEP 7 programming environment. (10 V, 0 to 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 to
20 mA), 1 Pt100 input
EduTrainer Compact with: 2 analogue outputs (10 V, 0 to
10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 to 20 mA)
CPU 312C
64 kB RAM for programme and data The mounting system
Includes MMC EduTrainer Compact for ER mount- 7 (2/3/5/8)
Interface: MPI ing frame in three different sizes
Inputs/outputs: with height and depth of approx.
10 digital inputs (24 V DC) 170 x 80 mm:
6 digital outputs (24 V DC, 400 mA) Width for size 1 (ER1): 242 mm 1 S7-312C (ER2/19DIO-SL) 573885
Width for size 2 (ER2): 364 mm 2 S7-313C (ER1/19SL) 573880
CPU 313C Width for size 3 (ER3): 486 mm 3 S7-313C-2DP (ER1/19SL) 573881
128 kB RAM for programme and 19 modules with 4 mm safety 4 S7-313C (ER2/19DIO-SL) 573887
data plug, SysLink or AS-Interface 5 S7-314C-2PN/DP (ER1/19SL) 576626
Includes MMC system connector 6 S7-313C-A (ER2/19DIO-SL) 573886
Interface: MPI Pages 219 220 7 S7-313C-2DP-A (ER1/19SL) 573882
Inputs/outputs: Suitable for ER mounting frame 8 S7-314C-2DP (ER1/19SL) 573883
24 digital inputs (24 V DC) or unfastened on the table 9 S7-313C-2DP (ER2/19ASI-SL) 573888
16 digital outputs Lightweight injection moulded
(24 V DC, 400 mA) housing Recommended accessories:
Expandable to some extent with I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
CPU 313C-2DP 19 simulation modules Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
128 kB RAM for programme Data buffering for S7-300 with Tabletop power supply unit Page 239
and data micro memory card (included in Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 239
Includes MMC scope of delivery) 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 247
Interface: MPI, Profibus-DP The units are shipped fully PC adapter, USB 539006
Inputs/outputs: assembled. Programming software STEP 7 Page 46
16 digital inputs (24 V DC) S7-300 individual components
16 digital outputs upon request
(24 V DC, 400 mA) Other combinations are possible
SM 334 (analogue add-on): via the online configurator.
4 analogue inputs, 8 bit
(0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA) Recommended training media
2 analogue outputs WBT PLC programming in accordance
(0 to 10 V, 0 to 20 mA) with IEC 61131 Page 24
CPU 314C-2DP
192 kB RAM for programme
and data 1 6
Includes MMC
Interfaces: MPI, Profibus-DP
Inputs/outputs:
24 digital inputs (24 V DC)
16 digital outputs
(24 V DC, 400 mA)
4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms
(10 V, 0 to 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 to 20
mA), 1 Pt100 input
2 analogue outputs (10 V, 0 to 4 9
10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 to 20 mA)
EduTrainer Compact Preferred versions

with Festo CECC
The compact controller from Festo: The mounting system:

The CECC controllers are the latest EduTrainer Compact for ER
generation of compact controllers mounting frame, size 2 (W x H x D)
from Festo. A CECC controller can approx. 364 mm x approx. 170 mm
be programmed for IL, LDR, FCH, ST, x approx. 80 mm
SFC and CFC with Codesys provid- 19 modules with 4 mm safety plug
ed by Festo in accordance with IEC Suitable for ER mounting frame or
61131-3. freestanding on the table
Lightweight injection moulded
EduTrainer Compact with: housing
The unit is supplied fully assem-
Festo CECC-LK bled
Festo CECC-LK is a compact and pow- Other combinations are possible
erful PLC. The industrial design con- via the online configurator
troller has 12 digital inputs, 8 digital
outputs, and 2 fast digital inputs. In Recommended training media
addition, a wide variety of interfaces WBT PLC programming in accordance
1 are available as standard features with IEC 61131 Page 24
on board:
4 x IO-Link Master
1 x IO-Link Device
Ethernet connection
1 CECC-LK 577602 USB connection
2 CECC-D 8024002 CANopen
Note
The free Codesys programming software is available for download on the Festo Festo CECC-D
homepage. Festo CECC-D EduTrainer Compact,
like CECC-LK, but without IO-Link.
Codesys is a development environ-

ment for programmable logic control-
lers (PLC) in accordance with the IEC
61131-3 standard for application de-
velopment in industrial automation.
The point-to-point communication

of the IO-Link interface enables a
simple and safe three-conductor
2 wiring between the controller, sen-
sors or actuators, and also makes
remote parameterisation possible.
A wide variety of IO-Link devices are
available on the market. They are
mostly sensors, actuators or a com-
bination of these as well as spe-
cial IO-Link nodes to increase the
number of inputs/outputs or to use
standard sensors and actuators.
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > 19 simulation modules
1 19 module 16IN (12 HP) 7 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (12 HP) 1 7

16 digital inputs on 4 mm safety Analogue value processing 4 ana-
sockets and 16 switches/push-but- logue inputs on 4 mm safety socket
tons for signal simulation. switchable to simulation via poten-
Order no. 567111 tiometer and 2 analogue outputs
on 4 mm safety sockets
2 19 module 8IN (6 HP), Display for measured value indica-
without switch tor with selector switch for channel
8 digital inputs on 4 mm safety selection
sockets. Voltage range: 0 10 V; -10 +10 V
Order no. 576620 Order no. 567119 2 8
3 19 module 16OUT (12 HP) 8 19 module 4AIN/2AOUT (6 HP)

16 digital outputs on 4 mm safety 4 analogue inputs at 4 mm safety
sockets. sockets
Order no. 567112 2 analogue outputs at 4 mm safety
sockets
4 19 module 8IN (6 HP) Order no. 574197
8 digital inputs on 4 mm safety sock-
ets and 8 switches/push-buttons for 9 19 module word processing
signal simulation. (12 HP) 3 9
Order no. 567113 Two-line display for showing the
input word and output word in HEX,
5 19 module 8OUT (6 HP) DEZ and BCD. Changing of the input
8 digital outputs on 4 mm safety word via keypad.
sockets. Order no. 567118
Order no. 567114
10 19 module system connector
6 19 module 4OUTR (6 HP) 37-pin (9 HP)
4 relay outputs at eight 4 mm 1x 37-pin Sub-D connector for
safety sockets 16 digital inputs 4 10
Maximum load: 24 V, 4.5 A 1x 37-pin Sub-D socket for
Order no. 573278 16 digital outputs
Emergency stop jumper for
8 digital outputs
Order no. 567116
11 19 module ASI (6 HP)

Two 2-pin M12 sockets for pre-
assembled AS-interface cables
Integrated AS-interface filter for 5 11
24 V DC
Order no. 567115
12 19 module system connector

SysLink (9 HP)
2x SysLink with 8 digital inputs
and 8 digital outputs each
1x 15-pin Sub-D socket for 4
analogue outputs and 2 analogue
inputs 6 12
Emergency stop jumper for 8
digital outputs
Order no. 567122
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > 19 simulation modules
1 4 1 19 module 24V/0V (9 HP) 4 19 blanking plate

8x 24 V on 4 mm safety sockets, 42 HP 8022733
red 32 HP 195765
8x 0 V on 4 mm safety sockets, 18 HP 8022732
blue 16 HP 534630
Order no. 567195 12 HP 567123
9 HP 567124
2 19 module 24V (6 HP) 6 HP 567125
8x 24 V on 4 mm safety sockets, red. 3 HP 567126
Order no. 567120
2 5 16-pin flat cable
3 19 module 0V (6 HP) 16-pin flat cable, open at one end to
5 8x 0 V on 4 mm safety sockets, blue. connect 19 modules with analogue
Order no. 567121 connection to any PLC with screw or
CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long.
Order no. 567196
6 10-pin flat cable

6 10-pin flat cable, open at one end
to connect 19 modules with digital
3 connection to any PLC with screw or
CageClamp contacts, 500 mm long.
Order no. 567197
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Mini control systems
EduTrainer for mini control systems
Basic trainer for

mini control systems
Mini control systems are becoming

increasingly common in industry and
trade. They are used for numerous
small control and monitoring tasks
for which a PLC would be oversized.
Mini control systems or programma-
ble control relays control and oper-
ate conveyors, monitor doors and
gates, control heating, and so on.
For training purposes, they represent

the link between classic safety cir-
cuits and programmable logic con-
trollers. Functions can be implement-
ed quickly and easily based on the
learned ladder diagram or function
chart methodology using simple pro-
gramming software.
Now also with the new

LOGO! 8.
Ask your contact at
Festo Didactic
for your configuration.
Mini control systems are character- Mini control systems include: The EduTrainer for mini control The device also includes two control-
ised by the large number of features Controllers systems provides a broad basic plat- lable analogue encoders, which can
that they provide. They are easy to Indicators form for your project work. The board be used to bridge voltages from 0
program and to connect, are flexible Diagnostic tools is designed to hold mini control sys- to 10 V at two inputs. An RJ45 Ether-
and low-cost, and are therefore in- Text displays with operating tems and expansion modules, for ex- net socket can connect the control-
dispensable in basic training. buttons ample the Siemens LOGO! or the EA- ler to the programming unit or net-
Interfaces to fieldbus systems TON Easy family. work switch.
Another advantage of these small Web servers
and compact devices, which are suit- and many more. Up to 12 inputs can be picked off on The board can be with or without a
able for mounting in 35 mm H-rails, 4 mm safety sockets. Four of these power supply unit, with KNX interfac-
is that they implement many func- The function range can be extended inputs can also be connected directly es or AS-Interface.
tions in a single device. with numerous extension modules. on the device using a latch/pushbut-
ton. 8 of the up to 12 relay outputs Please request a quotation for your
can be changed to digital outputs us- individual requirements.
ing a toggle switch.
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Control panels
Touch Panel Touch Panel

TP700 EduTrainer KTP700 EduTrainer
Training device for the A4 mounting Comprising: Training device for the A4 mounting Comprising:
frame. The communication connec- Siemens touch panel TP700 frame. The communication connec- Siemens KTP700 Basic PN Touch
tions for Comfort informatively arranged tions for Panel with class preparation on an
1 x PROFIBUS in an A4 board 1x PROFINET A4 board
2 x PROFINET Ethernet cable (CAT 6, crossed, 1x USB Siemens Ethernet Switch Scalance
2 x USB 6 m) are accessible on the front side XB005
are accessible on the front side Engineering, options and runtime through sturdy plug connectors. 2x Ethernet cable (CAT 6, crossed,
through sturdy plug connectors. software and licence for WinCC 6 m)
Advanced (TIA portal) The Touch Panel KTP700 Basic PN
The touch panel TP700 Comfort is a is a 7 touch panel with 8 addi- For schools and educational insti-
7 touch panel and comes from the For schools and training centres in tional programmable function but- tutes in the commercial sector.
Siemens HMI series for advanced the commercial sector. tons which is part of the new basic
applications. The features of the Siemens HMI series for simple ap- System requirements
Comfort Panel include: System requirements plications. 64 bit: Windows 7, Windows 8 SP1
Widescreen displays with 16 mil- 64 Bit: Windows 7 Professional, 32 bit: Windows 7
lion colours and LED backlighting Enterprise, Ultimate SP1, Windows The characteristics of the basic pan-
Comprehensive high-end function- 8.1 Professional, Enterprise els are as follows: Technical data
ality: archive, VB scripts and vari- 32 Bit: Windows 7 Professional, High-resolution dimmable Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
ous viewers for displaying system Enterprise, Ultimate SP1 widescreen displays with 64,000 Device depth: 90 mm
documentation (e.g. as PDF) or in colours Supply voltage: 24 V DC
the form of Internet pages Technical data Touch and button function
Data security in the event of a Front panel: 266 x 297 mm Interface for connecting to v arious
power failure Device depth: 90 mm PLCs
Multiple interfaces for process Supply voltage: 24 V DC Archival via USB stick
communication Programming from WinCC Basic
Integrated PROFINET switch V13 (TIA-Portal)
from 7
Programming from WinCC Comfort
V11 (TIA portal)
Touch Panel 1x KTP700 EduTrainer 8022731
Touch Panel 6x KTP700 EduTrainer 8041505
Note
This package does not include any programming software. The programming software is in-
cluded in Trainer Package SIMATIC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC or the EduTrainers with SIMATIC S7-
1200, which are mentioned in the recommended accessories, or can be ordered separately.
Touch Panel TP700 8022729 Trainer Package SIMATIC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC 567238
6x S7-1214C-TP (ER2/19DIO-A-SL) 573892
Recommended accessories: 6x S7-1214C-TP (ER2/19DIO-A-24V/0V) 573891
4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 247 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 247
Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 Tabletop power supply unit Page 239
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > CODESYS
CODESYS starter kit with FED-CEC touch panel CODESYS

CECC-LK and EasyPort USB
An ideal tool for newcomers to PLC System requirements Touch screen for flexibly displaying Scope of delivery
technology. PC with Win 2000 SP4/XP SP2/ processes and data with integrated Festo 5.6 256 colour FED-550
Vista Codesys PLC for open and closed- display, 32 MB internal RAM
With the compact and powerful PLC At least Pentium200 MHz loop control of processes in accord- Programming software FED
CECC-LK, a 24 volt PC interface (Easy- 32 MB RAM ance with IEC 61131. 8 digital inputs 2Designer (multilingual)
Port USB) and the necessary soft- 10 MB free space on hard disk and 8 digital outputs can be used via RS232 programming cable for
ware and hardware. CD-ROM drive SysLink. The Sub-D 15-pin connec- loading projects
Internet Explorer 5.0 or Netscape tion is designed for 4 analogue in- Angled plate for mounting onto
The PLC is programmed from your PC 4.0 or higher puts and 2 analogue outputs. 4 mm a slotted profile plate
using Codesys provided by F esto, 1 free Ethernet and USB port safety sockets are available for emer- Codesys programming software
in accordance with IEC 61131, and gency stop and external power sup- provided by Festo
information is exchanged with the ply.
visualisation program via the PC in- Technical data
terface. The visualisation software FED-CEC with FED-UIM
provides various process models 32 bit MIPS RISC processor, 1 MB
from the world of technology and data memory, 350 us/K scan time
everyday situations, such as level Ethernet 10 Base-T, CANopen,
crossings, multi-storey car parks, Codesys
sorting systems, washing machines, Integrated diagnostics for hard-
garage doors, wind generators, lift- ware detection
ing luggage and more. A Getting Dimensions (W x H x D):
Started kit is provided to explain how 187 x 147 x 90 mm
to use the hardware and software. 20 inputs, digital 24 V DC
12 outputs, digital 24 V DC/0.5 A
All the necessary accessories such 8/4 analogue inputs, 12 bit,
as cables, 100 240 V/24 V power voltage/current/Pt100
supply unit and screwdriver are in- 4 analogue outputs, 12 bit, voltage
cluded. All that is needed is a PC and or current (software selectable)
a country-specific IEC power cable
for the power supply unit (e.g. order
no. 247661 for DE, FR, ES, etc) then
youre off!
Order no. 567276
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
Order no. 8024001 Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
Analogue cable, crossover, 2 m 533039
Recommended accessories: 4 mm Safety laboratory cables Page 247
IEC power cable Page 239 Tabletop power supply unit Page 239
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > CODESYS / Siemens Trainer Packages
Festo CECC CODESYS V3 Siemens Trainer Packages

compact controller
Sixpack Sixpack
Codesys is a development environ- In addition, there is a wide variety of Trainer Package

ment for programmable logic control- interfaces available as standard fea- Trainer Package SIMATIC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC
lers (PLC) in accordance with the IEC tures on board: LOGO! 8 Comprising:
61131-3 standard for application de- 4 IO-Link master With LOGO! 8, the successful 6x SIMATIC S7-1200, CPU 1214C,
velopment in industrial automation. 1 IO-Link device Siemens logic module enters the COMPACT CPU, DC/DC/DC, ON-
The free Codesys programming soft- Ethernet connection next generation. BOARD I/O: 14 DI 24 V DC; 10 DO
ware is available for download on the USB connection Display with new look and feel 24 V DC; 2 AI 0 10 V DC. Power
Festo homepage. CANopen Ethernet communication supply: 20.4 28.8 V DC, program/
Integrated web server data memory: 75 KB
The point-to-point communication A comprehensive Codesys function New software in new design 6x SIMATIC S7, STEP 7 Basic (TIA-
of the IO-Link interface enables a library enables stand-alone open and Portal), single licence, SW and doc-
simple and safe 3-conductor wiring closed-loop control and efficient au- Comprising: umentation on DVD, licence key on
between the controller, sensors or tomation of, for example, manual 6x LOGO! 12/24 RCE (V8) with 8 USB stick, 2 languages (de/en)
actuators, and also makes remote workstations to IEC 61131. digital inputs and 4 digital outputs 6x SIMATIC NET, Ind. Ethernet TP
parameterisation possible. There is 6x extension modules with 4 ad- XP CORD RJ45/RJ45, CAT 6, crossed
a variety of IO-Link devices on the Individual device or integratable ditional digital inputs and 4 digital TP cable 4x2, with 2 RJ45 plugs,
market. They are mostly sensors, via Codesys V3. outputs length 6 m
actuators or a combination of these Simple programming and naviga- 6 copies of programming software 6x SIMATIC S7-1200, simulator
as well as special IO-Link nodes to tion to IEC 61131-3. LOGO! Soft Comfort V8 module
increase the number of inputs/out- Hybrid: use CANopen Master and Order no. 8040049 6x SIMATIC S7-1200, analogue out-
puts or to use standard sensors and integrated IO-Link to directly acti- put, SB 1232, 1 AO, 10 V DC or 0
actuators. vate electric and pneumatic drives 20 mA
and connect valve terminals. Order no. 567238
For industrial use, quick and easy to Communication: ProfiNet, Ethernet
install: IP and Modbus TCP are easy to in-
tegrate in higher-order systems.
Festo CECC-LK is a compact and
powerful PLC. The industrial design Festo CECC-D, like CECC-LK, but with-
controller has 12 digital inputs, 8 out IO link.
digital outputs, and 2 fast digital in-
puts.
Festo CECC-LK see figure! 8023951

Festo CECC-D 8023952
I/O data cable with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 ...
... and bare cable-end sleeves, 2.5 m 167122
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Controllers > Siemens Trainer Packages
Siemens Trainer Packages
Trainer Package
SIMATIC S7-314C-2PN/DP Trainer package Trainer package As a result of continuous
Comprising: SIMATIC S7-1513-1PN SIMATIC S7-1516F-3PN/DP development and research
CPU 314C-2PN/DP: compact CPU Comprising: Comprising: work technical specifications
with MPI, 24 DI / 16 DO, 4 AI, 2 AO, CPU 1513-1PN, core assembly with CPU 1516F-3PN/DP, core assem- and illustrations are subject
1 PT100, 4 fast counters (60 kHz) 300 KB main memory for the pro- bly with 1.5 MB main memory for to change. They are not bind-
Integrated PN/DP interface gram and 1.5 MB for data, ProfiNet the program and 5 MB for data, 1st ing. The specified data serves
RAM: 192 kB IRT interface with 2 port switch, 40 interface: ProfiNet IRT with 2 port purely as a product descrip-
PS 307 power supply: 120/230 V ns bit performance switch, 2nd interface: Ethernet, 3rd tion and is no guarantee in a
AC or 24 V DC, 5 A SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A, regu- interface: Profibus, 10 ns bit per- legal sense.
2x 40-pin front plug lated power supply for SIMATIC S7- formance
SM 374 simulator module, 16 in- 1500, input: AC 120/230 V, output: SIMATIC PM 1507 24 V/8 A, regu-
puts/outputs or 8 inputs/outputs, DC 24 V/8 A lated power supply for SIMATIC S7-
16 switches, 16 LEDs Digital input module DI 32 x DC 24 1500, input: AC 120/230 V, output: Special licence rules apply
Mounting rail, L = 480 mm V, 32 channels in groups of 16, in- DC 24 V/8 A for schools and educational
Micro memory card: 512 kB put delay 0.05 20 ms, input type Digital input module DI 32 x DC 24 institutes in the commercial
PC adapter for USB connection to 3 (ICE 61131), diagnostics, process V, 32 channels in groups of 16, in- sector.
S7-200/300/400, C7; with USB alarms put delay 0.05 20 ms, input type
cable (5 m) Digital output module DQ 32 x DC 3 (ICE 61131), diagnostics, process
Order no. 576299 24 V/0.5 A; 32 channels in groups alarms
of 8, 4 A per group, diagnostics, re- Digital output module DQ 32 x DC
placement value 24 V/0.5 A; 32 channels in groups
SIMATIC S7-1500 profile rail 482 of 8, 4 A per group, diagnostics,
mm, including earthing screw, inte- replacement value
grated DIN rail Analogue input module AI 8 x U/I/
2 x front panel connectors, screw RTD/TC, 16 bit resolution, 8 chan-
terminal technology, 40-pin, for 35 nels in groups of 8
mm wide assemblies, including 4 Analogue output module AQ 4 x
jumper links and cable ties U/I/ST, 16 bit resolution, 4 chan-
Memory card 24 MB nels in groups of 4
CAT 6 Ethernet cable, length 6 m SIMATIC S7-1500 profile rail 482
Order no. 8034570 mm, including earthing screw,
integrated DIN rail
4 x front panel connectors, screw
terminal technology, 40-pin, for 35
mm wide assemblies, including 4
jumper links and cable ties
Memory card 24 MB
CAT 6 Ethernet cable, length 6 m
Order no. 8034571
Siemens Trainer Packages Special licence rules apply

sector.
Trainer package Comprising: Comprising:

SIMATIC Comfort Panel TP700 Siemens TP700 Comfort Touch Trainer package Siemens KTP700 Basic PN Touch
The TP700 Comfort Touch Panel is a Panel SIMATIC Basic Panel KTP700 Panel
7 touch panel and comes from the Ethernet cable (CAT 6, crossed, The KTP700 Basic PN Touch Panel is Siemens Ethernet Switch Scalance
Siemens HMI series for advanced 6 m) a 7 touch panel with additional but- XB005
applications. Engineering, options and runtime tons which is part of the new basic 2x Ethernet cable
software and licence for WinCC Siemens HMI series for simple ap- (CAT 6, crossed, 6 m)
The characteristics of the comfort Advanced (TIA portal) plications. The basic panels are ideal
panels are as follows: HMI components for small to mid- System requirements
Widescreen displays with 16 mil- System requirements sized S7 control systems. 64 bit: Windows 7, Windows 8 SP1
lion colours and LED backlighting 64 bit: Windows 7, Windows 8 32 bit: Windows 7
Comprehensive high-end function- 32 bit: Windows 7 The characteristics of the basic
ality: archive, VB scripts and vari- panels are as follows: Technical data
ous viewers for displaying system Technical data High-resolution dimmable wides- KTP700 Basic PN Touch Panel:
documentation (e.g. as PDF) or in 7.0 widescreen TFT display creen displays with 64,000 colours 7 TFT display (resolution:
the form of websites (resolution: 800 x 480, 16 million Touch and button function 800 x 480, 64,000 colours)
Data security in the event of a colours) Interface for connecting to v arious Touch screen with 8 programmable
power failure Touch screen PLCs tactile function keys
Multiple interfaces for process 2 Ethernet interfaces Archival via USB stick 1 Ethernet interface
communication 1 Profibus interface Programming from WinCC Basic 1 USB interface
Integrated PROFINET switch 2 USB interfaces with integrated V13 (TIA-Portal) Dimensions (W x H x D):
from 7 switch 214 x 158 x 45 mm
Programming from WinCC Comfort Dimensions (W x H x D): Process coupling: Supply voltage: 24 V DC
V11 (TIA portal) 214 x 158 x 70 mm S7-1200, S7-1500 Ethernet Switch Scalance XB005:
Supply voltage: 24 V DC S7-200, S7-300/400 For S7 and/or LOGO! and up to
Process interfacing: LOGO! four other participants in industrial
S7-1200, S7-1500 WinAC Ethernet
S7-200, S7-300/400 Allen Bradley (EtherNet/IP) 10/100 Mbit/s unmanaged switch
LOGO! Mitsubishi (MC TCP/IP) 5 RJ45 ports
WinAC Modicon (Modbus TCP/IP) LED diagnostics
Allen Bradley (EtherNet/IP), (DF1) Supply voltage: 24 V DC
Mitsubishi (MC TCP/IP), (FX)
OMRON (Host Link)
Modicon (Modbus TCP/IP), Trainer Package 1x SIMATIC KTP700 8040055
(Modbus RTU) Trainer Package 6x SIMATIC KTP700 8040056
OPC UA client Note:
This package does not include any programming software. The programming software
is included in Trainer Package SIMATIC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC (order no. 567238) or can be
ordered separately.
Order no. 8024273 Trainer Package SIMATIC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC 567238
Special licence rules apply Siemens Trainer Packages

sector.
Comprising: Trainer Package System requirements

Trainer package Siemens KTP400 Basic PN Touch WinCC flexible/WinCC Advanced SIMATIC WinCC flexible 2008:
SIMATIC Basic Panel KTP400 Panel Consistent family of engineering Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise
The KTP400 Basic PN Touch Panel Siemens Ethernet Switch Scalance tools for project planning of S
IMATIC (not N), Ultimate SP1
is a 4.3 touch panel with addition- XB005 HMI operator units and the PC-based SIMATIC WinCC advanced:
al buttons which is part of the new 2x Ethernet cable (CAT 6, crossed, visualisation systems WinCC Runtime Windows 7 Professional, Enterprise
basic Siemens HMI series for simple 6 m) Advanced and WinCC Runtime Pro- (not N), Ultimate SP1/Windows 8.1
applications. The basic panels are WinCC Basic programming soft- fessional. Professional, Enterprise
ideal HMI components for small to ware (TIA Portal)
mid-sized S7 control systems. Comprising: Authorisation on USB stick
System requirements 6x combined licence for switch-
The characteristics of the basic 64 bit: Windows 7, Windows 8 SP1 able use of SIMATIC WinCC flexible
panels are as follows: 32 bit: Windows 7 2008 (Classic) and SIMATIC WinCC
High-resolution dimmable wide- Advanced (TIA Portal)
screen displays with 64,000 col- Technical data 6x option and run-time software
ours KTP400 Basic PN Touch Panel: 2x 20 SIMATIC WinCC Advanced/
Touch and button function 4.3 TFT display (resolution: WinCC flexible 2008 SP3 for stu-
Interface for connecting to v arious 480 x 272, 64,000 colours) dents (temporary with authorisa-
PLCs Touch screen with 4 programmable tion for 365 days)
Archival via USB stick tactile function keys
Programming from WinCC Basic 1 Ethernet interface
V13 (TIA-Portal) 1 USB interface
Dimensions (H x W x D):
Process coupling: 141 x 116 x 41 mm
S7-1200, S7-1500 Supply voltage: 24 V DC
S7-200, S7-300/400 Ethernet Switch Scalance XB005:
LOGO! For S7 and/or LOGO! and up to
WinAC four other participants in industrial
Allen Bradley (EtherNet/IP) Ethernet
Mitsubishi (MC TCP/IP) 10/100 Mbit/s unmanaged switch
Modicon (Modbus TCP/IP) 5 RJ45 ports
LED diagnostics
Supply voltage: 24 V DC
Trainer Package 1x SIMATIC KTP400 8040053

Trainer Package 6x SIMATIC KTP400 8040054 Order no. 556239
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

Sensors for object detection
The purpose of automation The equipment set contains sensors The special feature Course topics
technology with analogue and binary output sig- Hands-on experience plays a central Configuration, function and coeffi-
nals, although the focus is on binary role in teaching the fundamentals cients of the sensors used
The subject of sensors for object de- output signals. These sensors are of sensors for object detection. Ex- Basic principles of connection and
tection is covered extensively in the called proximity switches. amples are used to demonstrate the circuit technology
TP 1311 equipment set. The topics general operational principles of dif- Influence of shape, material,
include configuration, function, are- The following types are contained ferent sensors. Special attention is surface and colour of the object
as of application and the selection of in the equipment set: paid to the selection of the right sen- on the switching characteristics of
sensors based on the requirements Magnetic proximity sensors sor, its connection, the correct set- sensors
of an application. Inductive proximity sensors ting and functional checking. Terms which describe coefficients
Optical proximity sensors and functional behaviour
Capacitive proximity sensors With the TP 1311 students can ac- Configuration of logic circuits
Inductive sensors (analogue) quire a thorough, basic knowledge Selecting appropriate sensors
about sensors for object detection. by taking into account certain
parameters

Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Sensors

1 1x Proximity sensor, magneto-resistive 566199
4 1x Analog sensor, inductive, M12 548644
5 1x One-way light barrier, receiver 548647 4 5 6
6 1x One-way light barrier, transmitter 548648
7 1x Fibre-optic unit 548655
8 1x Fibre-optic cable 548659
9 1x Retro-reflective sensor 548649
10 1x Reflector (triple mirror), 20 mm 548650
11 1x Diffuse sensor with background suppression 548656
12 1x Proximity sensor, capacitive, M12 548651 7 8 9
14 1x Slide unit 572740
15 1x Set of test objects 549830

Slotted mounting plate Page 238 10 11 12
13 14 15
Also order: are covered by exercises using

magnetic, inductive, optical and
Workbook capacitive proximity sensors.
Sensors for object detection The workbook includes:

Sample solutions
Workbook
TP 1311
Training notes
photos of industrial applications
With CD-ROM
50
mm
40

30
20
10
S
10 20 30 mm 40
-20
-30
-40
24 V
-50

de 566919
24 V
B 1
4 Q1
3
0V
P
0V
en 566920
es 566921
Festo Didactic
fr 566922
566920 en
Fifteen projects based on industrial Supplementary media

examples, suitable for equipment WBT Sensor technology 2:
set TP 1311, each including problem Sensors for object detection
descriptions, parameters and project Textbook: Proximity switches
tasks, deal in detail with the specific
subject of sensors for object detec-
tion. The main topics are configura-
tion, function and the influence of
material properties on behaviour,
possible applications and how to
select a sensor based on the applica-
tion conditions. The content topics
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > PLC in pneumatics

Programmable logic controllers
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 301 167101

4 5 6 5 1x Proximity sensor, optical, M12 572744
7 8 9 12 1x Manifold 152896
Universal connection unit, digital (SysLink) 162231
10 11 12 Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 239
EduTrainer Pages 208 218
Supplementary equipment set from TP 201 to TP 301
13
Supplements the Electropneumatics basic level equipment set, TP 201, to form
a complete Programmable Logic Controllers equipment set, TP 301.
Complete supplementary equipment set TP 201 TP 301 167102

Training aims A PLC (Festo FC34, SIMATIC S7-300

Benefits of the PLC compared to or Allen Bradley) is required to carry
conventional solutions such as out the tasks. Connection with uni-
electrical, electropneumatic or versal connection unit and I/O data
electrohydraulic solutions cable (SysLink) or with 4 mm safety
Functions of system components connectors. I/O modules can be con-
of a PLC nected via 4 mm safety connectors.
Commissioning a PLC
Application criteria for mechanical, Also order:
optical, capacitive and inductive
proximity sensors Workbook Programmable Logic
Sequence control and parallel logic Controllers, Basic level
Systematic programming of a PLC Campus licence ( Page 53):
in accordance with international de 93313
standard IEC 1131-3 en 93314
IEC 1131-3 programming languages 94427
es: Function Block Diagram, Lad-
der Diagram, Statement List, Struc- Recommended training media
tured Text and Sequence Language Textbook Programmable Logic
Controllers, Basic level
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Equipment sets > Fieldbus
Offers for fieldbus training
Ethernet Training with training packages Industrial standard

Profibus With just a few additions to the Training is ideal if use is made of
AS-interface Electropneumatics or Electrohy- components compatible with indus-
Vertical integration draulics training packages, you can trial standards. Thats why we use
Totally Integrated Automation get started with fieldbus training. Festo valve terminals and Siemens
... The required components fit the ER controllers.
frame or can be mounted on the pro-
Whichever way you look at it, if you file plate with Quick-Fix.
want to stay at the cutting edge you
need to know many terms and mas- Training with MPS
ter the basics of control t echnology, Mechatronics specialists or IT sys-
including networking in the field tems electronics specialists are
area. trained on realistic networked sys-
tems connected to office automa-
Festo Didactic offers: tion. The Modular Production System
Orientation seminars for MPS allows many variations of such
instructors and teachers training systems to be set up.
Controllers and control units
Valves and processes
Components for fieldbus training Masters Slaves/additional components Processes
Ethernet/Profinet S7-314-2PN/DP Trainer Package

Simatic WinCC/Web Navigator
TP700/KTP600/KTP400
Profibus S7 EduTrainer Compact with Trainer Packages SIMATIC Basic Electropneumatics

Profibus-DP* or S7 EduTrainer Panel TP700/KTP600/KTP400 for Programmable logic controllers
Universal with Profibus-DP S7 with WINCC flexible MPS Sorting station with
Valve terminal with Profibus-DP Profibus-DP
single valve interface** TP 402-DP
AS-interface S7 EduTrainer Compact with AS-interface power supply* Electropneumatics

AS-interface master* or S7 AS-interface I/O single valve inter- Programmable logic controllers
EduTrainer Universal with face unit with 2 slaves 4 I/4 O* MPS Distributing station with
AS-interface master AS-interface control unit AS-interface
(membrane keyboard) with TP 401-ASI
4 control elements and 2 displays*
AS-interface reflex light sensor
Valve terminal with AS-interface
connection**
AS-interface single valve connec-
tor**
* Components for the ER frame. ** Components for the profile plate.

Fieldbus technology AS-interface
1 2 3 Complete equipment set TP 401-ASI 541096

1 1x AS-Interface power supply 527426
2 1x AS-Interface I/O connection unit 527427
3 1x AS-Interface control unit 527428
4 1x AS-Interface valve terminal (4 valve slices) 527431
4 5 6 5 1x AS-interface diffuse sensor 532929
6 1x AS interface Individual valve interface for M8 solenoid valve 533524
8 1x Stack magazine module 527434
9 1x Changer module 527435
10 2x AS-Interface cable, Cable with M12 connector 0.5 m 533032
11 2x AS-Interface cable, Cable con conector M12 1.25 m 533033
7 8 9 12 1x I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
13 2x Sensor cable M8/M8, 50 cm, 3-pin/3-pin 175488
1x DUO cable 18685
Programming software:
STEP 7 Trainer Package, de/en/fr/es/it 548573
10/11 12 13/14
Necessary accessories:
PC adapter, USB 539006
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer Compact):

CPU-313C-2DP (ER2/19ASI-SL) 573888
Note: Other variants of the EduTrainer Compact or Universal with ASI master modules
can be combined conveniently in our online configurator based on your individual require-
ments. Please request a quotation for your individual requirements.
Other accessories:
AS-Interface master CP343-2 526853
Front-panel connector, screwed contacts 184554
AS-Interface addressing device 18959
AS-Interface addressing cable 18960
Training aims Prerequisites

Fieldbus systems in automation A SIMATIC S7-300 with AS-inter-
technology face master is required for solu-
Application criteria for fieldbus tion of the exercises in this training
systems package.
Comparison of various fieldbus The equipment set TP 201 or TP
systems 301 is also required for solution of
Network topologies and access the exercises. Or additionally order
methods the supplementary TP 400 compo-
ISO/OSI 7 layer model nent set.
AS-interface fundamentals
AS-interface transmission system Also order:
AS-interface master/slave
Configuration of an AS-interface Workbook TP 401, AS-interface
network with STEP 7 Campus licence ( Page 53):
Connecting, addressing and pro- AS-Interface de 534270
gramming bus stations AS-Interface en 534272

Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP
Complete equipment set TP 402-DP 541097 1 2 3

1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage 527432
4 1x Stack magazine module 527434
5 1x Changer module 527435 4 5 6
6 2x Profibus cable, 2.0 m 533036
10 2x Sensor cable M8/safety plug, 3-pin/3-pin, 100 cm 184123
1x Sensor cable M8/safety plug, 4-pin/3-pin, 100 cm 534638
7 8/9 10
Programming software:
STEP 7 Trainer Package, de/en/fr/es/it 548573
Necessary accessories:
TP 400 component set 541099
Recommended accessories (suggestion for S7 EduTrainer Compact):

CPU 314C-2PN/DP (ER1/19SL) 576626
CPU 313C-2DP (ER2/19ASI-SL) 573888
Note: Other variants of the EduTrainer Compact or Universal with ASI master modules
can be combined conveniently in our online configurator based on your individual
requirements. Please request a quotation for your individual requirements.
Training aims Also order:

Fieldbus systems in automation
technology Workbook TP 402 Profibus-DP
Application criteria for fieldbus Campus licence ( Page 53):
systems Profibus-DP de 534271
Comparison of various fieldbus Profibus-DP en 534273
systems
Network topologies and access Recommended training media
methods Textbook Programmable logic
ISO/OSI 7 layer model controllers, Basic level
Profibus-DP fundamentals Self-tuition program, Fundamen-
Profibus-DP transmission system tals of fieldbus technology
Profibus-DP master/slave CD-ROM Examples for training
Configuration of a Profibus-DP with STEP 7, AS-interface and Profi-
network with STEP 7 bus-DP as well as Powerpoint slide
Connecting, addressing and pro- shows on AS-interface, distributed
gramming bus stations automation with Profibus-DP and
valve terminals.
Prerequisites
A SIMATIC S7-300 with Profibus-DP
master is required to solve the
exercises in this training package.
The equipment set TP 201 or TP
301 is also required to solve the ex-
ercises. You can additionally order
the supplementary TP 400 compo-
nent set.

Fieldbus technology
1 2 3 TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP
This supplementary equipment set enables you to carry out the exercises
described in TP 402-DP using an existing TP 401-ASI. This facilitates training
in ASI or Profibus-DP.
Complete TP 401 supplementary equipment set DP 541098

4 5 6
1 1x SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer ET 200S 527425
2 1x Profibus-DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage 527432
4 2x Profibus cable, 2.0 m 533036
6 2x Sensor cable M8/safety plug, 3-pin/3-pin, 100 cm 184123
1x Sensor cable M8/safety plug, 4-pin/3-pin, 100 cm 534638
1 2 3 TP 400 component set
This supplementary set is required to carry out the exercises from TP 401-ASI
and TP 402-DP if TP 201 and TP 301 equipment sets respectively are not avail-
able and/or cannot be used.
Complete TP 400 component set 541099

4 5 6
7 8 6 1x Double-acting cylinder 152888
Automation technology/PLC training packages > Interfaces to the process
Interfaces to the process
With an EduTrainer or any PLC, 1. Simulation of the PLC inputs 2. Control of virtual processes 3. Process model:
you can control the process of your and display of the PLC outputs Control of actual modules
choice.
The programmer (PC), controller and Testing a PLC program using the Industry-oriented, cost effective Using equipment sets, MPS
processes are connected via various simulation box. PLC training by means of simulation stations or MPS PA stations.
interfaces. software, e.g. CIROS.
EduTrainer or PLC of your choice
I/O data cab

with SysLink connectors for Edu-
Trainer at both ends (order no.
034031/167197) or with SysLink
connectors at one end and open
cable end sleeves for any PLC
(order no. 167122)
Interface
EasyPort USB (order no. 548687)
Cable set
with safety plugs (order no. 167091)
Process model
Digital simulation box (order no.
170643) or Digital/analogue simu-
lation box (order no. 526863)
Simulation software
CIROS
FluidSIM
EasyVeep
Equipment sets, MPS stations or
MPS PA stations
Accessories/Optional components for training packages
236
General..........................................................................................................238
Pneumatics....................................................................................................240
Hydraulics......................................................................................................242
Electrical engineering/Electronics..................................................................247
Automation technology/PLC..........................................................................253
Order means..................................................................................................256
237
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > General
Accessories and optional components

General
1 1 Aluminium profile plate 3 Rubber feet

The anodised aluminium profile For non-slip, protective mounting
plate forms the basis for all train- of profile plates on tabletops of any
ing packages. All of the compo- type. Set (4 pieces).
nents fit s ecurely and safely into the Order no. 158343
grooves on the profile plate. There
are grooves on each side and, if re- 4 Plug-in adapter set
quired, both sides can be fitted with The plug-in adapter set can be used
components. The grooves are com- to mount the ER units directly on the
2 patible with the ITEM profile system. blue plug-in board or on the alumin-
Grid dimensions: 50 mm. ium profile plate. One set is required
to mount one unit.
For installation on tables we recom- Order no. 541122
mend the appropriate rubber feet
(order no. 158343). 5 A4 ER mounting frame
The ER mounting plate can be in-
Sizes 350 x 1100 mm and stalled in any A4 mounting frame. A
3 350 x 250 mm supplied without cut-out permits installation of 2 large
side caps (H x W). or 4 small Festo Didactic ER units
350 x 250 mm 159333 (H x W).
350 x 1100 mm 162360 297 x 500 mm 536200
700 x 350 mm 162386
700 x 350 mm* 170395 6 Vernier caliper
700 x 550 mm 159409 Measuring range: 0 150 mm
4 700 x 700 mm 159410 Resolution: 0.01 mm
700 x 1100 mm 159411 Display: LCD display, 5-digit
* with cable guide Power supply: 1.5 V button cell
Order no. 35653
2 Slotted mounting plate
All components with the Quick-Fix
mounting system can be mounted
5 on slotted mounting plates. The slot-
ted mounting plates are fitted with
elastic buffers and can be used hori-
zontally on a table top. Order no.
159331 can also be inserted in con-
ventional A4 mounting frames. The
slotted mounting plates are not in-
tended for use with actuators.
694 x 297 mm 159331
700 x 550 mm 544246
(overall dimensions B x H)

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > General

General
1 Tabletop power supply unit 3 Power supply unit for 5 IEC power cable 1
Input voltage: 85 265 V AC mounting frame One side designed as a connector
(47 63 Hz) Input voltage: 85 265 V AC and one side with a country-specif-
Output voltage: 24 V DC, (47 63 Hz) ic plug.
short-circuit-proof Output voltage: 24 V DC, Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR,
Output current: max. 4.5 A short-circuit-proof NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT,
Dimensions: 75 x 155 x 235 mm Output current: max. 4.5 A DK, IR, ID
Without power cable Dimensions: 170 x 240 x 92 mm Order no. 247661
Order no. 162416 Without power cable Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA,
With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, with: Order no. 159382 Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, 2
Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, with: PH, JP
NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, Order no. 350362
DK, IR, ID NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY,
Order no. 162417 DK, IR, ID SG, UA, HK, AE
Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, Order no. 159396 Order no. 350363
Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ,
PH, JP Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, CN, AR
Order no. 162418 PH, JP Order no. 350364
Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY, Order no. 162411 Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
SG, UA, HK, AE Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY, Order no. 350366
Order no. 162419 SG, UA, HK, AE Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN,
Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, Order no. 162412 PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE)
CN, AR Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, Order no. 350367
Order no. 162380 CN, AR 3
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH Order no. 162413 6 IEC power cable 90
Order no. 162381 Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH One end fitted with a 90 IEC connec-
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN, Order no. 162414 tor and the other fitted with a coun-
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE) Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN, try-specific connector. Preferred ver-
Order no. 162382 PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE) sion for EduTrainer Universal.
Order no. 162415 Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR,
2 EduTrainer 24 V NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT,
power supply unit 4 5-fold plug socket strip with DK, IR, ID
Input voltage: 1 AC/110 230 V switch Order no. 549860 4
(47 63 Hz) Impact and shatter resistant plug Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA,
Output voltage: 24 V DC, socket strip with tamper-proof cover, Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH,
short-circuit-proof 4 mounting points and mounting PH, JP
Output current: Max. 4.5 A attachments. Order no. 549861
Front plate: 133 x 297 mm With power supply plug suitable for: DE, Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY,
Console housing with rubber FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, SG, UA, HK, AE
feet for use in an A4 frame or on IT, DK, IR, ID Order no. 549862
tabletop Order no. 380707 Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ,
Connection via 4 mm safety plugs CN, AR 5
Through-hole for 3 AC/400 V Order no. 549863
Order no. 571813 Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH
Order no. 549864
Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN,
PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE)
Order no. 549865
6
CEE 7/VII AS 3112
NEMA 5-15 SEV 1011
BS 1363 SANS 164-1
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Pneumatics

Pneumatics
1 1 Plastic tubing 6 T-connector Silencer and sealing rings

Very flexible and pressure secure. (Quick Star quick push-in fitting) Minimum order quantity/packaging unit
4 x 0.75 silver 10 m 151496 Precision barbed T connector for quantity: 10 pieces
3 x 0.5 silver 5 m 197118 quickly establishing branches with
6 x 1 silver 5 m 152963 low amounts of power, for plas- Silencer U-M5
tic tubing, 4 mm outside diameter Order no. 4645
Minimum order quantity/packaging unit (calibrated). Sealing ring OL-M5
2 quantity: 50 m Simply plug and work Order no. 34634
4 x 0.75 silver 152584 Flexible assembly all fittings Silencer U-1/8
4 x 0.75 blue 159662 can be rotated 360 around the Order no. 2307
4 x 0.75 black 159663 threaded part Sealing ring OL-1/8
4 x 0.75 red 178410 Absolutely safe and secure Order no. 33840
4 x 0.75 yellow 178417 with an NBR plastic seal
4 x 0.75 green 178424 Multiple use thread with self- 7 Compressor
3 sealing PTFE coating Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet
2 Pipe and tubing cutter (45 dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suit-
For plastic and Perbunan tubing with Minimum order quantity/packaging unit ed for use in classrooms. With pres-
and without fabric reinforcement quantity: 10 pieces sure regulator and water separator.
with outside diameters up to 20 Type 1 Straight fitting, M5 (QSM-M5-4) Pressure: 800 kPa (8 bar) Pmax
mm. Ensures a vertical, burr-free cut Type 2 Straight fitting, G1/8 (QS-G1/8-4) Performance: 50 l/min
4
through positive locking of tubing in Type 3 Elbow connector, rotatable, M5 Reservoir capacity: 24 l
the cutter. It also has a safety clip to (QSML-M5-4) Compressed air outlet: or KD4
prevent unauthorized opening. Sup- Type 4 Elbow connector, rotatable, G1/8 Noise level: 45 dB (A)/1 m
plied with two spare blades. (QSL-G1/8-4) Duty cycle: max. 50 %
Order no. 7658 Type 5 Elbow connector, 4H (QSL-4H) Pressure regulator valve with
Type 6 Straight fitting, self-closing, M5 gauge
3 Tubing cutter (QSK-M5-4)
5 For optimal cutting of plastic tubing. Type 7 Straight fitting, self-closing, G1/8 Design: 230 V/50 Hz
Order no. 255851 (QSK-G1/8-4) With fully insulated socket and IEC
Type 8 T-connector (QST-4) power cable suitable for: DE, FR, NO,
Releasing tool Type 9 T-connector (QST-6) SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT,
For releasing all QS connectors for Type 10 Plug-in bulkhead connector DK, IR, ID.
tubing outside diameters of 3 to 10 (QSMS-4) Design: 100 120 V/50 60 Hz
mm. Type 11 Blanking plugs (QSC-4H) With fully insulated socket.
Order no. 158419 Type 12 Push-in sleeve (QSH-4)
Type 13 Push-in connector (QSM-6H-4) 230 V 91030
4 Multiple tubing holder strip set 110 V 565440
Multiple tubing holder strip for alu- Type 1 153304
minium profile plate. Easily attach- Type 2 186095 Compressor accessories
es to the aluminium slotted profile Type 3 153333 Consisting of:
plate; a neat solution for up to 6 Type 4 186116 Coupling socket
6 tubes/cables per strip. Set of 10. Type 5 153056 (KD3-CK-4 and KD4-1/4-A)
Order no. 544317 Type 6 153291 Coupling plug (KS4-CK-4)
Type 7 186294 Tubing (6 x 1 silver 2,5 m)
5 Accessory box Type 8 153128 Order no. 102725
The accessory box contains pneu- Type 9 153129
7 matic connectors and tubing acces- Type 10 153376
sories as well as a tubing cutter and Type 11 153267
releasing tool for pneumatic con- Type 12 153251
nectors. Type 13 153329
Order no. 167020

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Pneumatics

Pneumatics
1 On-off valve with 3/4 Universal adapter 7 Stepper module, expansion 1

filter/regulator, 5 m The adapter enables Festo pneu- The stepper controller is obtained
Filter regulator valve with pressure matic components and those of oth- from the series connection of four
gauge, on-off valve, quick push-in er manufacturers to be mounted on type TAA basic modules. This mod-
connectors and quick coupling plug, the aluminium profile plate. You can ule comprises a memory (5/2-way
mounted on a swivel support. The continue to use your existing com- double pilot valve) with display and
filter with water separator removes ponents and still benefit from the manual override as well as an AND
dirt, pipe sinter, rust and condensed advantages of using the aluminium and OR gate.
water. The pressure regulator main- profile plate system and the Quick- Order no. 152885
tains the supply air pressure at the Fix mounting system from Festo
set operating pressure and compen- Didactic: 8 3/2-way roller lever valve,
sates pressure fluctuations. The filter Plug-in, clamp, ready normally open
bowl has a condensate drain valve. no force required Type:
No worn-out sockets Poppet valve, indirectly actuated in 2
The on-off valve pressurises and Exact positioning of components one direction, with spring return
vents the entire control system. The Working in a third dimension Pressure range:
3/2-way valve is actuated by a rota- Universally suitable for Festo and 280 800 kPa (2.8 8 bar)
ry button. third-party components Standard nominal flow rate 1...2:
120 l/min
Design: Piston regulator valve You can mount the components onto Order no. 162267
3 4
with sintered filter and water trap the adapter yourself. It is quick, easy
Standard nominal flow rate*: and reliable with slotted screws (in- 9 Force sensor
1600 l/min cluded in scope of delivery). Avail- Force sensor for piston force meas-
Input pressure: able in two sizes. The adapters are urement in the TP 210. Mounting is
max. 1600 kPa (16 bar) thus universally usable for an enor- performed on a slotted profile plate
Working pressure: mous number of components with using two T-head nuts. Electrical con-
max. 1200 kPa (12 bar) a through hole regardless of the nection is by means of 4 mm safety 5 6
Grade of filtration: 5 m manufacturer. plugs.
Condensate quantity: 43 cm3 Measuring range: 0 1 kN
Connector: G 1/8, QS-6 for plastic Not suitable for mounting of hydrau- Supply voltage: 24 V DC
tubing PUN 6 x 1 lic components. Output voltage: 0 10 V
Order no. 526337 3 75 x 50 x 30 mm 195224 Order no. 539780
* Input pressure: 1000 kPa (10 bar) 4 75 x 100 x 30 mm 195225 7
Operating pressure: 600 kPa (6 bar)
Differential pressure: 100 kPa (1 bar) 5 Quick-Fix screw adapter
The Quick-Fix screw adapter makes
2 One-way flow control valve it possible to attach components to a
One-way flow control valve on Quick- slotted profile plate.
Fix safety and quick mounting sys- Order no. 549806
tem for profile plates
Pressure range: 0.2 10 bar 6 Quick-Fix clamping adapter
Standard nominal flow rate The Quick-Fix clamping adapter
in direction of flow control makes it possible to attach small
8
0 110 l/min components on a slotted profile
QS-4 connection plate.
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Hydraulics

Hydraulics Drives
1 Differential cylinder with cover 4 Loading unit/cylinder load 7 Displacement encoder for cylinder
Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) simulator Linear potentiometer for installing on
Maximum permissible pressure With this combination, a hydraulic cylinders using a mounting kit.
12 MPa (120 bar) counteracting force can be applied Connecting cable with 4mm safety
Double-acting to a differential or steady-speed cyl- plug
Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling inder, allowing a wide range of load Output: 0 10 V (DC)
nipples situations to be set up and investi-
Quick action mounting system gated. Available options include 200 mm measuring stroke
Quick-Fix differential against differential (2 x for cylinders order no. 572746 and
2 1 : 1.6), small steady-speed against 572750 with mounting kit order no.
16/10/200 large steady-speed, or large steady- 544371 or for cylinders order no.
Piston : 16 mm speed against small steady-speed 572747 with mounting kit order no.
Piston rod : 10 mm cylinder. 544373
Stroke: 200 mm Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) 200 mm stroke 167090
Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 Maximum permissible pressure
Order no. 572746 12 MPa (120 bar) 300 mm measuring stroke
3 Integrated safety valve for cylinders order no. 572748 with
16/10/300 Double-acting (2 x) mounting kit order no. 544372
Piston : 16 mm Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling 300 mm stroke 525953
Piston rod : 10 mm nipples
Stroke: 300 mm Quick action mounting system 450 mm measuring stroke
Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 Quick-Fix for direct mounting on cylinders
Order no. 572748 Piston : 2 x 16 mm order no. 184488 and aluminium
4 Piston rod : 10 mm profile plate
1 16/10/400 Stroke: 200 mm 450 mm stroke 525954
Piston : 16 mm Surface area ratio 1 : 1 or 1 : 1.6
Piston rod : 10 mm Order no. 572145 Weight, 9 kg for cylinder
Stroke: 400 mm Weight for mounting on a Learnline
Surface area ratio 1 : 1.6 5 Cover for cylinder profile column. Can be used as the
Order no. 572749 Reduces the risk of injury. With a driving or tractive load of a hydrau-
guide for easy positioning of limit lic cylinder. With clevis and plain-
5 2 25/18/200 switches and proximity sensors. Also bearing guide. For cylinder: order no.
Piston : 25 mm suitable for cylinders with mounting 152857, 572746, 572750
Piston rod : 18 mm kit. Use two covers for cylinders with Order no. 152972
Stroke: 200 mm a stroke of more than 200 mm. With
Surface area ratio 1 : 2 quick action mounting system Quick- 8 Protective cover for weight, 9 kg
Order no. 572747 Fix. For all differential and double rod Protects reliably against injury. Only
6 cylinders. in combination with cylinder, order
3 Steady-speed cylinder with Order no. 556290 no. 152857, 572746, 572750 and
covers weight, order no. 152972.
Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) 6 Mounting kit for cylinders
Maximum permissible pressure Fitting a mounting kit on a cylinder For Learnline profile column
12 MPa (120 bar) makes the following possible: Order no. 541135
Double-acting Actuation of the stem actuated For the Learntop-S mounting kit
Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling valve by the guide bar Order no. 152973
nipples Actuation of proximity sensors
7 Quick action mounting system (order no. 2342009) by the perma-
Quick-Fix nent magnet of the guide bar
Piston : 16 mm Use of a displacement encoder
Piston rod : 2 x 10 mm
Stroke: 200 mm For cylinder 572746, 572750, 572145
Surface area ratio 1 : 1 Order no. 544371 You can find our complete
Order no. 572750 For cylinder 572748 range of hydraulic compo-
Order no. 544372 nents at
8 For cylinder 572747 www.festo-didactic.com
Order no. 544373


Hydraulics Hosing/Distributing
1 Hose line with Coupling nipple 5 Pressure relief unit 1

quick release couplings Maximum permissible pressure The pressure relief unit is attached
The high-pressure hose consists of 12 MPa (120 bar) to the low-leakage, self-sealing cou-
three layers: The innermost layer is Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling pling nipple so it can be forced open
synthetic rubber, followed by a wire nipple without requiring much power. This
mesh and sheath of abrasion-re- G male thread allows trapped hydraulic pressures
sistant synthetic rubber. The quick Order no. 342047 to be relieved.
coupling sockets are self-sealing Order no. 152971
when decoupled. Used with a cou- Blanking plug
pling nipple, the coupling sockets To seal off connecting threads that Base plate 2
form a tightly sealed connection. On- are not needed. Base plates with four G threaded
ly the face of the coupling is coated Maximum permissible pressure connections and valve port patterns
with oil during the coupling process. 12 MPa (120 bar) to ISO/DIN 4401. For the adaptation
Coupling and decoupling are only G male thread of any valves. Quick action mounting
permissible when the hose is de- Order no. 205284 system Quick-Fix.
pressurised.
Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) Sealing ring for blanking plug Size 02 (NG4) 3
Max. permissible pressure Order no. 34635 Order no. 572152
12 MPa (120 bar) Size 02 (NG4), AB rotated
Temperature range -40 + 125 C 2 T-distributor Order no. 572153
Min. bending radius 100 mm The distributor can be inserted at Size 03 (NG6)
DN 06 ( 6,3 mm) any point. Order no. 669198
600 mm 152960 Ports: 2x coupling nipples and Size 03 (NG6), AB rotated
1000 mm 152970 1x quick coupling socket Order no. 750227
1500 mm 159386 Maximum permissible pressure
3000 mm 158352 12 MPa (120 bar) 6 Tubing line for unpressurised 4
Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings return
Resistance hose line with quick Order no. 152847 For connecting open connection fit-
release couplings tings to the return header or the plug
DN 04 ( 4 mm) 3 4-way distributor socket on the hydraulic power unit.
1000 mm 549858 Distributor with five ports. Maximum permissible pressure
Maximum permissible pressure 1 MPa (10 bar)
Hose line without quick release 12 MPa (120 bar) One side with open quick coupling
couplings Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling plug, one side with quick coupling
With G 1/4 external thread and nipples socket
spanner flat (AF19). Please observe Quick action mounting system Length 1200 mm 5
the following safety rules: Hoses Quick-Fix Order no. 573024
should not be used for longer than Order no. 184455
6 years, including a storage period 7 4-way return header,
of 2 years. 4 4-way distributor with pressure unpressurised
600 mm 337617 gauge Plate with five ports to bring togeth-
1000 mm 337618 The distributor with five ports is er multiple safety-oriented return 6
1500 mm 350337 equipped with a pressure gauge and lines. The open quick coupling plug
3000 mm 343616 is firmly screwed to the profile plate. is routed back to the tank of the
Effective range and maximum per- hydraulic power unit.
Coupling socket missible pressure 10 MPa (100 bar) Maximum permissible pressure
Maximum permissible pressure Quality class 1.6% of the full scale 1 MPa (10 bar)
12 MPa (120 bar) value Four self-sealing quick coupling
Low-leakage, self-sealing quick Operating pressure, static: sockets
coupling socket 3/4 of the full scale value A tube (2 m) with open quick 7
G thread Operating pressure, dynamic: coupling plug
Internal thread 567223 2/3 of the full scale value Order no. 573026
External thread 548610 Cushioning: glycerine
Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
nipples
Order no. 159395

Hydraulics Power packs
1 1 Hydraulic power pack with 2 Hydraulic power pack with LS

two constant-displacement pumps variable and constant displacement
and two motors, AC pump combination, three-phase AC
Especially suitable for separate sup- Especially well-suited to all tests
ply of two hydraulic circuits each with the TP 800 standard equipment
with its own ON/OFF switch e.g. on a sets and other mobile hydraulics ap-
mobile Learnline workstation. Equal- plications, especially processes con-
ly recommended for reaching higher trolled with load sensing (LS).
speeds in cylinders and motors. Also Can be integrated into mobile
ideal for producing valve character- Learnline workstation systems
istic curves. from 2005 onwards
Can be integrated into mobile Pumps: vane pump with hydrau-
Learnline workstation systems lic load-sensing controller limited
from 2005 onwards to 4,2 l/min delivery rate at 1,000
Pump design: 2 x external gear min-1 and external gear pump with
motor each with pressure relief pressure-relief valve adjustable to
valve adjustable from 0 6 MPa 0 6 MPa (0 60 bar), delivery rate
(0 60 bar) of constant displacement pump:
Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) 4.1 l/min at 1,000 min-1
Two motors with overload protec- Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)
tion, and each with an ON/OFF Motor with overload protection and
switch on the Quick-Fix mounting an ON/OFF switch on quick action
system mounting system Quick-Fix
Tank: 40 l volume, sight glass, Tank: 40 l, sight glass, temperature
temperature display, drain screw display, drain screw
Tank lid with air filter and return Tank lid with air filter and return
2 filter filter
Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
nipples for P and T nipples for P and T
Plug socket for unpressurised Plug socket for unpressurised
return return
Connecting flange for measuring Connecting flange for measuring
container return container return
Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm Dimensions: 805 x 335 x 540 mm
(W x D x H) (W x D x H)
Weight: 72 kg Weight: 105 kg
Power pack with AC motors Power unit with three-phase motor

Single-phase and start capacitors Motor data: 380 420 V; 2.2 kW;
Nominal voltage: 230 V 50 Hz
Rated output: 2 x 550 W CEE plug (Cekon) 16 A
Frequency: 50 Hz Order no. 572128
Delivery rate (rated speed):
each 3.7 l/min/1400 r.p.m. Variants
Order no. 541114 Motor data:
220 245 V (3 x 127 141 V);
Hydraulic power pack with two fixed 2.2 kW; 50 Hz
displacement pumps and two three- 220 280 V (3 x 127 161 V);
phase AC motors 2.2 kW; 60 Hz
Power pack with three-phase AC 380 480 V (3 x 220 277 V);
motors 2.2 kW; 60 Hz
Nominal voltage: 400 460 V Order no. On request
Rated output: 2 x 550 W
Frequency: 50 60 Hz
3 3 Wheel set for mounting Delivery rate (rated speed):
on the tank each 3.7 4.5 l/min at 1400 1740
Suitable for hydraulic power r.p.m.
units with 40 l tank Order no. 541116
Four guide rollers, of which two
with locking brake
Mounting material included
Order no. 539734


Hydraulics Power packs
1 Hydraulic power pack with two 2 Hydraulic power pack with a 1

constant-displacement pumps and constant-displacement pump, 230 V
one motor, AC Ideal for individual hydraulic work-
Recommended for reaching higher stations for all experiments using
speeds in cylinders and motors. Also standard equipment sets TP 500, 600
ideal for producing valve character- and the MPS punching station.
istic curves. Mounting on Learnline with univer-
Can be integrated into mobile sal bracket (order no. 539736)
Learnline workstation systems Mounting on Learntop-S: direct
from 2005 onwards Pump design: external gear motor
Pump design: 2 x external gear with pressure relief valve adjusta-
motor each with pressure relief ble from 0 6 MPa (0 60 bar)
valve adjustable from 0 6 MPa Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar)
(0 60 bar) Motor: AC, single-phase with over-
Operating pressure 6 MPa (60 bar) load protection, start capacitor and
Motor with overload protection, ON/OFF switch
and ON/OFF switch on Quick-Fix Tank: 5 l volume, sight glass,
mounting system temperature display, drain screw
Tank: 40 l volume, sight glass, Air filter and return filter
temperature display, drain screw Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling
Tank lid with air filter and return nipples for P and T
filter Plug socket for unpressurised
Low-leakage, self-sealing coupling return
nipples for P and T Connecting flange for measuring
Plug socket for unpressurised container return
return Dimensions: 580 x 300 x 180 mm 2
Connecting flange for measuring (W x D x H)
container return Weight: 19 kg
Dimensions: 700 x 320 x 550 mm
(W x D x H) Nominal voltage: 230 V AC
Weight: 65 kg Rated output: 0.65 kW
Frequency: 50 to 60 Hz
Power pack with AC motor, single- Delivery rate (rated speed):
phase and start capacitor 2.2 2.7 l/min at 1320 1680 m-1
Nominal voltage: 230 V Order no. 152962
Rated output: 1.1 kW
Frequency: 50 Hz Hydraulic power pack with a
Delivery rate (rated speed): fixed displacement pump, 110 V
2 x 3.7 l/min at 1400 r.p.m. Nominal voltage: 110 V AC
Order no. 539733 Rated output: 0.55 kW
Frequency: 60 Hz
Hydraulic power pack with two fixed Plug to US standard
displacement pumps and one three- Delivery rate (rated speed):
phase AC motor 2.7 l/min at 1680 m-1
Power pack with three-phase AC Order no. 159328
motor
Nominal voltage: 400 460 V
Rated output: 1.1 kW
Frequency: 50 60 Hz
Delivery rate (rated speed):
2 x 3.7 4.5 l/min at 1400 1740 All 230 V power packs with 3 Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524)
r.p.m. power plug CEE 7, suitable for: Brand-name hydraulic oil for all
Order no. 541115 DE, FR, NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, Festo hydraulic power units. 3
NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, DK, IR, ID. HLP22, 10 Litres
Order no. 192215
Note: HLP22, 20 Litres
For safety reasons the hy- Order no. 14572
draulic power packs are not
Additional hydraulic power filled with oil when delivered. Funnel
units and configurations on Please order the oil sepa- Funnel for filling various devices
request. rately. with oil.
Order no. 374038

Hydraulics Additional components
1 1 Measuring case 3 Pressure switch, electronic 6 Measuring container for

The complete measuring set is pack- The pressure switch can be inserted hydraulic oil
aged in the practical and sturdy at any point for pressure measure- The transparent measuring container
Systainer. It can be used for com- ment and has two switching outputs is equipped with a stabilised inlet, a
missioning, maintenance, trouble- and an analogue output. normal inlet and an inlet for unpres-
shooting and optimisation of hydrau- Operating voltage 18 35 V DC surised return. There is also a scale,
lic circuits. Switching outputs 2 x PNP, maxi- protection against overflow, and a
mum 1.2 A manually opened outflow. For mount-
Complete measuring case, Effective range and maximum pering on Learnline, the universal brack-
consisting of: missible pressure 10 MPa (100 bar) et (order no. 539736) is required.
Flow rate measuring device, elec- Analogue output 0 10 V Measuring range up to 2 litres.
tronic: 0 10 V analogue output 4-digit digital display, can be rotat- Order no. 541134
corresponds to 0 10 litres per ed along 2 axes
minute or 0 1220 RPM. Electrical connection M12, 5-pin on
2 Can only be operated with a 4 mm safety plug
hydraulic motor (Order no. Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings
152858). Order no. 567191 Order no. 548612
Measuring line, 500 mm, red:
Order no. 376937 4 Temperature sensor
Measuring line, 500 mm, blue: The sensor can be inserted at any
Order no. 376936 point for temperature measurement
Digital multimeter: Order no. and has an analogue output.
571832 Maximum permissible pressure
3 Pressure sensor, measuring range 12 MPa (120 bar)
0 10 MPa (0 100 bar), nominal Operating voltage 20 30 V DC
size 4: Order no. 525964 Measuring range 0 100 C
Temperature sensor, measuring Analogue output 0 10 V
range 0 100 C, nominal size 4: Electrical connection on 4 mm safe-
Order no. 525963 ty plug
Order no. 177468 Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings
Order no. 525963
2 Pressure sensor
The pressure sensor can be inserted 5 Flow sensor
4 at any point for pressure measure- The sensor is connected to the hy-
ment and has an analogue output. draulic motor (order no. 152858). A
Operating voltage 15 30 V DC tachometer generator transforms the
Effective range and maximum per- rotational speed of the hydraulic mo-
missible pressure 10 MPa (100 bar) tor into DC voltage. The speed of the
Analogue output 0 10 V hydraulic motor from 0 1220 r.p.m.
Electrical connection on 4 mm equates to a voltage of 0 10 V and
safety plug a flow rate of 0 10 l/min.
Low-leakage, self-sealing couplings Clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation:
Order no. 525964 output as analogue value from
5 0 10 V
Operating voltage 24 V DC
Measuring range 0 10 l/min
Analogue output 0 10 V
Electrical connection on 4 mm
safety sockets
Order no. 567191
6
Displacement encoder PC-supported

Hydraulics Drives measured data acquisition
Page 242 Equipment sets TP 610 and
TP 810

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Electrical engineering/Electronics

4 mm Safety laboratory cables 4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 2 mm Safety laboratory cables

Plugs with rigid protective sleeve 52 pieces, grey and green-yellow Plugs with rigid protective sleeve
and axial socket Complete set, consisting of 52 safety and axial socket
Conductor cross section: 1 mm2 laboratory cables with 4 mm safety Conductor cross section: 0,5 mm2
1000 V CAT II plugs in the colours grey and green- 500 V CAT II
Rated current: 16 A yellow: Rated current: 5 A
6x grey 50 mm
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 15x grey 300 mm 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
98 pieces, red and blue 2x green-yellow 300 mm 60 pieces, red, blue and black
Complete set, consisting of 98 safety 12x grey 500 mm Complete set, consisting of 60 safety
laboratory cables with 4 mm safety 2x green-yellow 500 mm laboratory cables with 2 mm safety
plugs in the colours red and blue: 6x grey 1000 mm plugs in the colours red, blue and
10x red 50 mm 2x green-yellow 1000 mm black:
10x blue 50 mm 6x grey 1500 mm 11x red 100 mm
26x red 300 mm 1x green-yellow 1500 mm 11x blue 100 mm
11x blue 300 mm Order no. 571807 20x black 100 mm
21x red 500 mm 2x red 200 mm
12x blue 500 mm 4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 2x blue 200 mm
3x red 1000 mm 50 mm 10x black 200 mm
3x blue 1000 mm red 376932 2x black 300 mm
1x red 1500 mm blue 376931 2x black 500 mm
1x blue 1500 mm black 572102 Order no. 574206
For the third cable colour, safety lab- grey 572103
oratory cables, 47 pieces, black, are 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
suitable (order no. 572096) 4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 100 mm
Order no. 167091 300 mm red 574198
red 376935 blue 574199
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, blue 376934 black 574200
47 pieces, black black 572104
Complete set, consisting of 47 safety grey 572105 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
laboratory cables with 4 mm safety yellow 572106 200 mm
plugs in the colour black: green-yellow 572107 red 574201
8x black 50 mm blue 574202
18x black 300 mm 4 mm Safety laboratory cables, black 574203
18x black 500 mm 500 mm
2x black 1000 mm red 376937 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
1x black 1500 mm blue 376936 300 mm
Order no. 572096 black 572108 red 576297
grey 572109 blue 576298
4 mm Safety laboratory cables, yellow 572110 black 574204
106 pieces, red, blue and black green-yellow 572111
Complete set, consisting of 106 safe- 2 mm Safety laboratory cables,
ty laboratory cables with 4 mm safe- 4 mm Safety laboratory cables, 500 mm
ty plugs in the colours red, blue and 1000 mm red 576295
black: red 376939 blue 576296
10x red 50 mm blue 376938 black 574205
10x blue 50 mm black 572112
8x black 50 mm grey 572113
8x red 300 mm yellow 572114
8x blue 300 mm green-yellow 572115
18x black 300 mm
8x red 500 mm 4 mm Safety laboratory cables,
8x blue 500 mm 1500 mm
18x black 500 mm red 376941 Measuring lead holder
2x red 1000 mm blue 376940 Mobile measuring lead holder with
3x blue 1000 mm black 572116 storage box.
2x black 1000 mm grey 572117 Dimensions (W x H x D)
1x red 1500 mm yellow 572118 54 x 135 x 54 cm
1x blue 1500 mm green-yellow 572119 Storage dimensions (W x D)
1x black 1500 mm 42 x 51 cm

1 Safety jumper plugs, 1 BNC 4 mm

42 pieces, red, blue, grey, safety measuring adapter
grey-blue and green-yellow Measuring lead for BNC plug on
Complete set, consisting of 42 safe- 4 mm safety plug
ty jumper plugs in the colours red, BNC plug insulated
blue, grey, grey-blue and green-yel- 4 mm plug with rigid protective
low: sleeve and axial socket
8x red 600 V CAT II
8x blue Length: 1600 mm
16x grey Order no. 8023959
2 4x grey-blue
6x green-yellow 2 4 mm 2 mm
safety measuring adapter
Plugs with rigid protective sleeve Measuring adapter 4 mm safety plug
Plug spacing: 19 mm on 2 mm safety socket
1000 V CAT II With rigid protective sleeve and
Rated current: 16 A axial socket
3 Order no. 571808 600 V CAT II
Load capacity: 5 A
Safety jumper plugs, Order no. 8023960
28 pieces, grey-black
Complete set, consisting of 28 grey- 3 Set of 4 mm angled safety
black safety jumper plugs. Suitable adapters, 20 pc, clevis
for the universal patch panel Edu- Set comprising 20 angled adapters
Trainer, the jumper plugs are used with rigid protective sleeve and open
to clearly establish connections clevis end for the bonding of devices.
when designing circuits. Clevis width 7.5 mm
28x grey-black Clevis length 12 mm
Suitable for M4 screws
Plugs with rigid protective sleeve 1000 V CAT II
Plug spacing: 19 mm Load capacity: 16 A
1000 V CAT II grey 576287
Rated current: 16 A black 576288
Order no. 571809
4 4 Set of 4 mm angled safety
Safety jumper plugs, 19 mm adapters, 20 pc, pin
Plugs with rigid protective sleeve Set comprising 20 angled adapters
Plug spacing: 19 mm with rigid protective sleeve and open
1000 V CAT II pin end for the bonding of devices.
Power rating: 16 A Pin width 2 mm
red 572097 Pin length 12 mm
blue 572098 1000 V CAT II
black 572099 Load capacity: 16 A
grey 572100 grey 576285
grey-blue 572120 black 576286
grey-black 572121
green-yellow 572101


1 Set of empty component 5 I/O level converter 5 V 24 V 1 6

housings, 2-pin I/O level converter for the implemen-
Set of ten 2-pin housings, suitable tation of digital inputs and outputs
for equipment set for basic principles for digital technology or microcon-
of electrical engineering/electronics, trollers on functional models.
consisting of Supply voltage DC/24 V via 4 mm
Housing upper part, grey, blank safety plug
Housing base, transparent 8 inputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug
Printed circuit board with universal 8 outputs 5 V via 2 mm safety plug
layout and imprinted 4 mm push- SysLink connection with 8 inputs 2 7
in sleeves and 8 outputs 24 V
For equipment with commercially Acceptable current load per
available 2-pin wired components. DC/24 V output 300 mA, protect-
Order no. 576289 ed against short circuits and over-
loads
2 Set of empty component Sum of the output currents:
housings, 3-pin max. 2 A
Set of ten 3-pin housings, suitable Order no. 576622
for equipment set for basic principles
of electrical engineering/electronics, 6 KNX cable set 3
consisting of Complete set comprising 6 KNX
Housing upper part, grey, blank cables. Pre-assembled with KNX sys-
Housing base, transparent tem plugs to fit KNX EduTrainers.
Printed circuit board with universal Conductor cross section:
layout and imprinted 4 mm push- 2 x 2 x 0.8 mm2
in sleeves 4x 100 mm
For equipment with commercially 1x 200 mm
available 3-pin wired components. 1x 1000 mm
Order no. 576290 Order no. 8023965 4
3 Operational amplifier 7 A4 empty housing

For constructing amplifier circuits. Medium-grey front panel with
Supply voltage +/-15 V DC via removable protective sheet, rear
2 mm safety plug cover, rubber feet and screws fully
Output short circuit proof mounted.
Offset compensation possible Front panel: 133 x 297 mm
with potentiometer Front panel: 266 x 297 mm
OP type LM741 Front panel: 399 x 297 mm
Order no. 576621 Depth: 90 mm 5
133 x 297 mm 8023974
4 IC zero insertion force socket 266 x 297 mm 8023975
High-quality IC socket for tool-free 399 x 297 mm 8023976
adaptation of ICs, compatible with
digital technology.
16 pins in a 2.54 mm grid
Tool-free assembly using clamp-
ing lever
Contacting with 2 mm safety plug
Order no. 576623

1 1 Fluke 115 digital multimeter 3 Beha-Amprobe

Standard meter for basic training in AM-510 digital multimeter
electrical engineering. Simple entry-level device for basic
training.
Automatic and manual range selec-
tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display Automatic and manual range selec-
for measuring direct and alternating tion, 3-digit LCD display, measure-
voltage, direct and alternating cur- ment of direct and alternating volt-
rent, resistance, continuity, frequen- age, direct and alternating current,
cy, capacitance, diode test, min./ resistance, continuity, flow diode
max./mean value, display hold, bar test, capacity and frequency meas-
graph, true effective value measure- urement.
ment (TRMS). Voltage: 1 mV 600 V
Voltage: 0.1 mV 600 V Current: 0.1 A 10 A
2 Current: 0.1 mA 10 A Resistance: 0.1 40 M
Resistance: 0.1 40 M Frequency: 1 Hz 10 MHz
Frequency: 0.01 Hz 50 kHz Capacity: 0.01 nF 100 F
Capacitance: 1 nF 10,000 F Measuring circuit category
Measuring circuit category CAT III/600 V
CAT III/600 V
Scope of delivery
Scope of delivery Measuring leads
Measuring cables Battery
Holster Operating instructions
9 V battery Order no. 8040005
Manual
Order no. 571830
4 Beha-Amprobe
AM-550 digital multimeter
3 2 Fluke 179 digital multimeter Low-cost device with a full range of
Meter for higher requirements in functions for basic training.
basic training.
Automatic and manual range selec-
Automatic and manual range selection, 3-digit LCD display, measure-
tion, 4-digit illuminated LCD display ment of direct and alternating volt-
for measuring direct and alternating age, direct and alternating current,
voltage, direct and alternating cur- resistance, continuity, flow diode
rent, resistance, continuity, frequen- test, capacity and frequency meas-
cy, capacitance, diode test, tempera- urement, temperature measurement.
ture measurement, min./max./mean Min/max, data hold, bar display (61
value, display hold, bar graph, true segments), real effective value meas-
effective value measurement (TRMS). urement (TRMS).
Voltage: 0.1 mV 1,000 V Voltage: 1 mV 1000 V
4 Current: 0.01 mA 10 A Current: 0.1 A 10 A
Resistance: 0.1 50 M Resistance: 0.1 60 M
Frequency: 0.01 Hz 100 kHz Frequency: 1 Hz 60 MHz
Capacitance: 1 nF 10,000 F Capacity: 60 nF 60 F
Measuring circuit category Measuring circuit category
CAT III/1000 V CAT III/1000 V
Measuring circuit category Measuring circuit category
CAT IV/600 V CAT IV/600 V
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery

Measuring cables Measuring leads
80BK temperature probe Temperature probe
Holster Ever-ready case
9 V battery Battery
Manual Operating instructions

1 Fluke 1654B installation tester 2 Beha-Amprobe Telaris 3 T110 VDE voltage and continuity 1
for VDE 0100 ProInstall-0100 installation meter tester
Perfect for practical demonstration Low-cost installation tester with a Ideally suited for basic training in
of electrical protective measures in good range of functions for testing electrical engineering, with switch-
combination with our EduTrainers the safety of electrical systems and ing load.
for mains systems and protective work with our EduTrainern for pow-
measures, in particular for testing er supply systems and protective VDE-tested and EN 61243-3:2010-
type B RCDs as well. measures, without test options for compliant, with measurement peaks
RCDs Type B. per the safety regulation HSE GS 38. 2
For testing and accepting fixed in- With its robust and ergonomic plastic
stallations to VDE 0100/0413, the in- For testing and acceptance of fixed housing and the thicker measuring
ternational standard IEC 60364 and electrical installations in accordance lead with a wear indicator, T110 is
the European standard EN 61557. with: DIN VDE 0100,VE E 8001, ideal for mobile use. Equipped with
The easy-to-use controller and the NIV/NIN 2010, BS 7671, IEC 60364. a direction of rotation indicator for
large display with a wide viewing an- Light and compact portable device three-phase systems and functions
gle make for user-friendly and safe with a clear user interface, a large for testing RCDs via loads which can
operation. For all basic installation backlit LCD display and a data log- be switched with two-button opera- 3
tests including continuity, insulation, ging function with a PC download. tion. Also includes a special elec-
loop impedance, trigger time and For all fundamental installation tests tric flashlight function for working in
trigger current of residual current including insulation resistance, loop dark environments.
protective devices (residual current impedance and short circuit meas- Voltage: 12 690 V
devices), measuring earthing resist- urement, triggering time and tripping Rotary field: 100 690 V
ance and phase sequence. Includes current of RCDs/quick-acting protec- Flow: 0 400 k
internal memory and PC interface for tive devices, low-ohm measurement Frequency: 0/40 400 Hz
documentation and reporting. and rotary field testing. Measuring circuit category
CAT III/690 V
Scope of delivery Scope of delivery Measuring circuit category
Hardshell case Set of measuring cables CAT IV/600 V
Probe, measuring cables Carrying strap
Set of standard measuring cables Carrying case Scope of delivery
Quick guide, CD manual Brief instruction, manual on CD Batteries
6 AA batteries Batteries Brief instructions
Padded carrying strap Order no. 8040008 Order no. 8040007
Order no. 576282
Software for Beha-Amprobe Telaris
Software for Fluke ProInstall-0100 4 Amprobe DR 705
1653B/1654B DMS 0100/INST Convenient, extendible software phase sequence indicator
Fluke DMS (Data Management Soft- for logging measurement data per Simple phase sequence indicator,
ware) for recording data and man- DIN VDE 0100/0105. Log design per ideal for basic training in three-phase 4
aging test results when testing elec- ZVEH protocol. Includes interface current engineering and drive tech-
trical installations as per DIN VDE adapter TL USB. nology.
0100. Order no. 8040009
Order no. 571838 Indicates the three phases and the
phase sequence via LEDs. No battery
required.
Voltage: 120 400 V
Rotary field: 200 440 V
Resistance: 0.1 40 M
Frequency: 50 60 Hz
Measuring circuit category
CAT III/300 V
Scope of delivery
3 probe tips
Crocodile clamp
Manual
Order no. 571835

1 1 Tektronix TBS1052B-EDU 3 Amprobe AC50A

digital storage oscilloscope digital leakage current clamp
Standard oscilloscope for visualising This current clamp is ideally suited to
relationships during basic training in measuring discharge currents (leak-
electrical engineering. age currents) and differential cur-
rents (to BGV A3).
Curves can be traced and evaluated
on a PC. In addition to the current clamp func-
Display: Coloured tion, this current clamp also includes
Bandwidth: 50 MHz the most common multimeter func-
Channels: 2 tions via measuring cables such as
Time base: 2,5 ns 50 s/div voltage measurement, resistance
Sampling rate: 1.0 GS/s and continuity.
2 Resolution: 8 bits Voltage AC: 0.1 400 V
Y deflection: 2 mV/div 5 V/div Current AC: 0.01 mA 60 A
Interface: USB Resistance: 0.1 400
Frequency range: 40 Hz 1 kHz
Scope of delivery Measuring circuit category
Mains cable CAT IV/600 V
2x TPP0051 probe
Documentation Scope of delivery
Order no. 571845 Measuring cables
Bag
2 Tektronix TDS 2004C 1.5 V battery
digital storage oscilloscope Manual
User-friendly 4-channel oscilloscope Order no. 571848
with extended range of functions
3 for basic training in electrical engi- 4 Function generator
neering. Signal types: Sinusoidal, square,
Display: Colour triangular, TTL
Bandwidth: 70 MHz Frequency range: 0.1 Hz 500 kHz
Channels: 4 Voltage output: DC
Time base: 5 ns 50 s/div Offset: -15 +15 V
Sampling rate: 1.0 GS/s Voltage amplitude: 0 30 V
Resolution: 8 bits Order no. 152918
Y deflection: 2 mV/div 5 V/div
Interface: USB 5 Cable BNC 4 mm
Cable with BNC socket and 2 jack-
Scope of delivery plugs (4 mm). For use in conjunction
Mains cable with a function generator and oscil-
4x TPP0101 probe loscope.
4 OpenChoice software Order no. 152919
SignalExpress software
Calibration certificate Cable BNC BNC
Manual Order no. 158357
Order no. 571846
T-piece BNC
Order no. 159298

Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Automation technology/PLC

1 Simulation box, digital 3 Connection unit, analogue 5 Sensor tester 1

The simulation box is used to display Permissible voltage range: The sensor tester speeds up commis-
the input and outputs signals of an 22 27 V DC sioning of systems with integrated
MPS station or PLC. Two modes of Reference: GND sensors and proximity sensors. It can
application are possible: 4 analogue voltage inputs: be used for:
Simulation of inputs for testing of Range: -10 V +10 V (max. 30 V), Quick and simple checking of
a PLC program. Use I/O data cable input resistance: 200 k contacts
(SysLink) (order no. 034031) for 4 analogue current inputs: Rapid fine adjustment
this purpose. Range: 0 20 mA (max. -4 +24 Unambiguous detection of switch 2
Setting of outputs (with separate mA), input voltage: max. 30 V outputs
24 V supply) in order to operate an 2 analogue outputs: Order no. 158481
MPS station. The cable (order no. Voltage: -10 +10 V, short-circuit-
167106, 2.5 m) required for this proof, max. 30 V, fuse-protected, 6 AS-interface addressing device
purpose is included in the scope current: max. 20 mA Addressing device with LCD display
of delivery. for determining slave addresses and
Using an analogue cable (order no. re-addressing slaves.
The simulation box contains a 529141), the unit can also be used Order no. 18959 3
SysLink socket. as an analogue connection unit for
Order no. 170643 the EduTrainer PLC or EsayPort USB. AS-interface addressing cable
Order no. 567232 Addressing cable for connecting vari-
2 Simulation box, digital/analogue ous slaves to the addressing device.
The digital/analogue simulation box 4 Universal connection unit, digital Order no. 18960
additionally allows the simulation (SysLink)
and display of analogue signals (0 The universal connection unit con- 7 Empty EduTrainer ER housing
4
10 V). The simulation box is supplied nects all 4 mm safety plugs with the An empty ER housing in two sizes
without connection cables. 24-pin system connector as per IEEE with an aluminium blanking plate is
488 (SysLink). It thus becomes a uni- available for installation of custom
The following connection cables versal interface between units with 4 applications in an ER frame.
are recommended for flexible appli- mm connection technology and de- small 541499
cation: vices equipped with SysLink connec- large 541179
I/O data cable, parallel: tors as per IEEE488:
Order no. 034031 (e.g. SimuBox Connection to an I/O terminal of an
with SPS EduTrainer or EasyPort) MPS station via an I/O cable with
5
Analogue cable, parallel: SysLink connectors at both ends,
Order no. 529141 (e.g.. SimuBox order no. 034031
with EasyPort) I/O coupling via the 4 mm labora-
Analogue cable, crossover: tory connectors of a PLC using an
Order no. 533039 (e.g. SimuBox open I/O cable (IEEE488 connector
with MPS Analog-Terminal) bare wires), order no. 167122
6
I/O data cable, crossover: Simple connection of actuators and
Order no. 167197 sensors via 4 mm laboratory con-
Order no. 526863 nectors with the EasyPort interface
unit for FluidSIM
Inputs:
3 safety sockets each for 8 three- 7
wire sensors
Outputs:
2 safety sockets each for 8 actuators
Connections:
4 mm safety sockets for 24 V DC,
SysLink connector (IEEE488)
I/O status display:
Via LED
Order no. 162231

1 2 1 I/O data cable with SysLink 8/9 Profibus cable

connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends Connection between 2 Profibus
For connection of SysLink interfaces, stations.
for example an EduTrainer PLC, with 8 0.5 m 533035
the universal connection unit, digital 9 2.0 m 533036
(Order no. 162231).
2.5 m 34031 10 Ethernet cable
2 m, RJ45, CAT5
3 4 2 I/O data cable with one SysLink 2 m 567280
connector as per IEEE 488 and bare
cable-end sleeves 11 Safety laboratory cable, 3 m
For connecting EasyPort to the I/O For connecting an EduTrainer
terminals of a PLC. Universal without a power supply
2.5 m 167122 unit to an external 24 V power supply
unit. 3 m long, 3 x 4 mm safety plugs
3 I/O data cable, crossover, with (blue, red, green/yellow).
5 6 terminal socket Order no. 571817
Connects the EduTrainer Univer-
sal of an MPS station with Easy- 12 Plug-in adapter, electrical
Port, order no. 548687. Adapter ca- Adapter for inserting cables with
ble for the connection: any PLC with safety plugs into sockets without
an open I/O data cable, order no. shock-hazard protection. This is no
167122, and universal connection longer compliant with DIN EN 61010
unit, order no. 162231. (IEC 1010). Set of 10 adapters.
7 8 0.3 m 167197 Order no. 185692
4 PC data cable RS232 Connecting cable for solenoid

For connection of the interface valves with M8 central plug
configuration box (EasyPort) to the Connecting cable (4-pin plug) for
RS232-interface of the PC. connecting solenoid valves with an
female female, 1.5 m 160786 M8 central plug.
male female, 1.5 m 162305 Cable length 2.5 m with open ends
Cable length 1 m with 4 mm safety
9 10 5 Analogue cable, parallel plugs and solenoid coil numbering
EasyPort/PLC connection for a real 2.5 m with open ends
process or a simulation box. Order no. 158962
2 m 529141 1 m with safety plugs
Order no. 540703
6 Analogue cable, crossover
EasyPort with actual PLC and/or Components for S7-300:
simulation box.
11 12 2 m 533039 Front-panel connector
Screwed contacts, 20-pin
7 PC adapter Order no. 184554
Cable for the SIMATIC S7 with a USB Screwed contacts, 40-pin
port for Win XP/Vista/7 with 32/64 Order no. 660560
bit. Flat/round cable connector, 20-pin
USB 539006 Order no. 533663
Flat/round cable connector, 40-pin
Order no. 533662
Micro Memory Card

For CPU 313C, 313C-2DP, 314C-2DP,
ET 200S with IM151/CPU. RAM: 64/
512 KByte.
64 kByte 533030
512 kByte 536740


1 DIN rail set 6/7/8 Electrical signal input/output 1 2

Two 300 mm long DIN rails, matching For front panel mounting with
relay socket and terminal set, with bracket. For attachment on univer-
mountings for adapter fitting to alu- sal adapter for example (order no.
minium slotted profile plate. 195224) or directly on perforated
Order no. 548637 plate.
Electric pushbutton
Terminal strip (NO and NC contacts)
35 terminals, terminal block and Electric control switch
bridges for DIN H-rail mounting. LED indicator light
Order no. 541158
Electric pushbutton (NO and NC contacts) 3 4
2 Cable duct set 6 Order no. 541155
1 x 150 mm, 3 x 265 mm and 1 x 500 Electric control switch
mm cable ducts with mountings for 7 Order no. 541156
adapter fitting to aluminium slotted LED indicator light
profile plate. 8 Order no. 541157
Order no. 548638
9 BNI IOL network interface with 8
T-head nut M5 programmable inputs/outputs
For safe mounting of own applica- For use as a decentralised module
tions, cable ducts or DIN H-rails on for connecting standard binary sen- 5 6
the aluminium slotted profile plate. sors and controlling actuators. An
Order no. 254490 IO-Link device communicates with
the IO-Link master module via the IO-
3/4/5 Relay, time-delay relay Link protocol.
Relay (24 V) with 3 changeover Order no. 8024926
or 3 NC and 3 NO contacts for DIN
H-rail mounting 10 BNI IOL network interface with
Relay, response delayed (24 V) 16 programmable inputs/outputs
with changeover contact for DIN For use as a decentralised module
H-rail mounting for connecting standard binary sen- 7 8
Relay, with switch-off delay (24 V), sors and controlling actuators. An
with changeover contact for DIN IO-Link device communicates with
H-rail mounting the IO-Link master module via the IO-
Link protocol.
Relay (24 V) with 3 changeover or 3 NC and Order no. 8024927
3 NO contacts
3 Order no. 541152
Relay, response delayed (24 V) with
changeover contact
4 Order no. 541153 9 10
Relay, with switch-off delay (24 V), with
changeover contact
5 Order no. 541154
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Order means

Order means
1 5 1/2/3/4/5 Systainer with

T-LOC system
Stackable and interlocking case sys-
tem, made of light grey plastic with
light blue T-LOC rotary locks, one-
hand operation, for opening and in-
terlocking the Systainers. With four
slots for credit-card-sized labels or
markings.
Size I: external 105 x 396 x 296,
2 internal 75 x 383 x 267
Size II: external 157.5 x 396 x 296,
internal 127.5 x 383 x 267
Size III: external 210 x 396 x 296,
internal 180 x 382 x 266
Size IV: external 315 x 396 x 296,
6 Size V: external 420 x 396 x 296,
(Dimensions in mm H x W x D)
Size I 8022295
3 Size II 8022296
Size III 8022297
Size IV 8022298
Size V 8022299
6 Dolly truck for Systainer

Dolly truck for transporting T-LOC
and Classic Line Systainers sizes I to
V. Four guide rollers, two of which
have locking brakes.
Order no. 549789
Accessories/Optional components for training packages > Order means

Order means
Systainer/container inserts 10 Systainer/container insert J 1 2

Didactic components need to be Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
stored in a clearly arranged and safe For Systainers sizes 1 5
way. Simply clamp two handles onto Order no. 754668
the narrow side of the insert of your
choice and stack the inserts in the 11 Systainer/container insert K
Systainer. Note: Two large and one Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
small insert exactly fill a Learnline For Systainers sizes 1 5 3 4
container drawer. Order no. 754701
1 Systainer/container insert A 12 Systainer/container insert L

Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 172 mm. Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 172 mm.
For Systainers sizes 1 4. For Systainers sizes 1 4.
5 6
2 Systainer/container insert B 13/14/15 Handles for Systainer/
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. container inserts
For Systainers sizes 1 4. The handles are available in three
Order no. 687461 different versions, suitable for Sys-
tainer sizes 2 5:
3 Systainer/container insert C Handle 80: 80 mm high version
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. Handle 100: 100 mm high version 7 8
For Systainers sizes 1 4. Handle 150: 150 mm high version
Order no. 687929 When stacking the inserts in the Sys-
tainer the handle height determines
4 Systainer/container insert D the distance between the stacked
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. inserts. The handles can be used for
For Systainers sizes 1 4. all Systainer/container inserts. Two
Order no. 689087 handles are required per insert. 9 10
13 Handle 80 683012
5 Systainer/container insert E 14 Handle 100 687455
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. 15 Handle 150 683464
For Systainers sizes 1 5.
Order no. 701309
6 Systainer/container insert F
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm. 11 12
For Systainers sizes 1 5
Order no. 709844
7 Systainer/container insert G
Dimensions (W x D): 351 x 264 mm.
Order no. 687943
13/14/15
8 Systainer/container insert H
Order no. 687944
9 Systainer/container insert I
Order no. 722009
Robotino
258
Mobile robot platform for research and training...........................................260
259
Robotino > Mobile robot platform for research and training
Robotino
New potential at all levels
Mobile robot platform

for research and training
With its omnidirectional drive,

sensors, interfaces and application-
specific extensions, Robotino is
equipped for universal use.
The most important programming

languages and systems are avail-
able for programming individual
applications.
Mobile robotics and Extremely powerful: More interfaces than ever before Open source concept
service robotics The new computer performance More convenient, faster, more Full access to the entire source code
With scalable computer performance diverse: new, state-of-the-art func- for the implementation of robot
Just as industrial robots, mobile and for autonomous control, image pro- tions ensure greatest possible sys- applications with common program-
service robots are also becoming cessing and the evaluation of data tem expandability. ming languages and systems.
more and more important. In keep- from laser scanners.
ing with this technical and economic
trend, the new Robotino forms the
basis for research and training in
these applications.
Fit for research:

With the Robotino for
Industry 4.0
With its new, flexible operating

height, Robotino has been fully
integrated into the world of MPS
systems and research factories as
an autonomous transport system.
Once programmed, Robotino auto-

matically identifies, for example, the
correct MPS station the first step
towards a fully automated produc-
tion system!
Sturdy and movable Payload greater Flexible and adaptable design Plug and play
With three independently driven om- than unladen weight Numerous mounting choices and Robotino supports various grip-
niwheels, Robotino can move in all Thanks to its sturdy design, Roboti- the optional mounting tower with pers, manipulators and sensors
directions. The stainless steel struc- no can move a payload of up to individually positionable platforms through plug and play. Robotino
tures of the frame ensure high stabil- 30 kg while weighing 20 kg itself. ensure that Robotino can be used recognises these components once
ity in every travel situation. for a wide variety of tasks. they are connected, and the control
can begin.
Robotino
For research and education: Premium Edition and Basic Edition
Select your version!

Robotino is available in two stand-
ard versions, Premium Edition and
Basic Edition. These two versions
differ in computing power, the size
of the internal memory and the
mechanical extension, the mount-
ing tower.
Omnidirectional drive
The three drive modules of the Ro-
botino are integrated in a stable,
laser-welded stainless steel frame.
With its omnidirectional drive, Ro-
botino moves quick as a flash for-
wards, backwards and sideways and
also turns on the spot. Three sturdy
industrial DC motors with optical ro-
tary encoders permit speeds of up to
10 km/h.
Everything in view
The frame contains nine infrared dis-
tance sensors. An analogue inductive
sensor and two optical sensors are
additionally available, enabling the
Robotino to recognize and follow
predefined paths. Robotino is sup-
plied with a colour camera with full
HD 1080p resolution.
Uninterrupted use
Power is supplied via two 12 V non-
spillable lead-gel rechargeable bat-
teries which permit a running time of
up to four hours. The system is auto-
matically switched off in time if the
state of charge is too low. A power
supply unit and a jack are included in
the scope of delivery, which means
that Robotino can also be used
for experiments or further develop-
ment of control programs while its
charging.
Premium Edition 8029256

Robotino
Basic Edition 8029346
Arbeitsbuch
Included in scope of delivery:

Mit CD-ROM
Mobile robot system

Diameter: 450 mm, height incl. controller housing: 290 mm
Total weight: approx. 20 kg (without mounting tower), payload: max. 30 kg
Circular stainless steel frame with omnidirectional drive
Rubber protection strip with built-in collision-protection sensor
9x infrared distance sensors, 1x inductive sensor, 2x optical sensors
Festo Didactic
Colour camera with full HD 1080p resolution and USB interface

8029494 de
Premium Edition: mounting tower with three mounting platforms

Robotino Basic Edition Also order:
Control and interfaces The variant for use in technical basic
Embedded PC to COM Express specification and further training with less com- Robotino Workbook
Premium Edition: Intel i5, 2.4 GHz, dual core, 8 GB RAM, 64 GB SSD puting power, less memory and with- Campus licence ( Page 53):
Basic Edition: Intel Atom, 1.8 GHz, dual core, 4 GB RAM, 32 GB SSD out a mounting tower. de 8029494
WLAN to specification 802.11g/802.11b as client or access point en 8029495
Motor control with 32-bit microcontroller and free motor connection es 8029496
2x Ethernet, 6x USB 2.0 (HighSpeed), 2x PCI Express slots, 1x VGA fr 8029497
1x I/O interface for integrating additional electrical components
Recommended training media
Software Robotino SIM Professional
Graphical programming environment for external PC that runs on Windows XP, Robotino SIM
Vista, Windows 7/8 Page 267
API for programming with C/C++, JAVA, .Net, LabVIEW, MATLAB/Simulink, ROS
and Microsoft Robotics Developer Studio
Control Expandability Graphical programming Open programming environment

At the heart of Robotino is an Additional components can be con- Robotino View is the interactive, The programming interface (API) of
embedded PC to the COM Express nected to the robot controller via graphical programming and learning Robotino allows various program-
specification. This is how the scal- standard interfaces such as USB and environment for Robotino. It com- ming languages and systems to be
ability of the computing power is Ethernet. For subsequent expansion, municates directly with the robot used to develop a control program.
achieved. In the two standard ver- the controller also provides analogue system via wireless LAN. The pro- The API supports the following lan-
sions of R obotino, an Intel Core and digital inputs/outputs and relay gramming system combines state- guages and systems:
i5 processor with 2.4 GHz or an In- outputs for additional actuator tech- of-the-art operating concepts, ex- C/C++, JAVA, .Net
tel Atom processor with 1.8 GHz is nology. In order to support interfaces pandability by the user and intuitive LabVIEW and MATLAB/Simulink
used. The embedded PC can be ex- such as EIA-485 and IEEE 1394 that operation. After the program has Robot Operating System (ROS)
changed at any time. The operating are not available in the standard ver- been developed, it can be loaded Microsoft Robotics Developer
system and all user data are stored sions, there are two PCI Express slots into the controller of Robotino in Studio
on a solid state disk (SSD) with 64 for interface cards. Additional elec- order to enable completely autono-
GB or 32 GB. tric axes and grippers, for example, mous operation. Hardware-in-the-loop scenario
can be connected to an additional If you create your own motor con-
A 32-bit microcontroller that directly motor output and encoder input. First steps with simulation troller, e.g. in MATLAB, the motors of
generates the PWM signals for actu- The Premium Edition already con- As an add-on, you can use an at- Robotino can be controlled with this
ating up to four electric DC motors is tains the optional mounting tower tractive 3D simulation package software controller via the Ethernet
responsible for the motor control. An for Robotino. The mounting column (Robotino SIM), which simulates interface.
FPGA is used to read in the encoder of the tower offers various options the Robotinos travel behaviour and
values of the motors. This enables, for fastening mounting platforms for sensors in an appropriate working Microcontroller programming
for example, the odometer data and manipulators or sensors at different environment. This allows you to test The 32-bit microcontroller is exter-
any additional sensor-specific correc- heights. your programs in the simulation first. nally accessible and can be used
tion data to be calculated directly in directly for programming custom
the microcontroller. applications.
WLAN access point Logistics Kit
This external access point supports Scope of delivery The Logistics Kit consists of an elec- Scope of delivery
the W-LAN standard IEEE 802.11g Access point tric gripper, flat storage area with 2 Electric gripper
with a transmission rate of up to 54 Programmed with Robotino rows, an inductive sensor and a set Gripper stroke: 4 mm
Mbps. APX.1 of workpieces. Maximum workpiece diameter:
USB power cable and Ethernet 40 mm
The external access point enables cable The electric gripper is completely Maximum workpiece weight: 300 g
you to connect multiple Robotinos integrated in the Robotino platform, Gripping force: 140 N
to an Ethernet PC network without so that while it is moving, monitor- Closing/opening time: 2 s
any problems. To do this, the Roboti- ing is not necessary for potential Operating voltage: 24 V DC
nos only need to be switched to collisions with the gripper. The grip- Maximum current: 140 mA
client mode. The Allnet access point per detects workpieces between the Analogue inductive sensor for
is preprogrammed for you, and will gripper jaws by means of an integrat- mounting in the middle of the
automatically start communication ed through-beam sensor. To pick up robot frame
with the Robotinos. To secure the a workpiece from a bearing surface, Flat storage area with 2 rows
wireless network externally, WEP/ a slide is integrated, which signalises and 3 storage places per row for
WPA encryption and MAC address the optimal position for the gripping cylinder-shaped workpieces with a
filters are implemented. process to the Robotino. The grip- maximum diameter of 40 mm.
per end positions are checked via the Workpiece set
motor current evaluation. Aluminium adhesive tape for
marking the access routes to the
The gripper function is available as a storage area, which the Robotino
functional module in Robotino View can align itself on for gripping the
(starting from Version 1.7). workpieces.
Robotino from 2014 8029450

Robotino until 2013 564179

Electric gripper, Robotino from 2014 8029451
Electric gripper, Robotino until 2013 564176
Inductive sensor, analogue, Robotino from 2014 8029483
Inductive sensor, analogue, Robotino until 2013 564177
Flat storage 564178
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021
Order no. 567228 Aluminium tape 564213

Electric gripper arm Forklift
The electric gripper arm for Roboti- Overview of key technical details: With the easy to use forklift, the Technical data
no is a triple-axis gripper arm with Load bearing capacity up to 200 g Robotino operates, for example, Load bearing capacity up to 4 kg
servo motors that is installed in the Gripper stroke 30 60 mm as a driverless transport system in Maximum stroke 160 mm
loading bay of the Robotino. The Two gripping positions a production environment. 2 proximity sensors for end-posi-
control board supplied is connect- Opto-electrical sensors for tion monitoring
ed to the power supply (24 V) of the detecting presence at the Assembly is done in the loading bay 1 diffuse sensor for pallet control
I/O interface and the arm movement gripping positions of the Robotino with the assembly 2 self-centring pallets (included in
controller via the USB interface. The Controlled servo motors material included in the scope of the scope of delivery)
handling weight is limited to 200 g 24 V DC power supply delivery. The electrical interface of Connection via motor controls and
and the gripper stroke is 30 to 60 USB connection the forklift is possible using the ex- encoder input
mm. The unit can grip workpieces in isting additional motor control. Here, Compatible with control board
two places. The gripper jaws are fit- the voltage supply and the increment EA09
ted with opto-electrical sensors to generator are directly connected to
detect when a workpiece is present. the motor plate.
The gripper jaws supplied allow han- Programme the function of the fork-
dling of MPS workpieces. Robotino lift in the Robotino view or via the
View supports manipulator program- OpenRobotino programming inter-
ming with a list of positions and face. In Robotino view you can set
function blocks for reading and writ- the axial speed from -100% to 100%
ing axial values. In addition, Roboti- using the Power output module
no SIM Professional contains a sim- component and read the axial posi-
ulation model of the electric gripper tion and speed of the linear axis us-
arm for Robotino. The manipulator ing the Speed sensor input module
can also be controlled via the Open- component.
Robotina API.
Basic principles and details of the
automated logistics can be deter-
mined with this extension to the
range of applications.
Robotino from 2014 8029452 Robotino from 2014 8029453

Robotino until 2013 574147 Robotino until 2013 576300
Laser scanner
The laser scanner for Robotino al- Overview of key technical details:
lows the creation of maps, localisa- Measuring range 20 5600 mm
tion and navigation, as well as obsta- Angle range 240
cle recognition, thanks to the digital Resolution 1 mm
detection of objects on one plane. In Precision 30 mm or 3% at
order to prevent collisions, the 2D la- 1000 mm or greater distance
ser scanner Hokuyo URG-04LX-UG01 from an object
can be mounted above the controller, Scanning frequency 10 Hz
for an all-round view, or in the load- Power consumption 2.4 W
ing bay of the Robotino. The scan- Weight 160 g
ner is connected to the control unit USB connection
and supplied with power via a USB
connection.
The laser scanner is fully integrated

into the Robotino software archi-
tecture. The laser scanners meas-
ured values can be accessed by both
Robotino View and self-developed
control programs.
Robotino from 2014 8029454

Robotino until 2013 576310

Robotino SIM Professional Robotino SIM
Robotino SIM Professional is an The Robotino library includes addi- Robotino SIM is a Windows soft- The latest version of Robotino SIM
ideal virtual learning environment for tional components such as grippers, ware program for the 3D simulation is now available to download free of
working with Robotino. Identifying slides, laser scanners and workpiec- of Robotino in an exciting, prede- charge.
differences based on actual behav- es. You are notified of new compo- fined virtual experimentation envi-
iour is the key to grasping, analysing nents in the library via the Internet. ronment.
and understanding new physical and
technical phenomena. The software The editor and the complete mod- The Robotino simulation model
enables you to create any virtual 3D el library in LabCreator provide you cannot be extended, and includes
working environments for Robotino with an outstanding working envi- the geometric model with the three
and then to simulate the program ronment for quickly and easily cre- omnidirectional drive wheels, a cam-
created. The software is available in ating attractive virtual scenarios for era, nine distance sensors and the
four languages (de/en/es/fr) and the Robotino. digital sensor in the chassis protec-
language selection can be changed tion strip.
online. Robotino can be programmed using
Robotino View or in one of the high- You can program Robotino free of
The Robotino simulation model level languages C, C++, C# or Java. To charge using Robotino View or us-
comprises the geometric model with do this, you require the corresponding one of the high-level languages
three omnidirectional drives ing API interface. such as C++ or Java.
two inductive analogue sensors
two digital optical sensors To use the software, you require
nine distances sensors a Windows 2000, XP, VISTA or Win-
a camera dows 7 operating system. For 3D
sensor in the chassis protection visualisation, a graphics card with at
strip least 128 MB RAM and OpenGL sup-
port is required.
Scope of delivery
CD with software in de/en/es/fr
Manual in de/en/es/fr
2 dongle with individual licenses
Network dongle with 25 licenses
Order no. 567230
Implementing your own applications with Robotino
With Robotino, you can implement

your own applications in the fields of
mobile robotics and service robotics.
The mounting tower allows you to at-
tach standard components or exten-
sions developed by you to Robotino
at any height and to connect them to
the control system via the provided
interfaces. This means you can con-
vert Robotino quickly and easily
from a forklift truck to a service ro-
bot, for example.
A flexible and adaptable design
Remove covers (1)
Fasten mounting column (2)
Fix mounting platform at any level (3)
Connect, align and mount laser

scanner and camera (4)
Attach platform with electric gripper

1 2 3 and connect gripper (5)
Connect and fasten signal column (6)
4 5 6
Robotino project ideas
The modular structure, attachment ProLog factory

devices and open software interfaces The ProLog Factory provides an out-
make Robotino the ideal platform standing new training platform for
for project work. logistics. The material flow is imple-
mented using Robotino mobile ro-
With Robotino, we provide the plat- bot systems, which also have an in-
form now nothing stands in the way tegrated lifting arm to pick up and
of developing exciting extensions. deposit pallets at different stations
This is how fascinating projects are for a specific job Pages 354 357.
created. A few of them are described
here. More detailed information can
be found at www.robotino.de
The advantage for you:

Reliable design stable frame:
no investment in mechanical main-
tenance
Operating system based on
Linux or Windows for software
reliability
Powerful drive unit and high-quali-
ty omnidrive concentrating on an European champion!
intelligent solution for the p
roject Robotino is the official competi-
task tion equipment for the WorldSkills
international competition. In the
Technical defects, non-reproducible national preliminary rounds as well
effects and undesired project delays as the international championships,
are therefore a thing of the past. the participants of the competition
use Robotino mobile robotics as an
Would you also like to implement autonomous transport system or as
projects with Robotino? a service robot, for example.
E-mail: did@de.festo.com.
Fit for research:

RoboCup Logistics League
Researchers from all over the world
compete against each other in the
RoboCup Logistics League, in which
Robotino takes on the task of an
autonomously operating driverless
transport system. As from 2014, the
new Robotino is also permited in
the RoboCup.
Mechatronics and factory automation
270
MPS The modular production system
MPS Transfer system....................................................................................274
MPS Stations................................................................................................286
MPS 200 Complete systems.........................................................................322
MPS 500-FMS Flexible production................................................................330
Extensions and accessories...........................................................................336

Control/Networking...................................................................................338
Safety engineering.....................................................................................342
Modules.....................................................................................................344
Accessories................................................................................................346
ProLog Factory...............................................................................................354
Robot Vision Cell...........................................................................................358
CNC technology.............................................................................................362
MicroFMS......................................................................................................368
MPS Transfer Factory...................................................................................376
iCIM...............................................................................................................382
iFactory..........................................................................................................388
271
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > System description
MPS The modular production system

From module to learning factory
Practical at every level
The modular production system

MPS sets the right challenges and
provides appropriate learning envi-
ronments for various requirements:
Differentiated functions
Individual and combined units
Different drive technologies
Material and information flow
Modern and variable control
concepts
Modular variety
The MPS transfer system fits in a

cabinet but can also be combined to
create networked production lines.
The MPS stations are supplied with

trolleys, provide space for the con-
trol system, are fully assembled and
can be a basis for complex learning
factories.
MPS transfer system MPS stations

The ideal system for anyone focused The system for anyone who values
on process and automation: industrial basic and advanced train-
One line, various drives, numerous ing, mechatronics and automation,
modules and functions with state value retention and robustness of
of the art technology the equipment:
Transportable, designed for cabi- Since 1991, the system for the
nets, individually and combined in mechatronics world championships
different layouts Stations represent the most
Defined interfaces enable individu- common sub-processes in any
al modules to be viewed and quick- automated production system
ly changed to rapidly adapt to the Platform for problem based practi-
required learning content. cal training
Maximum industrial relevance
in automation and handling tech-
nology
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > System description
Real and virtual
The MPS is not only the platform

for training with maximum transfer
to industrial practice. It also provides
unique flexibility for choosing the
appropriate methods:
All MPS stations and systems
are identical to the models in the
CIROS process simulation
PLC training and troubleshoot-
ing can be provided using the real
model and the 3D models in
CIROS
MPS 500-FMS MPS 200 complete system

Once you have mastered the sub- Combining stations into systems for
processes in the MPS stations, you selected areas and complexity levels:
can use the MPS 500 FMS to focus Topic-specific complete solutions
on thinking and operating in net- including control system, network-
worked systems. ing, application and learning soft-
The belt rotation system and bus ware
concept allow variable system con- For process-oriented, cross-
cepts technology courses at schools
Sub-processes on the one hand and technical schools
and the overall system on the other Ready to use immediately and
provide project tasks and challeng- expandable
es for working in a team Versions for small and large
All FMS systems are guaranteed budgets
Since 1991, the modular production ready to use when delivered
system MPS has been the compe-
tition platform for the mechatronics
world championships.
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > MPS Transfer system
MPS Transfer system

Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training
Keeping training moving
The MPS transfer system has been

developed for everyone who wants
to make headway with training, be
it for the electrical or metal trades
or for training technicians and engi-
neers in mechatronics.
The key features of the MPS trans-

fer system are its innovative technol-
ogy and the consistent use of indus-
trial components.
Transfer line Drive concept Modules
The transfer line is made of solid pro- DC motor, AC motor, servo motor or The individual modules are complete
files and can be used to transport stepper motor the belt can be com- automated units that can easily be
workpieces or workpiece holders. bined with all motor types with just integrated into a single transfer line.
Top quality, flexible, well thought-out a few simple actions. Professional The MPS transfer system focuses
and modular, it is the basis for nu- clutches and toothed belt gearing on topics such as sensors, electri-
merous successful projects. simulate practical industrial applica- cal positioning, handling, assembly,
tions while providing optimum train- camera inspection, barcode scan-
ing flexibility. ning, RFID and many more, making it
an ideal platform for forward-looking
projects.
Multimedia support Just as in industry
Digital training programs for specific Belts play a crucial role in auto-
topics relating to the MPS transfer mated production. Products are
system facilitate effective training, transported using belts of dif-
including the very latest trends in ferent widths or even double
automation technology. The Machine belts. On the MPS transfer sys-
Vision training program provides the tem, material is transported on a
perfect introduction to modern in- standard industrial belt.
dustrial image processing.
Control Networking like the professionals Workstation Experience

The transfer system is compatible All modules are available with both A range of laboratory equipment Several kilometres of our trans-
with microcontrollers such as the I/O wiring and a range of bus con- and a trolley specially tailored to the fer solutions are already providing
LOGO! or more complex control sys- nections. MPS transfer system creates the op- a reliable material flow in the AFB,
tems with a wide variety of configu- timum working environment for you. iCIM, MPS 500 and iFactory train-
rations. We can produce the ideal Ready to go with: ing factories for our customers and
control system for you, tailored to I/O partners worldwide. This guarantees
your needs. AS-interface a well thought-out concept with a
CANopen high quality design to strict industri-
Profibus DP al standards.
Profinet
Control and configure
The choice is yours Components Configuration and programming Advantages
Testing and commissioning Easy commissioning of MPS

with the simulation box transfer line
Testing and commissioning
for modules
Control with EasyPort Control the MPS transfer line

from a PC
Implement simple relay or
logistic controllers with FluidSIM
Control the MPS transfer line
with PLCSIM
Simulation The comprehensive model library

of CIROS contains 3D process
models of selected MPS transfer
system modules.
The models can be controlled
straightaway with the integrated
virtual S7-PLC.
The powerful error simulation
contains various error scenarios
including adjustment errors for
sensors.
Programming Programming using controllers

and networking components from
market leaders Festo, Siemens,
Rockwell and Mitsubishi
We produce the ideal controller for you:

Configure your EduTrainer PLC to meet your needs Pages 208 221
System overview
MPS transfer lines can be flexibly In sequence

combined and used in a variety of Simply connecting transfer lines in
different ways: sequence provides combinations of
different sizes.
With MPS
The MPS transfer lines can also
be combined with the MPS modu-
lar production stations from Festo
Didactic without the need for addi-
tional components. This results in an
unmatched variety of systems.
Directly on the belt

or with workpiece holders
With the MPS transfer system, both
options are possible: workpieces can
either be transported directly on the
belt or on pallets, with or without an
ID system.
90 connection
Transfer lines can be combined
around corners without addition-
al modules. This enables complete
loops to be achieved with just four
lines.
Transfer line
Combine and expand
[X]
Design and function Modular expansion

The transfer line is the basic compo- The transfer line can easily be
nent of the MPS transfer system. It expanded with different motors,
is made up of a belt, drive, controls controllers, inverters, control units
and sensors and comes fully assem- and connection technologies such
bled. The transfer line can be used as AS-interface or I/O technolo-
to transport workpieces or work- gy. Each line can be supplemented
piece holders. The transfer line can with a wide range of modules. How-
be fitted with up to two mechatronic ever, even in stand alone mode,
modules. the transfer line can cover various
important topics in automation tech-
nology:
Familiarisation with different
drive types
Use of sensors
Experimenting with relay and
reversing contactors and logic
circuits
Parameterisation and commission-
ing of various drive controllers
278 [X] Illustration includes accessories

MPS transfer line MT DC C93100 Scope of delivery Recommended learning media

MPS transfer line MT DC AS interface C93101 MPS transfer line MT DC: WBT Sensor technology 2
MPS transfer line MT AC C93102 DC motor Sensors for object detection
MPS transfer line MT AC400 C93104 Control panel
Four-quadrant drive controller
Accessories, also order: Optical sensors at beginning
Cylinder bodies workpiece set C94407 and end of belt
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 MPS transfer line MT DC
Sinamics G120 EduTrainer Page 194 AS-interface:
Micromaster 420 EduTrainer 573868 DC motor
Cable set to connect MM420 to transfer line C94419 AS-interface control panel
MPS Transfer System Frequency Converter MM420: Workbook Page 72 AS-interface drive controller WBT LOGO! Training
Optical sensors at beginning WBT Actuators DC motor
and end of belt WBT Safety engineering
MPS transfer line MT AC: WBT Machine Vision
AC motor Mechatronics Assistant
Control panel
Optical sensors at beginning
and end of belt
MPS transfer line MT AC400:
AC motor for star-delta circuit
Control panel
Optical sensors at beginning
and end of belt
Other configurations and compo-

nents on request.
Individual equipment Intelligent connection technology Clockwise or anticlockwise rotation Variable sensors
We equip the 19 frame with various The design of the system connec- The four-quadrant drive controller The sensors at the beginning and
operation and control components tions enables all additional modules allows both. The controller is actu- end of the belt take the form of f ibre
based on your preferences. Expan- to be easily connected to the transfer ated directly using I/Os or the AS- optic through-beam sensors. The
sions and additions are possible at line. We also provide additional free interface. The buttons on the control- mounts for the fibre optics can easily
any time. terminals for your own projects. ler enable the connected drive to be be fixed to the belt profile and ad-
controlled manually during commis- justed depending on the application.
sioning, maintenance or diagnostics. A variety of different sensors can
also be added.
Transfer line
Modules
Stacking magazine module The module is completely assembled

with a pneumatic cylinder with end-
The module separates workpieces position sensors, a retro-reflective
from a magazine. sensor for magazine level monitor-
ing, valve terminal and electrical con-
nection block.
Complete with connecting cable.
Transfer line and workpieces are not

included.
Stacking magazine, I/O C93200

Stacking magazine, AS-Interface C93201
Stacking magazine, Profibus-DP C93202
Drill hole monitoring module The module is completely assembled

with a connection block.
The module monitors whether there
is a drill hole in workpieces. To do Complete with connecting cable.
this, a test pin is inserted into the
workpiece (with a solenoid). An in- Transfer line and workpieces are not
ductive proximity sensor monitors if included.
the test pin has reached its end po-
sition.
Drill hole monitoring, I/O C93203

Drill hole monitoring, AS-Interface C93204
Drill hole monitoring, Profibus-DP C93205
Turning module The module is completely assembled

with a valve terminal and two electri-
The module turns workpieces. The cal connection blocks.
workpieces on the conveyor belt are
detected by an optical diffuse sen- Complete with connecting cable.
sor. A linear slide, swivel cylinder
and linear gripper are used in the Transfer line and workpieces are not
module. included.
Also order:
MPS Transfer System Turning
Module: Workbook Page 72
Turning, I/O C93206

Turning, AS-Interface C93207
Turning, Profibus-DP C93208

Drilling module The module is completely assembled

with a valve terminal and an electri-
The module drills workpieces cal connection block.
(symbolically). The workpieces on
the conveyor belt are detected by an Complete with connecting cable.
optical diffuse sensor. The drilling
machine is moved by a pneumatic Transfer line and workpieces are not
linear slide. included.
Drilling, I/O C93209

Drilling, AS-Interface C93210
Drilling, Profibus-DP C93211
Measuring module, analogue The module is completely assembled

with an electrical connection block.
The module checks the height of
workpieces. The workpieces on the Complete with connecting cable.
conveyor belt are detected by an
optical diffuse sensor. An analogue Transfer line and workpieces are not
laser distance sensor is mounted included.
above the workpiece. The measur-
ing range of the sensor is 0 30 mm Also order:
with 0 10 V analogue output and 2 MPS Transfer System Measuring
PNP switching outputs. The switch- Module, analogue: Workbook
ing outputs can be freely configured Page 72
using the teach-in function.
Measuring, analogue, I/O C93212

Measuring, analogue, AS-Interface C93213
Measuring, analogue, Profibus-DP C93214
Ejection module, pneumatic The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto a cal connection block.
slide. The workpieces on the convey-
or belt are detected by an optical dif- Complete with connecting cable.
fuse sensor. A second sensor (capac-
itive) above the workpiece detects Transfer line and workpieces are not
if the workpiece needs to be sorted included.
onto the slide. Sorting is carried out
using a slide gate, which is actuated Also order:
by a pneumatic linear cylinder. MPS Transfer System Ejection
Module, pneumatic: Workbook
Page 72
Ejection, pneumatic, I/O C93221

Ejection, pneumatic, AS-Interface C93222
Ejection, pneumatic, Profibus-DP C93223
Transfer line
Modules
RFID module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto cal connection block.
a slide. The workpieces on the con-
veyor belt are detected by an optical Complete with connecting cable and
diffuse sensor. A read-write head is Profibus DP interface for the RFID
used to read and check the data from element.
the RFID chip on the workpiece. New
data, based on various criteria, can Transfer line and workpieces are not
be ascribed to the workpieces, which included.
are then sorted onto the slide or
transported further on the belt. Sort-
ing is carried out using slide gate,
which is actuated by a pneumatic lin-
ear cylinder.
RFID, Profibus-DP C93224
Inspection camera module The module is completely assembled

The module sorts workpieces onto cal connection block.
a slide. An intelligent colour camera
with integrated lighting detects the Complete with connecting cable, in-
workpieces on the conveyor belt and telligent colour camera system and
sorts them onto the slide depending image processing software.
on various criteria. Sorting is carried
out using a slide gate, which is actu- Transfer line and workpieces are not
ated by a pneumatic linear cylinder. included.
Inspection camera C93225
Detection module Control topics:

Linking of information
The module checks the workpiece Coding of information
properties. The workpieces are BCD coding
detected on the conveyor belt by Control of a segment display
an optical diffuse sensor. Three ad-
ditional sensors (optical, inductive) Transfer line and workpieces are not
are attached above the workpiece in included in the scope of delivery.
order to detect the workpiece prop-
erties. The evaluation of the work-
piece information can be displayed
via a segment display.
Detection C93257
Insertion module The module is completely assem-

bled with valve terminal and connec-
The module consists of a pneumatic tion block.
2-axis handling system and inserts
round metal materials into the main Transfer line and workpieces are not
body. For this purpose, the handling included in the scope of delivery.
device is equipped with a pneumatic
gripper. The workpieces are detect-
ed on the conveyor belt by an optical
diffuse sensor. In addition, the mod-
ule is equipped with end-position
switches on the linear slides and a
pressure switch.
Insertion, I/O C93263

Insertion, Profibus-DP C93265
Insertion, Profinet C93269
Press-fitting module The module is completely assem-

The press-fitting module consists of tion block.
a pneumatic cylinder that presses in
the materials used. The workpieces Transfer line and workpieces are not
are detected on the conveyor belt by included in the scope of delivery.
an optical diffuse sensor.
Press-fitting, I/O C93266

Press-fitting, Profibus-DP C93268
Press-fitting, Profinet C93270
Automatic warehouse module The module is completely assem-

In the automatic warehouse module, tion block.
up to 20 stock locations can be filled
with workpieces. The handling de- Transfer line and workpieces are not
vice is equipped with an angle grip- included in the scope of delivery.
per. The workpieces are detected on
the conveyor belt by an optical light
barrier, the belt is stopped and the
workpiece is brought from there to
the appropriate storage location po-
sition by the gripper.
Automatic warehouse, I/O C93256

Automatic warehouse, Profibus-DP C93258
Automatic warehouse, Profinet C93285
MPS transfer system for workpiece carriers

Transfer lines and application modules for pallets
MPS pallet transfer line In the transfer line MP-RFID, pallets

are additionally identified by means
This MPS transfer line is the basic of an RFID write/read system.
component of the MPS transfer sys-
tem. It consists of the belt, drive,
control elements and stopper unit
and comes fully assembled.
In the transfer line MP-EA, the pal-

lets are identified by means of four
inductive sensors.
MP-EA C93107
MP-RFID C93108
Workpiece carrier MP (1x) C94430
Workpiece set (5x upper/lower part) C94429
Stacking magazine Design

application module Module frame made of
aluminium profiles
The stacking magazine application Stacking magazine
module can be attached to a transfer Valve block
line MP. Housing covers are stored Sensors
in a magazine shaft. If there is a pal- Signal interface to transfer line
let below the stacking magazine, the
lowest housing cover is separated Transfer line, workpieces and work-
and placed onto the pallet. piece carriers are not included in the
scope of delivery.
Stacking magazine D13007
Drilling application module Design

Module frame made of
The drilling application module can aluminium profiles
be attached to a transfer line MP. Two Pneumatic X-axis
drilling spindles can be advanced in Electromechanical Z-axis
the Z direction and moved in the X Two drilling spindles
direction. Thus pairs of holes can be Sensors
introduced into a workpiece. Signal interface to transfer module
Transfer line, workpieces and work-

piece carriers are not included in the
scope of delivery.
Drilling D13001
Tunnel furnace application module (heating coil, Pt100, electronic load

relay).
The tunnel furnace application mod-
ule can be attached to a transfer line The properties of a temperature con-
MP. The module is used to control trol system and the implementation
the temperature of workpieces up to of quasi-continuous control can be
a temperature of 90 degrees Celsius. demonstrated with the application.
As a temperature control system, Design

the tunnel furnace exhibits the typi- Stainless steel housing
cal properties of a PTn system with a Signal interface to transfer line
small delay time.
The application contains compo- piece carriers are not included in the
nents that can similarly also be scope of delivery.
found in industrial tunnel furnaces
Tunnel furnace D13012
Turning application module Design

Module frame made of aluminium
The turning application module can profiles
be attached to a transfer line MP. Pneumatic 1-axis handling system
Workpieces are turned by means of a with additional rotational drive and
pneumatic handling system. gripper
Valve block
Sensors
Signal interface to transfer module

scope of delivery.
Turning D13002
Joining application module Design

Module frame made of
The joining application module can aluminium profiles
be attached to a transfer line MP. Pneumatic press cylinder
Housing upper parts are mounted on Valve block
the lower part by means of a pneu- Sensors
matic press. Signal interface to transfer line

scope of delivery.
Joining D13008
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > MPS Stations
MPS stations
Mechatronic systems for world champions
The MPS makes history
Since 1991, the stations from the

modular production system MPS
have been the sporting equipment
at the mechatronics world champion-
ships. In national and international
competitions, MPS has demonstrat-
ed that its concept, the stations and
control systems and its functionality
involved provide exactly those fea-
tures that characterise automated
production throughout the world:
Integration of mechanics, electrical Each station has its own focus Combine in whatever way suits you! New, state of the art robot
engineering and information technol- Two stations are sufficient to repre- All stations can be combined with The assembly station with robot
ogy to create mechatronics. sent a simple, industry like process others to create systems. This adds has always offered particular added
for basic training in automation tech- learning content and increases the value. It is both a sophisticated me-
Anyone who trains using MPS can nology: distribution and sorting. flow of material and information. It is chatronic system in the assembly
be confident that numerous com- up to you whether you network the process as well as a complete learn-
panies, schools and universities all This simplest of all combinations stations or operate them in standing system for robotics.
over the world are doing exactly the provides numerous basic functions alone mode with a separate PLC.
same. The stations in the modular of automated production: separat- The new RV-2SDB represents the
production system are the origin and ing, feeding, identifying, sorting. Combination with other processes continuous development of the
example for almost all mechatronic Each additional station adds new is also possible, e.g. with the MPS MPS: With 6 axes and a 480 range
training systems. learning objectives and each station transfer system or the MPS PA sta- of motion, it can scratch its own
can be used to achieve a particular tions. back. With an Ethernet and USB in-
The MPS is the original. objective. This means that the trans- terface, it offers exceptional com-
fer of knowledge to the actual opera- munication options, while integrated
tion of modern automated produc- controllers provide scope for addi-
tion is as efficient as possible. tional axes.
3D: reflecting reality
The MPS stations provide plenty of

material for varied training. But in
practice not every station is always
available.
Thats why all MPS stations are also

available as a simulation. The virtual
stations in CIROS behave just like CIROS Pages 40 45
the real stations. There is no differ-
ence in commissioning and trouble-
shooting. The same PLC can be used
for control.
The virtual CIROS stations enable

you to
add more functions of an auto-
mated system to your learning
scenario
provide multiple learners with the
same stations at the same time
design more individual training
without having access to all real
stations
Reliable safety modules Production and assembly Just what you want: choice of PLC Since 1991, the modular
Hardly any issue affects so many em- It depends whats important to you: The PLC normally controls the indi- production system MPS
ployees in a company as health and If simple handling tasks are sufficient vidual stations, unless you are using has been the competition
safety. Emergency stop, safety cur- for your learning scenario, the work- the virtual mini control system in platform for the mechatron-
tains, safety doors and failsafe con- piece set with bodies of various ma- FluidSIM for example. ics world championships.
trol systems are all part of a system terials can be used. If you want han-
made up of MPS stations. dling to involve simple assembly, the As the PLC, we recommend an Edu-
bodies with measuring instruments Trainer Universal. We will fit the PLC
or containers with covers are ideal. of your choice, as well as fieldbus
For complex assembly with robots, a components if required. The advan-
symbolic single-acting cylinder pro- tage of the EduTrainer in the MPS
vides just the right challenges. station is clear: you can remove the
controller and use it for other pro-
cesses or in laboratory furniture.
The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance
A production line in a factory can be

made up of individual production
cells. Each cell has a specific function
in the process (distribution, testing,
processing, handling, assembly, sto-
rage). You can select an application
or process that meets your requi-
rements from a range of individual
stations.
By effectively combining individual

stations, you can assemble your pro-
duction system.
Learn about the functions and trai-

ning aims of the individual stations
as well as their possible combina- Distributing/Conveyor station Pick&Place station
tions on the following pages.
Robot station Robot station with MPS modules
Distributing station Testing station Processing station Handling station, pneumatic
Handling station, electrical Fluidic muscle press station Punching station Separating station
Storing station Sorting station
Distributing/Conveyor station
Start-up
Function
The Distributing/Conveyor station
separates workpieces stored in
the magazine tube of the stacking
magazine. A double-acting cylinder
pushes the workpieces out one at
a time. The Conveyor module trans-
ports the workpiece to the right or
left. If required, the workpiece can
be stopped and separated on the
conveyor.
Topic: Separating
Both simple and complex program-
ming topics are communicated using
the simple magazine structure. Dif-
ferent workpieces can be used in the
MPS Stacking magazine module.
Topic: Conveying
The MPS Conveyor module offers
a range of training subjects includ-
ing clockwise/anticlockwise rotation,
stopping, separating and opto-elec-
trical sensors.
Distributing/Conveyor station, mounted 8034566 Recommended training media

CIROS
Additional equipment, also order: WBT Actuators DC motor
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 WBT Pneumatics
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBT Electropneumatics
EduTrainer Universal Page 338 341 WBT GRAFCET
FluidSIM Pneumatics design and
Recommended accessories: simulation program
Simulation box, digital 170643 Textbook Basic principles of pneu-
PA workpiece set 554301 matics and electropneumatics

1x Aluminium profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692
1x Stacking magazine module, Without workpiece holder 8032172
1x Start-up valve with filter control valve 540691
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300
1x C-interface 8025738
1x Quick-Fix clamping adapter 8026327
Training content Technical data

Belt control Operating pressure:
Reading circuit diagrams 600 kPa (6 bar)
Buffering and separating Power supply: 24 V DC
Basic principles of pneumatics Square/round workpiece
Sensor technology: magnetic limit dimensions: max. 40 mm
switches, opto-electrical sensors 6 digital sensors
Connecting tubing and wiring 4 digital actuators
Light barrier Valve slice

The light barrier consists of a sen- 5/2-way single solenoid valve,
sor with a cable and mounting brack- including 0.5 m valve cable.
et for a profile or profile plate and a Order no. 3035724
fibre-optic cable. Available in three
designs.
1 with holder 196960
without holder 532935
with sleeve 526205
Distributing/Conveyor station with additional equipment
Pick&Place station
Small is beautiful
Function
The Pick & Place station is equipped
with a two-axis Pick & Place module
and a Conveyor module.Optical dif-
fuse sensors or through-beam sen-
sors detect the workpiece housing
placed on the conveyor. The con-
veyor transports the workpiece to
the electric feed separator. The Pick
& Place module picks up a work-
piece insert from the slide and plac-
es it on the workpiece housing. The
complete workpiece (housing and
insert) is released by the separator
and transported to the end of the
conveyor.
Additional functions can be pro-

duced using the Pick & Place station.
Rejection of workpieces (housing
or cylinder bodies) on the slide
Alternative feeding of workpieces
(housing or cylinder bodies) from
the slide
Topic: Linear slide units

Slide units from Festo can be used to
further extend the versatility of the
Pick & Place module. Variable stops,
silencers and an attachment that can
be adjusted in all directions provide
the ideal solution for every Pick &
Place task. This permits a wide range
of projects to be implemented.
Topic: Vacuum technology

The vacuum components vacuum
generators, pressure switches, vac-
uum filters and suction cups are har-
monised for optimum performance.
They clearly demonstrate the princi-
ple behind vacuum applications: vac-
uum generation using a generator,
the correct suction cup with match-
ing filter and the teach-in electronic
pressure switch with freely program-
mable switching points for pressure
sensing.
Pick&Place station, mounted 8034567 Recommended training media

CIROS
Additional equipment, also order: WBT PLC programming in
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 accordance with IEC 61131
Control console, SysLink 195764 WBT Pneumatics
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 WBT Electropneumatics
WBT Sensor technology 1 and 2
Recommended accessories: FluidSIM Pneumatics design and
Simulation box, digital 170643 simulation program
PA workpiece set 554301 Textbook Basic principles of
pneumatics and electropneumatics
The most important components at a glance: Equipment set TP 230 Vacuum
1x Aluminium profile plate, 700 x 350 mm, with cable guide 170395 technology, Advanced Level
1x Conveyor module, 350 x 40 mm, DC 8032692 Workbook Basic principles of
1x Pick&Place module, With vacuum technology 8031659 vacuum technology, TP 230
1x Cable holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10) 8034300
1x C interface 8025738
1x Quick-Fix clamping adapter 8026327
Training content Technical data

Basic principles of pneumatics Operating pressure:
Sensor technology: magnetic limit 600 kPa (6 bar)
switches, opto-electrical sensors Power supply: 24 V DC
Connecting tubing and wiring Square/round workpiece
Reading circuit diagrams dimensions: max. 40 mm
Getting to know handling systems 7 digital sensors
Vacuum technology/gripper 6 digital actuators
technology
Belt control
Buffering and separating
Diffuse sensor DC motor controller for clockwise/

The diffuse sensor consists of a sen- anti-clockwise rotation
sor with a cable and mounting brack- Motor control for 24 V DC brushed
et for a profile/profile plate and a DC motors. Control voltage 24 V DC,
fibre-optic cable. Available in two galvanic isolation between input and
designs. output circuits, reverse polarity pro-
1 with holder 196959 tection on input side, can be clicked
without holder 526212 onto the DIN bus bars EN 50022 and
EN 50035.
Order no. 567245
Pick&Place station with additional equipment
Robot station
The base for your robot applications
Function
The robot station includes the new
6-axis articulated arm robot RV-2FB
by Mitsubishi Electric. This industrial
robot combines a sturdy engineering
design and construction with a large
working range and a high movement
speed.
In the basic design, the station is

equipped with a robot controller,
Teachbox, safety housing, service
unit and pneumatic multifunction
gripper. Additional MPS modules
are available for your individual
robot applications.
Topic: Industrial robotics

In flexible automation, industrial
robots are among the most impor-
tant components. They allow au-
tomated processes to be adjusted
rapidly. The MPS robot station and
its equipment levels make process-
es and tasks possible which are
required in industrial production for
commissioning and adjustment of
robot-based work cells.
Fit for research:

the real-time interface
The robots controller is able to
adopt setpoint values for the axes
via a network connection. This al-
lows you to develop your own robot
controller.
Robot station 8039312 CIROS programming and

simulation software
Additional equipment, also order: CIROS is a professional basic and
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 further training tool that makes pro-
Control console, SysLink, 700 mm 8039325 gramming and simulation of a preci-
Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 sion robot extremely easy and safe.
Robot handling module 8038620 Pages 40 45
Robot assembly module 8038740
Robot interface box 534364
Graphical operator terminal 8039317
Battery set for robot RV-2FB 572162 Training content Technical data
Note: Mechanical structure of a Power supply: 230 V AC
The robots batteries feature a buffer period of one year and must therefore be replaced robot station Operating pressure:
every year. Mode of operation and 600 kPa (6 bar)
applications of optical sensors Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm
Recommended accessories: Use of safety switches 1 digital input
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Areas of application of industrial 2 digital outputs
Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB, de/en 8039315 robots
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB, de/en 8039316 Terminology in robot technology More learning and research systems
Teaching robots in different for robot technology:
The most important components at a glance: coordinate systems Robot Vision Cell
1x Aluminium profile plate 700 x 700 159410 Moving robots in object coordinate Pages 358 361
1x Robot RV-2FB with Teachbox R32TB 3396765 system Robotino
1x Gripper, pneumatic 573859 Pages 258 269
1x Safety housing 8039314
Robot RV-2FB with Teachbox R32TB Robot RV-2FB with

High-precision 6-axis articulated arm R56TB touch panel
robot with gear units by Harmonic High-precision 6-axis articulated arm
Drive AG and brakes on all axes. robot with gear units by Harmonic
Complete with control unit, program- Drive AG and brakes on all axes.
ming cable, battery set and a stand- Complete with control unit, program-
ard handheld terminal R32TB. ming cable, battery set and handheld
Order no. 3396765 terminal R56TB, which conveniently
provides all programming functions
via a 6.5 graphical touchscreen.
Order no. 3481428
Robot station with additional equipment
Robot station with MPS modules

The equipment level as an introduction to industrial robotics
Function
This equipment level is created
based on the basic design of the
MPS robot station and the two
robot handling and robot assembly
modules as a introduction to indus-
trial robotics. The upstream station
feeds the bodies of the pneumatic
cylinders to be assembled to the ro-
bot via a slide. The robot determines
the orientation of the bodies and
places them in the assembly holder
in the correct orientation. It takes the
piston from the pallet and assembles
it in the body. Controlled magazines
feed the piston springs and cylinder
end caps to the robot. The fully as-
sembled pneumatic cylinder is then
placed on a slide.
Topic: Handling and assembly

In many industrial applications,
robots handle and assemble work-
pieces and modules. Getting to
know these areas of application is
an e ssential part of an introduction
to robotics.
Training content
Integration of an industrial robot
in an assembly process
Teaching of robots in complex
assembly environments
Commissioning of complex
systems
Maintenance, servicing and trou-
bleshooting of complex systems
Programming of industrial robots
combined with the integration of
sensors and additional actuators
Programming of multitasking
applications
Technical data
Power supply: 230 V AC
Operating pressure:
600 kPa (6 bar)
Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm
12 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
Order no. 8039313
Robot handling module Robot assembly module
The robot handling module extends Scope of delivery The robot assembly module is used Scope of delivery
the MPS station by adding the Slide module to mount assemblies in the MPS ro- Stacking magazine module
workpiece handling application. This Retainer module with reflection bot station. The module supplies the (end caps)
module supplies workpieces to the light sensor individual components for the as- Piston pallet
station via a slide, which the robot Assembly retainer module with sembly process of the pneumatic cyl- Separating module (springs)
transports to the assembly retainer. reflection light sensor inder: A double-acting cylinder push- Output slide module
The sensor in the gripper enables the 2 pipe magazines es the cylinder end cap out of the Mounting plate
robot to differentiate workpieces by Mounting plate stacking magazine. The pistons are Mounting material for profile plate
colour (black/non-black). The sensor Mounting material for profile plate stored on a pallet. A double-acting
in the assembly retainer also moni- cylinder pushes the springs out of a Technical data
tors the orientation of the workpiece. Technical data slim magazine. Operating pressure max:
From the assembly retainer, the ro- Power supply: 24 V DC 600 kPa (6 bar)
bot sorts the workpieces into vari- Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm All components of the robot assem- Power supply: 24 V DC
ous magazines or passes them on to 2 digital inputs bly module are fastened to a mount- 8 digital inputs
a downstream station. The combina- Overall height/width/length: ing plate which can be mounted re- 3 digital outputs
tion with the robot assembly mod- 245/220/245 mm peatedly with positional accuracy Overall height/width/length:
ule also allows workpieces to be as- Weight: 5 kg on the stations profile plate. This 370/325/370 mm
sembled. guarantees a rapid conversion of the Weight: 8 kg
Training content station.
The two pipe magazines and the as- Workpiece handling with industrial Training content
sembly retainer are mounted on a robots The robot handling module with the Introduction to and application
mounting plate which can be mount- Robot programming using I/O assembly retainer are required to as- of automated assembly systems
ed on the base plate of the MPS ro- communication semble the pneumatic cylinder. In Planning an assembly station
bot station with the supplied mount- order to control the modules with Correct usage of limit switches
ing material. That allows the overall the robot control system, the robot Robot programming using I/O
module to be removed from the sta- interface unit (order no. 534364) is communication
tion and remounted later in the iden- required. Commissioning of the entire
tical position if required, without ad- process
justing the relevant robot positions
for this module.
Recommended accessories: Recommended accessories:

Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Simulation box, digital 170643
C interface 8025738 C interface 8025738
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 1.0 m 8033583 15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 1.0 m 8033583
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031 I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
Distributing station
Getting started with MPS
Function
The Distributing station separates
workpieces. Up to eight workpieces
are stored in the magazine tube of
the stacking magazine. A double-act-
ing cylinder pushes the workpieces
out one at a time. The Changer mod-
ule grips the separated workpiece
via a suction gripper. The swivel arm
of the changer, which is driven by a
rotary actuator, moves the workpiece
to the transfer point of the down-
stream station.
Special technology:
Semi-rotary actuator
The Distributing station utilises vari-
ous actuators, all of which are indus-
trial components. The rotary actuator
of the swivel arm can be set to vari-
ous angles between 90 and 270.
The end positions are sensed by
means of micro switches. A double-
acting linear cylinder pushes work-
pieces out of the stacking magazine.
The end positions are sensed using
proximity sensors.
Special grippers:
Suction gripper
The suction gripper of the C
hanger
module grips the workpiece. The
vacuum is generated in the vacu-
um slice of the CP valve terminal by
means of the venturi principle and
is monitored by a pressure switch.
The switching point of the pressure
switch is adjustable.
[X]
298 [X] Illustration includes additional equipment and accessories

Distributing station, mounted 195780 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Distributing station 526880 Mechanical: WBT Discover MPS 200
Mechanical set-up of a station
Additional equipment, also order: Pneumatics:
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Installation of tubing for
Control console, SysLink 195764 pneumatic components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Vacuum technology
Pneumatic linear and rotary
Recommended accessories: drives
Simulation box, digital 170643 Electrical:
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 Correct wiring of electrical WBT PLC programming in accord-
components ance with IEC 61131
Technical data Sensors: WBT GRAFCET
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) Correct application of limit WBT Pneumatics
Power supply 24 V DC switches Mechatronics Assistant
7 digital inputs PLC:
5 digital outputs Programming and application
of a PLC
Structure of a PLC program
Programming an operating
mode section
Orderly RESET sequence
Programming an EMERGENCY
STOP Training document Distributing
station
Design and simulation program
FluidSIM Pneumatics
Virtual process environment
CIROS
Textbook Pneumatics, Basic level
Textbook Programmable logic
controllers, Basic level
Start-up valve with filter control Changer module Vacuum switch

valve The Changer module is a pneumat- Mechanical vacuum switch with ad-
Filter control valve with Pressure ic handling device. A suction cup is justable switching point and switch-
gauge and Start-up valve mounted used to pick up workpieces and re- ing status display (LED).
on adapter with ajustable angle. The locate them to positions from 0 to Order no. 196973
Start-up valve pressures/exhausts 180 using a semi-rotary drive. Sen-
the connected pressure zone. sors assume end-position detection.
Testing station
Focus on sensors
Function
The Testing station detects the vari-
ous properties of the workpieces in-
serted into it. It differentiates work-
pieces with the aid of an optical and
a capacitive sensor. A retro-reflective
sensor monitors whether the oper-
ating space is free before the work-
piece is raised via a linear cylinder.
An analogue sensor measures the
height of the workpiece. A linear cyl-
inder guides correct workpieces via
the upper air slide to the neighbour-
ing station. Faulty workpieces are re-
jected via the lower air slide.
Top topic:
Sensors
The Testing station employs all basic
types of industrial sensors in typical
applications: optical and capacitive
proximity sensors and optical retro-
reflective sensors. These are sup-
plemented by various cylinder limit
switches (inductive, magnetic).
Option:
Analogue value processing
An analogue sensor detects the
height of the workpiece, which is
raised from below by a linear cylin-
der and pressed against the measur-
ing device. A comparator evaluates
the sensor signal and passes this on
as a digital signal. The analogue sig-
nal is also available at a separate
terminal allowing connection to the
simulation box or a PLC with an ana-
logue module.
[X]

Testing station, mounted 195781 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Testing station 526881 Mechanical: WBT Sensor technology 2
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Application of rodless cylinders
Control console, SysLink 195764 Electrical:
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Correct wiring of electrical
components
Recommended accessories: Sensors:
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 Mode of operation and applica-
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 tions of optical and capacitive Mechatronics Assistant
sensors with digital switching
Technical data behaviour
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) Mode of operation and applica-
Power supply 24 V DC tions of analogue sensors using
8 digital inputs the example of an analogue
5 digital outputs displacement encoder
PLC:
Programming and application
of a PLC Design and simulation program
Analogue signal processing FluidSIM Pneumatics
Commissioning: Textbook Programmable logic
Commissioning of the entire controllers, Basic level
sequence Textbook Proximity sensors
Troubleshooting: Virtual process environment
Systematic troubleshooting CIROS
in a production system
Recognition module Lifting module Measuring module Pneumatic slide module

The Recognition module comprises Lifting of a workpiece by means of a The Measuring module enables the The slide is universally mounted on
two different sensors and a mount- rodless cylinder. In this position the height of a workpiece to be meas- a profile. The slide characteristics
ing bracket. workpiece can be checked by the ured by a linear displacement sensor. can be adjusted by means of the flow
Order no. 526850 Measuring module. The workpiece is It can be attached directly to the Lift- control valve on the underside of
ejected by a second cylinder. ing module. The linear displacement the slide.
Order no. 532954 sensor is connected to a comparator, Order no. 526217
allowing simple evaluation of the re-
sult of the measurement.
Order no. 195779
Processing station
Purely electrical
Function
In the Processing station, workpieces
are tested and processed on a rotary
indexing table. This station only uses
electrical drives. The rotary index-
ing table is driven by a DC motor. The
table is positioned by a relay circuit,
with the position of the table being
detected by an inductive sensor. On
the rotary indexing table, the work-
pieces are tested and drilled in two
parallel processes. A solenoid probe
with an inductive sensor checks
that the workpieces are inserted in
the correct position. During drilling,
the workpiece is clamped by a sole-
noid actuator. Finished workpieces
are passed on via the electrical sort-
ing gate.
Attention!
Drilling operation
Drill feed is undertaken by an electri-
cal linear axis with a DC motor, which
is controlled via a reversing start-
er. The end positions are sensed by
means of micro switches. The drill is
fully functional, but for safety rea-
sons the drilling processes are only
simulated.
Electrical only:
Many different drives
The station requires the program-
ming of two processes executed in
parallel: drilling and drill-hole test-
ing. This station also offers a range
of different drives:
DC drill
DC motor on rotary indexing table
Electrical linear drive for drill feed
Electrical sorting gate
Solenoid actuator in the clamping
module and the Testing module
[X]

Processing station, mounted 195782 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Processing station 526882 Mechanical: WBT Actuators DC motor
Additional equipment, also order: Selection of linear drives
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Electrical:
Control console, SysLink 195764 Correct wiring of electrical
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 components
Sensors:
Recommended accessories: Correct application of limit
Simulation box, digital 170643 switches
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 PLC: Mechatronics Assistant
Programming of logic controllers
Technical data and parallel step sequences
Power supply 24 V DC Troubleshooting:
8 digital inputs Systematic troubleshooting
8 digital outputs in a production system
Handling technology:
Checking incoming workpieces
Textbook Programmable logic

controllers, Basic level
CIROS
Testing module Drilling module Rotary indexing table module Clamping/ejecting module
The Testing module consists of a The Drilling module comprises a drill- Rotary indexing table with 6 work- For mounting on a profile plate. An
solenoid probe with an inductive ing machine attached to a linear axis piece positions. The table is driven electrical solenoid is used for the
sensor for sensing. The module can driven by a DC motor. The end posi- by a DC-geared motor with a series drive (Working stroke = 9 mm).
be used for the testing of workpiec- tions are sensed by means of micro resistor. Order no. 526218
es: simple drill-hole checking, simple switches. Order no. 654972
height checking, workpiece position Order no. 196974
checking.
Order no. 195773
Handling station, pneumatic

All-rounder with pneumatic linear drive
Function
The Handling station, pneumatic,
is equipped with a flexible two-axis
handling device. Workpieces insert-
ed into the holder are detected by
an optical diffuse sensor. The han-
dling device picks up the workpieces
from there with the aid of a pneumat-
ic gripper. The gripper is equipped
with an optical sensor which differ-
entiates between black and non-
black workpieces. The workpieces
can be placed on different slides ac-
cording to this criterion. Other sort-
ing criteria can be defined if the sta-
tion is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system from
Festo
The Handling station, pneumatic,
utilises industrial handling compo-
nents. A pneumatic linear axis with
flexible end-position adjustment and
cushioning allows fast positioning,
including to intermediate positions.
A flat linear cylinder with end-
position detection serves as the lift-
ing cylinder for the Z axis. A modern
pneumatic linear gripper is mounted
on the lifting cylinder. The optical
sensor integrated into the jaw of the
gripper recognises the workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements different
grippers
The PicAlfa module, pneumatic, is
highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-
tion of the axes, arrangement of the
end-position sensors and the instal-
lation position can all be adjusted.
This enables the station to be adapt-
ed for a broad range of handling
tasks without the use of additional
[X] elements an ideal project for ad-
vanced trainees.

Handling station pneumatic, mounted 195783 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Handling station, pneumatic 526883 Mechanical: WBT Electropneumatics
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Installation of tubing for
Control console, SysLink 195764 pneumatic components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Pneumatic grippers
Pneumatic linear drives
Recommended accessories: Electrical:
Simulation box, digital 170643 Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 components Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Sensors:
Correct application of limit
Technical data switches
Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar) PLC:
Power supply 24 V DC Programming and application
8 digital inputs of a PLC
5 digital outputs Control of a handling device
Commissioning:
Commissioning of the entire Design and simulation program
sequence FluidSIM Pneumatics
Optimisation of cycle time Textbook Programmable logic
Safety in the event of loss of controllers, Basic level
pneumatic or electrical power
PicAlfa module, pneumatic Holder module Diffuse sensor Slide module

Universal 2-axis handling device for The Holder module comes complete The fibre optic diffuse sensor can The slide comes complete with a
Pick & Place tasks. Stroke length, with a holder for mounting on a probe mounted directly in the pickup retainer for mounting on a profile
inclination of the axes and arrange- file plate. module, at the end of a slide or on plate.
ment of the end-position sensors Order no. 195777 a gripper. Order no. 653393
and mounting position can be ad- Order no. 526212
justed.
Order no. 526215
Handling station, electrical

Up-to-date with electric drives
Function
The Handling station, electrical, is
equipped with a flexible two-axis
handling device. Workpieces insert-
ed into the holder are detected by
an optical diffuse sensor. The han-
dling device picks up the workpieces
from there with the aid of a pneumat-
ic gripper. The gripper is equipped
with an optical sensor which differ-
entiates between black and non-
can be placed on different slides ac-
cording to this criterion. Other sort-
ing criteria can be defined if the sta-
tion is combined with other stations.
Workpieces can also be transferred
to a downstream station.
Good example:
Modular handling system
from Festo
The Handling station, electrical, uti-
lises industrial handling compo-
nents. An electrical linear axis with
DC motor allows fast positioning, in-
cluding to intermediate positions. A
flat linear cylinder with end-position
detection serves as the lifting cylin-
der for the Z axis. A modern pneu-
matic linear gripper is mounted on
the lifting cylinder. The optical sensor
integrated into the jaw of the gripper
recognises the workpieces.
Project exercise:
New requirements different
grippers
The PicAlfa module, electrical, is
highly flexible: stroke length, inclina-
tion of the axes, arrangement of the
end-position sensors and the instal-
lation position can all be adjusted.
This enables the station to be adapt-
ed for a broad range of handling
tasks without the use of additional
elements an ideal project for ad-
[X] vanced trainees.
The valve terminal in the electric

PicAlfa module is equipped with two
individual single-solenoid valves.
This makes it possible to carry out
simple extensions, such as adding a
stacking machine.

Handling station electrical, mounted 567203 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Handling station electric 567256 Mechanical: WBT Actuators DC motor
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Installation of tubing for pneumatic
Control console, SysLink 195764 components
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Pneumatic grippers
Pneumatic linear drives
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 components WBT Safety engineering
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Sensors: WBT Electropneumatics
Correct application of limit Mechatronics Assistant
Operating pressure 400 kPa (4 bar) PLC:
7 digital outputs Control of a handling device
Drive technology:
I/O actuation of drive controllers
Commissioning:
Commissioning of electrical Design and simulation program
axes FluidSIM Pneumatics
Commissioning of the entire Textbook Programmable logic
sequence controllers, Basic level
Optimisation of cycle time
Safety in the event of loss of
pneumatic or electrical power
PicAlfa module, electrical Valve terminal Smart Cubic Multi-pin plug distributor
Universal 2-axis handling device for The miniaturised valve terminal for For connecting up to 8 sensors with
pick & place tasks. Stroke length, almost any application. The Smart a 3-pin Connector M8.
inclination of the axes and arrange- Cubic has a highly compact design Operating voltage range:
ment of the limit switches and with sufficient volumes for miniatur- 10 30 V DC
mounting position can be adjusted. ised drives in the electronics indus- Acceptable current load per slot:
All components for activating the try, and is optimised for Festo minia- 1A
module are on the support profile. ture drives. Total acceptable current load:
Order no. 567255 Multi-pin cable D-Sub, 15-pin 4A
Valve positions: 2 x 5/2-way Including multi-pin cable D-Sub,
monostable, 1 x 5/2-way bistable 15-pin
Fluidic Muscle Press station

Powerful
Function
The Fluidic Muscle Press station
presses workpiece inserts into the
housings. The rotary/linear actuator
(transfer device) moves the housing
with the insert placed on it under the
press. The pneumatic muscle per-
forms the pressing operation. The
finished workpiece is then transport-
ed to the transfer position using the
rotary/linear actuator. An optical dif-
fuse sensor is attached to the arm
of the actuator for sensing the work-
piece. The pressing pressure is moni-
tored and displayed using the ana-
logue pressure sensor. The press-in
speed and depth can be varied both
manually via throttle and pressure
regulator and electronically via
the proportional pressure regulator.
State of the art

The latest components such as the
pneumatic muscle, the linear drive
SLG or the semi-rotary actuator
DRQD with adjustable mid-position
enable your students to experience
the industrial automation technology
of tomorrow today.
Option:
Analogue value processing
The analogue pressure sensor pro-
vides an analogue signal and also
a binary signal with the help of the
programmable switching points. The
analogue signals are available at a
separate terminal allowing connec-
tion to the simulation box or a PLC
with an analogue module. This ena-
bles you to use the station with a
controller with or without analogue
processing. Both variants are sup-
ported for actuation of the pneumat-
ic muscle: Analogue via the propor-
tional pressure regulator or binary
via a directional control valve.
[X]

Fluidic muscle press station, mounted 535248 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Fluidic muscle press station 538707 Mechanical: WBT Sensor technology 1
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Application of linear slide units
Control console, SysLink 195764 Application of semi-rotary drives
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Application of pressure regulators
Application of pneumatic muscle
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 Correct wiring of electrical
Workpiece set Housings 534619 components Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece insert Clock 534621 Sensors:
Workpiece insert Thermometer 534622 Application of end-position sensors
Workpiece insert Hygrometer 534623 and optical diffuse sensors
Mode of operation and applica-
Technical data tions of analogue sensors using
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) the example of an analogue pres-
Power supply 24 V DC sure sensor
8 digital inputs PLC:
(1 analogue input can additionally Programming and application Design and simulation program
be used) of a PLC FluidSIM Pneumatics
7 digital outputs Analogue signal processing Textbook Programmable logic
(1 analogue output can additionally controllers, Basic level
be used) Textbook Proximity sensors
CIROS
Rotary/linear transfer module Fluidic Muscle Press module Pressure sensor Analogue terminal
The module contains a precision SLG The module is used to press work- Pressure sensor with LCD display, Analogue signals are passed to a
linear slide unit with adjustable end piece inserts into the housing. The measuring range 0 10 bar with special analogue terminal with a
stops. The rotary movement is real- press is actuated using a pneumatic analogue output 0 10 V and PNP 15-pin Sub-D socket. To wire up and
ised using a DRQD semi-rotary drive. muscle. The module contains a man- switch output, selectable via teach- connect analogue signals.
This permits rotation of 90 and ually adjustable pressure regulator In. Supplied complete with connec- Order no. 526213
180. All end positions are sensed by that can be used to adjust the press- tion cable.
means of sensors. in depth. The press-in speed is ad- Order no. 679598
Order no. 535249 justed via supply air flow control.
Order no. 535251
Punching station
Hydraulics power
Function
The plastic cylinder end caps for the
cylinder bodies are supplied without
a hole for the piston rod. This station
has the task of punching the hole.
A double-acting cylinder ejects the
semifinished cap from the stacking
magazine. A second cylinder brings
the cap into the punch. After punch-
ing, this second cylinder ejects the
finished cap.
Topic:
Pressure and force
Hydraulics plays a key role in me-
chatronic systems when great forces
are required. It is an essential part
of drive and control technology for
mechatronics training.
The pressure for the punching pro-

cess is supplied by the hydraulic
power unit. A pressure switch on
the punch itself ensures the correct
pressure for the punching process.
[X]

Punching station, mounted 195787 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Punching station 526887 Mechanical: WBT Hydraulics
Additional equipment, also order: Hydraulics:
2x MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Set-up of a hydraulic control
Control console, SysLink 195764 system
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Commissioning a rapid traverse
feed circuit
Recommended accessories: Pneumatics:
Simulation box, digital 170643 Installation of tubing for pneumatic
Workpiece set Cylinder end caps 162240 components WBT Electrohydraulics
Hydraulic power pack with a constant-displacement pump, 230 V 152962 Application of pneumatic linear Mechatronics Assistant
Hydraulic oil (DIN 51524), HLP22, 10 Litres 192215 drives CIROS
2x Hose line with quick release couplings, 1500 mm 159386 Electrical: Design and simulation program
Aluminium profile plate, 700 x 350 mm 162386 Correct wiring of electrical FluidSIM Hydraulics
components
Technical data Sensors:
Operating pressure hydraulics Application of inductive and
6 MPa (60 bar) optical sensors
Operating pressure pneumatics Application of pressure switches
600 kPa (6 bar) PLC:
8 digital outputs Structure of a PLC program Textbook Hydraulics, Basic level
Programming of operating modes Textbook Programmable logic
Troubleshooting: controllers, Basic level
Systematic troubleshooting in
a production system
Hydraulic punch station Stacking magazine module

The Hydraulic punch module consists (end caps)
of a hydraulic cylinder (diameter 32) Separation of the cylinder caps for
with guides that punches the hole assembly. This module cannot be
in the end cap of a workpiece for as- used for separation of symbolic
sembly. The moving part is protect- workpieces or the body.
ed against manual intervention via Order no. 162353
plexiglass.
Order no. 162352
Separating station
Flexibility
Function
The Separating station differentiates
workpieces based on their drilled
hole depth and separates them in-
to two different material flow direc-
tions.
Workpieces placed on the conveyor

are transported to the depth meas-
urement point. An analogue diffuse
sensor checks the drilled hole depth.
Workpieces of the type cylinder
body (deep hole) are transported
to the end of the conveyor. Work-
pieces of the type housing (shal-
lower hole) are directed towards the
rear via the second conveyor using
a pneumatic branching gate with ro-
tary drive. Fibre-optic through beam
sensors with optical sensors monitor
the material flow on the conveyors.
The Separating station can be sup-

plemented with MPS downstream
stations in two directions.
Analogue and digital

The diffuse sensor supplies both an
analogue and a binary output sig-
nal. This facilitates different training
levels. The binary switching output
can be adapted to the measurement
requirement by means of a simple
teach-in stage.
Flexible assembly
The Separating station permits the
creation of flexible assembly lines
using MPS stations. Combined as-
sembly processes such as cylinder
assembly and assembly of workpiece
inserts in the housing can be realised
using the Separating station.
[X]

Separating station, mounted 540719 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Separating station 548674 Mechanical: WBT Electrical engineering 1
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology:
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Mode of operation and applica-
Control console, SysLink 195764 tions of analogue sensors
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Application of optical sensors
Pneumatics:
Recommended accessories: Installation of tubing for
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 pneumatic components
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 Pneumatic rotary drives Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece set Housings 534619 Electrical and electronic:
Workpiece insert Clock 534621 Connection of DC motors
Workpiece insert Thermometer 534622 PLC:
Workpiece insert Hygrometer 534623 Programming and application of
a PLC
Technical data Programming of alternative (OR)
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) branches
Power supply 24 V DC Analogue signal processing
8 digital inputs Design and simulation program
5 digital outputs FluidSIM Pneumatics
1 analogue input
Diffuse sensor, analogue Sorting gate/separator module, Starting current limiter

The optical sensor comes complete pneumatic The starting current limiter contains
with holder for mounting on the For mounting on a conveyor. Com- a relay and an electronic start-up cur-
guide rail profile of the conveyor. plete with one rotary cylinder and rent limiting circuit. It can be mount-
Measuring range 0 30 mm with mounting accessories. ed on a DIN rail. Electrical connection
analogue output 0 10 V and PNP Order no. 534367 is by means of screw terminals.
switching output. The switching Order no. 150768
output can be freely adjusted via a
teach-in process. Supplied complete
with connecting cable.
Order no. 541120
Storing station
In and out, electrically
Function
The Storing station places work-
pieces in and takes workpieces out
of storage. The station is equipped
with three storage levels, with a lev-
el each for six red, six silver and six
are gripped using a pneumatic grip-
per. The linear movement is execut-
ed using a linear cylinder. The rotary
movement is performed by an electri-
cal servo drive with integrated con-
troller. The stroke movement is ex-
ecuted using an electrical linear axis
with separate controller.
During placement into storage, a

workpiece inserted in the Holder
module is detected using the colour
sensor. The workpiece is placed in
the next free compartment in the cor-
responding storage level based on
the colour. Upon removal from stor-
age, the workpieces are transported
from the shelf compartments to the
downstream station.
The Storing station can be employed

as the first station or the last station
in an MPS combination.
Electrical drives
The latest drive technology for a
challenging lesson: with the MTR-
DCI, the motor, gear, power electron-
ics and positioning controller form a
compact unit for optimum position-
ing of the rotation axis. The electrical
mini slide SLTE with motor controller
SFC-DC ensures a correctly regulated
drive for horizontal positioning.
Colour-friendly!
The tiny colour sensor detects the
workpieces using an integrated
white light source. It learns new
colours easily by means of teach-
[X] in and activates one of the three
switching outputs when one of these
is detected.

Storage station, mounted 541113 Training aims for project work PLC:
Kit Storage station 548673 Mechanical: I/O actuation of drive controllers
Mechanical set-up of a station Commissioning:
Additional equipment, also order: Sensor technology: Commissioning of electrical axes
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 Application of colour sensors
Control console, SysLink 195764 Application of limit switches Recommended training media
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Pneumatics: WBT Electric drives 1
Installation of tubing for pneumatic
Recommended accessories: components
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863 Pneumatic grippers
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 Pneumatic linear drives
Drive technology:
Technical data Configuration and parameterisa-
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) tion of electrical drives
Power supply 24 V DC Application of drive controllers
8 digital inputs Reference travel Mechatronics Assistant
8 digital outputs Adjustment of speed and accelera- Design and simulation program
tion profiles FluidSIM Pneumatics
Teaching of positions
Electrical mini slide SLTE Motor controller SFC-DC Servo motor MTR-DCI Colour sensor
Supplied complete with DC motor Positioning controller for electrical Compact DC motor with integrated Three independent channels with
with integrated encoder, stroke 150 mini slide SLTE, with control interface controller and control interface (7 teach-in capability, sensing range 12
mm. The motor controller SFC-DC is (7 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), digital inputs, 4 digital outputs), 24 32 mm, 24 V DC operating voltage,
required for activation. 24 V DC load and logic power supply, V DC power supply, RS232 interface 3 outputs (PNP, N, O).
RS232 interface for commissioning, for commissioning, FCT software, dis-
FCT software, display with four but- play with four buttons so that all set-
tons so that all settings for commis- tings for commissioning and diagno-
sioning and diagnosis can also be sis can also be made directly.
made directly.
Order no. 537465 Order no. 538913 Order no. 696719 Order no. 538236
Also order: Also order: Also order:

538914 Supply cable 537931 Supply cable 525616 Connecting cable
538919 Control cable 537923 Control cable
538917 Motor cable 537926 RS232 cable
537926 RS232 cable
Sorting station
Finally
Function
The Sorting station sorts workpieces
onto three slides. Workpieces placed
on the start of the conveyor are de-
tected by a diffuse sensor. Sensors
upstream of the stopper detect the
workpiece features (black, red, met-
al). Sorting gates actuated by short-
stroke cylinders via a deflector allow
sorting of workpieces onto the ap-
propriate slides. A retro-reflective
sensor monitors the level of the
slides.
Topic:
Material detection
Inductive and optical sensors detect
the colour and material of workpiec-
es. Short-stroke cylinders stop work-
pieces on the conveyor and pass
them on for sorting onto one of three
slides.
For project work:

Upgrades from the modular
conveyor system
All modules and components used
in this station are part of the modu-
lar conveyor system, for example:
Sorting gates with
short-stroke cylinder
Sensors
Guide rails
Conveyor motor
Its great modularity makes the

Sorting station particularly suited
for project work.
[X]

Sorting station, mounted 195786 Training aims for project work Recommended training media
Kit Sorting station 526886 Mechanical: WBT Sensor technology 2
Additional equipment, also order: Selection and application of
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 Page 346 various electrical drives
Control console, SysLink 195764 Pneumatics:
EduTrainer Universal Pages 338 341 Installation of tubing for
pneumatic components
Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 167021 components Mechatronics Assistant
Workpiece set For cylinder assembly 162239 Sensors:
Correct application of limit
Operating pressure 600 kPa (6 bar) Mode of operation and
Power supply 24 V DC applications of optical and
8 digital inputs inductive sensors
4 digital outputs PLC:
Programming and application
of a PLC Training documents Sorting station
Programming of alternative (OR) Textbook Programmable logic
branches controllers, Basic level
Commissioning: Textbook Proximity sensors
Commissioning of the entire Virtual process environment
sequence CIROS
Sorting gate module, pneumatic Stopper module Retro-reflective sensor Inductive sensor
For mounting on a conveyor. Com- For mounting on a guide rail (convey- The optical sensor and the reflec- The inductive sensor comes com-
plete with one double-acting short- or or slide). Complete with one sin- tor come complete with brackets plete with holder for mounting on
stroke cylinder, two sensors for gle-acting short-stroke cylinder and for mounting on a profile or profile the guide rail profile of the conveyor
end-position sensing and mounting mounting accessories. plate. or a slide.
accessories. Order no. 196971 Order no. 196969 Order no. 196968
Order no. 526230
Either: Or:
Simply build it yourself MPS commissioning service
Each MPS station is supplied fully Simply commission it: To ensure that your training projects 3. Useful tips on how to get the
assembled and tested on the pro- Attach the control console to the run smoothly right from the start, our most from the MPS:
file plate. For efficient operation, we trolley with two bolts service technicians offer: Applications
recommend: Insert the EduTrainer Universal Enhancements
MPS trolley with lockable castors. into the trolley 1. Complete commissioning of your Seminars
This simplifies project work and Connect the EduTrainer Univer- new system:
accommodates the newly designed sal to the control console and the Mechanical and electrical connec- Commissioning packages
control console and an EduTrainer station using our universal SysLink tion of station, trolley, control con- MPS Start-Up Basic SP1:
Universal, size 1 connector sole and EduTrainer Universal For MPS stations, without Robot,
Control console with membrane ... and youre ready to go! Adjustment of all electrical, pneu- Assembly, Hydraulics.
keyboard matic and mechanical components Order no. 539111
EduTrainer Universal On request, we can also commission Configuration of controllers and MPS Start-Up Robotics SP2:
systems for you particularly in the loading of programs For MPS stations Robot, Assem-
Alternatively, the stations can also case of larger systems. bly, Hydraulics.
be operated without the trolley and 2. Instruction in: Order no. 540705
can even be controlled with electrical Technical documentation and MPS Start-Up Networking SP3:
signal input units and the EduTrainer Mechatronics Assistant Profibus networking.
from the training packages. Program structures Order no. 540706
Lesson preparation using the
Mechatronics Assistant SP 1 539111
SP 2 540705
And if you wish ... SP 3 540706
Mechatronics Assistant
Version 2
The multimedia tool for Your advantages

training at school and at work Training with MPS can begin im-
Structured archive on DVD with mediately with ready-to-use tasks
complete documentation involving modules, stations and
For project work, as well as for systems.
training and preparation for tests Various degrees of difficulty for
For all training-related areas in different levels of learning: from
the field of automation technology introductory tasks to complex
For teachers and learners: struc- projects
ture and content have been organ- Create your own archive: all tasks
ised in such a way that trainees can be easily modified and saved
can work independently with the as individualised assignments.
Mechatronics Assistant on any Format documents to suit your
given task. individual needs and reuse them:
many of the documents included
Content with the Mechatronics Assistant
Practice and topic related range are available in source format
of tasks with solutions (e.g. doc, ppt, dxf ).
Graphics, photos, animations, Supplementary information and
videos sequences, presentations cross-references can be accessed
Manuals, operating instructions, quickly by means of hyperlinks.
data sheets and circuit diagrams The high-performance full text
Additional teaching aids and com- search function retrieves content
plete technical documentation, as as required. Graphics, animations
well as lots of tips for working with and videos are also linked to key-
MPS words and can be retrieved using
the search function.
Always the latest thanks to
free updates: you can download
updates, new tasks, sample pro-
grammes and project ideas free of
charge. Your Mechatronics Assis-
tant develops as your knowledge
increases: www.festo-didactic.com
Note System requirements

Multiple licences for local or net- PC with Win XP/Vista/Windows 7
work installations with any desired Flash Player
number of licences, with online Microsoft Office
activation or dongle Acrobat Reader
Can be installed in German, Eng- DXF viewer
lish or Spanish, as well as other Sound card
languages upon request DVD drive
Shipped on DVD in Systainer Screen resolution: Min. 1024 x 768
x-Licence with online activation de/en/es/fr 563358

x-Licence with network licence connector de/en/es/fr 563359
Mechatronics Assistant Update 1.0 2.0
6 licences with online activation de/en/es/fr 562483
6 licences with network licence connector de/en/es/fr 562482
Combining stations
A new interface concept that offers

many possibilities for direct combi-
nation of individual stations. Various
aspects determine the decision as to
which combination is required:
Training aims
Supplementation of existing
stations
Budget
The complete systems MPS 200

section gives an overview of the
most popular combinations.
Distributing separating processing robot assembly storing

Pick&place fluidic muscle press sorting
MPS stations can be combined

as follows:
Stations Possible direct downstream stations
Testing Processing Handling, Distributing/ Pick&Place Fluidic muscle press

pneumatic/electrical Conveyor
Distributing + +
Testing + + + +
Processing + + +
Handling, pneumatic/electrical + + +
Distributing/Conveyor + + + + +
Pick&Place +
Fluidic muscle press +
Robot +
Assembly/Assembly with punching* + +
Separating** + + + +
Storing + +
+
Combination using a conveyor
The conveyor enables all MPS sta-

tions to be interconnected. The con-
veyor is simply mounted between
two stations as the linking element.
This facilitates the set-up of custom-
ised training arrangements.
Distributing conveyor sorting
Robot Assembly/Assem- Separating** Storing Sorting * The Punching station can be used
bly with punching* to upgrade the Robot station.
+ + ** The Separating station can be combined

+ + + + with two downstream stations placed at
+ + + + right angles.
+ +
+ + + +
+ + +
+ + +
+ +
+ + +
+ +
+ + +
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > MPS 200 Complete systems
MPS 200 complete systems

With blended learning package and modular expansion options
Complete from A to Z MPS stations The new interface concept offers

All necessary accessories such as many possibilities for direct combi-
MPS 200 systems come with all the trolleys, power supply units, con- nation of individual stations. Various
required accessories, guaranteeing trol console, workpiece set, etc. aspects determine the decision for
effective training from the very start. Control package with programming this combination or that:
They range from small complete sys- software and cable Training content
tems to entire mechatronic labora- Visualisation and simulation soft- Supplementation of existing
tory outfits. ware stations
Budget
MPS 202-Mechatronics
Small but complete
Distributing, Sorting
Flexibly expandable Blended learning package

included
Of course you can also gradually ex-
pand your MPS 200 system with Each MPS 200 system includes
stations, modules and components a package of web-based training
or with additional web-based train- programs as well as FluidSIM
ing programs. Pneumatic and Mechatronics
Assistant, the tool for profes-
sional training. Some packages
include CIROS Programming and
CIROS Education.
MPS 203-Fieldbus MPS 210-Mechatronics

Mechatronics and fieldbus The all-rounder
technology Distributing, Testing, Processing,
Distributing with AS-interface, Handling, Buffering, Assembly with
Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP robots, Punching, Sorting
MPS 202-Mechatronics Small but complete ...
Simple communication Alternatively enhanced I/O Controlling, simulating and Then theres FluidSIM
A station can only pass on a work- communication programming with EasyPort Simply start FluidSIM and the inte-
piece to the next station if it is ready The stations can also be networked No matter which control package grated Soft Logo! takes over control
to process it. In the MPS, this via I/Os. We have routed the neces- you choose the scope of delivery of a station or the entire system. Get-
OK signal is provided via optical sary input and output signals to 4 mm always includes EasyPort, the univer- ting started with programming has
sensors. This makes it very easy to safety sockets to facilitate this com- sal interface for getting started with never been so easy.
combine stations. munication. The corresponding exer- blended learning.
cises and worksheets can be found in
the Mechatronics Assistant.
... with blended learning package, FluidSIM,

Mechatronics Assistant and web-based training programs
Complete MPS 202 system with Simatic S7-300 control package 541161 Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 202 system with Festo CPX-CEC control package 541162 Professional Training
Complete MPS 202 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 control package 541163 Successful training with MPS
Complete MPS 202 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC control package 541164 With more than 2,000 pages of les-
son material on the two stations,
PLC control packages include: the system can be used in lessons
SIMATIC S7-300 straight from the box. Also provided
2x EduTrainer Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP, 1x programming cable, are exercises on modules, stations
1x programming software STEP 7 Professional for Training and all related topics such as circuit
Festo CPX-CEC diagram creation, PLC programming
2x EduTrainer Universal with CPX-CEC, 1x programming cable, and a full set of documentation for
1x programming software CoDeSys the trainer.
Allen Bradley ML 1500
2x EduTrainer Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 1x programming cable, All the exercises can be modified,
1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter extended and archived, making the
Mitsubishi MELSEC Mechatronics Assistant the tool for
2x EduTrainer Universal with FX1N, 1x programming cable, 1x programming professional training methods.
software GX IEC Developer FX
Getting started with MPS 202
The MPS 202-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training: a multi-media experience
Stations The Discover MPS 200 web-based
Distributing, Sorting training program takes your trainees
Accessories on a voyage of discovery in their
2x trolley, 2x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox own home, in the laboratory or in any
Control technology other location that suits them.
1x PLC control package, 1x EasyPort
Software
1x FluidSIM P, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS 200 web-based
training program, 1x LOGO! Training web-based training program
Function Correct application of limit

The Stacking magazine module sepa- switches
rates workpieces. The Changer mod- Mode of operation and applications
ule transports the individual work- of optical and inductive sensors
pieces to the sorting conveyor by Logic programming
means of its vacuum gripper. Opti- Programming and application of
cal and inductive sensors differenti- a PLC
ate the workpieces based on mate- Structure of a PLC program
rial and colour. Pneumatic branching Programming of alternative
gates then sort the workpieces onto branches
three different slides. Programming of an operating
mode part
Training aims Set-up and optimisation of
Mechanical set-up of a station material flow
Installation of tubing for pneumatic Optimisation of setting-up times
components Linking of stations
Vacuum technology Simple communication
Pneumatic linear and rotary drives Material flow control
Application of simulation tools Enhanced I/O communication
Correct wiring of electrical com- Commissioning of complex
ponents systems
MPS 203-Fieldbus Mechatronics and fieldbus technology ...
Innovative valve technology: Topic: Profibus DP Visualisation Professional tool: SIMATIC WinCC
AS-interface CP valve terminal The Sorting station features a Profi- A complete visualisation applica- The professional control and moni-
The Distributing station with AS- bus DP valve terminal. All the sen- tion for the Distributing, Testing and toring system for planning and real-
interface uses a wide range of AS- sors are connected to the input mod- Sorting stations as well as guided ising visualisation. This renders the
interface slaves. A typical example ule of the valve terminal via plug exercises on autonomous creation exchange of data with the SIMATIC
of an AS-interface component is the connectors. of visualisation applications can be controllers of the MPS stations par-
optical sensor with integrated AS- used in lessons without any advance ticularly effective.
interface. preparation.
... with visualisation package and the Mechatronics Assistant
Complete MPS 203-Fieldbus system 541165 Project exercises on fieldbus and

visualisation technology
PLC control package includes: The Mechatronics Assistant comes
SIMATIC S7-300 with more than 500 pages of exercis-
3x EduTrainer Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP, 1x AS-interface expansion for S7-300 es and solutions for lessons on field-
EduTrainer Universal, 1x programming cable, 1x programming software STEP 7 Profession- bus technology.
al for Training, 1x AS-interface addressing device, 1x AS-interface addressing cable
The web-based training program
The MPS 203-Fieldbus system contains everything you need for training: on the system
Stations The multi-media web-based train-
Distributing with AS-interface, Testing, Sorting with Profibus DP ing program provides students with
Accessories a quick introduction to the special
3x trolley, 3x power supply unit, 2x control console, 1x control console with AS-interface, features of the MPS 203-Fieldbus
1x workpiece set, 1x SimuBox system. This makes preparation
Control technology extremely convenient since it can
1x PLC control package be carried out anywhere and also
Software extremely efficient since students
1x WinCC Trainer Package for visualisation software, 1x Mechatronics Assistant, can complete the various chapters of
1x Discover MPS 200 web-based training program, 1x Fieldbus technology web-based the training program as it suits them
training program and their personal rate of learning.
Function Planning, configuration and pro-

The Distributing station separates gramming of AS-i networks
workpieces from the Stacking maga- Testing, integration and commis-
zine and moves them to the Testing sioning of Profibus DP components
station. The Testing station checks in an automated system
the workpiece height. The Sorting Planning, configuration and pro-
station then sorts the workpieces ac- gramming of Profibus DP networks
cording to material and colour onto Linking of stations
three slides. Simple communication
Enhanced I/O communication
Training aims Networking of stations with Profi-
Mechanical set-up of a station bus DP
Installation of tubing for pneumatic Planning, engineering, implemen-
components tation, commissioning and execu-
Vacuum technology tion of a visualisation application
Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
Fieldbus technology
Information technology
Testing, integration and commis-
sioning of AS-i components in an
automated system
MPS 210-Mechatronics the all-rounder ...
Complete Exploit the full flexibility of MPS Successful realisation of project WBT support
From mechanics, pneumatics, PLC The combination of multiple MPS ideas The web-based training programs
technology, handling technology, stations offers training aims for The MPS 210 system contains all contained in the MPS 210 system
electrical engineering, electronics many levels of experience and many the components needed to realise a will help trainers prepare their stu-
to robotics and hydraulics, each sta- different fields. The project kits of wide range of projects giving your dents for project work. They deal
tion facilitates interesting exercises the MPS 210 system facilitate the students a free hand in creativity! with topics such as project planning,
on automation and mechatronics. realisation of a wide range of differ- information acquisition or getting
The MPS 210 system is particularly ent systems. Conveyor belts, inte- started with the MPS 210 system.
suited to the areas of handling, PLC grated between the MPS stations,
and robot technology due to its close facilitate a multitude of solutions for
industrial orientation. material flow.
... with an all-inclusive media package
Complete MPS 210 system with SIMATIC S7-300 control package 541172 Simulating stations
Complete MPS 210 system with Festo CPX-CEC control package 541173 CIROS offers optimum preparation
Complete MPS 210 system with Allen Bradley ML 1500 control package 541174 for a hands-on lesson. All the sta-
Complete MPS 210 system with Mitsubishi MELSEC control package 541175 tions can be tested and programmed
in simulation. Bugs can even be built
PLC control packages include: into the model to permit an opti-
SIMATIC S7-300 mum, practical starting point for les-
7x EduTrainer Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C-2DP, 7x programming cable, sons.
1x programming software STEP 7 Trainer Package
Festo CPX-CEC CIROS facilitates full or partial in-
7x EduTrainer Universal with CPX-CEC, 7x programming cable, 7x Codesys struction in the use of robot stations
Allen Bradley ML 1500 through simulation. The simulation
7x EduTrainer Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 7x programming cable, also offers robot cells featuring oth-
1x programming software RS-Logix 500 Starter er robots such as Kuka and ABB for
Mitsubishi MELSEC comprehensive robot training.
7x EduTrainer Universal with FX1N, 7x programming cable,
2x programming software GX IEC Developer FX Trainer Package
Also order: Hydraulic power unit
The MPS 210-Mechatronics system contains everything you need for training:
Stations: Distributing, Testing, Processing, Handling, Buffer, Robot with Assembly,
Punching, Sorting
Project kits: 5x Distributing, 5x Conveyor
Accessories: 9x trolley, 8x control console, 5x SimuBox, 9x power supply unit, 5x workpiece set
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 4x EMERGENCY-
STOP control console, 5x EasyPort
Software: CIROS Education licence for 12 users, FluidSIM P licence for 6 users,
6x Mechatronics Assistant, 1x Discover MPS 200 web-based training program, 1x LOGO!
Training web-based training program, 1x Project Management web-based training program
Function Special training aims

The complete assembly line produc- The system enables
es a pneumatic cylinder made up of 15 30 students to be
body, piston, springs and cap. trained in m echatronics.
The Distributing and Conveyor
project kits (5 of each are includ-
ed) provide an introduction to the
project work.
Actuation is performed via
FluidSIM and EasyPort or using
a programmable logic controller.
The system layout can be changed
using the project kits. More than
30 different combinations can be
created using the system.
Production planning, reduction of
set-up times, FMEA and TPM the
system offers solutions for the hot
topics of production optimisation.
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > MPS 500-FMS Flexible production
MPS 500-FMS
Flexible production compatible, modular and versatile
Thought and action MPS 500-FMS forms the basis for

in networked systems general technological training using
practical problems from actual oper-
It is becoming more and more com- ational applications. It provides the
mon for specialists and engineers perfect platform for analysing, un-
to be responsible for operation and derstanding and mastering the in-
maintenance of complex automated teraction of mechanics, pneumatics,
production systems. This requires electrical engineering, control tech-
the seamless interaction of all the nology and communication interfac-
technologies involved. es all absolutely critical for proper
and successful management of net-
worked systems.
The transport system The warehouse

The transport facilities are a central Indispensable and technically chal-
component of automated production lenging from a logistical point of
systems. The rectangular conveyor view automated warehouses fa-
configuration of the FMFF series cilitate flexible logistical concepts
offers all the characteristics of pro- and short delivery times. The HRL20
fessional industrial systems: offers all the functions of a full-size
6 working positions warehouse in a smaller format:
Pallet identification Shelf with 5 x 4 locations
Valve terminal technology Precision storage and retrieval
AS-i fieldbus technology robot linear, X/Y/Z (DC/pn/DC)
PLC control cabinet Positioning controller
S7-300 PLC controller Gripper for workpieces
Frequency converter S7-300 PLC controller
AC drive motors Control panel
EMERGENCY-STOP Teach-in positions
I/O port for station Interface to the conveyor system
Dimensions: 3000 x 500 mm Dimensions: 700 x 900 x 1800 mm
Networked system operation The tools of the trade

communication is key simulation for robots and
systems
Modern production systems are of
modular design, with the modules or The use of simulation tools for
subsystems featuring powerful com- programming systems and ana-
munication interfaces. The MPS lysing system behaviour before
500-FMS uses interfaces such as the or during construction saves
I/O coupling, fieldbus and Ethernet time and money. The electrical,
similar to those used in typical prac- mechanical and physical behav-
tical applications. iour of the models is the same
as that of actual stations and is
From the sensor to the web: The op- programmed using the same pro-
tional software packages are an easy gramming languages (MELFA BA-
way of practicing displaying system SIC and STEP 7). This enables the
data on the Internet. students to work safely on virtual
systems before the tested pro-
grams are tried out on the actual
system.
The process Assembly

The system is a factory comprising An industrial robot in the Robot as-
six areas linked via a transport sys- sembly station performs automated
tem that produces the tried-and- assembly.
tested short-stroke cylinders from
the MPS. Warehouse
Parts are stored in the Automatic
Incoming goods warehouse station prior to shipping.
Cylinder bodies are delivered to the
Distributing station and forwarded to Outgoing goods
the Testing station after inspection. The Handling station transfers prod-
ucts from the conveyor to the Sorting
Processing station, where the products are sort-
The Vision system 10 stations learn the basics The Processing station, which simu- ed and made available for shipping.
Camera systems are ideal for use in in small groups lates a drilling process, represents
production and quality assurance MPS 500-FMS provides up to 10 in- the machining stage. The Handling
thanks to their versatility and relia- dividual stations for working in small station transports the material.
bility. The universally successful in- groups of students providing inval-
dustrial system DVT is integrated in uable benefits for the practical side Quality assurance
the MPS 500-FMS system: of training. Each station focuses on The camera system checks the work-
Intelligent compact camera something different and offers vari- piece.
CMOS (colour on request) ous levels of complexity. The stations
Resolution 640 x 480 pixels can be gradually brought together
Incident light and transmitted light once the station-specific training
Computer link aims have been achieved.
Evaluation software for PC
Information on customer projects: www.festo-didactic.com 331

MPS 516-FMS
The complete package for demanding training scenarios
The system The system comprises 9 stations: The training aims Construction of pneumatic and
The multitude of stations and the electropneumatic circuits
MPS 516-FMS system is a complete Incoming goods technologies contained in them per- Learning about various sensors
package comprising hardware and Distributing and Testing station mit an investigation of almost all rel- and actuators
software that can be used straight Processing evant areas of control and automa- Application and programming
from the box. Handling and Processing station tion technology. of PLCs
Assembly Application of various handling
Robot assembly station devices and grippers
Warehouse Application of vacuum technology
Automatic warehouse station Application of various electrical
Outgoing goods drives (DC, AC)
Handling and Sorting station Application of frequency converters
Transport Construction of a positioning con-
Transport system station trol with incremental shaft encoder
Networking of sensors and actua-
The system can be flexibly expanded tors via AS-interface
using the optional packages. Application of industrial robots
for assembly tasks
Programming and simulation
of robots
Set-up and mode of operation
of transport systems
Mode of operation and purpose
of pallet identification
MPS 516-FMS On request Optional packages
MPS 516-FMS range of packages Optional package Vision (V1)

Consisting of: Industrial CMOS compact camera
Stations with integrated illumination and
1x pallet transport system FMF-F Ethernet interface, mounted on a
1x automated warehouse mobile trolley. The station can be
1x robot station with Magazine station* integrated or used on its own for
1x Distributing station* basic training. It is used to deter-
1x Testing station* mine gripper parameters in connec-
2x Handling station* tion with the robot assembly station.
1x Processing station* Professional image processing soft-
1x Sorting station* ware is included.
Software and media:
Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package Optional package Visualisation
CIROS System visualisation and operation
Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences on the basis of industrial SCADA
Service software. Communication between
Commissioning and initial training in Germany with delivery, installation and commission- SCADA and controllers takes place
ing of the system at the destination. Two days of initial training for up to 4 persons. via fieldbus or Ethernet. Choose from
the following options:
* Includes mobile base frame, MPS control panel and S7-300 EduTrainer Universal. WinCC and Profibus DP for Siemens
Technical data: See MPS Stations. WinCC and Ethernet for Siemens
InTouch and Ethernet with CPX-CEC
InTouch and DeviceNet with Allen
Bradley
Optional package CNC

Upgrade the system with a small
PC-controlled CNC machine. The
machine is placed beside the assem-
The control concept easy combination of the individual bly robot and looks after automatic
Each station is equipped with its own stations into a networked system. loading and unloading. The option-
PLC. The only exception to this is the The AS-interface fieldbus is used al package includes all the software
robot station; in this case the robot within the transport system. Further necessary for operation.
controller also controls the magazine additional bus systems can option- MILL 55
and communicates with the trans- ally be integrated. TURN 60
port system via I/Os. Communication
between the transport system and
the PLCs of the stations also takes
place via a straightforward I/O inter-
face. This simple and clear structure
is one of the reasons this system is
so popular it facilitates quick and
PLC
I/O
PLC PLC Robot
I/O I/O I/O
AS-i AS-i AS-i
PLC
AS-i AS-i AS-i
I/O I/O I/O
PLC PLC Camera

I/O I/O Option
PLC PLC

MPS 501-505 FMS

The entry-level systems
MPS 501-FMS MPS 502-FMS
MPS 503-FMS MPS 504-FMS
Even the smaller systems offer a

complete sequence with all the
essential components of an inter-
linked production system.
Why not call us?

We will be happy to advise you.
MPS 505-FMS

MPS 512-FMS
Get started right away with a complete and customised package
MPS 512-FMS On request
MPS 512 FMS range of packages

Consisting of:
Stations
1x pallet transport system FMF-F
1x Distributing station
1x Testing station
2x Handling station
1x Processing station
1x Sorting station
Software and media
Programming package STEP 7 Trainer package
CIROS Automation Suite
Mechatronics Assistant with 12 licences
Service
Commissioning and initial training in Germany
It is becoming more and more com- MPS 512-FMS is a complete pack-

mon for specialists and engineers age comprising hardware and soft-
to be responsible for operation and ware that can be used straight from
maintenance of complex automated the box. The system comprises 7
production systems. This requires stations:
the seamless interaction of all the
technologies involved. Incoming goods
Distributing and Testing station
MPS 500-FMS forms the basis for Processing
general technological training using Handling and Processing station
practical problems from actual oper- Outgoing goods
ational applications. Handling and sorting station
Transport
It provides the perfect platform for Transport system station
analysing, understanding and mas-
tering the interaction of mechanics, The system can be flexibly expanded
pneumatics, electrical engineering, using the optional packages.
control technology and communica-
tion interfaces all absolutely critical Special requirements in the area of
for proper and successful manage- control technology?
ment of networked systems. We look forward to talking to you.
Our project advisors will be happy to
find the ideal solution for you.

Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories
Actuating, networking, operating, monitoring, optimising

Controlling processes as in industry
Close to reality
In MPS as in real production

plants controllers are responsible
for signal processing. The signals in
the system can be transferred direct-
ly from the station to the controller
via I/Os or various fieldbus systems
or between controllers to support in-
formation exchange.
Market leading industrial standards
The MPS is based on industrial Choice of PLC Reliable safety modules

standards. Automation solutions and optimised for training use Hardly any issue affects so many
trends from the market leaders are We can fit an EduTrainer, providing employees in a company as health
part of the MPS concept. a completely assembled and wired and safety. Emergency stop, safety
Programmable logic controllers PLC rack, with the PLC of your choice curtains, safety doors and failsafe
from the market leaders and, if required, fieldbus compo- control systems are all part of a sys-
Project planning and programming nents as well. The advantage of the tem made up of MPS stations.
tools complying with IEC61131 EduTrainer in the MPS station is
clear: you can remove the controller
The most commonly used fieldbuses: and use it for other processes or in
PROFINET, PROFIBUS, AS-Interface, laboratory furniture.
Ethernet
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories
ERP Company level
Data recording
MES Operations management level
Planning
SCADA (Process) management level
PLC Control level
Input/output signals Field level
Manufacturing/production process Process level
From field to company level
All control technologies and systems

used in industrial production can be
integrated into the modular produc-
tion system and the learning facto-
ries from Festo Didactic. This gives
basic and advanced training a high
level of practical relevance at all lev-
els of the CIM pyramid.
Plug and run Hot topic energy saving Optimising processes

The station, the control console and On the trail of waste: identifying Ensuring quality in production
the EduTrainer are all equipped with potential savings means first of all Production defects or tolerance devi-
standardised SysLink interfaces. All measuring current consumption. ations identified too late or not at all
you have to do is plug them in, there The Wattmeter acts as a smart me- often lead to expensive consequen-
is no need to wire different connec- ter for training systems with a 24 V tial damage or recalls.
tors. DC power supply and a maximum of
120 Watts. Optional modules in the MPS are
responsible for continuous quality
A switchable interface for 0 10 V DC inspection. Laser sensor and ana-
or 4 20 mA is integrated for data logue sensors measure the work-
transmission. Ethernet is available as piece height. A signal converter can
an option. then digitise the analogue signal.
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories > Control/Networking
EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions MPS/MPS PA

A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300
The industrial standard CPU 315F-2PN/DP

256 KB RAM for program and data
The modular concept of the SIMAT- Includes MMC
IC S7-300 offers professional PLC Interfaces: MPI, DP, PN
technology from the market leader, SM 323:
Siemens. With various CPUs, CPs and 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
I/O modules, the S7-300 meets all 16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
automation requirements. This con- 500 mA)
troller facilitates the use of a wide SM 334 (only in order no. 567099):
range of fieldbuses such as AS-inter- 4 analogue inputs, 8 bit (010 V,
face, Profibus DP and Profinet. 0 20 mA)
2 analogue outputs, (0 10 V,
The STEP 7 programming environ- 0 20 mA)
ment makes all industrially used PLC
programming languages available, The holder system:
such as AWL, KOP, FUP, STEP 7-SCL, EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop vari-
STEP 7-GRAPH and STEP 7-HiGraph. ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm
19 module simulation plate with
EduTrainer Universal with: 2x SysLink plug connector for
MPS station and control panel
CPU 313C each with 8 digital inputs and 8
64 KB RAM for program and data digital outputs and 1 x D-sub 15-
Includes MMC pin plug connection with 4 ana-
Interfaces: MPI logue inputs and 2 analogue out-
Inputs/outputs: puts; emergency stop jumper to
24 digital inputs (24 V DC) connect a safety circuit for discon-
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, necting 8 digital outputs.
400 mA) Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
4 analogue inputs, 11 bit, 20 ms, power supply unit (only in order
(10 V, 0 10 V, 20 mA, no. 567103 and 567104)
0/4 20 mA), 1 Pt100 input Can be placed on the desk or in an
S7-313C (ON, A) 567098 2 analogue outputs, (10 V, MPS station.
S7-313C-2DP 567103 0 10 V, 20 mA, 0/4 20 mA) Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
S7-315F-2PN/DP see figure 567104 holder system
S7-315F-2PN/DP (ON, A) 567099 CPU 313C-2DP Can be extended with 19 simula-
Note 64 KB RAM for program and data tion modules Pages 219 220
The EduTrainer Universal as preferred version for MPS is equipped with a power supply Includes MMC
unit; the preferred version for MPS PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue Interfaces: MPI, Profibus DP
inputs and outputs (A). Inputs/outputs:
16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
Recommended accessories: 16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 400 mA)
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
Programming software STEP 7 Page 46
IEC power cable 90 Page 239
Other accessories:
Digital I/O module SM323 8I/8O 184550
Digital I/O module SM323 16I/16O 529142
Front-panel connector, Screwed contacts, 20-pin 184554
Front-panel connector, Screwed contacts, 40-pin 660560
Analogue I/O module S7-SM334-4E/2A 184804
AS-interface master upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master 533028
Trainer Package, Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced 533027

A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC
World language IEC 61131-3 EduTrainer Universal digital

(MPS)
Benefit from automation program- Codesys V2.3 provided by Festo
ming in a world language, based on programming software
IEC 61131-3. Ethernet cable for programming
the CPX-CEC
For standardised preprocessing: 16 digital inputs (24 V DC)
CPX-CEC as an intelligent remote I/O 16 digital outputs (24 V DC,
terminal. maximum 500 mA)
SysLink interfaces
Better performance Power supply: 24 V DC power
CPX-CEC means improved cycle times supply unit integrated
and more connectable actuators. The
modular I/O system with up to 512 I/ EduTrainer Universal analogue
Os and CAN master functionality of- (MPS PA)
fers complete flexibility. Intelligent Same as EduTrainer Universal
pneumatic and electric axes can be digital with additional analogue
activated via fieldbus. The extensive expansion
Codesys function library provides Analogue inputs: 4 (12 Bit,
diagnostics and condition monitoring 0 10 V, 0/4 20 mA)
options. Open and closed-loop con- Analogue outputs: 2 (12 Bit,
trol the solution for efficient auto- 0 10 V, 0/4 20 mA)
mation of workstations or via remote Without power supply unit
control.
The holder system:
EduTrainer Universal with EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop
CODESYS embedded controller variant, size 1 (order no. 567274)
CPX-CEC: or size 2 (order no. 567275), W x H
305/458 mm x 300 mm
CPX-CEC 19 module simulation plate with
32 bit MIPS processor, 400 MHz 2x SysLink plug connector for
Data memory 32 MB flash/ MPS station and control panel CPX-CEC digital see figure 567274
32 MB RAM each with 8 digital inputs and 8 CPX-CEC analogue (ON, A) 567275
20 MB flash/8 MB RAM user digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15- Notes
memory pin plug connection with 4 ana- The EduTrainer Universal as preferred version for MPS is equipped with a power supply
32 KB non-volatile memory logue inputs and 2 analogue out- unit; the preferred version for MPS PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue
Communication network Ethernet puts; emergency stop jumper to inputs and outputs (A).
10/100 Base-T connect a safety circuit for discon- Includes Ethernet cable for programming the CPX-CEC and Codesys V2.3 programming
Integrated web server necting 8 digital outputs. software provided by Festo ( Page 47).
Master CANopen fieldbus Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
PLC operating system Codesys 2.3 power supply unit (only in order Recommended accessories:
Full RTS no. 567274) I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
Diagnostic handheld for CPX The size 1 rack can be placed on a Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
terminal can be connected table or in an MPS station. Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
All FEDs can be connected via Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel IEC power cable 90 Page 239
Ethernet holder system
Visualisation OPC server for con- Can be extended with 19 simula- Other accessories:
nection to any SCADA packages tion modules Pages 219 220 Analogue terminal 526213

A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500
The standard in North America CPU modules:
The Micro Logix modular concept Digital extension ML 1500

from Allen Bradley offers profession- Digital I/O module
al PLC technology. With various CPUs 1769-IQ6X0W4-4I/O (6 IN/4 OUT)
and modules, the ML series meets all
automation requirements. Analogue extension ML 1500
Analogue I/O module
The ML 1500 facilitates the use of a 1769-IF4XOF2 (4 IN/2 OUT)
wide range of fieldbuses such as De-
viceNet and Ethernet. The RSLogix Ethernet extension ML 1500
500 programming software makes ENI Ethernet interface
the PLC programming language LD 1761-NET-ENI
available.
The holder system:
EduTrainer Universal with EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop vari-
Allan-Bradley ML 1500: ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm
19 module simulation plate with
ML 1500 + compact IN/OUT module 2x SysLink plug connector for
Program memory: 7K + 8k MPS station and control panel,
Interfaces: RS-232-C each with 8 digital inputs and 8
Programmable PID controller digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-
I/Os: pin plug connection with 4 ana-
22 digital inputs (24 V DC), of logue inputs and 2 analogue out-
which 8 high speed counter via puts; emergency stop jumper to
config connect a safety circuit for discon-
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, 1 A), necting 8 digital outputs.
of which 2 high speed outputs Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
via config, 2 integrated analogue power supply unit (only with order
potentiometers no. 567107)
Can be placed on a desk or in an
ML 1500 digital see figure 567107 EduTrainer Universal digital MPS station
ML 1500 analogue (ON, A) 567102 (MPS) Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel
Note Power supply: 24 V DC power holder system
The EduTrainer Universal as preferred version for MPS is equipped with a power supply supply unit integrated Can be extended with 19 simula-
unit; the preferred version for MPS PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue SysLink interfaces: tion modules Pages 219 220
inputs and outputs (A). 1 x cable for connection to station
1 x cable for connection to console
Recommended accessories: 1 x bridge for connection to emer-
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 gency stop
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 EduTrainer Universal analogue
Programming cable ML 1500 535827 (MPS PA)
RSLogix 500 Starter, en 535829 Same as EduTrainer Universal
IEC power cable 90 Page 239 digital with additional analogue
expansion
Other accessories: Without power supply unit
Digital extension ML 1500 535822
Analogue extension ML 1500 541126
Ethernet extension ML 1500 541127

A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N
High functionality CPU modules:
The modular concept of the MELSEC Analogue extension FX1N

FX1N from Mitsubishi offers profes- Analogue I/O module FX0N-3A
sional PLC technology from a high- (2 IN/1 OUT)
tech company.
AS-interface extension FX1N
The FX1N with its various upgrades AS-i master FX2N-32ASI-M
provides all the functions required
of a mini control system for automa- Ethernet extension FX1N
tion technology. The FX1N facilitates Ethernet FX2NC-ENET-ADP +
the use of a wide range of fieldbus- FX1NCNV-BD
es such as AS-interface, Profibus DP
and Ethernet. The MELSOFT GX IEC The holder system:
Developer programming environ- EduTrainer A4 rack, desktop vari-
ment makes industry-related and IEC ant size 1, W x H 305 mm x 300 mm
61131-3-compliant PLC programming 19 module simulation plate with
languages such as IL, LD, FBD, SFC 2x SysLink plug connector for
and ST available. MPS station and control panel,
each with 8 digital inputs and 8
EduTrainer Universal with digital outputs and 1 x Sub-D 15-
MELSEC FX1N-40MT-DSS pin plug connection with 4 ana-
PLC with integrated I/Os: logue inputs and 2 analogue out-
puts; emergency stop jumper to
FX1N connect a safety circuit for discon-
8 k program memory necting 8 digital outputs.
Interfaces: RS 232 Integrated 110/230 V/24 V, 4.5 A
I/Os: power supply unit (only with order
24 digital inputs (24 V DC) no. 567106)
16 digital outputs (24 V DC, Can be placed on a desk or in an
500 mA) MPS station
Stable, powder-coated, sheet-steel MELSEC FX1N analogue (ON, A) see figure 567101
EduTrainer Universal digital holder system MELSEC FX1N digital 567106
(MPS) Can be extended with 19 simula- Note
Power supply: Integrated 24 V DC tion modules Pages 219 220 The EduTrainer Universal as preferred version for MPS is equipped with a power supply
power supply unit unit; the preferred version for MPS PA has no power supply unit (ON) but has analogue
SysLink interfaces: inputs and outputs (A).
1 x cable for connection to station
1 x cable for connection to console Recommended accessories:
1 x bridge for connection to emer- I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031
gency stop Analogue cable, parallel, 2 m 529141
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817
EduTrainer Universal analogue Programming cable FX1N 540683
(MPS PA) Mitsubishi GX Trainer Package, de/en 541149
Same as EduTrainer Universal IEC power cable 90 Page 239
digital with additional analogue
expansion Other accessories:
Without power supply unit Analogue extension FX1N 541128
AS-interface extension FX1N 541129
Ethernet extension FX1N 541131
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories > Safety engineering
Safety engineering
MPS module MPS module MPS module MPS module

safety engineering holder system light curtain door door with active locking mechanism
This mounting kit for MPS safety en- Contactless light curtains protect According to directive DIN EN ISO According to directive DIN EN ISO
gineering can be used to optimally operating personnel against unde- 12100, Machine Safety, all movable 12100, Machine Safety, all movable
mount the MPS modules door, door sired or unintentional entry into the parts on machines must be secured parts on machines must be secured
with active bolt, light curtain and the danger areas of technical systems, with protective devices. The MPS with protective devices. The MPS
MPS control console to any MPS such as presses, robot inserting sta- safety engineering product range is safety engineering product range is
station. tions, transfer lines and palletising ideal as part of training on this sub- ideal as part of training on this sub-
Horizontal angle systems. ject. ject.
19 front cover and short
cable duct The MPS module light curtain is The door includes a safety switch The door includes a safety switch
Assembly instructions used to extend any MPS station in and can be mounted on any MPS and can be mounted on any MPS
Order no. 549849 the area of safety engineering and is station using the MPS module safe- station using the MPS module safe-
mounted on the MPS module safety ty engineering holder system. ty engineering holder system.
engineering holder system. The mod-
ule consists of a transmitter and a As soon as the protective device is As soon as the protective device is
receiver, mounted opposite one an- opened, the N/C contacts on the opened, the N/C contacts on the
other. The infrared LEDs on the trans- safety switch open. The hazardous safety switch open. The hazardous
mitter emit brief light pulses that are machine motion is then stopped. machine motion is then stopped.
received by the receiver diodes. 2 doors (1x 117 mm high, 2 doors (1x 117 mm high,
Recommended training media, Light curtain with transmitter 1x 260 mm high) 1x 260 mm high)
also order: and receiver 1 safety switch with 2 N/C contacts 1 safety switch with N/C contact,
Connecting cable (5 m) without active locking mechanism N/O contact and active locking
Training documentation 1 connecting cable (5 m) mechanism (1200 N locking force)
The safe system Page 73 Technical data Order no. 549851 1 connecting cable (5 m)
Size of transmitter/receiver module Order no. 549852
The safe system (W x H x D): 300 x 34 x 29 mm Suitable here:
Supply voltage: 24 V DC Suitable here:
Training documentation
MPS Maximum switching current: MPS module
500 mA safety engineering holder system MPS module
Wavelength: 950 nm
With CD-ROM
Order no. 549849 safety engineering holder system

Protection field height: 300 mm Safety relay from Sick Order no. 549849
Resolution: 20 mm Order no. 573282 Safety relay from Sick
Reach: up to 6 m 19 emergency stop module (9 HP) Order no. 573282
Order no. 549850 Order no. 573860 19 emergency stop module (9 HP)
Order no. 573860
Suitable here: 19 request module (3 HP)
Festo Didactic
Order no. 573861

574144 en
MPS module
Safety engineering: WBT Page 26 safety engineering holder system
Order no. 549849
Safety relay from Pilz
Order no. 573283
19 emergency stop module (9 HP)
Order no. 573860
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories > Safety engineering
19 emergency stop module (9 HP) Safety relay from Pilz 19 emergency stop panel Emergency stop board
The 19 emergency stop module (9 The safety switching device fulfils The emergency stop panel allows The flexible safety concept for the
modular spacing units) makes it pos- the requirements of EN 60947-5-1, integration of the emergency stop MPS provides an easy method of
sible to expand the MPS control EN 60204-1 and VDE 0113-1, and pushbutton into the control panel. switching off components whether
panel to include an emergency-stop can be used in applications with: The pushbutton is connected to a the entire system or parts thereof.
mushroom actuator and a key-oper- Emergency stop pushbuttons EduTrainer or an emergency stop The central emergency stop board
ated reset pushbutton. The module Safety switches board via a 2.5 m cable with 2-pin is part of the safety concept in the
can be connected to a safety relay, Light barriers screw-terminal plug. Modular Production System and al-
an emergency stop PCB or a failsafe Forced relay outputs: lows you to integrate up to ten MPS
PLC with a 2.5 metre long connect- 3 safety contacts (S), undelayed The emergency off panel can be in- stations into a safety circuit. When
ing cable. 4 mm plugs are required 1 auxiliary contact (), undelayed tegrated into the control panel order combined with emergency stop
for direct connection to the emer- 1 semiconductor output no. 195764 . A blank panel order no. pushbuttons and/or position switch-
gency stop jumper of an EduTrainer 1 contact expansion block, connect- 534630 is required for installation in- es, it provides a high level of safety.
Universal. able, operating modes can be adjust- to the control panel. The blank panel The central emergency stop board
ed via rotary switch. is not included. can be mounted in the trolley of a
Blank panels are not included in the LED display for: Order no. 534631 station along with a EduTrainer Uni-
scope of delivery. Supply voltage versal.
Order no. 573860 Input status channel 1 19 blank panel (16 HP) for the
Input status channel 2 control panel A 4-pin cable (order no. 535245) is
19 request module (3 HP) Switching status of safety contacts Order no. 534630 required for each station for connec-
The 19 request module (3 modular Starting circuit tion. This cable is not included in the
spacing units) makes it possible to Error Light tower module scope of delivery. The connected sta-
expand the MPS control panel to in- Plug-in terminals. Connection mate- The LED light tower with 3 signal tions can be switched off via max.
clude a key-operated request push- rial included. lights (red, yellow, green) shows dif- 6 emergency stop switches. These
button and a reset pushbutton. The Order no. 573283 ferent statuses of a system and is emergency stop switches are not in-
module can be connected to a safety suitable for all MPS stations. With cluded in the scope of delivery.
relay with a 2.5 metre long connect- Safety relay from Sick protection class IP 65. It is secured Inputs (emergency stop switch)
ing cable. The safety switching device can be to the slotted assembly board with 16
used in applications with: the materials supplied. Outputs (stations) 1 10
Blank panels are not included in the Emergency stop switches Order no. 195769
scope of delivery. Safety switches Delivery includes a base and a 2
Order no. 573861 Safety switches with mechanical meter connecting cable with open Also order:
locking ends for connecting to the I/O termi- Connecting cable, 4-pin, for connect-
Cross circuit recognition for dual- nal of the MPS station. ing an MPS station (EduTrainer
channel control. Outputs: 2 N/O Order no. 549843 Universal) to the emergency stop
contacts, 1 response delayed N/O board.
contact, adjustable from 0.15 3 s Order no. 535245
or 1.5 30 s.
3 LEDs: supply voltage, C1/C2
relay (undelayed) and C3/C4 relay
(delayed)
Manual reset
Automatic reset
Contact expansion for more
outputs
Connection material included.
Order no. 573282
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories > Modules
Conveyor module Stacking magazine module
The Conveyor module is intended Technical data The Stacking magazine module sep- Technical data
for mounting on a profile plate, pro- Power supply: 24 V DC arates workpieces or end caps. A Operating pressure:
file foot or slotted mounting frame Maximum workpiece width: 40 mm double-acting cylinder pushes the 600 kPa (6 bar)
with freely positionable DC motor. It Length: 300, 350 or 700 mm workpiece at the bottom out of the Power supply: 24 V DC
is suitable for transporting and sep- Conveyor height above profile: gravity-feed magazine. The cylin- 3 digital sensors
arating workpieces with a diameter approx. 117 mm der position is detected electrically 1 digital actuator
of 40 mm (e.g. Cylinder bodies or 3 digital sensors by inductive three-wire sensors. The Length with workpiece holder:
Cylinder for assembly workpiece 3 digital actuators speed with which the cylinder ex- 310 mm
sets). The module is supplied com- tends and retracts can be infinitely Length without workpiece holder:
pletely assembled. Scope of delivery adjusted via one-way flow control 240 mm
Conveyor module including: valves. Through-beam sensors or
Training content DC motor: 24 V DC/1.5 A with diffuse sensors can be attached to Scope of delivery
Belt control motor controller right/left the magazine. The magazine offers Plastic injection-moulded cylinder
Sensor technology 2 diffuse sensors mounting options for installation on body and ejector
Reading circuit diagrams Through-beam sensor a profile, profile plate or at conveyor Magazine tube for end caps and
Buffering and separating Mini I/O terminal height via an optional adapter. It is cylinder bodies with diameter/
Mounting accessories for possible to eject products from three edge length = 40 mm
profile plate magazines at a common position. Mini I/O terminal
Feed separator/stopper, electric The module is supplied completely 5/2-way single solenoid valve
assembled. Double-acting cylinder
2 magnetic limit switches
Training content Through-beam sensor
Basic principles of pneumatics Mounting accessories for p rofile
Sensor technology: magnetic limit plate
switches Workpiece holder
Sensor technology: opto-electrical (only with order no. 8032171)
sensors
Connecting tubing and wiring
Reading circuit diagrams
300 x 40 mm, DC 8033135

350 x 40 mm, DC see figure 8032692 1 Without workpiece holder 8032172
350 x 40 mm, without motor On request 2 With workpiece holder 8032171
700 x 40 mm, without motor On request
Recommended accessories: Adapter for Stacking magazine module 8032173
MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504 MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504
PA workpiece set 554301 PA workpiece set 554301
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 2.0 m 8033584 15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 2.0 m 8033584
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector open, 2.0 m 8033586 15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector open, 2.0 m 8033586
C interface 8025738 C interface 8025738
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories > Modules
Pick&Place module Turning module
The Pick&Place module is a uni- Technical data The turning module is used Technical data
versal, 2-axis handling device for Operating pressure: whenever a workpiece is to be 6 x sensor, digital (PNP)
Pick&Place tasks. The position of 600 kPa (6 bar) tipped, turned or emptied. 4 x output for 3 actuators
the end-position switches, as well as Power supply: 24 V DC 1 x supply port (6 bar)
mounting position and height, can be 4 digital sensors Limit switches are used to sense all
adjusted on this module. The m odule 4 digital actuators movements. End-position cushion- Scope of delivery
is supplied complete with vacuum Stroke length, X-axis: 80 mm ing ensures that the end position is Multi-pin plug (8 channels)
generator, pressure switch, vacuum Stroke length, Z-axis: 50 mm approached gently. The module is Valve terminal with 2 x 5/2-way
filter and suction gripper, valve ter- P&P unit, height-adjustable equipped with a multi-pin connec- single solenoid valves and 1 x 5/2-
minal, pressure limiter and electrical Pressure limitation along the Z-axis tor for the sensors and a valve termi- way double pilot valve
interface. In another version, a paral- nal CPV-SC. 2 double-acting cylinders with
lel gripper is used instead of vacuum Scope of delivery guide slot for swivel motion
technology. Mini I/O terminal Training content Shock absorber
Valve terminal with 2 x 5/2-way Basic principles of pneumatics 6 magnetic limit switches
Training content single solenoid valves and 1 x 5/2- Sensor technology: magnetic limit Mounting accessories for profile
Basic principles of pneumatics way double solenoid valve switches plate
Sensor technology: magnetic limit 2 double-acting cylinders with Connecting tubing and wiring Gripper jaws
switches guide Reading circuit diagrams
Connecting tubing and wiring 3 magnetic limit switches Getting to know handling systems
Reading circuit diagrams Mounting accessories for p rofile Gripper technology/stroke/swivel-
Getting to know handling systems plate ling/gripping
Vacuum technology/gripper Vacuum switches, venturi nozzle,
technology soft and hard suction cups (only
with order no. 8031659)
Parallel gripper (only with order no.
8031660)
With vacuum technology see figure 8031659

With parallel gripper 8031660
MPS slotted mounting plate 8038504
PA workpiece set 554301
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector, 2.0 m 8033584
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector open, 2.0 m 8033586
C interface 8025738 Order no. 549855
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS > Extensions and accessories > Accessories
Accessories
1 1
MPS trolley, 700 x 350 MPS height adjustment 1 MPS A4 mounting frame MPS door
Compact and mobile thanks to the Pure ergonomics. Students can ad- The A4 mounting frame expands the The safety door for the MPS trolley
trolley. The station is easy to mount just the height to a level that suits MPS station to provide space for an 700 x 350 is attached to the trolley
on the trolley. Appropriate through- them when working with MPS sta- EduTrainer in A4 format above the from the outside. A lock prevents un-
holes in the side and rear panels en- tions. Simply raise the mounted pro- profile plate. Because the EduTrain- authorised opening of the door.
able orderly routing of cables. The file plate, which is infinitely adjusta- er is mounted on the profile plate,
symmetrical design of the trolley ble, upwards. The integrated Bowden it is always at eye level. There is thus Technical data
means that there are mounting op- cable is used for infinitely adjustable space for the PLC in the trolley and Dimensions when fully closed
tions on both sides for the control lowering. The MPS trolley 700 x 350 for the touch panel in the A4 mount- (H x W): 645 x 334 mm
panel, the intermediate shelf and (order no. 8033248) can be retrofit- ing frame, for example. Dimensions for trolley with c ontrol
for drawers. A lifting column can be ted with this height adjustment. panel
integrated in the centre of the trol- Technical data (H x W): 500 x 334 mm
ley to facilitate ergonomic work on Technical data Dimensions (H x W outside x D): Can be hinged on right or left
the profile plate. There is space for Minimum load: 7 kg 626 x 342 x 84 mm
the assembly board for the electri- Height in retracted state: 665 mm Scope of delivery
cal connections and the PLC rack on Lift height: 400 mm Scope of delivery Plexiglass door
both sides of the trolley. The profiles Holder for profiles 2 hinges
for DIN A4 mounting allow additional Scope of delivery 2 x A4 mounting profiles Handle
EduTrainer units to be used on the Column with adapter plates and Mounting accessories for profile Lock with key
trolley. An optional attachable door Bowden cable and profile plate Mounting accessories
protects the equipment inside. Mounting accessories for trolley Order no. 8033592 1 645 x 334 mm 8033596
and profile plate 2 500 x 334 mm 8033595
Technical data Order no. 8033591
Dimensions (H = including castors to 2 MPS A4 mounting profile
top edge of trolley x W x D): The MPS A4 mounting profile ex-
750 x 350 x 700 mm pands the MPS trolley 700 x 350 to
include a space in A4 format. The PLC
Scope of delivery or assembly board can therefore be
Trolley including castors hung in the A4 mounting frame.
Intermediate shelf Order no. 8033594
Without height adjustment

Order no. 8033248
With height adjustment
Order no. 8033590
MPS drawer set MPS A4 assembly board MPS slotted mounting plate Cable holder with hook-and-loop
Order on the table. The drawer set The assembly board is used to For mounting the MPS modules in fastener (pack of 10)
expands the MPS trolley to provide mount the various terminals or other order to learn about this workplace
additional storage space. The draw- components that can be mounted on before it is integrated into an MPS Reliable and stable fastener for
ers can be stacked on top of one an- the H-rail. There are two levels with station. The modules can also be guiding cables and tubing in
other or divided between both s ides a height of approx. 95 mm available. stored safely on the plate. electrical and pneumatic installa-
of the trolley. An intermediate shelf The board can be installed in any A4 tions of plants.
covers the drawer from above. mounting frame in the MPS trolley Technical data
or in the lab table. The board can al- Dimensions (H x W): Technical data
Technical data so be hung in the trolley or attached 297 x 310 mm Overall length: 122.5 mm
Interior dimensions per drawer to the profile plate or the interme- Band width: 20 mm
(H x W x D): 120 x 274 x 300 mm diate shelf in the MPS trolley. The Scope of delivery Contact width: 30 mm
board is fully assembled. Slotted plate Contact length: 34 mm
Scope of delivery 4 plastic feet
2 drawers Technical data Order no. 8038504 Scope of delivery
4 ball bearings Dimensions (H x W x D): 10 cable holders
Intermediate shelf 279 x 314 x 40 mm 10 M4 x 15 screws
Mounting accessories 10 T-head nuts for profile plate slot
Order no. 8033593 Scope of delivery Order no. 8034300
Assembly plate
2 H-rails, 240 mm long
Cable ducts
Order no. 8035612
Accessories
Mini I/O terminal C interface Digital I/O terminal (SysLink) Analogue I/O terminal
The mini I/O terminal is the central Simple Plug and Learn intelligent The I/O terminal is the central unit of Analogue signals are routed to a
unit of the MPS modules. It is used connection technology. The design of the MPS SysLink concept. It is used special analogue terminal with a
to wire four digital inputs, four digi- the system connection enables two to wire eight digital inputs and eight 15-pin Sub-D socket. It is used to
tal outputs, two analogue inputs and modules to be easily connected to a digital outputs which are connected wire four analogue inputs and 2 ana-
one analogue output which are con- PLC via SysLink. If the module is to to a socket. Contact is established logue outputs which are connected
nected to a socket. Contact is estab- be equipped with analogue signals, via spring-loaded terminals. LEDs are to a socket. Contact is established
lished via spring-loaded terminals. these can be picked off via the 15- fitted on the input and output termi- via spring-loaded terminals. LEDs are
LEDs are fitted on the input and out- pin Sub-D socket. nals which make it easy to monitor included on the input and output ter-
put terminals which make it easy to the switching status and enable sys- minals which make it easy to moni-
monitor the switching status and Technical data tematic troubleshooting. The termi- tor the status and enable systematic
enable systematic troubleshooting. 24-pin IEEE socket (SysLink) nal can be mounted on an H-rail. troubleshooting. The terminal can be
The terminal can be mounted on an 15-pin Sub-D socket mounted on an H-rail.
H-rail. 2 x 15-pin Sub-D HD sockets Technical data
Status LEDs 24 V/0 V terminals Technical data
The terminal is available in two Dimensions (W x D): 68 x 77 mm Inputs: 8 24 V/0 V terminals
variants: Outputs: 8 Current inputs: 4
15-pin Sub-D HD socket, straight Scope of delivery Spring-loaded terminal: Current outputs: 2
15-pin Sub-D socket, Terminal with H-rail mounting 0.2 1.5 mm2 Voltage inputs: 4
90 to the PCB Order no. 8025738 24-pin IEEE socket (SysLink) Voltage outputs: 2
Status LEDs Spring-loaded terminal:
Technical data Dimensions (W x D): 68 x 77 mm 0.2 1.5 mm2
24 V/0 V terminals 15-pin Sub-D socket
Inputs: 4 Scope of delivery Status LEDs
Digital outputs: 4 Terminal with H-rail mounting Dimensions (W x D): 68 x 77 mm
Analogue inputs: 2 Order no. 8025736
Analogue output: 1 Scope of delivery
Spring-loaded terminal: Terminal with H-rail mounting
0.2 0.5 mm2 Order no. 8025737
15-pin Sub-D HD socket
Status LEDs
Dimensions (W x D): 45 x 77 mm
Scope of delivery
Terminal with H-rail mounting
1 Straight 8025740
2 90 to the PCB 8025739
1/2
3
2
IO-Link DA interface Fieldbus node CTEU 1 15-pin Sub-D HD cables: Adapter for
The IO-Link DA interface is the uni- Well connected with the fieldbus Stacking magazine module
versal interface from modules to node CTEU for valve terminals and Connector connector Adapter for mounting the magazine
different communication/bus sys- the IO-Link DA Interface. The field- For the connection of MPS modules at MPS conveyor height. Stainless
tems. An MPS module is connect- bus node supports fieldbus-capable to the C interface via the mini I/O ter- steel sheet bending parts including
ed via each of the two 15-pin Sub-D modules. The bus node module is minal. The I/O data cable is used to mounting screws.
HD sockets. The M12 I-Port connec- therefore a low-cost means of ex- connect 24 V/0 V, four digital inputs Order no. 8032173
tion provides communication via IO- ploring the extensive world of field- and outputs as well as two analogue
Link. Bus coupling modules (CTEU) bus protocols, including CANopen, inputs and one analogue output in
expand the I-Port interface to in- PROFIBUS and DeviceNet. This com- parallel.
clude various bus systems. The fol- munication interface is based on the
lowing modules are currently avail- Festo I-Port as a universal M12 Technical data
able: CANopen, DeviceNet, CC-Link, connection. It can be equipped with Wires: 16 x 0.25 mm2
PROFIBUS, EtherCAT. LEDs display the new bus modules CTEU or config- 15-pin Sub-D HD plug connector
the status of the interface. The inter- ured with IO-Link. 0.5 m 8033582
face can be mounted in a 19 frame, 1.0 m 8033583
bolted or on an H-rail. Bus node: 2.0 m 8033584
1 CANopen* 8039079
Technical data 2 DeviceNet* 8039078
M12 I-Port IO-Link interface with 3 CC-Link 1544198 2 15-pin Sub-D HD cables:
24 V/0 V 4 PROFIBUS DP 570040
2 x 15-pin Sub-D HD sockets (each 5 EtherCAT 572556 Connector open
4DI/4DO; 2AI/1AO, 24 V/0 V) * Including connecting cable For the connection of MPS modules
2 LEDs to the digital or analogue I/O termi-
Dimensions (H x W x D): nal via the mini I/O terminal. The I/O
approx. 128 mm x 18 HP x 28 mm data cable is used to connect 24 V/0
V, four digital inputs and outputs as
Scope of delivery well as two analogue inputs and one
Interface with cover, A-coded con- analogue output.
necting cable and H-rail mounting
Order no. 8038559 Technical data
Wires: 16 x 0.25 mm2
15-pin Sub-D HD plug connector
2.0 m 8033586
Accessories
Workpiece insert Thermometer Workpiece insert Hygrometer Workpiece insert Clock 1 Workpiece set Cylinder end
Thermometer insert for mounting in Hygrometer insert for mounting in Quartz clock insert for mounting in caps
housing. housing. housing. Parts set consisting of 50 end caps
External diameter: 40 mm External diameter: 40 mm External diameter: 40 mm for cylinder assembly. The end caps
Mounting diameter: 30 mm Mounting diameter: 30 mm Mounting diameter: 30 mm do not yet have a hole for the cylin-
Order no. 534622 Order no. 534623 Order no. 534621 der piston rod. This hole is punched
by the hydraulic press station. The
hydraulic press station can, however,
also be operated with end caps that
already have a hole.
Number of end caps: 50

Order no. 162240
2 Workpiece set For cylinder

assembly
The workpiece set consisting of
cylinder components for full assem-
bly (body, piston, spring, cover). The
cylinders can be assembled and dis-
mantled many times. This kit allows
for the complete assembly of 7 black
and 7 red plastic cylinders and 7 alu-
minium cylinders.
External diameter: 40 mm
Height (black): 22.5 mm
Height (red and aluminium): 25
mm
Order no. 162239
1 1
2 2
1 Workpiece set Cylinder bodies 1 Workpiece set Housings PA workpiece set

The workpiece set comprises 4 black The workpiece set comprises 4 black To fill liquids into the MPS PA Bot-
and 4 red plastic cylinder bodies and and 4 red plastic housings and 4 tling station. The workpieces are
4 aluminium cylinder bodies. aluminium housings. The Clock, compatible with the MPS sta-
External diameter: 40 mm Thermometer and Hygrometer tions. For example, the pot in the
Height (black): 22.5 mm inserts can be mounted in the bod- Pick&Place station can be sealed
Height (red and aluminium): ies. with the lid.
25 mm External diameter: 40 mm
Order no. 167021 Internal diameter: 30 mm The set comprises:
Height: 23 mm 6 housings black
Order no. 534619 6 housings red
2 Workpiece set Reject bodies 6 housings silver
The workpiece set comprises 2 black 6 housings transparent
and 2 red plastic cylinder bodies and 2 Workpiece set Reject housings Diameter outside D = 40 mm
2 aluminium cylinder bodies. The workpiece set comprises 3 black Height H = 25 mm
External diameter: 40 mm and 3 red plastic housings and 3 alu- Volume V = 15 ml
Height: Each colour: 1x 23 mm and minium housings. 24 lids black
1x 24 mm External diameter: 40 mm Order no. 554301
Order no. 534368 Black workpieces:
Internal diameter: 30 mm
Heights: 22/24/25 mm
Red workpieces:
Internal diameter: 30 mm
Heights: 26/27/28 mm
Aluminium workpieces:
Internal diameter:
30.2/30.4/30.6 mm
Height: 23 mm
Order no. 534620
Accessories
1 1
2
2
Operating and observing MPS control console for SysLink 1 19 control panel 1 19 mounting frame
The MPS control console allows The control panel is connected to a 19 frame for mounting of control
Knowing whats going on and simpler operation of the MPS sta- controller via SysLink. The control panels. The frame can be mounted
responding accordingly. Thats the tion. SysLink or AS-interface vari- panel allows up to 16 operating in- on the MPS trolley.
simple idea on which the technology ous interfaces ensure versatility of puts and 16 operating outputs to be Width: 310 mm
for the automation of whole produc- use. Fully assembled with operating connected. The signals from push- Height: 132 mm
tion processes has been based. panel, communication panels, spare buttons, switches, signal lamps, free Order no. 526206
panel and mounting frame with inputs and free outputs are available
Operating and observing means SysLink connector. at additional terminals.
mastering the process. It means 2 19 spare panel (32 HP)
keeping machines and systems run- Membrane keyboard: Start push- Pushbutton (switch): For the integration of additional
ning at their optimal levels. And it button with LED, Stop pushbutton, Start (normally open) control components.
means high availability and produc- Reset pushbutton with LED, 2 flex- Stop (normally closed) Order no. 195765
tivity. ibly assignable control lamps (see Reset (normally open)
also Order no. 195766). 4 mm safe- Auto/Man (normally open)
Visualisation in the Net ty sockets with LED status display
Visualise and operate your MPS for simple I/O connection (see al- LED displays:
stations and systems using the latest so Order no. 195767). Syslink and Start LED
visualisation software from the mar- Sub-D sockets for connection to PLC Reset LED
ket leaders. Learn the application of of choice are available on the rear Indicator lamp Q1
visualisation software, connection to panel. Indicator lamp Q2
the production process, the creation Order no. 195766
of your own process images and MPS control console for
even connection to the Internet. AS-interface
Fully assembled with AS-interface 2 19 communication panels
Expandable control console, communication pan- If the control console is used for
If additional control or display els, spare panel and mounting frame several combined stations, commu-
elements are required for custom- with AS-interface connector. nication panels allow simple and
ised design of the information flow, SysLink 195764 transparent exchange of additional
ready-to-use terminal strips on the AS-Interface 535814 signals and information between the
rear of the control console allow SysLink, 700 mm 8039325 stations. 4 inputs and 4 outputs are
quick and easy expansion. available at 4 mm safety sockets.
Order no. 195767
Touch panels
Pages 226 227
1 1
2 2
1 Aluminium profile plate 350 x 700 1 Tabletop power supply unit Robot interface box Tool set
The anodised aluminium profile Input voltage: 85 265 V AC Supplement to Robot station The tool set is an aid to easy working
plates are used for mounting all (47 63 Hz) on stations. A practical mini-systain-
components of the MPS stations. Output voltage: 24 V DC, The Robot interface box allows the er includes:
Both sides are slotted, so if neces- short-circuit-proof robot controller to undertake addi- 200 mm steel rule
sary parts can be mounted on both Output current: max. 4.5 A tional PLC functions. Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
sides. The slots are compatible with Dimensions: 75 x 155 x 235 mm 9, 10
the ITEM profile system. The board is Without power cable Up to 16 robot controller I/Os can be Adjustable spanner
supplied with caps for the sides. Fits Order no. 162416 distributed to 4 SysLink sockets with Side cutter
on MPS trolley, 700 x 350. With IEC power cable, 1.3 m, with: the Robot interface box. The Robot Insulation-stripping pliers
Height: 32 mm Connector as per CEE 7/VII for DE, FR, interface box is connected to the ro- Wire end sleeve pliers
Grid spacing (from slot to slot): NO, SE, FI, PT, ES, AT, NL, BE, GR, TR, IT, bot controllers I/O card via a 50-pin Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 6
50 mm DK, IR, ID Centronics connector. On the front Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
Width: 350 mm Order no. 162417 panel are LEDs to display the status Screwdriver, cross-head, PZ02
Length: 700 mm Connector as per NEMA 5-15 for US, CA, of the robot I/Os. On the rear panel short
Order no. 162386 Central America, BR, CO, EC, KR, TW, TH, are 4 SysLink sockets for connection Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75; 4.0 x
PH, JP to peripherals. 100
The profile plate 350/700 has a hole Order no. 162418 Order no. 534364 Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 1.6
with a diameter of approx. 5 cm for Connector as per BS 1363 for GB, IE, MY, Tubing cutter
the I/O cable that connects the Edu- SG, UA, HK, AE Fibre-optic cable cutter
Trainer Universal to the station (not Order no. 162419 Workpiece, red, black, silver
shown). Connector as per AS 3112 for AU, NZ, 100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
Order no. 170395 CN, AR 100 x wire end sleeves 0.25
Order no. 162380 100 x wire end sleeves 0.75
Connector as per SEV 1011 for CH Order no. 539767
2 Rubber feet Order no. 162381
For non-slip, protective mounting Connector as per SANS 164-1 for ZA, IN,
of profile plates on tabletops of any PT, SG, HK, (GB), (AE)
type. Set (4 pieces). Order no. 162382
Natural rubber, colour does not rub
off upon contact
Abrasion resistant quality 2 Profile plate connector
Colour: grey, similar to RAL 7001 For connecting two profile plates
Rubber foot with M6x8 plus M6 nut (e.g. when combining two MPS sta-
Set consists of 4 pieces tions to build a system).
Order no. 158343 Length: 45 mm
Mounting method: Bolt with rotat-
ing head and M6 hammer-head nut
Order no. 162228
Mechatronics and factory automation > ProLog Factory
ProLog Factory
Logistics Communication Mechatronics Robotics
The new training platform

for logistics, communication
technology, mechatronics, robotics
and industrial engineering
The processes and material flow in

the ProLog learning factory are a
representation of a real production
system with logistics and shipping.
It includes intermediate buffers and

magazines for the raw materials and
an automatic store for the individual
products. The production line pro- Production line Picking station Logistics field
duces the parts with low stock levels The production line produces the The orders are compiled in the pick- The logistics field provides the buffer
according to the KANBAN principle. products. Individual stations provide ing station. An industrial articulat- function on pallets until delivery of
the raw materials. The system tests, ed robot arm places the orders onto the orders.
processes and assembles the unfin- pallets.
ished parts into products. The high
bay warehouse stores the finished
parts until they are reused.
HMI and communication technology
A side range of different networking

and communication principles are
used in the ProLog Factory.
The SCADA application includes:

Visualisation of the status of the
entire system and the individual
stations
Communication with the stations
via Ethernet/Profibus DP
Alarm messaging
Alarm logging
System control
Data acquisition
Order entry
Database application
Order management
Profibus DP and WLAN communica-

tion are also clearly integrated into
the learning factory.
Mobile autonomous robots Robotics Mechatronics Motivated research and learning

Mobile robots play an increasingly The complete cell contains an appli- The MPS stations in the ProLog Using the ProLog Factory provides
important role in automated produc- cation with handling and palletising learning factory include: practical training on necessary soft
tion. Within the ProLog learning fac- tasks. The robot is equipped with a Everything for PLC training skills as well as the technical exper-
tory, realistic experiments and prac- pneumatic gripper. Different auto- A wide selection of different tise:
tical, relevant training on these new mated modules are arranged in the handling components Teamwork
trends are possible. cell to create a typical robot training Vacuum technology Cooperation
environment. Sensor technology Learning skills
The mobile robots are equipped with Drive technology Independence
a telescopic fork and operate like The cell can be equipped with a Organisational ability
forklift trucks to reach all positions choice of different 6 axis robots.
in the warehouse. The Robotino View, Robotino SIM
and CIROS programming and simu-
lation tools increase learning suc-
cess and efficiency in the learning
factory.
Technologies and processes

Top issues in the ProLog Factory
Drive technology and Handling and vacuum technology Sensor technology and navigation RFID technology
closed-loop control At numerous points in the system, In the ProLog Factory, numerous sen- Totally unknown a few years ago, but
The ProLog Factory features a variety workpieces have to be gripped, sors ensure safety, precision and now an issue for more than just au-
of modern drive technology. High- transported and positioned, often quality in automation technology. tomation technology, the RFID chip
end drives from Festo, such as the using vacuum technology. As in any Optical, inductive and capacitive sen- is the modern rating plate for con-
servo motor MTR-DCI, the mini slide modern system with handling tech- sors, colour, laser and pressure sen- sumer goods and packaging and has
with integrated encoder, a range of nology, the ProLog Factory contains sors make the system into a complex become established as part of our
pneumatic linear axes and DC motors suction grippers, vacuum genera- learning system for potential sensor daily lives.
for the belts, provide a wealth of tors and sensors, valve terminals and specialists.
training material. proportional pressure regulators on The ProLog Factory uses RFID tech-
the one hand, and pneumatic mus- The Robotino is an autonomous nology to save order data and pro-
The Robotino is perfect for provid- cles, linear slides and rotary drives industrial truck and always needs to duction statuses on the pallet, thus
ing training in closed-loop control. on the other. know where it is. With its distance providing an up-to-the-minute topic
As a driverless transport system in sensors, the colour camera and the for training in automation technology.
the ProLog Factory, it is driven by a gyroscope sensor, it enables the top-
combination of three controlled in- ic of navigation to be included in the
dustrial motors with shaft encoder. training.

ProLog Factory On request System management

The ProLog Factory is supplied com-
Package range plete with visualisation. The master
Consisting of: computer can be used to monitor
Production line all signals, functions and processes.
MPS stations distributing 3-way magazine*, testing*, pick & place*, fluidic muscle press*, Customer-specific orders are also en-
storage*, separation* and sorting* tered here a great feature for inter-
Picking station disciplinary co-operation, e.g. with
With industrial robot trainees in commercial disciplines.
Logistics area
With high bay warehouse and 2 mobile robots
SCADA computer
With visualisation application
Software and media Energy monitoring with DC
Programming package STEP 7 Trainer Package, CIROS, Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC, Wattmeter
Robotino View, Robotino SIM Anyone who wants to discover po-
tential savings can begin by meas-
* Includes mobile frame, MPS control panel and EduTrainer Universal S7-300. uring the current consumption. The
data recorded by the DC Wattmeter
goes to the master computer via a
switchable interface (0 10 V DC or
4 20 mA) or via Ethernet. The dis-
play on the device shows the current
and cumulative power consumption.
The production process After picking, the Robotino takes Training content WLAN communication
The material and information flow in on the pallets. It takes them to the The variety of stations and the tech- RFID technology
the ProLog Factory reflects the pro- goods-out area or to interim storage. nologies they contain can be used to Networking with Profibus DP
cesses in modern production, in- If it has time, it takes empty pallets cover almost all of the relevant top- Working with autonomous
cluding logistics and shipping. Raw back to the picking station. ics in control and automation tech- mobile robots
material is stored in buffers and nology. Programming a mobile robot
magazines, while end products are with GRAFCET
transported to an automated goods- Use of RFID technology Creation of functional modules
out warehouse. Vision system and camera in C++
inspection Control of drives
Production is based on the KANBAN Use of PLCs and programming Navigation
principle. Free stock locations are re- Use of different handling
stocked with unfinished parts imme- equipment and grippers
diately. Colour and laser sensors en- Use of different electric drives
sure that parts with quality defects Vacuum technology
are sorted out. Pneumatic linear and rotary drives
Use of fluidic muscles
The workpieces are assembled by Use of laser and colour sensors
the fluidic muscle press and pick & Use of pressure sensors
place MPS stations. In the storage Use of industrial robots
station, the finished parts wait to be Networking of automated systems
fed to the picking robot just in se- with Ethernet TCP-IP
quence and palletised for specific Visualisation of systems with
orders. WinCC
Use of simulation tools
Mechatronics and factory automation > Robot Vision Cell
Robot Vision Cell

Robotics trends in focus
Robot with eye contact
Walking through the leading han-

dling technology fairs or taking a
look at market leaders catalogues
clearly shows that without a cam-
era, a modern robot cell is worthless
when it comes to future production.
The camera is the basic prerequi-
site for one of the elementary forms
of work in the future: collaboration
between humans and robots.
In this context, the Robot Vision Cell Priority 1: Safety Welding simulation Palletising and assembly
is an extremely innovative learning Robots operate quickly, powerfully Welding is a typical example of a Fast and precise assembly of part-
environment in contemporary robot- and dynamically. Safety cages are robot application that demands pre- finished or end products and remov-
ics training. It enables the potential therefore used to protect operating cision path control. In the Robot al or loading of pallets are standard
of current robot applications and the and maintenance personnel. Vision Cell, appropriate tools and tasks for most robotics applications.
trends in future applications to be suitably shaped parts enable path The workpieces from the modular
outlined in a clear and practical way. Safety must be the top priority and is welding tasks to be simulated. production system and the appropri-
an essential part of any training con- ate pallets are therefore included.
tent. Thus, it is only logical that we
have completely enclosed the Robot
Vision Cell and fitted it with safety
doors.
Configuration, programming
and simulation
No learning system is complete

without the necessary supporting
software!
Therefore, the cell includes configu-

ration and image processing soft-
ware that can be used to set up and
perform even complicated measuring
and testing tasks.
The CIROS cells simulated in 3D

make a major contribution to effi-
cient and varied training. Simulation
also provides a high level of safety at
the beginning of robotics training.
Industrial design camera Calibration and

The industrial camera communicates transmitted light unit
directly with the robot controller via The calibration and transmitted light
Ethernet and can thus easily be in- unit supports the camera in its qual-
tegrated into the process as an ad- ity assurance tasks. For example, it
ditional unit - for position detection, increases the accuracy of the tool
colour identification, for checking positions and helps to detect the
dimensions or, for example, for moni- position of workpieces.
toring assembly processes.
Robot Vision Cell

Robotics and vision
Function
The Robot Vision Cell provides the
optimum learning environment
for robotics and vision. The clearly
arranged pallets and storage areas
allow easy and efficient work with
the cell. Different exercises such
as palletising, assembly or welding
(simulated) can be carried out using
the cell.
Construction
The robot cell is completely mounted
on an aluminium profile plate. The
robot controller is neatly housed in
the frame. The station is equipped
with a main switch and additional
control panel. The safety concept for
the cell includes doors with a safety
switch and an emergency stop mush-
room actuator.
Robot options
The cell can be fitted with different
robot systems, such as the Mitsubi-
shi RV-2SDB or the KUKA KR5sixx.

Robot Vision Cell RV-2SDB On request Learning content for project work Recommended learning media
(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and Mitsubishi robot system RV-2SDB)
Mechanics:
Robot Vision Cell KR5sixx On request Mechanical construction of
(with base frame, safety housing, camera system and KUKA robot system KR5sixx) a station
Sensor technology:
Mode of operation and
applications of optical sensors
Vision:
Mode of operation and applica- CIROS Page 43
tions of industrial camera systems
Object detection
Position and orientation
Communication with master
controllers
Safety engineering:
Mode of operation and
applications of safety switches
Construction of safety circuits
WBT Machine Vision Page 25
Robotics:
Applications of industrial robots
Terminology in robot technology
Teaching robots in
different co-ordinate systems
Moving robots in
object co-ordinate system
WBT Safety engineering Page 26
Mechatronics and factory automation > CNC technology
CNC technology from EMCO

Efficient turning and milling
The training programme
Festo Didactic integrates CNC train-

ing into its learning system, thus
meeting the requirements of mod-
ern basic and advanced training in
the metal sector. CNC programming
and cutting, a key task in many met-
alworking companies, places high
demands on students.
Market leading CNC technology EMCO CNC machines Perfect solutions for basic and
The machine manufacturer EMCO By the industry, for the industry advanced training
offers a unique training concept, EMCO provides intelligent solutions You can benefit from this know-how.
consisting of high quality machines, for CNC turning and milling cutting EMCO machines for basic and ad-
modular software and supporting for the industrial sector. EMCOs vanced technical training feature:
teachware. extensive product range includes Design and quality that meet the
everything from conventional turning current industry standards
EMCO is Austrias leading machine and cutting machines to CNC turning Long service life and consistently
manufacturer and has been the mar- centres through to fully automatic high precision of parts produced
ket leader in CNC training for some production cells. Range and design of functionality
years. All machines are tailored to corresponding to modern industrial
the specific requirements of a train- machines
ing situation: safety engineering
compliant with CE directives, variety
of controllers, space requirements
and price.
CAD/CAM and simulation
CAMConcept from EMCO provides

you with a CAD/CAM system for turn-
ing and milling with 3D graphical
simulation. Design simple parts with
the integrated CAD functionality and
create your CNC program without any
controller-specific CNC knowledge.
As an option, the WinNC machine

controller can also be supplement-
ed with 3D simulation. Win3D-View
allows easy 3D simulation for turning
and milling.
CNC turning or milling?

Which controller and which
accessories?
Call us. Well be happy to help.

Festo Didactic is an exclusive
distribution and service partner
for EMCO CNC training systems in
selected countries.
Detailed information can be found on

the Internet.
Changing controller? No problem! Individual machine or

Standard CNC machines are perma- CNC laboratory
nently linked to a CNC controller. If The controller software is also avail-
you need a different controller for able as an offline programming work-
training, this change almost always station. In conjunction with individ-
involves buying a new machine. ually available controller keypads,
However, the PC controlled turning we will be happy to plan a complete
and milling machines are different: CNC training laboratory for you,
It is easy to change the controller with different controllers such as
keypad, load different software and SINUMERIK, Fanuc or HEIDENHAIN.
start cutting. This allows you to use
all standard industrial controllers on
a single machine.
Concept MILL and TURN

High-end training solutions
Milling machine Concept MILL 55 Highlights

Stable, gray cast iron construction,
This compact milling machine is well suitable for industrial use
suited to the training bench and has Clockwise/anticlockwise spindle
almost all the features of an indus- rotation
trial machine: optional with 8-station Infinitely variable main drive
tool changer with swivel arm and Automatic reference points
pick-up system, NC indexing device Fully covered working area
as fourth axis, minimum quantity Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
lubrication and latest state-of-the art control system
control technology.
Automation options: integration in

the FMS or CIM systems on request.
Concept MILL 55 without tool changer 538395

Concept MILL 55 with tool changer 538865

Stable, grey cast iron construction,
The compact machine is fitted with suitable for industrial use
an infinitely variable main drive, 10-station tool changer with
10-station tool changer, pneumatic directional logic
vice and NC dividing attachment as Backlash-free bearing of the work-
an optional 4th axis. The slides and ing spindle in precision, lifetime-
load-bearing elements of the Con- lubricated, angular ball bearings
cept MILL 105 are made of grey cast Infinitely variable main and feed
iron, ensuring the highest precision. drives
Realistic execution of all important
Automation options: integration in milling operations
the FMS or CIM systems on request. Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
control system
Concept MILL 105 534590

High drive speed
This is training at the highest lev- 20-station tool magazine
el: with 7 kW drive power and a Stable and compact machine
20-station tool magazine with fast structure
double gripper. Thanks to its sta- Best view when fully enclosed
ble and compact design, the Con- Crane loading possible
cept Mill 250 fits into the smallest Servo motor technology in all
of spaces. axes
USB and Ethernet interfaces

Lathe Concept TURN 60 Highlights

Compact desktop CNC lathe
The Concept TURN 60 is a PC-con- Inclined design suitable for
trolled 2-axis CNC desktop lathe industry
which conforms to the industry High-resolution axis motors
standard in terms of design and func- Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
tion. Building on the successful CT spindle
55 model, the CT 60 offers the user Infinitely variable main drive
greater performance and functional- Automatic 8-position tool changer
ity, all according to the current lathe Automatic referencing
standard ISO 23125. Profile rail guides (linear guides)
Safety technology according to
Automation options: integration in the latest lathe standard
FMS or CIM systems on request.
Concept TURN 60 8029475

Stable, gray cast-iron inclined-bed
Travel rangeThe PC-controlled 2-axis construction
lathe with table format not only eas- Three-point support for machine
ily fulfils all basic requirements for bed
technical education and training but Hardened guideways
also manifests the finest technology: Central lubrication system
All precision components on the Con- 8-station tool changer
cept TURN 105 such as headstock, Fully enclosed working area
slide, tool system, and tailstock are Integrated EMCO EASY CYCLE
installed on a rigid, vibration-damp- control system
ing, gray cast-iron inclined bed. Gen-
erously sized motors ensure high
feed forces and acceleration values.

Concept TURN 105 534575
Lathe Concept TURN 250 Automation options: integration in

Uncompromising quality right
down to the last bolt, at an unbeat- Highlights
able price. With an extremely solid Extremely solid machine base,
machine base, a thermosymmetric top thermostability
headstock, high-precision spindle Highest precision
bearing, pre-stressed guideways in Very compact construction
all axes and a fast tool turret. And Interchangeable WinNC control
the interchangeable EMCO WinNC units
control unit to top it all off. Change between the WinNCs
within 1 minute
Best European machining quality
Concept TURN 250 - B 557440

Concept TURN 250 - T 557441
Concept TURN 250 - TC 557442
Concept TURN 250 - TM 557443
Concept TURN 250 - TCM 557444
Concept 450
On the way to series production

Extraordinary dynamics
Experience machining without equal. Optimum thermostability
The Concept MILL 450 is a complete for maximum precision
production machine for CNC milling High cutting performance
training: with fixed 20-station tool Large number of automation
magazine, a rapid twin-arm changer, options
a 13 kW and 10000 rpm main spin- Excellent price-performance
dle, 24 m/min rapid traverse feeds ratio
and the EMCO WinNC control con-
cept.


Universal applicability
A new dimension of CNC training Digital drive engineering
suitable for industrial purposes. Extraordinary dynamics
Equipped with a C axis, driven tools Optimal thermo-stability
and digital drive systems and com- Highest possibility processing
ponents, the function and perfor- accuracy
mance of the Concept TURN 450 is Compact machine assembly
in accordance with state-of-the-art
industrial machines.

Concept TURN 450 - TC 548355

Concept TURN 450 - TCM 548356

Software
The principle of the interchangeable controller
Win NC control software Controller keypad CAMConcept
Operation using soft keys as in an Using the controller keypad (acces- CAMConcept is an innovative soft-
original industrial controller sory with interchangeable key mod- ware for complete CAD/CAM and NC
2D graphical simulation with auto ules for the relevant controller types) training from design to production.
zoom function makes operation much simpler and All the core functions of CAD pro-
Modern user interface increases the educational value grams are available. Clear graphical
Wide range of operating options thanks to its similarity with the genu- CNC cycles allow rapid programming,
Various language versions ine controller. Includes USB connect- while 3D simulations and collision
ing cable. checks guarantee reliable program
Equipment monitoring.
In addition to the controller keypad,
Installation of interchangeable a PC with monitor is required. These CAMConcept turning/milling
controllers on concept machines are not supplied as standard. A cor-
and/or PC responding WinNC licence and a key Network capable CAD/CAM program-
Controller-specific keypad on module is required for each control- ming system for turning or milling.
concept machines and/or PC ler keypad. These are not supplied
Easy replacement of key-specific as standard. CAMConcept
module in just one minute On request
Controller keypad
Sinumerik 810D/840D turning/milling On request
On request Sinumerik key module
Sinumerik Operate turning/milling On request
On request Fanuc key module
Fanuc turning/milling On request
On request HEIDENHAIN key module
HEIDENHAIN milling On request
On request
Mechatronics and factory automation > MicroFMS
MicroFMS
MicroFMS An introduction to the

world of flexible manufacturing and
integrated systems
All of the key processes in a fully

automated flexible manufacturing
system FMS can be represented.
Unfinished parts buffer
Separation
CNC machine loading with robot
CNC machining processes
Finished parts buffer
SCADA/DNC options
CNC technology Industrial robots Control, programming, simulation:
The CNC machines used are PC con- Industrial robots with powerful con- Software solutions for MicroFMS
trolled tabletop turning machines trollers (multitasking, path control) Simple CAD/CAM system for
and/or tabletop milling machines, are used for loading and unload- turning and milling
with a design and function that ing. Because of their modularity and 3D simulation for turning and
meets all of the industry standards. the clearly defined interfaces, the milling
MicroFMS systems can be combined CIROS
with one another and with MPS
stations.
Order input and visualisation

of the CNC cell
The cell computer of the CNC cell

facilitates input of a number of dif-
ferent CNC orders in one order batch.
Each order can start its own CNC
program via DNC. You can also de-
fine whether an order should involve
turning or milling or turning and mill-
ing. In addition to order input, the
CNC is dynamically visualised using
a 3D representation.
Many combination options Decentralised control technology

The MPS, MPS 500- FMS and This makes even large systems easy
MicroFMS subsystems can be used to operate: each station has a dedi-
either individually or in a network. cated controller, so that it can be
This gives you a wide range of com- used individually. The stations are
bination options, totally tailored to synchronised at level 1 (L1) using
your training situation. digital I/Os.
The system remains easy to operate,

as significant focus has been placed
on standardisation, particularly in
the design of the interfaces.
MicroFMS
Control and communication principles
The control concept

Every CNC machine in MicroFMS has
its own PC control system. On the PC,
various industrial control systems
such as the Sinumerik 810D/840D,
Sinumerik Operate, Fanuc or the
CAMConceptCAD/CAM system can
be installed. Via an optional control
panel, the user interface for the cor-
responding control system can be
displayed.
For automated use, the CNC ma-

chines are equipped with an auto-
matic door, pneumatic chuck and/or
an electromagnetic vice and an I/O
communication interface.
Spectrum of workpieces
The illustrated turned and milled
parts can be manufactured for
example from unmachined parts
with a d
iameter of 30 or 40 mm.
Level 1: Level 2:
Robot CNC Automated buffer operation Flexible buffer operation
controller I/O cable, 50-pin controller via I/O communication with a SCADA system
between robot and CNC machine
XMR Robots, CNC and cell computers as
Robotics interface Central control of the automated well as an optional CAD/CAM labora-
Robot buffer operation is provided by the tory are all networked together, via
interface box robot controller. Buffer operation is Ethernet. The DNC commands are
Parts buffer started and stopped via the MPS transmitted from the cell comput-
XMB XMA
station control desk at the station robot. er to the CNC machine via whatever
DNC interface is available (RS232 or
Level 1 enables the automated pro- TCP/IP). Level 2 corresponds to the
cessing of a buffer of unmachined full functionality of flexible industrial
parts. If different work-pieces are manufacturing systems (FMS). Every
to be made, then the correspond- unmachined part put in the buffer is
SCADA
ing program must be manually pre- assigned to a specific process plan.
system
selected at the CNC machine. Com- This means that differing work-piec-
TCP/IP DNC munication between a robot and a es can be manufactured in the sys-
CNC machine, such as starting and tem. Using DNC, the appropriate
stopping the CNC machining, report- CNC programs for the workpiece are
ing completion, opening and closing loaded into the machine via the cell
the door, is controlled by the robot computer. Optionally, a CAD/CAM
DNC interface
Parts buffer Robot controller by setting and reading the laboratory can be networked with
station controller CNC I/O lines of the CNC machine robot- the system.
controller ics interface.
Robotics interface
TR6 Turned parts with robot loading
TURN 60 is an industry-compatible TURN 60

inclined-bed lathe that facilitates all Turning machine, mounted on table
machining possibilities of a mod- with profile plate:
ern CNC turning machine: turning, 8-way tool turner
plunge cutting, cropping and drilling. Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
spindle
Infinitely variable main drive
(1.1 kW)
Constant cutting speed
Automatic motion to reference
point
Pneumatic chuck
Automatic door and robotics
interface
Travel X/Z: 60/290 mm
Rapid traverse: 2 m/min
Maximum width/maximum turning
diameter: 335/60 mm
Speed range 300 4200 rpm
PC control with selectable CNC
controller interface
Parts buffer station

2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter Robot cell Controlling, programming,
The automatic control and loading/ simulating: the software solutions
RV-2SDB unloading of the CNC machine is for MicroFMS
6-axis industrial robot, mounted on undertaken by the 6-axis RV-2SDB Simple CAD/CAM system for
trolley with profile plate: industrial robot used in the MPS. turning and milling
Reach/payload: 504 mm/2 kg In the Parts buffer station cylindrical 3D simulation for turning and
Axis drive: AC servo motors with unmachined parts are buffered and milling
gear unit from Harmonic Drive AG separately fed to a robot for remov- CIROS
Repetition accuracy: 0.02 mm al. After CNC machining, the robot
Maximum speed: 4400 mm/s removes the finished part and plac-
Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper es it on the stations other conveyor
for cylindrical parts with a diameter belt, where it is either buffered or
of 8 40 mm separated for further transport.
Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
Teachpanel: dead-mans switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS TR6 On request
MR6 Milling cell with robot loading
MILL 55 is a 3-axis milling machine of MILL 55

industry-compatible design that fa- 3-axis milling machine, mounted on
cilitates all machining possibilities of suitable base frame:
a modern CNC milling machine: mill- Clockwise/anticlockwise rotating
ing, cutting and drilling/boring. spindle
Infinitely variable main drive
(0.75 kW)
Automatic motion to reference
point
Electromechanical vice
Automatic door and robotics
interface
Travel X/Y/Z: 190/140/260 mm
Rapid traverse: 2 m/min
Milling machine table clamping
area: 420 x 125 mm
Speed range 150 3500 rpm
PC control with selectable CNC
controller interface
8-station tool drum (option)

2 conveyor belts, mounted on trolley
with profile plate:
Conveyor 1 for buffering and sepa-
ration of cylindrical unmachined
parts size 30 or 40 mm
Conveyor 2 for buffering and/or
separation of cylindrical finished
parts with a base area of at least
30 mm diameter
Robot cell Controlling, programming,
The automatic control and loading/ simulating: the software solutions RV-2SDB
unloading of the CNC machine is for MicroFMS 6-axis industrial robot, mounted on
undertaken by the 6-axis RV-2SDB Simple CAD/CAM system trolley with profile plate:
industrial robot used in the MPS. for turning and milling Reach/payload: 504 mm/2 kg
In the Parts buffer station cylindrical 3D simulation for turning Axis drive: AC servo motors with
unmachined parts are buffered and and milling gear unit from Harmonic Drive AG
separately fed to a robot for remov- CIROS Repetition accuracy: 0.02 mm
al. After CNC machining, the robot Maximum speed: 4400 mm/s
removes the finished part and plac- Gripper: Pneumatic finger gripper
es it on the stations other conveyor for cylindrical parts with a diameter
belt, where it is either buffered or of 8 40 mm
separated for further transport. Controller: 64-bit RISC processor
with multitasking real-time operat-
ing system, PTP linear and circular
interpolation
Teachpanel: dead-mans switch,
EMERGENCY-STOP button, robot
motion in joint, cartesian and tool
coordinates
MicroFMS MR6 On request

MTLR11 Turning and milling with robot on linear axis
This combination of TURN 105 and MILL 105

MILL 105 facilitates an efficient im- 3-axis milling machine with auto-
plementation of a CNC machine pro- matic door and robotics interface,
duction line for turning and milling mounted on table with profile plate.
operations. PC with selectable CNC controller
interface for milling machine, on
bench.
TURN 105
Turning machine with automatic door
and robotics interface, mounted
on table with profile plate. PC with
selectable CNC controller interface
for turning machine, on bench.

1 station with three conveyor belt
buffers, mounted on trolley with pro-
file plate. Conveyor 1 and 2 for buff-
ering and separation of cylindrical
unmachined parts size 30 or 40 mm.
Conveyor 3 for buffering and/or sep-
aration of cylindrical finished parts
with a base area of at least 30 mm
diameter.
RV-2SDB
6-axis industrial robot with pneu-
matic finger grippers mounted on
linear axis.
Linear axis with toothed belt drive Robot cell Controlling, programming,
Stroke length: typically 2000 mm, Automatic control and loading/un- simulating: the software solutions
dependent on layout loading of the CNC machine is under- for MicroFMS
Precise and firm guidance through taken by a 6-axis RV-2SDB industrial Simple CAD/CAM system
linear ball bearing robot that travels on a linear axis. for turning and milling
Drive motor: AC servo motor Unmachined parts are fed to the first 3D simulation for turning
Output: 0.2 kW production process via 2 conveyors. and milling
No-load speed: 3000 rpm This facilitates feeding of two dif- CIROS
Positioning: Incremental rotary ferent unmachined parts, for exam-
transducer ple aluminium and brass. The work-
pieces undergo turning and milling in
For further technical details, see MR6 sequence and are then placed on the
and TR6. third conveyor.
MicroFMS MTLR11 On request
Customised solutions
MicroFMS
Requirements analysis Engineering service Customised training MicroFMS CNC production

Standard solutions might seem like a Festos experienced technicians and You know your strengths and your as required
good value at first glance, but at Fes- engineers are specialists in plan- weaknesses. Festo gives you the MicroFMS cells can be combined
to we focus on the long-term benefit ning and equipping learning systems opportunity to define your training with a wide range of stations, sys-
for the customer. Thats why a quali- and have at their disposal powerful, profile. The result? A training course tems and learning factories and fo-
fied requirements analysis is per- state-of-the-art tools. PLC and robot tailored to your exact personal re- cus on CNC technology. One or two
formed before each MicroFMS quo- programming systems, simulation quirements! machines with a loading robot in
tation. In this analysis, experienced systems, EPLAN and CAD programs Communication networked operation form the core
project advisors discuss the expecta- are effective tools for translating Robotics of the learning factory.
tions for the new training equipment customer requirements into real- CNC technology
with the customer and share insights ity. F esto will help you to implement Simulation The decentralised control concept
from everyday use in order to avoid your ideas - quickly, reliably and Vision system allows the system to be used as a
poor investments. cost-effectively. PLC programming whole or each system part to be used
Fieldbus separately. Therefore, Festo equips
Consulting System integration System simulation each MicroFMS system with separate
On the basis of the requirements Existing system parts can often be Troubleshooting belt buffers for unfinished parts and
analysis, the customer receives ex- integrated as subsystems, provided finished parts so that sensible and
pert advice about the suitable train- suitable interfaces are available. This Upgrade independent material flow is ensured
ing equipment. Our primary objective protects earlier investments. Festo offers planning reliability and during stand-alone operation.
here is to meet the customers goals, continuity. Systems can be gradually
irrespective of the product range. expanded and updated over a num- Worldwide references
Because Festo cooperates with a ber of years. Give us a call Festo is Universities, colleges and voca-
number of renowned partners, we happy to assist you with your stage- tional training schools around the
will design the optimal solution for by-stage project planning. world are benefiting from the unique
you. Festo is a Siemens Automation MicroFMS system concept. Detailed
solution partner. information on these projects can be
found on the Internet:
under the heading Services
References
CNC technology and MicroFMS MR5

mechatronics entry-level solution 1x Concept MILL 55 with
Even the small, compact Concept 55 accessories
machines can be easily and sensibly 1x loading robot RV-2SDB
combined with all MPS 500 solu- 1x parts buffer station
tions. The system can also be easily
expanded later. Festo will tailor your MPS 500-FMS
entry-level solution to your require- MPS distributing, testing,
ments. handling, processing and sorting
stations
MicroFMS MR5 with MPS 500-FMS 1x pallet transport system FMF-F
system consisting of: 1x SCADA system
1x programming and simulation
package
Mechatronics learning factory MicroFMS MTLR23

with CNC manufacturing process 1x Concept MILL 250 with
The Concept 250 machines enable accessories
CNC training at the highest level. All 1x Concept TURN 250 with
stages of product development can accessories
be reconstructed, from CAD design 1x loading robot RV-4FL on
to machining. Up to two industrial a linear axis
robots perform typical tasks such 1x parts buffer station
as assembly and loading/unload-
ing of machines in the learning fac- MPS 500-FMS
tory. So learning factories of different MPS robot assembly, distributing,
complexity, tailored to your training testing, handling, processing and
needs, can be created in combina- sorting stations
tion with the MPS 500 systems. 1x pallet transport system FMF-F
1x automatic warehouse
MicroFMS MTLR23 with MPS 500- 1x SCADA system
FMS system consisting of: 1x programming and simulation
package
CNC technology combined MicroFMS MTLR11

with innovative ProLog factory 1x Concept MILL 105 with
The processes and material flow in accessories
the ProLog learning factory are a 1x Concept TURN 105 with
representation of a real production accessories
system with logistics and shipping. 1x loading robot RV-2SDB on
If the ProLog learning factory is ex- a linear axis
panded with a MicroFMS system, dif- 1x parts buffer station
ferent semi-finished products can be
produced on the CNC machines and ProLog factory
automatically fed to the ProLog pro- MPS distributing 3-way magazine,
duction line by means of the loading testing, pick & place, fluidic muscle
robot in order to cover nearly all are- press, storing, separating and sort-
as of automation technology. ing stations
1x picking station
MicroFMS MTLR11 with ProLog 1x logistics area with mobile robots
factory consisting of: 1x SCADA system
package
Mechatronics and factory automation > MPS Transfer Factory
MPS Transfer Factory

From transfer system to convertible factory
A modular system par excellence
Our decades of experience in the

construction of modular learning
factories is reflected in many of the
details of an MPS Transfer Factory.
All cells and functional modules are
equipped with the very latest indus-
trial technology. The concept and
equipment demonstrate our innova-
tive approach. The result:
Every MPS Transfer Factory can be

reconfigured in minutes depend- Patented material flow Added value for PLC training Leaning from two sides
ing on the learning situation and The passive workpiece holder rout- The modular production system The double-sided construction of the
turned into a convertible factory. ing is a patented development by MPS is primarily notable for its in- cells facilitates different scenarios
our engineers. The unique option of terfaces. The Transfer Factory con- for group work:
using the Transfer Factory cells indi- trol panels clearly highlight the val- Students can work independently
vidually or in a network with no ad- ue of a cleverly designed interface. on the two sides on one section of
ditional work is based on this devel- For example, the control panels for the belt each.
opment. the individual cells can be equipped The two belt sections in a cell are
Workpiece holders can circulate with 4 mm safety sockets, simulation linked to form a complete belt rota-
within a cell. switches and a socket for the laptop. tion system by the workpiece hold-
Commissioning the subsystems This turns the cell in a stand-alone er routing concept. This results in a
is no problem. local PLC laboratory. complex cell for group work.
Subprocesses can be isolated
without modifying the software.
Flexible layout
The standardised cells can be posi-

tioned differently. A laboratory made
up of individual workstations can
very quickly be turned into one or
more production lines focusing on
different areas of automation.
The content is inside the module Systematic modularity

The individually, variably connect- MPS Transfer Factory the name is
able functional modules determine an accurate description. The basic
the learning content on the station. features of the MPS transfer sys-
Topics such as drive technology, con- tem characterise the appearance of
trol engineering, sequencing or op- the system.
erating mode programming can be Wide transfer belt for pallet trans-
found in the following functional portation
modules: Functional modules above the belt
Stacking magazine and turning Variable system layout, providing
handling modules freedom for designing individual,
Drilling and CNC engraving partner and group workstations
processing modules
Press module
Pad printing and drying modules
Camera inspection testing module

The concept in detail
Intelligent grid
The cell grid enables different pro-

duction layouts to be set up so that
simple, straight production lines,
branches or corner arrangements
(90) can quickly be realised. Indi-
vidual cells can be replaced in a mat-
ter of minutes. The production line in
an MPS Transfer Factory system is
actually a convertible factory.
Cells on wheels Modular control concept

All MPS Transfer Factory cells are The controllers in the MPS Transfer
equipped with rollers. This enables Factory cells have a modular design.
them to be freely positioned in the All control components are housed in
laboratory without tools or lifting the cell control cabinets:
trucks. Controllers with Profibus or
Profinet networking
Optimum connections ProfiSafe components
The cells are supplied by a special Drive components such as frequen-
system cable. Rewiring, fitting new cy converters, contactor controllers
tubing or additional installations and servo controllers
are not required when changing the
layout. This saves valuable training The production line can be operated
time and the laboratory remains free with and without a master control
of additional supply ducts and trip system.
hazards.
RFID process control

The product performs process con-
trol in the MPS Transfer Factory.
To achieve this, the workpieces and
controllers are equipped with RFID
technology.

Systematic variety
The exceptional flexibility of an

MPS Transfer Factory system is
based on the basic design of its
cells, which is always identical:
dimensions, track rollers, control
cabinet, conveyor, control console,
system cable.
A single cell provides two convey-

or sections and thus represents the
basis for a complete subsystem.
The production cell with branch

opens up the door to new layouts.
It can be used as an independent
system and be fitted with all func-
tional modules.
The robot cells are equipped with

everything necessary for indus-
trial robotics training. Completely
enclosed and with safety doors, they
provide totally safe working: Hot
topics such as camera-supported
assembly, the use of interchangeable
gripper systems, palletising, camera
tracking etc. can be dealt with in a
practical way using a robot cell.
There are hardly any limits on how

the cells can be combined and the
possible layouts. The functional
modules available now and in the
future make every MPS Transfer
Factory into a learning system with
the best opportunities for the future.
Requirements analysis Engineering service Customised training MPS Transfer Factory

Standard solutions might seem like Festos experienced technicians and You know your strengths and your the modular mechatronics system
a good value at first glance, but at engineers are specialists in plan- weaknesses. Festo gives you the for learning factories
Festo we focus on the long-term ning and equipping learning systems opportunity to define your training Festos years of experience in de-
benefit for the customer. Thats why and have at their disposal powerful, profile. The result? A training course signing mechatronic learning sys-
a qualified requirements analy- state-of-the-art tools. PLC and robot tailored to your exact personal tems were the inspiration for creat-
sis is performed before each MPS programming systems, simulation requirements: ing a modular system for excellent
Transfer Factory quotation. In this systems, EPLAN and CAD programs Communication mechatronics training. Not only me-
analysis, experienced project advi- are effective tools for translating Robotics chatronics technicians benefit from
sors d iscuss the expectations for customer requirements into reality. Simulation the system flexibility.
the new training equipment with the Festo will help you to implement Vision system
customer and share insights from your ideas - quickly, reliably and PLC programming The MPS Transfer Factory is used
everyday use in order to avoid poor cost-effectively. Fieldbus as a learning platform for production
investments. RFID technology and automation technology, robotics,
System integration System simulation and of course mechatronics.
Consulting Existing system parts can often be Troubleshooting
On the basis of the requirements integrated as subsystems, provided Worldwide references
analysis, the customer receives ex- suitable interfaces are available. This Upgrade Universities, colleges and vocation-
pert advice about the suitable train- protects earlier investments. Festo offers planning reliability and al training schools around the world
ing equipment. Our primary objective continuity. Systems can be gradually are benefiting from the unique MPS
here is to meet the customers goals, expanded and updated over a num- Transfer Factory system concept. De-
irrespective of the product range. Be- ber of years. Give us a call Festo is tailed information on these projects
cause Festo cooperates with a num- happy to assist you with your stage- can be found on the Internet:
ber of renowned partners, we will by-stage project planning.
design the optimal solution for you. www.festo-didactic.com
Festo is a Siemens Automation solu- under the heading Services
tion partner. References
Learning factory and MPS Transfer Factory mechatronics

mechatronics laboratory consisting of:
Four trainees two on each side Application modules: magazine,
can work at one basic cell without drilling, vision inspection, turning,
trouble. The six basic cells thus allow printing, drying
all relevant mechatronics fundamen- 6x basic module
tals to be taught to up to 24 trainees 1x automatic warehouse
at the same time in the field of PLC 1x robot assembly cell with 6-axis
programming, drive technology, sen- articulated arm robot RV-4FL with
sor technology, and safety engineer- gripper exchange system and cam-
ing. The topics of handling technol- era support
ogy, robotics, vision systems, RFID 1x robot picking cell with SCARA
and quality assurance are reinforced robot
with the production modules and the 1x SCADA system
automatic warehouse. 1x programming and simulation
package
Mechatronics technicians are suc-
cessfully trained using this concept
at BBS Brinkstrae in Osnabrck.
Learning factory for MPS Transfer Factory

production engineering assembly line consisting of:
A complete production process can 3x basic module
be easily modelled using the MPS 1x branch module
Transfer Factory cells. Many different 4x manual workstation
assembly lines can be quickly cre- 1x vision inspection module
ated just by rearranging no repro- 1x automatic warehouse
gramming necessary! The learning 1x robot assembly cell with 6-axis
factory demonstrates typical topics articulated arm robot RV-2SDB with
and methods for planning and opti- gripper exchange system and cam-
mising production, as well as value era support
stream analyses and value stream 1x SCADA system
mapping, in practical applications. 1x programming and simulation
package
Beginning engineers at the Hoch-
schule Fulda already benefit from
this concept on their MPS Transfer
Factory assembly line.
Robotics laboratory MPS Transfer Factory robotics

A complete, cellular robotics labora- consisting of:
tory with a wide range of robot types 1x robot assembly cell with 6-axis
can be created with the MPS Trans- articulated arm robot RV-4FL with
fer Factory. Each cell is operated in gripper exchange system and
stand-alone operation or in combina- camera support
tion with several cells. 1x robot picking cell with SCARA
robot and belt tracking function
With the MPS Transfer Factory ro- 1x automatic warehouse with
botics, DHBW Mannheim allows its Cartesian robot system
students to simulate, program and 1x SCADA system
commission various robot systems. 1x programming and simulation
package

Mechatronics and factory automation > iCIM
iCIM The platform for

professional interdisciplinary CIM training.
iCIM the platform for research The exclusive use of open standards iCIMsoftware all of the tools Programming tools
and training for communication and databases as that you need for effective planning We offer practical programming tools
well as the modular structure of the and engineering for each iCIMsystem for program-
iCIM systems play an important role software provides numerous possi- ming and setting the parameters for
in illustrating complex topics such as bilities for realising your own ideas. MES PLCsand robots. Cost-effective multi-
production logistics and sequence Planning is one thing production is ple licences for classroom scenarios
planning in flexible manufacturing The interface between iCIM-ERP and another. The MESin iCIM brings plan- are available for almost all packages.
systems (FMS): iCIM-MES has been published. With ning and production together. Using
Material supply and disposal suitable programming skills you can the CIROS integration tool as a ba-
Planning algorithms for automated link the iCIM system into your exist- sis, we create and supply an open
production lines ing PPS or ERP system. and modular MES solution for your
and much more. system which you can modify if nec-
A world of possibilities awaits why essary. The wide range of standard
not find out more? interfaces means that virtually all
automation devices can be integrat-
Interdisciplinary with iCIM ed, which is an important considera-
Future technicians and engineers, tion for those system components
but also sales staff and manage- you already own.
ment, benefit from interdisciplinary
training on iCIMsystems. From the
fundamentals of mechatronics to
complex networked processes, the
relationships between individual pro-
cesses are illustrated in a clear and
comprehensible way.
With perfectly matched software.

For effective planning and engineering.
The fascination of CIM
Computer-integrated manufacturing ministered and made available

(CIM) provides an impressive display in databases. Just about every
of what can be achieved with current process is integrated, which
technology: means individual processes can
no longer be considered in iso-
PCs, robots, programmable logic lation. This requires all those in-
controllers and CNC machines com- volved in the production process
municate via networks. Processes to have an in depth understand-
are optimised through simulation,a ing of the relationships between
whole host of production data is ad- these individual processes.
ERP
CAD/CAM CAQ
MES
CNC ROB PLC FTS 3D
PPS/ERP Virtual reality and 3D simulation CAD/CAM Quality assurance

How does a company function? Eve- Creating and testing manufactur- CAMConcept from EMCO is a CAD/ Industrial vision systems are increas-
ry company is certainly unique, but ing processes on a PC this is easy CAM system for turning and mill- ingly becoming as important as ver-
there are common aspects: Entering in the CIROS virtual factory envi- ing applications with integrated 3D niers and probes. However, a sound
and managing customer data, enter- ronment. Assemble a production graphic simulation. Design simple knowledge of image processing and
ing and maintaining basic data, de- line from the module library, c reate parts using the integrated CAD func- in particular lighting technology is
fining machines with their costs as the matching MES project with tionality and then create your CNC required to design a vision applica-
manufacturing resources, maintain- one mouse click, enter the process program you dont even need any tion. Our intelligent compact cam-
ing parts lists. This gets really inter- parameters and start the process. controller-specific CNC knowledge. era provides all of the functions of
esting when manufacturing orders The 3D simulation now clearly illus- a modern vision system and is ideal
are placed. How does the material trates the procedure, with real robot for both beginners and professional
availability look? Can the delivery programmes running in the simulat- users.
dates be met? iCIM ERP is an indus- ed robots.
trial ERPsystem, which is optimised
for iCIM systems and offers all com- Just like a real system, the virtual
monly used functions and reports. systems can also be connected with
iCIM ERP.

iCIM 3000
The complete training system with potential
iCIM 3000 system description Control technology and Training included Training aims:
Automatic warehouse, assembly communication With iCIM 3000 you are not just pur- Industrial communication and
station, testing station and CNC Each individual station has its own chasing an excellent training plat- networks
machines are combined into a flex- controller and can therefore also form you are also purchasing qual- Cell control and process planning
ible production system using a pal- be used on its own for training purified training by our experts, the System and robot simulation
let transport system. Each station poses. In accordance with the lat- purpose of which is to equip you for PLC and fieldbus technology
removes its designated pallet from est technological trends, network- the continued use of the system. Positioning technology and servo
the conveyor, processes the mate- ing of the system is performed using The step-by-step training introduces drives
rials upon it and then replaces it Ethernet to ensure open interfaces the subsystems and their interfaces. Handling and robot technology
on the conveyor. The cell computer and extendability. Once you get to that stage, integrat- CNC programming and simulation
coordinates control of the pallets to ing them into a complete system is CAD/CAM and DNC
the workstations and their start in Flexible system design virtually childs play. Pneumatic and electropneumatic
accordance with the planned pro- The unique object-oriented approach components
cess. of the iCIM systems facilitates maxi-
mum flexibility when it comes to
designing systems. The stations are
positioned along the conveyor based
on the space available you decide
the configuration. We also optionally
supply transport systems in special
sizes or with sorting gates and alter-
native tracks.
iCIM 3000 complete package: Software: Upgrades and optional packages:

(not included in the scope of delivery)
iCIM stations CIROS Automation Suite
Upgrades/modifications
Pallet transport system For cell control Whether further stations, modified
Dimensions LxW: 3000 x 1000 mm Powerful MES software comprising system layouts or integration of ex-
Transport height/track width: the modules Visualisation, Process isting system parts we are happy
788 mm/80 mm control, Process connection, Data- to address any special requests you
Working positions: base and Simulation. have in the area of control technolo-
4, can be extended later gy. Why not benefit from our experts
Controller: S7-300 For 3D system simulation many years of experience?
For simulation of the iCIM systems
Automatic warehouse in a virtual reality environment. iCIM
Dimensions: LxWxH: station library. User-friendly layout Robot Vision optional package (V1)
2380 x 1300 x 1800 mm editor. Fully compatible with the non- Industrial CMOS compact camera
Number of stock locations: 40/50 virtual iCIM system. with integrated illumination and Eth-
Shelf robot: linear, X/Y/Z, ernet interface. Resolution 640 x 480
DC servo, axis of rotation For 3D robot simulation pixels. Stable stand with tilt adjust-
Controller: S7-300 For programming robots in a virtu- ment. The camera determines the
al cell environment. Ideal for offline gripper parameters for the robot as-
Robot assembly cell robot training. Extensive cell library. sembly station. Includes professional
Dimensions LxW: 1100 x 700 mm Realistic sequence simulation. Sen- image processing software.
Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3 sor simulation.
Robot type/payload: 6-axis, 2 kg
For robot programming
Loading robot for CNC machines Programming package for Mitsubi- CNC option
Robot type/payload: 6-axis, 3 kg shi robots. We are happy to offer you iCIM 3000
Linear axis (7th axis): with alternative robots and CNC ma-
2500 mm travel CAMConcept CAD/CAM software chines:
Pallet buffer/magazine: 4/3 package, multiple licence (C1) CNC machine, series 55
Simple CAD/CAM system for turn- (C2) CNC machine, series 105
CNC processing centre, series 250 ing and milling applications with 3D
Travel X/Y/Z: 350/250/300 mm graphic simulation.
Output: 7 kW
Tool drum: 20-station Commissioning/training package
Controller type (PC controller): Commissioning and initial training
Sinumerik 810D/840D (in Germany), delivery of the system.
Set-up and commissioning at the de-
CNC turning machine, series 250 livery location. Expert initial training
Travel X/Z: 100/300 mm (4 days) for up to 4 persons. Robot option
Output: 5.5 kW (A2) 6-axis assembly robot, 3 kg
Tool drum VDI 16: 12-station (A3) SCARA assembly robot, 6 kg
Controller type (PC controller): (F2) 6-axis loading robot, 2 kg
Sinumerik 810D/840D
Quality station with handling device

Travel X/Z: 450/80 mm
Measuring principle:
tactile/analogue/linear variable
differential transformer
Measuring range/accuracy:
28 32 mm/ 0.1 mm
Controller: S7-300
iCIM engineering service
Requirements analysis Engineering service Robotics Robot assembly

Standard solutions might seem like a Festos experienced technicians and Simulation With 6-axis robot, 2 or 3 kg load
good value at first glance, but at Fes- engineers are specialists in plan- Vision system With 4-axis robot, 6 kg load
to we focus on the long-term benefit ning and equipping learning systems CAD/CAM, CNC
for the customer. Thats why a quali- and have at their disposal powerful, PLC programming Numerous CNC machines
fied requirements analysis is per- state-of-the-art tools. PLC and robot System simulation
formed before each iCIM quotation. programming systems, simulation Loading robot for CNC machines
In this analysis, experienced project systems, EPLAN and CAD programs Upgrade With 6-axis robot, 2 or 3 kg load
advisors discuss the expectations are effective tools for translating Festo offers planning reliability and
for the new training equipment with customer requirements into real- continuity. Systems can be gradually Quality assurance
the customer and share insights from ity. F esto will help you to implement expanded and updated over a num- Using analogue sensors
everyday use in order to avoid poor your ideas quickly, reliably and ber of years. Give us a call Festo is Using 3D measuring machine
investments. cost-effectively. happy to assist you with your stage-
by-stage project planning. Driverless transport systems
Consulting System integration
On the basis of the requirements Existing system parts can often be iCIM as varied as factory Worldwide references
analysis, the customer receives ex- integrated as subsystems. This pro- automation Universities, colleges and vocation-
pert advice about the suitable train- tects earlier investments. Hundreds of installations across the al training schools around the world
ing equipment. Because Festo coop- globe have given rise to various solu- are benefiting from the unique iCIM
erates with a number of renowned Customised training tions that are ideally suited to inter- system concept. Detailed informa-
partners, we will design the optimal You know your strengths and your disciplinary basic and further train- tion on these projects can be found
solution for you. Festo is a Siemens weaknesses. Festo gives you the ing in the area of factory automation on the Internet:
Automation solution partner. opportunity to define your training and CIM:
profile. The result? A training course www.festo-didactic.com
tailored to your exact personal re- Automatic warehouse under the heading Services
quirements: With 16, 40, or 88 stock locations References
ERP/PPS
MES
Communication
From entry level ... iCIM entry-level solution

An iCIM system can be created with consisting of:
just a few modules. The system can 1x pallet transport system
be easily expanded later. Festo will 1x3m
create your customised entry-level 1x automatic warehouse with
Computer-Integrated Manufacturing 16 stock locations
system according to your require- 1x Concept MILL 55 automated
ments. CNC machine with RV-2SDB robot
loading
1x robot assembly cell with
RV-2SDB
1x CIROS cell control
package
... to the integration of a wide range iCIM CNC, CMM and robotics
of technologies ... learning factory consisting of:
The iCIM production cells can be 1x pallet transport system 1 x 3 m
equipped with numerous robot sys- 1x automatic warehouse with
tems. Additions such as camera or 88 stock locations
storage systems and complete coor- 1x Concept MILL 105 and
dinate measuring machines for qual- Concept TURN 105 automated
ity control can be used without trou- CNC machines with RV-2SDB robot
ble. Festos automation specialists loading on a linear axis
are happy to assist you with your de- 1x robot assembly cell with
sired integration. RV-2SDB and vision system
1x CMM coordinate measuring
machine with RV-4FL robot
loading
1x CIROS cell control
package
... to the completely module iCIM research platform

research platform. consisting of:
iCIM is already used successfully in 1x double-belt transport system
many universities and research facili- 1x8m
ties. Research topics such as the op- 1x automatic warehouse with
timisation of chip-removal processes 50 stock locations
in the CiP Process Learning Fac- 2x Concept MILL 250 and C oncept
tory at the Institute of Production TURN 250 automated CNC ma-
Management, Technology and Ma- chines, each with RV-4FL robot
chine Tools (PTW) of TU Darmstadt loading
or human-machine cooperation in 1x robot assembly cell with
the Cognitive Factory at the Insti- RV-4FL and vision system
tute for Machine Tools and Industrial 1x AGV driverless transport system
Management (iwb) at TU Mnchen 1x CIROS cell control
can be demonstrated on iCIM solu- 1x programming and simulation
tions. Festo is driving new trends and package
ideas and would be happy to work
with you professionally on your next
research project.

Mechatronics and factory automation > iFactory
iFactory
Training factory for production planning and factory organisation
Innovation inspired by challenges
Need to convert an entire

production line during lunch?
Reacting to new market demands at
short notice is it even possible?
Whats the best way to construct

a flexible production line ...
... so that you can react quickly to
market turbulence?
Realising dreams
The iFactory is the convertible train- Convertible and modular Variable production
ing factory everyone dreams of, The adaptability of the iFactory The iFactory training factory produc-
not just production planners. The makes modification simple and ena- es different table sets according to
iFactory has a systematic modular bles you to create completely new each individual customer order. RFID
construction, enabling you to try out production layouts in just a few technology in the workpiece holders
new ideas immediately realistically. moments. Simple and clear interfac- enables each stage of the production
es make for intuitive handling and process to be tracked.
operation the key to creative pro-
duction planning and engineering. Many different variants of the prod-
uct can be produced by varying the
material and the mounting position
used. This means you can use the
iFactory training factory to examine
and train the complexity of a mod-
ern production process right down
to batch 1.
Pathfinder
All production cells are equipped

with topology feedback so that the
master computer an SQL server
automatically recognises the con-
structed production line.
All system settings and configura-

tions are generated automatically
while arranging and connecting the
iFactory cells.
Intelligent network
The SCADA system includes a PC

with a control cabinet and its own
control system. All cells are net-
worked using the SCADA system.
In addition to order input, it allows
complete operation and monitoring
of the entire production line.
Industrial quality without Quality tested

compromises Its not just the products produced
All production cells are construct- using the training factory that are
ed professionally and to industrial subjected to constant quality testing.
standards, with no compromises. All iFactory production cells are also
Training in the factory reflects in- assembled, wired, programmed and
dustrial reality, whether at a manual thoroughly tested before use.
workstation, in the warehouse or at
a fully automatic robot work cell.
The modules
The convertible training factory

Production cells such as convey-
ors, deflectors and a wide variety of
assembly and quality inspection cells
make up the modules in the iFacto-
ry convertible factory. The modules
contain the latest automation tech-
nology such as a range of different
drives, assembly robots and han-
dling and image processing systems.
By simply combining these elements

you can create any type of produc-
tion line and expand it whenever
you wish.
References: University of Stuttgart, IFF
The Institute for Industrial Manufac- If a company wants to ensure its The need to be able to continually
turing and Management or IFF (In- survival and its competitiveness, it is optimise factories and production
stitut fr Industrielle Fertigung und absolutely essential that production systems for the future is massive.
Fabrikbetrieb) and Festo Didactic planners and those responsible for However, the range of options cur-
have developed an innovative learn- factory organisation learn how they rently available for further training
ing environment for advanced Indus- can react to market turbulence with- which focuses on aIE and is practice-
trial Engineering (aIE). This forms out interfering with existing produc- oriented is no longer sufficient. That
the foundation of an excellent post- tion runs, states Professor Engel- is why Professor Westkmper initi-
academic, basic and further training bert Westkmper, head of the IFF at ated the innovative training factory.
programme for industrial engineers the University of Stuttgart and the It uses a unique and novel combi-
already working in the industry, i.e. Frauhofer Institute for Manufacturing nation of methods to convey knowl-
technical managers, planners and Technology and Automation (Institut edge: a physical model factory, a
designers of production processes. fr Produktionstechnik und Automa- digital learning island and theoreti-
tisierung, IPA). cal modules.
The area referred to until now as

industrial engineering essential-
ly work and process planning must
be linked in the future with the tools
of the digital factory and modular
production systems in order to im-
prove adaptability. The use of inno-
vative technology within the digital
and virtual factory can further in-
crease the potential for optimisation.
This is what the Stuttgart production
researchers call advanced Industrial
Engineering.
Process automation and closed-loop control technology
392
MPS PA The Modular Production System
MPS EduKit PA Project kits...........................................................................396
MPS PA Compact Workstation......................................................................400
MPS PA Stations and MPS PA 200 Complete systems.................................404
Extensions and accessories...........................................................................416
393
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS PA > System description
Water Bulk materials Chemicals Energy

Training in process automation
Didactic and methodology

standards
Practical training on actual produc-

tion and industrial systems is rarely
possible, which is why models are
used. These must be realistic and be
tailored to different target groups.
You will find that the modular pro-

jects, stations, systems and learning
factories from Festo Didactic meet
these requirements.
Modularity and integration

in MPS PA
The MPS PA would not deserve its

name if it was not actually a system
with modular equipment for basic
and advanced training in process
automation. In the MPS PA you will
find simple systems for introducing
measuring technology and closed-
loop control, as well as systems for
the designated target groups.
The great thing about it is that all Learning software: Energy efficiency:
systems are compatible and sup- Supporting every stage of learning Todays issues for tomorrows world
plement one another, and they are The ideal system for anyone focused Control engineering is not simply a
100% compatible with all other com- on processes and automation: How topic in a list of learning objectives in
ponents of the modular production does a filling system for lemonade automation technology. Without con-
system. work? And what needs to be taken trol, there is no chance of increas-
into account when designing and ing efficiency, no chance of prevent-
Start with the EduKit PA constructing this kind of system? ing energy from being wasted and no
Set complex exercises with the sustainability.
MPS PA Compact Workstation These and other questions in the
Enjoy the variability of the MPS area of process automation are an- This is why the MPS PA includes
PA stations swered by the Basic principles of modern performance measurement
Design sophisticated projects with process automation self-study pro- components. This enables energy
the PA 204 complete MPS system gram. This could be used right at the efficiency to be clearly represent-
or a hybrid learning factory beginning of a series of courses and ed and put into an interdisciplinary
provides a motivating introduction context.
to the process industry in general
schools.
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS PA > System description
Industry-oriented basic and

advanced training
MPSPA is based on industry stand-

ards. Automation solutions and
trends from market leaders charac-
terise the MPS PA concept.
From manual control to a fully
automated bottle filling system.
In a learning environment like this,

training courses can be designed for
every level of training: From general
technical training through to basic
and advanced training for techni-
cians and engineers.
EduKit PA: MPS PA Compact Workstation: 4 processes: Learning factories:

Introductory projects All processes in one system Individual or in combination Competences for hybrid production
The EduKit PA is ideally suited for Anyone who is looking for more One control loop may perhaps be Production and process automation
small budgets, restricted space or an than one control loop to provide the sufficient for basic teaching in meas- can rarely be separated in most in-
initial introduction to measuring tech- greatest possible variety of industrial urement and control engineering dustrial environments. Discrete and
nology and closed-loop control. The training, will find the perfect solution for the chemical and water sectors. continuous production processes are
interaction of technology, software in the MPS PA Compact Worksta- The stations of the MPS PA provide merging.
and structured teachware fits seam- tion. Its minimal size provides: a single control loop with learning
lessly into both professional training Industrial measurement, open- and content from all process engineer- The requirements of engineers at
and general technical training. closed-loop control ing areas. process control level, maintenance
4 basic control loops engineers and process designers
Leaning scenarios for automation If a variety of typical control loops is are becoming increasingly complex.
(sensor technology, PLC, operation important, simply combine the sta- The hybrid learning factories from
and monitoring) based on continu- tions into a small-scale process engi- Festo Didactic provide the appropri-
ous processes neering learning factory. ate range of learning processes for
Compact, state of the art industrial specialist staff.
technology
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS PA > MPS EduKit PA Project kits
EduKit PA
The introduction to process engineering and closed-loop control
Mobile and practical for beginners
The significance of closed-loop con-

trol is increasing constantly in all ar-
eas, since energy and resources can
be saved using this technology. Mov-
ing towards efficient production, in-
dividual steps need to be planned,
processes understood and verified.
The EduKit PA modular projects pro-
vide a simple and safe introduction
to process engineering and closed-
loop control.
MSR specialist in 2 stages The choice of controller is yours! Ready to use
The EduKit PA Basic provides a step- As everywhere, in the EduKit PA the Unpack, set up and use. Setting up
by-step introduction to manual SysLink interface guarantees prob- the first EduKit PA subsystem is part
measurement and open- and closed- lem-free connection to any type of of putting together the project.
loop control, using the example of a controller:
simple system with level, flow and The Sim-Box for initial familiarisa- The modular concept (Basic and Ad-
pressure control. tion with the process and for com- vanced) meets the requirement of
missioning setting exercises for differentiated
The EduKit PA Advanced adds the au- FluidLab PA process, the measur- training. The EduKit PA provides ap-
tomation technology, with pressure, ing and exercise software designed propriate projects for technical train-
flow and ultrasound sensors and an for the EduKit ing in schools and for professional
I/O connecting board for a controller LabVIEW for designing measuring training.
of your choice. A 2/2 way solenoid and control applications, with fin-
valve controls the filling into the low- ished VIs
er tank. An industrial process valve An EduTrainer Universal and any
can also be used here. other PLC
Learning environments with The learning concept

FluidLab PA process
The learning concept of the
With the EduKit PA, you benefit from EduKit PA supports experimental
industrial technology on the one learning, as well as teaching sup-
hand and methodical software supported by the teachware.
port on the other. FluidLab PA pro-
cess guides the student step by step, The experience of Festo engi-
exercise by exercise through the neers and the industrial experi-
world of measuring and control engi- ence of our trainers have been
neering. What is shown on the screen incorporated in many instances.
is actually happening in the actual It is therefore no surprise that
system or simulation. FluidLab PA EduKit PA is being used for ad-
process gives the students the feel- vanced training of specialist staff
ing of being in the control station, in industry throughout the world.
thus contributing to a high level of
motivation.
Hot topic:
Energy efficiency
In the chemical and pharmaceutical

industry and in the food industry, we
find state of the art technologies that
help to prevent energy and resources
being wasted. The EduKit PA includes
scenarios in which hot topics such as
energy efficiency and environmental
protection can be illustrated.
2 supplementary sets provide the

necessary equipment for further Energy monitoring with High tech alternative: pinch valve
practical experiments: DC Wattmeter An increasing number of valves and
A DC Wattmeter for energy How can I save power? When should drives are operated pneumatically in
measurement I save power? Which equipment eats process engineering. In many cases,
A modern pinch valve for flow up power? These questions are cru- this is safer, more economical and
optimisation cial to ensuring efficient manage- more energy efficient.
ment of energy in the domestic
sphere and in production. The new, highly elastic, pneumatical-
ly operated pinch valve seals the pro-
Identifying potential savings first induction flow gas tight with 2 to 3 bar
volves measuring current consump- differential pressure supply. Thanks
tion. The DC Wattmeter is used as a to its rebound resilience it returns to
smart meter for training systems. the open position with no drive after
venting, guaranteeing an almost fric-
tion-free flow of material.
EduKit PA
Unpack and away you go
EduKit PA Basic
Teaches the basic principles of Learning content for project work Commissioning and measured data
project work and the fundamen- acquisition:
tals of closed-loop control manual Planning a project: System start-up V101
B102
measurement, open and closed-loop Allocating tasks in teams Recording measured values with
control without a PC and without Creating a project plan with differ- changed valve position, changed V103 V102
sophisticated control technology. ent steps voltage on the pump or different

fill heights
FI
The benefits to you Construction, assembly, connection: Observation of level, pressure and 101
Handy, easy to transport and Creating sketches for the pipe flow, as well as time response PI
103
B101
simple to set up connection system

Step by step construction of a Producing an assembly diagram Presentation and documentation: P101
V105
functional system: start with a Mechanical assembly Creating assembly instructions

small setup a tank and fin- Electrical connection of pump to Documenting measured values M
ish the project with a level control 24 V supply Graphical analysis

system. Checking activities Presenting project process As well as electrical pneumatic
Training documents available Creating test logs diagrams, you will also learn how
Easy to use and expandable for to understand and describe a
use with other topic areas PI diagram.
Water acts as a non-hazardous
teaching medium ideally suited
for closed-loop control
Consistent with existing Festo
Didactic systems
EduKit PA Basic in the Systainer 549822 Also order:

Project kits
Process automation
The most important components at a glance: Workbook MPS EduKit PA

Workbook
1x Pump 170712 with project tasks and solutions for

2x Tank, round 548596 EduKit PA Basic and Advanced on: With CD-ROM
1x Flow meter 548604 Technological issues

Mathematics
Accessories, also order: Open-loop control
Tabletop power supply unit Page 235 Closed-loop control
Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 Work scheduling
Tool set 539767
Festo Didactic
Includes CD-ROM containing:

563971 en
Parts lists and data sheets

RI flowcharts and circuit diagrams Campus licence ( Page 53):
Assembly instructions for de 563969
mechanical construction en 563971
Checklists for commissioning es 563973
Acceptance logs fr 563975
Worksheets for recording
characteristic curves WBT Process automation Page 26
EduKit PA Advanced
Supplements the EduKit PA Basic modular product system with the topics of 1 2 3
automated measurement, open and closed-loop control, sensors and electrical
interfaces. The EduKit PA Basic is required when using the components of the
EduKit PA Advanced.
EduKit PA Advanced in the Systainer 564631
The most important components at a glance: 4 5 6

1x I/O board for EduKit PA 549823
2x Sensor, capacitive 549824
1x Sensor, ultrasound 548689
1x Flow sensor for EduKit PA incl. transducer 549825
1x Pressure sensor 0 400 mbar 549826
1x 2/2-way solenoid valve 549827
Recommended accessories for control:

EasyPort USB 548687
FluidLab PA process: Getting started in process engineering Page 417
FluidLab-PA closed loop: Control engineering in focus Page 417
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), 2.5 m 34031
The open interface provides various actuation options, e.g. controllers from Siemens,
Festo, Allen Bradley and Mitsubishi.
2-way ball valve for EduKit PA with quarter-turn actuator DAPS, double-acting 549828
Float switch sensor, top 548597
Additional components Internet
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS PA > MPS PA Compact Workstation
MPS PA Compact Workstation

Measurement, open and closed loop control in minimal space
Optimum use of space
Do you have limited space or do you

want high complexity from an indi-
vidual training station?
If so, the MPS PA Compact Worksta-

tion with 4 integrated control loops
is the perfect solution.
Core competence: The RI flowchart Huge flexibility Option: refrigeration engineering

As the flowchart shows, the individu- Controllers and operating units are The standard version of the MPS
al control loops can be activated sim- not permanently installed, but are PA Compact Workstation provides 4
ply by adjusting the ball valves. The simply clicked into place in the ER control loops. In addition, a cooling
flexible piping system allows quick mounting frame. This enables the unit with heat exchanger and a wa-
changes to the flow pattern or inte- controller, operating unit or touch ter/air cooler are available. This re-
gration of additional components. panel to be replaced in next to no sults in even more options for tem-
time. perature control.
Hot topic: energy efficiency
As everywhere in automation, soft-

ware plays an outstanding role in the
Compact Workstation, e.g. in meas-
uring technology. The process data
can be clearly visualised using the
measuring software and then ana-
lysed by either the whole class or as
group work.
The exciting questions waiting to

be answered:
What process steps lead to
unwanted increased energy
consumption?
How can consumption peaks be
avoided?
What does it achieve, what does
it cost?
Which investments or changes will
achieve the greatest effects?
Training with the MPS PA Compact

Workstation becomes a multi-facet-
ed, exciting and cross-subject project.
Networked technologies Professional performance recording On the trail of waste

An increasing number of valves with The Sentron PAC4200 multifunc- Identifying potential savings means
pneumatic drives are being used tion measuring unit from Siemens first of all: measuring current con-
in water supply and disposal. This records and saves measured values sumption. The Wattmeter acts as
is safer and more energy efficient. such as voltage, current and ener- a smart meter for training systems
Therefore, no modern learning sys- gy consumption, allowing analysis with a 24 V DC power supply and a
tem should be without a 2 way ball of the network quality. The unit can maximum of 120 Watts. A switchable
valve with pneumatic process drive be incorporated into master control interface for 0 10 V DC or 4 20 mA
and signal box. It represents the in- systems and energy management is integrated for data transmission.
creasing integration of different tech- systems via Ethernet. Ethernet is available as an option.
nologies in process automation.
MPS PA Compact Workstation

with level, flow rate, pressure and temperature controlled systems
Function
The four controlled systems in the
MPS PA Compact Workstation can
each be operated individually.
Using a corresponding controller, the

level and flow rate controlled sys-
tem can be set up as a cascade con-
trol system.
The design of the sensors and valve

actuators allows the use of both con-
tinuous (e.g. P, I, PI, PID) and discon-
tinuous controllers (e.g. two-point
controllers) in testing. The pumps
can be controlled using either direct
actuation or speed adjustment.
With the flow rate and pressure con-

trolled systems, the manipulated
variable of the controller can also be
used to operate a proportional direc-
tional control valve. A two-way ball
valve with a pneumatic process ac-
tuator is installed in the return be-
tween the elevated tank and the low-
er reservoir. The two-way ball valve
can be used to simulate a load for
disturbance variable compensation
in the level controlled system.
Variants
The MPS Compact Workstation
is available in a number of differ-
ent designs to suit the focus of your
training.
The Process Instrumentation version

is fitted with parameterisable sen-
sors and includes a capacitive level
sensor (two-rod probe), a magnetic-
inductive flow meter with evaluation
unit and HART interface and a con-
figurable pressure and temperature
sensor PT100.
The MPS PA Compact Worksta-

tion Energy is equipped with current
and power meters, and includes the
measuring and training software
FluidLab-PA Energy.
MPS PA Compact Workstation Basic Design C41001 Control variants of the MPS PA Control Kit F1:
MPS PA Compact Workstation Process Instrumentation C41008 Compact Workstation Festo CPX-CEC
MPS PA Compact Workstation Energy C41009 1x Festo CPX-CEC Codesys
Control Kit S1: 1x control unit
MPS PA Compact Workstation Basic Design Siemens SIMATIC S7-313C 1x Ethernet cable, crossed
Scope of delivery: 1x EduTrainer Universal S7-313C 2x I/O data cable
Mechanical components: 2 reservoirs, pressure reservoir, plug-in tube system, mounting 1x control unit 1x analogue cable
frame, profile plate 2x I/O data cable
Sensors: 2 capacitive sensors, 2 float switches, ultrasound sensor, flow sensor, pressure 1x analogue cable Note:
sensor, temperature sensor PT100 Codesys programming software
Actuators: pump, proportional directional control valve, ball valve with pneumatic process Note: included in the scope of delivery.
actuator, heating STEP 7 software and MPI cable
Electrical components: I/O connection board with measuring transducer, motor controller, supplied separately. Touch Panel FED:
I/O terminal, SysLink, 8I/8O, analogue terminal, SysLink, 15-pin For expanding the Control Kit F1.
Media: Technical documentation with workbook Control Kit S1-DP: Touch Panel FED built into console
Siemens SIMATIC S7-314C-2PN/DP housing, with connecting cable and
MPS PA Compact Workstation Process Instrumentation 1x EduTrainer Universal S7-314C- application for MPS PA Compact
Different scope of delivery to the basic design: 2PN/DP Workstation.
Sensors: capacitive level measurement, two-rod probe for continuous level measure- 1x control unit
ment, magnetic-inductive flow meter with evaluation unit, on-site indicator and HART 2x I/O data cable Control Kit SimBox:
interface, pressure sensor, configurable with on-site indicator, temperature sensor PT100, 1x analogue cable 1x simulation box incl. 24 V DC
configurable with on-site indicator, level vibration limit switch for fluids cable
Electrical engineering: signal conversion with parameterisable measured-value Note: 1x I/O data cable, crossed
transducers, includes parameterisation software and programming cable STEP 7 software and MPI cable 1x analogue cable, crossed
Media: Technical documentation with workbook supplied separately.
Siemens SIMATIC S7-313C
MPS PA Compact Workstation Energy Touch panel TP700: Order no. C43001
Different scope of delivery to the basic design: For expanding the control kit S1-DP. Siemens SIMATIC S7-314C-2PN/DP
Electrical engineering: DC Wattmeter, power meter up to 5 A/24 V DC, incl. Ethernet Touch panel TP700 built into console Order no. C43014
interface, mounted on mounting bracket, AC multi-function meter PAC 4200 for measuring housing, with connecting cable and Touch Panel TP700
total output incl. Ethernet interface, built into 19 front panel application for the compact worksta- Order no. C43019
Software: FluidLab-PA energy tion MPS PA. PCS 7
Media: Technical documentation with workbook Order no. C43020
Control kit PCS 7: FluidLab-PA + EasyPort
Recommended accessories: 1x SIMATIC Hardware Trainer Pack- Order no. C43005
Power supply unit for mounting frame Page 239 age PCS 7 AS-RTX and ET200M Festo CPX-CEC
Trolley 541139 1x EduTrainer Universal for Order no. C43007
Water-air cooler C44000 PCS 7 AS-RTX Touch Panel FED
Cooling unit with heat exchanger C44001 1x EduTrainer Universal for Order no. C43010
FluidLab PA process: Getting started in process engineering Page 417 ET200M with 16DI/16DO/8AI/4AO SimBox
1x SIMATIC Software Trainer Order no. C43016
Recommended training media, also order: Package PCS 7 V8.0, 3 licences
MPS PA Compact Workstation Workbook, de C46000 1x PC with Windows 7 Ultimate,
MPS PA Compact Workstation Workbook, en C46001 pre-installed as engineering station
Process automation: WBT Page 26 PCS 7 V8.0
Open- and closed-loop control: WBT Page 23 1x PCS 7 process control engineer-
ing example application
Control Kit PC2:

FluidLab-PA with EasyPort
1x FluidLab-PA closed-loop s ingle
licence
1x EasyPort
1x I/O data cable
1x analogue cable
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS PA > MPS PA Stations and MPS PA 200 Complete systems
MPS PA stations and complete systems

The elementary control loops in the process industry
Unlimited possibilities thanks to

open interface concept
The new interface concept opens up

a wide range of options for directly
combining the individual MPS PA
stations.
Deciding on one combination or

another depends on various factors:
Training content
Supplementing existing stations
Your budget
Completely configured Filtering station Mixing station Reactor station
MPS PA 204 system Aquarium, vacuum cleaner, atomiser, Food and confectionery, paints, con- To extend the shelf life of foods, im-
sewage plant, waterworks filters struction materials, pharmaceutical prove the mixing capacity of liquids
are of critical importance in many ar- products the correct proportions of or allow them to be mixed, there are
eas and the key question is: how can different materials are crucial to the a large number of optimised heating
I ensure a constant flow with any lev- quality of the end product. Constant processes in the chemical industry.
el of filter contamination? And how metering and mixing of the compo-
can the filter be cleaned more effec- nents makes high demands on the Temperature control makes extraor-
tively? Perhaps using c ompressed controller and the equipment in- dinary demands on the electronics
air? volved in the process. and the components used as han-
dling head is not without its prob-
These questions are covered in the The mixing station provides state of lems. The reactor station demon-
learning objectives for the filtration the art equipment, control compo- strates its realism in conjunction
station. Towards the end of the train- nents, controllers and operator con- with the operation and monitoring
ing it becomes clear which open and trol elements for demanding, moti- software.
closed loop control principles pro- vating projects on one of the most
vide the right solution and which are common control loops in process
the right technologies. automation flow control.
Continuous and discrete: All stations can be combined

MPS PA across boundaries with one another. The MPS PA
stations can be linked to the me-
Each of the MPS PA stations rep- chatronic MPS stations and the
resents a closed process, such as discrete processes they repre-
can be found in an identical or simi- sent with no problems at all. The
lar form in many industry sectors. SysLink interface is the basis
Their control loops provide content for this.
for designing demanding courses in
measuring and control engineering. This means that you can move
They represent the most important into the industrial reality of
continuous processes. hybrid production with minimal
investment.
It is only in conjunction with the
mechatronic MPS stations that you From an individual MPS PA sta-
can start to see what we mean by tion to an AFB factory, MPS does
system: not set any limits.
All four in one
Anyone who wants to use all 4 sta-

tions in a network should order them
as a complete PA 204 MPS system.
The advantage: we commission and
test the system. All you have to do is
supply fresh water.
If you want to combine on site com-

missioning with instruction for the
responsible trainers, you can take
advantage of our MPS PA commis-
sioning service. Bottling station Standard with EduTrainer and CODESYS integrated in FED-CEC
Customers get annoyed if there is FED 550 The trend towards integrating
less in a drinks bottle than it says All of the MPS PA stations are sup- multiple control components into a
on the label. For drinks producers, a plied fully assembled You can pro- single device is reflected in the new
consistent and guaranteed fill quan- vide the controller yourself or order FED-CEC. The new control panel from
tity is a crucial quality feature. the EduTrainer of your choice at the Festo contains a PLC for program-
same time. You should order the new ming with Codesys in compliance
The bottling station represents a EduTrainer Universal as a rack ver- with IEC 61131.
realistic industrial environment, in sion with feet. Use one of our pre-
which all aspects of a quality opti- ferred versions or configure your The FED-CEC provides an Ethernet
mised filling process can be learned EduTrainer yourself. interface and typically for Festo
and experienced. The projects focus an integrated CANopen master inter-
on level monitoring and positioning face for easy actuation of the valve
of the containers to be filled. terminals on the MPS PA stations
and, of course, a SysLink and ana-
logue interface with FED-UIM.
Filtration station
Function
The Filtration station filters liquids.
The filtrate is pumped from the first
tank into the second tank through
the filter using a knife gate valve.
The filtered liquid reaches the sec-
ond tank via the flap with pneumatic
semi-rotary drive. The filtered liquid
can be pumped onwards to the next
station using a separate pump. The
filter can be rinsed using a rinse pro-
gram. Regulated compressed air is
additionally blown through the filter
to loosen deposits.
Measurement and control

Sensors detect the filling level of the
container in the Filtering station. This
permits lessons on simple control
exercises for monitoring the pumps
right up to complete control projects
involving complex processes.
Pressure control ensures c onstantly

high filter quality during flushing.
The pressure sensor with LCD dis-
play, analogue output and switching
output always supplies the correct
measurement variable. The control-
ler with P, PI or PID control algorithm
ensures constantly high filter qual-
ity during rinsing via the proportional
pressure regulator. Control technolo-
gy is clearly and practically explained
in this way.
Shutting off, opening, closing

The right selection of process valve,
drive, drive accessories and control
valve plays an important role in com-
plex process sequences. The Filtering
station uses an extremely wide range
of process components. All the valve
actuators are actuated via a directly
connected NAMUR valve.
Knife gate valve with COPAC linear

actuator.
Butterfly valve with sturdy rack and

pinion COPAR rotary actuator and
large visual display.
Three-way ball valve with SYPAR

scotch yoke rotary actuator and large
visual display.
Filtration station 544253 Training aims for project work Also order:
(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit) Set-up, wiring and commissioning
of a system for process technology MPS PA workbook
Also order: Selection, application and actua-
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: tion of process valves
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 Measurement of electrical and
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 process-related variables such as
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 level and pressure MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 Set-up and commissioning of

EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 control circuits
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 Analysis of control processes and
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 control circuits
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 Parameterisation and optimisation
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 of P, PI or PID controllers
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 Drafting of open-loop and closed-
Or alternative: loop control programs
Process operation and monitoring
548590 DE
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018

SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 Inspection, maintenance and Campus licence ( Page 53):
For working with FluidLab-PA closed loop: servicing de 548590
FluidLab-PA closed loop Page 417 en 548591
EasyPort USB 548687 es 548592
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 fr 548593
For simple commissioning, simulation and display using the simulation box: WBT Process automation Page 26
Simulation box, digital/analogue 526863
Replacement filter cartridge 544303
FluidLab-PA Page 417

FluidSIM Pneumatics
WBT Open- and closed-loop control
Mixing station
Function
The mixing station mixes different
recipes from three reservoir tanks.
The liquid from one of the three
reservoir tanks is pumped into the
main tank in a controlled manner by
opening the respective two-way ball
valve. The finished mixture can be
pumped to the next station via a sec-
ond pump or pumped back to the
reservoir tank.

Using a constant flow rate, the three
raw materials are mixed to a recipe
in the mixing station. The flow rate is
recorded by means of an electronic
flow sensor with impeller and addi-
tionally displayed using a variable-
area flowmeter. The output signal
from the flow sensor is converted to
a standard signal from 0 10 V. The
mixing station can also be actuated
through binary means using the in-
tegrated comparator. The controller
adjusts the necessary flow rate via
the pump with analogue control us-
ing a simple two-point controller or
various dynamic controllers such as
P, PI or PID. This permits a clear ex-
planation of control technology on
various levels.
Always the right mixture

The component mix of the mixing
station offers a wide selection of typ-
ical components from process engi-
neering. Pumps and process valves,
various sensors for signal detection
as well as electronic modules for sig-
nal conversion permit the right train-
ing mix.
Sensors for detecting the filling lev-

el of containers. With overflow pro-
tection thanks to additional sensors
on each container, thereby virtually
eliminating the possibility of over-
flow.
Signal converters convert all ana-

logue signals from the station to
standard signals from 0 10 V. Prac-
tical for the purpose of experimen-
tation: integrated comparators also
supply purely binary signals.
Two-way ball valve with SYPAR

scotch yoke rotary actuator, large op-
tical display and directly connected
NAMUR valve.
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS > MPS PA Stations and MPS PA 200 Complete systems
Mixing station 544254 Training aims for project work Also order:
(with trolley, colour touch panel, mounting frame and power supply unit) Construction, wiring and commis-
sioning of a system for process MPS PA workbook
Also order: technology
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: Selection, application and connec-
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 tion of various flow sensors
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 Measurement of electrical and pro- MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 cess-related variables such as level
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 and flow rate
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 Design and commissioning of con-
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 trol circuits
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 Analysis of control processes and
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 control circuits
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 Parameterisation and optimisation
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 of P, PI or PID controllers
Drafting of open-loop and closed-
548590 DE
Or alternative:
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 loop control programs
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 Process operation and monitoring Campus licence ( Page 53):
For working with FluidLab-PA closed loop: Inspection, maintenance and ser- de 548590
FluidLab-PA closed loop Page 417 vicing en 548591

FluidSIM Pneumatics
Reactor station
Function
The reactor station brings liquid to
the right temperature. Depending on
the recipe selected, different tem-
perature profiles with different stir-
ring times are activated. A cooling
pump is activated to cool the liquid.
The tempered liquid can be pumped
onwards to the next station using a
separate pump.

Sensors detect the filling level of the
reservoir in the reactor station. This
facilitates lessons on simple control
exercises for monitoring the pumps
right up to complete control projects
involving complex processes.
Exact adherence to the various tem-

perature profiles when activating
the recipes is achieved by means of
temperature control. The tempera-
ture sensor (PT100 resistance ther-
mometer) supplies a unit signal of 0
10 V via the measuring transducer.
The controller with P, PI or PID con-
trol algorithm can approach the set-
point temperature values via the
dynamically controlled heating unit
and keep the values constant. Sim-
ple control exercises, for example
control using the two-point control-
ler, can be realised using the reactor
station. Control technology is clearly
and practically explained in this way.
Heating and stirring

Key basic operations in many pro-
cess engineering systems involve
heating and stirring. The compo-
nents of the reactor station are de-
signed to permit a wide range of ex-
periments in this area.
Infinitely adjustable heating with

control signal from 0 10 V. A safe
experimental environment permits
integrated linking of the heater with
the integrated temperature switch
thus ruling out the possibility of
running dry in a practical way.
Stirrer with DC motor
Signal converters convert all ana-

logue signals from the station to
standard signals from 0 10 V. Prac-
tical for the purpose of experimen-
tation: integrated comparators also
supply purely binary signals.
Reactor station 544255 Training aims for project work Also order:
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: Selection, application and connec-
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 tion of temperature sensors
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 Measurement of electrical and MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 process-related variables such as
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 level and temperature
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 Use and connection of measuring
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 transducers
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 Design and commissioning of
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 control circuits
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 Analysis of control processes and
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 control circuits
Parameterisation and optimisation
548590 DE
Or alternative:
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 of P, PI or PID controllers
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 Drafting of open-loop and closed- Campus licence ( Page 53):
For working with FluidLab-PA closed loop: loop control programs de 548590
FluidLab-PA closed loop Page 417 Process operation and monitoring en 548591
EasyPort USB 548687 Inspection, maintenance and ser- es 548592
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 vicing fr 548593
Water-air cooler C44000
Cooling unit with heat exchanger C44001


Bottling station
Function
The bottling station fills bottles with
liquid. The liquid is pumped into the
dosing tank from the reservoir. These
bottles are transported to the filling
position via conveyors. A pneumatic
separator separates the bottles. The
bottles are filled with different filling
quantities from the dosing tank in ac-
cordance with the recipe selected.

The filling level of the dosing tank
is detected in the filling station us-
ing an analogue filling level sensor.
The controller regulates the filling
level to the required setpoint value
via the dynamically controlled pump
(0 10 V).
The filling level in the dosing tank is

kept constant during filling, which
optimises the quality of the filling
process. Various control algorithms
such as P, PI or PID can be applied
and optimised during experiments.
The characteristics of the control
process can be modified using hand
valves already integrated. Control
technology is clearly and practically
explained in this way.
Transporting, separating, filling

Few segments of the diversified pro-
cess industry are associated with
such a wide range of end products
as the food industry. All foodstuffs,
whether dairy products, baked
goods, juice, beer or wine have their
own requirements with regard to the
handling and production of the cor-
responding end products. Transport-
ing, separating, proportioning and
filling play an important role here.
Optical sensors, adjustable using

background suppression, monitor
transportation on the conveyors of
the bottling station.
The pneumatic separator ensures

that there is never more than one
bottle at the filling position.
The filling quantity can be easily ad-

justed by selecting different recipes.
Bottling station 544256 Training aims for project work Also order:
Open-loop and closed-loop control with PLC: Selection and application of filling
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-313C 567098 level sensors
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 Measurement of electrical and pro- MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC analogue 567275 cess-related variables such as level
Festo CPX connecting cable set 544297 Design and commissioning of con-
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500 analogue 567102 trol circuits
Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set 544298 Analysis of control processes and
EduTrainer Universal A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N analogue 567101 control circuits
Mitsubishi MELSEC connecting cable set 544299 Parameterisation and optimisation
Safety laboratory cable, 3 m 571817 of P, PI or PID controllers
I/O data cable with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488) at both ends, 2.5 m 34031 Drafting of open-loop and closed-
loop control programs
548590 DE
Or alternative:
SIMATIC S7 EduTrainer Compact 313C 533018 Process operation and monitoring
SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set 544296 Inspection, maintenance and ser- Campus licence ( Page 53):
For working with FluidLab-PA closed loop: vicing de 548590
FluidLab-PA closed loop Page 417 en 548591
Bottle set 567202

FluidSIM Pneumatics
MPS PA 204 Complete system
With a P, PI or PID control algorithm, At a constant flow rate, the three in- The pressure regulation ensures In the Filling station the level of the
(closed-loop) control technology is put materials are mixed into a rec- a constant high filtering quality by dosing tank is recorded with an an-
taught in a demonstrative and prac- ipe on the Mixing station. The flow means of back-flushing. The pres- alogue level sensor. By way of the
tical manner. The temperature sen- rate is recorded by an electronic flow sure sensor features an LCD dis- continuously controllable pump the
sor for the Reactor station a PT100 sensor with an impeller, and is addi- play, analogue output and switching controller regulates the level to the
resistance thermometer is used de- tionally displayed with a float-type output, always delivering the cor- appropriate nominal value. During
livers a uniform signal of 0 10 V via flow meter. The controller sets the rect value. A constant high quality is filling, the level in the dosing tank
the measuring transducer. By way of required flow rate by way of the ana- maintained by means of the propor- is kept constant, thereby optimising
the continuously controllable heater logue controlled pump. tional-pressure regulator. the filling quality.
the controller sets the nominal tem-
peratures and keeps them constant.
MPS PA 204 SIMATIC S7-300 544248 Included in the scope of delivery:

MPS PA 204 Festo CPX-CEC 544249 Various facilities for measuring,
MPS PA 204 Allen Bradley ML 1500 544250 controlling and regulating
MPS PA 204 Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N 544251
Simplifies commissioning, simula-
PLC control packages include: tion and display using the simula-
SIMATIC S7-300 tion box
4x EduTrainer Universal with SIMATIC S7-313C, 1x programming cable, 1x STEP 7 Profes- Multimedia measuring, controlling,
sional for Training programming software, 4x SIMATIC S7 connecting cable set regulating, operating, monitoring
Festo CPX-CEC and commissioning using Fluid-
4x Festo CPX-CEC EduTrainer Universal, 1x programming cable, 1x programming software Lab PA.
CoDeSys provided by Festo, 4x Festo CPX connecting cable set Start processes in the PLC or moni-
Allen Bradley ML 1500 tor them with the touch panel
4x Allen Bradley EduTrainer Universal with Micro Logix 1500, 1x programming cable, The control task can be handled by
1x RS-Logix 500 Starter programming software, 4x Allen Bradley connecting cable set the PLC or by the industrial control-
Mitsubishi MELSEC ler also provided for each station.
4x EduTrainer Universal with FX1N, 1x programming cable, 1x GX IEC Developer FX Trainer The controller parameters are then
Package programming software, 4x Mitsubishi connecting cable set set on the touch panel or directly
on the industrial controller. All pro-
The MPS PA 204 system contains everything you need for training: cess variables are displayed in a
Stations: Filtering, mixing, reactor, filling (with trolley), colour touch panel, mounting frame user-friendly way including trend
and power supply unit graphs both on the touch panel
Accessories: 4x Simulation box digital/analogue, 1x bottle set and on the industrial controller.
Control technology: 1x PLC control package, 1x EMERGENCY-STOP board, 2x EMERGENCY-
STOP control panel, 4x EasyPort The MPS PA complete system pro-
Software: 4x FluidLab-PA closed loop vides everything needed for an effi-
cient start in measurement and con-
trol technology.
Successful project work based on

modular construction
Function Special training aims Also order:
The system consists of the Filter- Set-up, wiring and commissioning MPS PA workbook Learning by doing the MPS PA sys-
ing, Mixing, Reactor and Filling sta- of a system for process technology tem offers accessible, hands-on pro-
tions. The Filtering station filters a Measurement of electrical and cess technology. Some project ideas
fluid. The filtrate is pumped out of process engineering variables can be implemented in a flash, and
the first tank via different process such as level, flow rate, pressure MPS PA
Arbeitsbuch risk-free.
valves through the filter into the sec- and temperature
ond tank. The filtered fluid is added Set-up and commissioning of
to the first tank in the Mixing sta- control circuits
tion. The Mixing station mixes differ- Assessment of control response
ent recipes from three storage tanks. Networking of process engineer-
The finished mixture is pumped to ing systems
the Reactor station. The Reactor sta- Process operation and monitoring,
tion regulates the temperature of the system management
fluid. Different temperature profiles, Selection, deployment and control
548590 DE
with different mixing times, are run of process fittings Campus licence ( Page 53):
depending on the selected recipe. Analysis of controlled systems and de 548590
The Filling station bottles the fluid. control circuits en 548591
The bottles are carried on conveyor Parameter setting and optimisation es 548592
belts to the filling position. A pneu- of P, PI or PID controllers fr 548593
matic separator marshals the bot- Writing open-loop and closed-loop
tles. The bottles are filled with differ- control programs WBT Process automation Page 26
ent quantities from the dosing tank, Process operation and monitoring
depending on the selected recipe. Inspection, maintenance and
servicing
Process automation and closed-loop control technology > MPS PA > Extensions and accessories
Measuring and controlling as in industry
The closest thing to reality Components Operation and configuration Advantages

The MPS PA learning system is
based on industrial standards.
The MPS PA concept is based
on a market leaders automation
solutions and trends.
SimuBox Simple commissioning of an

MPS PA station
Testing and commissioning of
process components or system
components of a station
FluidLab-PA closed loop Commissioning and testing of an

or MPS PA station
FluidLab-PA process Analysis of process components
and control processes of an
MPS PA station
Monitoring and analysis of the
process sequences of a station
Testing, configuration and op-
timisation of control processes
(2-point, P, PI or PID controllers)
Analysis of the control response
PLC Programming of process sequenc-

es and recipe controllers
Analogue signal processing
Operation and monitoring using
the touch panel
Programming of PID controllers
Configuration and parameterisa-
tion of P, PI or PID controllers
PLC with external industrial Same as PLC, plus:

controller Operation of an industrial control-
ler (manual operation, automatic
operation)
Parameterisation of industrial
controllers (P, PI or PID control
algorithm)
Configuration of measuring
ranges, setpoint value limits and
alarm limits
Self-optimisation with oscillation
or step response method
FluidLab-PA closed loop FluidLab PA process

Control engineering in focus Getting started in process
engineering
Using FluidLab-PA step by step to Menu: 2-point controller Simple application of Menu: FluidSIM
teach and demonstrate the funda- Typical applications are level and complex relationships Develop and immediately test con-
mentals of control technology. The temperature controlled systems. The clear menu structure proceeds trol-technology relationships
EasyPort is used to connect the PC from the commissioning of the whether virtual or real. Program
and real hardware, e.g. the EduKit Menu: Continuous regulation EduKit PA or Compact workstation ones own process sequence in Fluid-
PA, the MPS PA compact worksta- Experimentation, configuration and to the process engineering using the SIM: electrical circuit diagram, logic
tion or the MPS PA filtration station, optimisation of the control processes example of a bottling plant. diagram and GRAFCET.
mixing, reactor, filling. (P, PI, PD or PID controller) with im-
mediate effect in the process. Con- Menu: Guided commissioning Menu: Virtual reactor
Settings trolled systems can be operated via A check list like in the industry. After Animated by a sequencer observ-
Parametrisation of sensor values mouse click. Trouble-free documen- processing, the system is activated. ing, analysing and documenting the
with factor and offset to represent tation of the control parameter is A commissioning protocol can be simulated processes. Production ac-
the physical quantities as well as sig- possible. The measured values and printed out for documentation. cording to customer order and as-
nal attenuation per median filter for curve profiles can be documented sessing and responding to error mes-
the analogue input signals. Display comprehensively. The block diagram Condition monitoring sages are in demand.
of the physical value in the variable can be displayed as a function menu Safety and efficiency are checked
units field. Other possible settings for all continuous controllers with by means of permanent recording Menu: Virtual PLC
are the inversion of the controller current numerical values. of machine status. Detect and anal- actuating with STEP 7, PLCSIM or
direction, Y offset in the continuous yses deviations with FluidLab-PA CoDeSys simulation
rules and the selection of the simula- Industrial controller functions process. Learn the basics of PLC programming
tion mode. System operation like in a process and the logical processing of binary
control system. It is possible to Menu: Operation, open- and and analogue signals. Test the pro-
Menu: Measurement specify nominal values, display warn- closed-loop control with the gram on a virtual or real model.
All binary and analogue process da- ing limits and switch the controller EasyPort
ta, for example the signal statuses between manual and automatic. Experience the behaviour of a sys- Menu: Filling with Excel interface
of the sensors, process fittings and tem using simple process examples. FluidLab-PA is transmitted order
pump, can be displayed graphically Simulation Control-technology operations and data from MS Excel via the DDE in-
and evaluated directly. To record the A simulated process model illus- continuous and discontinuous con- terface, e.g. the number and volume
sensor characteristic and determin- trates the sequence identically to the trollers are presented. Subsequent of the bottles. Conversely, the cur-
ing a step response, functions are operation of the real hardware. analyses bring a valuable, basic re- rent status of the plant, for example
available such as selection of meas- alisation, which can be transferred the level of the storage tanks, is re-
uring channels, adjusting the test FluidLab-PA for MPS PA stations to the general technology. Especially ported.
time or cursor evaluation with zoom is included. general training aims, such as the
function. concentrated observation and analy- FluidLab-PA for MPS PA stations
Single licence on CD-ROM de/en/es/fr/sv sis of systems, are encouraged. is included.
Menu: Characteristic curve Order no. 544304
The characteristics of a final control 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM Single licence on CD-ROM de/en/es/fr
element (e.g. pump or proportional de/en/es/fr/sv Order no. 567224
valve) is investigated in various per- Order no. 567139 8+1 Multiple licence on CD-ROM
spectives (voltage for flow, flow for de/en/es/fr
pressure, pressure for voltage). Order no. 567225
Either: Or:
Simply build it yourself MPS PA commissioning service
Every MPS PA station comes com- Simply commission it ... and youre To ensure that your training projects And if you wish ...
pletely assembled and tested on the ready to go! run smoothly right from the start,
profile plate with MPS PA trolley, we offer: 3. Useful tips on how to get the
touch panel and 24 V power pack. On request, we can also commission most from the MPS PA:
systems for you particularly in the 1. Complete technical Applications
A EduTrainer Universal with ana- case of larger systems. commissioning of your new system: Enhancements
logue inputs and outputs is required The range of applications of the sys- Seminars
additionally. tem and the station programs and
documentation are presented. De- Are you planning a commissioning
For efficient operation in the lesson, pending on the equipment, commi- and training session? We recom-
we also recommend: sioning is performed for the follow- mend: Per Station: 1.5 days
EasyPort ing products:
FluidLab-PA Station Order no. 555647
PID industrial controller PID industrial controller
Workbook with tasks and solutions EasyPort and FluidLab-PA
2. Training:
You will learn how to operate sta-
tions and how to use them in your
lesson. Depending on the equip-
ment, training is provided on the fol-
lowing products:
Station
PID industrial controller
Soft PID in the PLC
EasyPort and FluidLab-PA
The commissioning and training can

thus be adapted to suit your needs.
Understanding process automation:

Throughseminars and workshops
Valves and fittings Process control Specific customer training, e.g.

valves the basic principles of control
This course provides detailed in- engineering
sights into valve and fitting technol- Customised training for employees
ogy and shows how they are used from the areas of maintenance, ser-
in the process industry. Participants vice and operational support. With
gain basic knowledge of the indi- the professional training equip-
vidual valve and fitting types and ment from Festo Didactic, the fol-
components. In addition, selecting lowing course topics are covered by
materials and operating conditions/ the training systems on the basis of
limitations are described in detail. learning by doing:
The various types of actuators are al- Cross section of all controller types
so explained with regard to the indi- (P, I, D, PI, PD, PID)
vidual fitting and valve types and all Control technologies
relevant standards are discussed. (FluidLab-PA, industrial control-
lers and modern PLCs)
Basic principles and mode of
operation of industrial measuring Do you need anything else?
technology and instrumentation Workshop with more complex tasks
This course provides detailed and for practical operational support and
sound insights into process engi- maintenance. For example:
neering. The various measuring Exchange and new use of sensors
types, as well as the different prin- and their integration in a controlled
ciples, such as pressure, flow rate, system
temperature and filling level control Troubleshooting with control
are treated in detail. Furthermore, characteristic diagnostics
control engineering is taught in- Controlled system with reaction
depth based on P, I and PID control- time (on request)
lers, along with their advantages and
disadvantages.
Further training, with the objective We have high standards. In our Closed-loop control circuits
of supporting people in companies courses you will realise the differ- Participants gain detailed and sound
to deal with current as well as future ence between us and other provid- insights into process control technol-
problems and provide them with new ers: we provide new answers to old ogy based on P, I and PID controllers
answers that is the purpose of Fes- questions answers that help you and their advantages and disadvan-
toDidactic. get that critical step ahead with your tages. Practical exercises with the PA
operational plans. EduKit and the FluidLab-PA software
Festo is developing itself to become ensure that the knowledge acquired
an important partner to the process Give us a call; well be happy to help. is transferred into practice.
industry. The close coordination with
our parent company, Festo AG & Co.
KG, ensures that state-of-the-art de-
vices and systems are used in our
learning systems. And our trainers
have first-hand expert knowledge.
Our orientation and methods set us

apart. Our trainers and consultants
are practicians. They are familiar with
the tasks of their participants, even
those that go beyond technical re-
quirements.
1 4 1 EduTrainer Universal 4 PA workpiece set

A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC To fill liquids into the MPS PA
Page 339 Bottling station. The workpieces
CPX-CEC analogue (ON, A) 567275 are compatible with the MPS
stations. For example, the pot in the
2 Trolley Pick&Place station can be sealed
The trolley makes an MPS station with the lid.
a compact and mobile unit. The sta-
tion is easy to mount on the trolley. The set comprises:
The EduTrainer Universal, size 1, 6 housings black
can be inserted and the emergency 6 housings red
stop board connected. Appropriate 6 housings silver
5 through-holes in the side and rear 6 housings transparent
panels enable orderly routing of ca- Diameter outside D = 40 mm
bles. The front side is equipped with Height H = 25 mm
mountings for panels. The trolley is Volume V = 15 ml
supplied complete with twin castors. 24 lids black
Height (including castors, to Order no. 554301
2 bottom edge of profile plate):
750 mm 5 Bottle set
Width: 700 mm For filling liquids or solid bulk materi-
Depth: 700 mm als in MPS PA stations, for example
Order no. 541139 a Filling station.
3 Operator unit The set consists of:

Touch screen for the adjustable dis- 20 transparent plastic containers
play of processes and data. (material: ABS/Terlux)
Diameter D = 40 mm
Scope of delivery: Height H = 60 mm
Festo 5.6 256 colour FED-500 Capacity V = 50 ml
display 20 lids
Programming software FED Order no. 567202
Designer (multilingual)
RS232 programming cable for
3 loading projects
Angled plate for mounting onto a
slotted profile plate
Order no. 541146
1 Tank, round 4 Cooling unit with heat exchanger 1 4

The tank can be used with a variety Refrigerator with temperature
of different mountings in the MPS controller and 4 l cooling tank
PA station for mixing and filling as with built-in circulation pump
well as with Edukit PA. Cooling output: approx. 380 W at
Volumetric capacity 3 l +30C (RT)
Operating temperature max. 65 C Temperature range:
Scaling 0.5 3 l -10 C to +40 C
Incl. mounting material Power supply: AC 230 V/50 Hz or
Order no. 548596 110 V/60 Hz
Other variants on request. Heat exchanger with profile foot
2 hand valves
2 Water-air cooler Connection accessories (flexible
Aluminium heat exchanger with tube, connector etc.)
copper line and flexible plug-in Overall dimensions (W x L x H):
fittings 26 x 37 x 40.5 cm
2 24 V DC axial fans with 0 10 V Order no. C44001
adjustable speed input and encod- 2 5
er speed feedback 5 DC wattmeter
Profile foot for mounting The first step towards discovering
Connecting cable for I/O connec- potential savings involves measure-
tion board ment of power consumption. The DC
1 digital output, optional: wattmeter is a smart meter for train-
1 analogue input 0 10 V ing facilities with a 24 V DC power
Medium mains water supply and up to 120 W power con-
Order no. C44000 sumption. All measured values can
be read out via data transmission
3 Tool set with the integrated Ethernet port.
The tool set is an aid to easy Power consumption is read out as
working on stations. A practical an analogue signal within a range of
mini-systainer includes: either 0 to 10 V DC or 4 to 20 mA.
200 mm steel rule Order no. 573261 3 6
Open-jawed spanners size 7, 8,
9, 10 6 Replacement filter cartridge
Adjustable spanner Replacement filter cartridge for
Side cutter MPS PA Filtering Station.
Insulation-stripping pliers Order no. 544303
Wire end sleeve pliers
Screwdriver set, hex, 1.5 6
Screwdriver, hex, 0.9; 1.3
Screwdriver, cross-head,
PZ02 short
Screwdriver, flat, 2.5 x 75;
4.0 x 100
Screwdriver, flat, 1.2 1.6
Tubing cutter
Fibre-optic cable cutter
Workpiece, red, black, silver
100 x cable binders 2.5 x 100
100 x wire end sleeves 0.25
100 x wire end sleeves 0.75
Order no. 539767
Hybrid training factories
422
AFB factory hybrid production.......................................................................424
423
Hybrid training factories > AFB factory
AFB factory hybrid production
Megatrend: Hybrid automation Hybrid industries are the industries

which require systems and solutions
Its a fact that production and pro- for both process and production en-
cess automation have become in- gineering. The most striking exam-
separable in almost all manufactur- ples are the food, confectionery and
ing environments. Hybrid automation tobacco industries and the pharma-
represents the convergence of pro- ceutical industry.
duction and process automation
which is more than logical, given the Whether process and production
trend towards convergence of the oriented, or hybrid production,
two automation techniques in the Festo Didactic training factories offer
so-called hybrid industries. a unique range of facilities for train-
ing in automation for all industries
from incoming goods, through pro-
cess and production engineering
departments, to outgoing goods.
The mix is the key Flexibility
Mechatronics is also making its mark Making processes more flexible,

outside production automation. In- systemising product quality, re-
telligent drive solutions, featuring sponding faster to new market
high-precision mechanical compo- trends the drinks industry has
nents, a range of different drives, much more to do in this day and
measured data acquisition and eval- age than merely quenching our
uation as well as integrated commu- thirst. On the one hand there is a
nications interfaces, ensure safe, op- need to establish and maintain a
timised process automation too. broad product spectrum and in-
troduce new products in order to
generate new demand, while on
the other, legislation is increas-
ingly demanding greater transpar-
ency of manufacturing processes.
Innovative technology and innovative learning
Innovative technology
Pneumatic and electric drive tech
nology from Festo is a byword for
innovation in industrial and process
automation from the single prod-
uct through to the turnkey solution.
With the AFB training factory we are
for the first time delivering a learn-
ing environment which consciously
incorporates trends and innovations
from all areas of automation tech-
nology:
Electric and pneumatic linear
drive units
Semi-rotary drives and grippers
Valves and valve terminals
Sensors
Vision and control systems
The AFB training factory is designed

and equipped like a state-of-the-art
industrial plant, based on the auto-
mation know-how and engineering
experience of Festo.
Innovative learning
Only by engaging in innovative learn-
ing using innovative technology can
trainees be optimally prepared for
their future work. Comprehensive
documentation, software tools for
simulation and visualisation and a
variety of WBTs complete the AFB
range of facilities.
In focus: the production process for six-packs
Six-packs are produced in four zones

of the hybrid training factory. The fol-
lowing processes are mapped:
Production of the liquid
Production and feed of the caps
Bottle feed
Transport
Packaging
Storage
Order compilation
Logistics
Zone 4
Transport and logistics
Zone 3 Zone 1
Production automation Process automation
Zone 2
Filling
and
packing
The production zones
Zone 1: Specialist knowledge of program- Zone 2: In the training factory, for example,
Process automation ming, such as recipe preparation, Filling and packing the position and fill level of each bot-
or of plant documentation, such as tle and the state of completion of
Filtering, mixing, temperature con- reading and drafting R-I flowcharts Not only dosing, filling, capping and each lot is recorded by various opti-
trol; recording, evaluating and con- or EMSR location diagrams are key packing, but also the acquisition, cal sensors and a high-speed cam-
trolling typical process variables focus areas in the training. Control storage and reliable management era. The production data can be fully
such as temperature, level, pressure technology plays a key role in proof product and quality data are key tracked by means of RFID tags in the
or flow rate; pumping fluids; shutting cess automation, in order to ensure tasks in this section of the training bottle caps. A range of automation
off pipelines; installing, commission- high product quality. The processes factory. components, such as belts with elec-
ing or maintaining butterfly valves, selected for the training factory and tric drives, various handling units,
slide valves or ball valves. These are the transparent design of the sta- Technologies such as RFID are be- programmable logic controllers and
just some examples of the wide vari- tions enables control technology to coming ever more prevalent in the the latest operator control and moni-
ety of possibilities in this section of be taught in a practical and visual production environment, in order to toring tools, trainees are provided
the training factory. manner. cope with the continually increasing with an ideal platform to learn these
number of product variants and to key aspects.
comply with the more stringent le-
gal requirements in terms of product
quality in the food or pharmaceuti-
cals sector. Full recording of all ingre-
dients or components used and the
factors influencing the manufacture
of a product must be ensured. Vision
and sensor systems also play a key
role in improving product quality and
production flexibility.
Zone 3: In the training factory in this section Zone 4: Chaotic or systematic warehousing,
Production automation the caps are produced, tested and Transport and logistics optimisation of the material flow,
fed to the bottles by the filling sta- planning and prioritisation of orders
Fast cycle times, part gripping, han- tion. Programmable logic control- Almost all production facilities need are the key areas of focus in this sec-
dling, detection, differentiation, lers monitor and control the produc- logistics functions such as materials tion of the factory.
separation and mounting are char- tion process. Various sensors record transportation or warehousing. At
acteristic features of production au- the end positions of the actuators or the AFB training factory, too, this is a Particular demands are placed on
tomation the classic world of the identify and differentiate between key aspect: Empty six-packs have to line automation in this section too,
mechatronics engineer. Programming the work-pieces. Typical actuators be conveyed to the order compilation however:
controllers, adjusting sensors, oper- used in production automation, such station or placed in storage. Com- Signals from the transport systems
ating, maintaining and servicing in- as linear cylinders, swivel cylinders, pleted six-packs are delivered just in must be sent over long distances to
dividual lines in a plant are typical motors, parallel grippers or vacuum time, or stored in an interim facility. the transport controller.
activities. suction cups ensure fast, precise High-performance drive units and
movement. positioning systems ensure fast,
precise movement in the automatic
warehouse.
The communications required for
this are based on systems such as
the AS interface or CAN.
AFB training factory
Optimum operator control Everything in hand Tried and proven New

Whether via touch panel, visualisa- Whether bottle or six-pack, the pro- The MPS stations, which have been Automation technology is taught
tion system or control panel, all the fessional handling units in the AFB deployed for training purposes thou- using state-of-the-art equipment;
stations and the entire training facto- training factory ensure a safe, pre- sands of times all over the world, not just the new MPS PA stations,
ry can be operated and monitored in cise, fast material flow. supply the caps in the training fac- but also the automatic warehouse,
a highly user-friendly way. tory. The stations particularly enable the filling station and the order com-
an optimum level of highly sophisti- pilation station.
cated training in mechatronics.

AFB-FMRQ-BP-DSPB On request Visualisation

Either an overview of the complete
Package plant or access to each individual sta-
Comprising: tion is available; the visualisation
Stations system at the AFB training factory
Zone 1: MPS PA filtering*, mixing*, reactor*, filling (quality sampling)* stations permits monitoring of all signals and
Zone 2: AFB filling and order compilation stations provides trend graphs of the analogue
Zone 3: MPS distribution**, separation**, processing**, buffering** and handling stations** process variables, with remote access
Zone 4: AFB pallet transport system, AFB station automatic warehouse and to the various functions and monitor-
incoming goods and outgoing goods. ing of all processes. All training fac-
Software and media tory stations communicate via TCP-IP
STEP 7 Trainer Package programming software, CIROS, FluidLab-PA, with the visualisation computer.
Mechatronics Assistant, WinCC
RFID option
* Including mobile base frame, touch panel and S7-300 EduTrainer Universal. Full tracking and documentation of
** Including mobile base frame, MPS control panel and S7-300 EduTrainer Universal. the entire production process is de-
manded in more and more areas of
industry. The AFB training factory
also makes this possible: Produc-
tion data such as the recipe or batch
identifier are stored on the mobile
data carriers fixed to each individual
bottle and can be checked prior to
shipping. This means that state-of-
the-art RFIDtechnology can now be
integrated highly demonstratively
into automation training.
Function can be placed in interim storage via Use of multi-axis handling systems
The AFB training factory produces the belt rotation system or delivered for handling and palletising
complete six-packs. All the produc- for shipping. Empty six-packs can be Networking sensors and actuators
tion steps involved are covered, from conveyed back into the system on via AS-interface
production of the liquid through to roller conveyors and either placed in Use and commissioning of a CAN
packing of the containers and stor- storage or fed directly into the pro- network
age and shipping of the finished duction process. Networking automated systems
product. with Ethernet TCP-IP
Training content Measurement and control of
The process automation section of The multitude of stations and the electrical and process engineering
the plant is where the liquid is pro- technologies embedded in them variables such as level, flow rate,
duced: Raw materials are filtered, permit an investigation of almost all pressure and temperature
mixed together with other ingredi- relevant areas of control and auto- Process operation and monitoring,
ents according to different recipes, mation technology. system management
temperature-controlled and stored Use of RFID technology Selection, deployment and control
ready for use. In-line samples can be Vision systems and camera of process fittings
taken from the ongoing process be- inspection
fore the liquid reaches the filling sta- Use and programming of PLCs
tion. Bottles from a belt conveyor are Application of various handling
filled and capped on a rotary index- devices and grippers
ing table. The bottles are then sealed Application of various electrical
with machined and tested caps and drives (DC, AC)
packed into six-packs. Depending on Application of frequency
the order, the completed six-packs converters
AFB filling station
The filling station includes a large

number of functions typical to the
food industry: Bottle feed by convey-
or, dosing with a dosing cylinder and
filling and capping on a rotary index-
ing table.
The station can be operated both as

a stand-alone unit orin conjunction
with other stations.
In stand-alone operation the caps

must be fed manually. When oper-
ated in conjunction with other sta-
tions, the caps can be fed by way of
a handling station (MPS). Filled and
capped bottles are forwarded by con-
veyor to the next station (order com-
pilation).
The liquid being filled is stored in a

tank on the station. The tank can be
filled manually or way of additional
process stations (e.g. MPS PA).
The station is controlled by a Edu-

Trainer Universal unit and operator
control is via touch panel. Individ-
ual step and continuous cycle op-
tions are available. Status and mes-
sages are indicated graphically on
the panel.
Special training aims

Set-up, wiring and commissioning
of an automated station
Use of pneumatic linear units with
variable stroke
Use of pneumatic linear swivel
units
Controlling and monitoring
material flow on a conveyor and a
rotary indexing table
Dosing and filling
On request
AFB order compilation station
With a high-precision 2-axis indus-

trial handling system, 2 by 3 bottles
are packed into each six-pack on the
order compilation station.
The bottles are carried on conveyor

belts to the handling station. A high-
speed camera checks the six-packs.
The camera features a built-in con-

troller which handles the complete
image evaluation process.
With its TCP-IP interface and the

additional CAN master interface, the
camera enables wide-ranging com-
munication options.
The station is controlled via an Edu-

Trainer Universal. Different opera-
tion modes can be selected on the
control panel.
Specific training content

Use of pneumatic handling unit
with gripper
Controlling and monitoring
material flow by conveyor
Vision systems, quality and
process control with intelligent
cameras
On request
AFB automatic warehouse station
The automatic warehouse can hold

up to 16 six-packs on 4 levels each
with 4 bays. A cartesian 3-axis han-
dling system is used for stock move-
ment. 2 toothed belt axes are driven
by intelligent servomotors with an
integrated servo amplifier, controller
and CAN bus interface.
The third axis is executed as a rod-

less linear unit with precision guides.
The station is controlled by an Edu-

Trainer Universal with CAN master.
The colour touch panel of the au-
tomatic warehouse provides user-
friendly operation and monitoring.
Items can be easily taught-in, and

stock levels clearly initialised and
modified.

Use of pneumatic linear units
Electric drive and control
technology
Intelligent CAN bust technology
Warehousing and logistics
On request
AFB incoming goods/outgoing goods station
Full six-packs awaiting shipping are

placed by the pneumatic 3-axis han-
dling unit on one of the two outgoing
goods ramps. The handling unit fea-
tures a pneumatic linear gripper to
grip the six-packs.
The axes used are pneumatic linear

axes developed specially for industri-
al assembly and handling systems.
Empty six-packs can be fed in by way

of the incoming goods conveyor.
The station is controlled by a Edu-

Trainer Universal. Different opera-
tion modes can be selected on the
control panel.

Use of pneumatic handling units
with gripper
Handling technology
Controlling and monitoring mate-
rial flow by conveyor belt and roller
conveyor
On request
AFB pallet transport system
The material flow within the AFB

lines is implemented by the pallet
transport system. The six-packs are
conveyed to the individual stations
on pallets which are equipped with
an identification system. The trans-
port system features 4 stop points,
and can be expanded at any time.
The belt segments are driven by

4 AC motors.
The control is handled by a PLC with

frequency inverter professionally
housed in the control cabinet. Com-
munication with the stop points is
via AS interface. The pneumatic stop-
pers are controlled using industrial
valve terminals.

Use of AC motors
Electrical drive technology
Use of frequency inverters
Pallet identification
AS interface fieldbus technology
Material flow and logistics
Protection circuits
Design of industrial control cabi-
nets
On request
AFB factory, focus on bulk goods
Found everywhere! Practical training Conveying of bulk goods or Everything under control
There is a worldwide market behind The handling of bulk goods requires complete production process? Stations are controlled using the
the term bulk goods. In almost special know-how. The exclusive use The stations are specially designed most modern automation and com-
every branch of production, bulk of typical industrial components in for training on bulk goods and can puter technology. With system visu-
goods can be found as raw materials, the learning stations emphasises the be used individually as well as in a alisation the entire system can be
semi-finished materials or finished required hands-on experience and network with the stations of the AFB viewed or each individual station can
parts. Whether building materials, ensures the quick transfer of knowl- factory. This offers a training factory be accessed; it enables the monitor-
such as sand, gravel and cement, or edge from training to practice. that includes the complete process ing of signal statuses, the remote
foodstuffs, such as grain and sugar chain, from providing and prepar- access of different functions and the
bulk goods must be stored, dis- ing raw materials, to quality testing, monitoring of all processes, directly
pensed, weighed, transported or packaging, storage and finally the on the system using a touch panel or
packaged. processing of customer orders. via the master computer.
AFB stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods
Different types of conveying

A wide range of processes are used
in production systems for handling
bulk goods. It therefore makes sense
that these can also be found in the
AFB training stations for dispensing
and sorting:
Conveying with a conveyor

In the dispensing station, the con-
veyor acts as a pressure feed. Corn
is dispensed from its container via
the conveyor to a funnel and is trans-
ported to the next station by means
of compressed air.
Screw conveyor
With the screw conveyor, the bulk
goods are carefully conveyed, mak-
ing optimal dispensing possible. The
dispensing screw is driven by a servo
motor with a built-in controller.
High-speed quality checking and

diagnostics
Imperfect grains are detected during
conveying and automatically sepa-
rated. This requires the quick detec-
tion and reaction of the actuators,
which the human eye can hardly fol-
low. To support the diagnostics and
commissioning of these fast motion
sequences, an intelligent compact
camera system with up to 2000 im-
ages per second are used in the AFB
factory. This means that the latest di-
agnostic techniques can be taught.
AFB station dispensing bulk goods

Order no. AFB-D
AFB station sorting bulk goods
Order no. AFB-A
One training factory over 100 different training systems
More than 15 stations can be inte-

grated into the AFB training factory.
In addition to the new AFB stations
it also features stations from the
MPS family and stations from the
new MPS PA product line.
The unique interface and communi-

cations concept enables quick and
easy modification of the factory lay-
out.
This means the stations can be

deployed at any time individually
or in small groups for teaching pur-
poses, and the AFB training factory
can be assembled in different pro-
ject stages.
AFB factory hybrid production
Requirements analysis Engineering service Upgrade With its know-how in project plan-
Standard solutions might seem like Festos experienced technicians and Festo offers planning reliability and ning, instrumentation, design and
a good value at first glance, but at engineers are specialists in plan- continuity. Systems can be gradually selection of process components,
Festo we focus on the long-term ben- ning and equipping learning systems expanded and updated over a num- system integration and program-
efit for the customer. Thats why a and have at their disposal powerful, ber of years. Give us a call Festo is ming, through to educational imple-
qualified requirements analysis is state-of-the-art tools. PLC and robot happy to assist you with your stage- mentation, Festo will help you to put
performed before each AFB factory programming systems, simulation by-stage project planning. your ideas into practice quickly, reli-
quotation. In this analysis, experi- systems, EPLAN and CAD programs ably and cost-effectively.
enced project advisors discuss the are effective tools for translating cus- AFB factory solutions for hybrid
expectations for the new training tomer requirements into reality. production Worldwide references
equipment with the customer and Do you have special requirements? Universities, colleges and vocation-
share insights from everyday use in System integration Numerous installations across the al training schools around the world
order to avoid poor investments. Existing system parts can often be globe have given rise to a range of are benefiting from the unique AFB
integrated as subsystems, provided solutions with a particular focus on factory system concept. Detailed in-
Consulting suitable interfaces are available. This hybrid automation. Tell Festo what formation on these projects can be
On the basis of the requirements protects earlier investments. you need Festo will build an op- found on the Internet:
analysis, the customer receives ex- timal learning environment closely
pert advice about the suitable train- Customised training linked to the actual process. www.festo-didactic.com
ing equipment. Our primary objective Festo gives you the opportunity to under the heading Services
here is to meet the customers goals, define your training profile. The re- Solutions for special topics, such as: References
irrespective of the product range. Be- sult? A training course tailored to Water treatment
cause Festo cooperates with a num- your exact personal requirements: Cooling and refrigeration
ber of renowned partners, we will Communication technology
design the optimal solution for you. Robotics pH value measurement
Festo is a Siemens Automation solu- Vision system Integration of process control
tion partner. Data matrix coding engineering
Handling technology Identification systems
Drive technology (RFID, barcode)
PLC programming
RFID technology
Troubleshooting
AFB learning factory process AFB learning factory with process

engineering engineering consisting of:
In industry, automation solutions are 1x MPS buffering, handling,
typically used in the process engi- filling, order compilation, filtering,
neering part of a production plant. mixing, reactor and quality sam-
The AFB learning factory integrates pling stations
trends and new products from the 1x AFB automatic warehouse
market leaders of process automa- station
tion with control systems such as 1x PCS7 AS-RTX
SIMATIC PCS7 and various field- 2x PCS7 Engineering Stations
buses and protocols such as Profi- with process control application
net, Profibus PA, and HART. Festo 1x programming and simulation
will specify your AFB learning factory package
for processing engineering together
with you.
AFB learning factory with handling AFB learning factory with handling
technology and robotics and robotics consisting of:
Different robots such as a 6-axis ar- 1x MPS distributing, buffering and
ticulated arm robot for recycling bot- handling stations
tles or a SCARA robot for receiving 1x AFB station: bulk material con-
and discharging goods can be inte- veying, dispensing, sorting, filling,
grated into the AFB learning factory. order compilation, automatic ware-
In the AFB learning factory with han- house, incoming goods/outgoing
dling and robotics at RMIT in Austral- goods with SCARA robot, pallet
ia, multi-axis handling systems with transport system, unpacking and
different drives are used for optimal recycling with robot RV-2SDB
motion. RFID and data matrix coding 1x SCADA system
enable comprehensive, state-of-the- 1x programming and simulation
art automation training. package
Hybrid learning factory Athene AFB learning factory Athene

The hybrid learning factory Athene consisting of:
teaches how to handle media used in 1x AFB station: filling, order com-
the pharmaceutical and food indus- pilation, automatic warehouse,
tries. Beginning automation special- incoming goods/outgoing goods,
ists at Siemens in Nuremberg acquire unpacking, solid recycling and liq-
practical knowledge in programming uid recycling
and plant documentation. By means 1x route control, filtering, mixing
of highly modern control technol- and temperature control process
ogy, trainees and engineers control stations
temperature, filling level, pressure 1x SCADA system
and flow rate values in order to con-
trol pumps, butterfly valves and ball
valves in the hybrid learning factory
Athene.

EDS Environmental Discovery System
442
Water Management
Stations.........................................................................................................446
Basic water circuit system..............................................................................458
443
EDS Environmental Discovery System > Water Management > System description
EDS Water Management

Discovering the water circuit
Water tower
Rain
Consumer
Water treatment
plant
Reservoir
Rain overflow River,

basin lake
Wastewater
Groundwater/Source
Clean water for everyone: Teaching the water circuit: Experience process control Setup times and operating costs
With modern technology! In a small space! engineering Less is more
Complex systems require responsible Experience the complexity of corpo- One click in the control room needs Add water, start PCs and software
operation, as the applications have rate working processes from admin- to be thought through, as a switch- and youre ready to start water circuit
far-reaching effects on humans, the istration, technology and science in ing signal changes the system func- training.
plant and the environment. just a few square metres. tions invisibly to the operator. The
effects often appear hours later. In Plastic granules are used as the
The different EDS Water Manage- All stations are mobile and compact the worst case, they can result in soiled load and can be air-dried and
ment stations prepare users optimal- enough to fit on a table-top. water pollution or wasted energy and re-used after utilisation reducing
ly for these varied tasks and systems resources. the operating costs of the training
with state-of-the-art technology. system to water and electricity.
EDS Water Management allows you
to experience the effects directly and
rapidly.
EDS Environmental Discovery System > Water Management > System description
cycle
pure
hot energy
clean snow ripple cold
warm drop
spring swimming
thirst life rainbow
immersing bath
gargle
fog wet fresh
wade
health splash
Wastewater
ice rain
wash
drink
treatment plant
River, lake irrigation river
flushing power cloud
current waterfall
ocean
General training content Hardware, software, teachware,

Controlling, regulating and moni- training
toring physical variables such as For ideal training The workbooks
levels, flows and pressure with theory sections and exercise
Technical/physical functions of scenarios are perfectly customised
sensors and actuators as well as for the stations. There are digital
wiring, adjustment and parame- training programs on many topics for
terisation presentation or self-learning phases.
Analysing controlled systems, A wide range of training courses is
parameterising and optimising available for training staff.
regulators
System operation, maintenance, EDS Water Management offers the
troubleshooting and repair required planning documents, e.g.
Basic water circuit system Control test in the laboratory Plant engineering electric and pneumatic circuit dia-
With the basic water circuit system, Laboratory control tests are required Optimisation and energy grams, process flowcharts, data
comprising the four main stations, to verify the in-line measurement monitoring sheets and operating instructions.
you are ideally equipped to get to technology of process engineering Electronic data processing All documents comply with European
know the world of process com- systems. Reading and interpreting process standards.
mand, measurement and control flowcharts, electrical and pneumat-
technology. EDS Water Management is the ide- ic circuit diagrams
al addition for combining your new
If you operate the stations individu- knowledge directly with your labora-
ally, up to three students can work tory, applying scientific skills.
on the following learning areas:
Plant engineering, process and
laboratory technology
Electrical engineering
Automation/process control
Member of
engineering and administration
EDS Environmental Discovery System > Water Management > Stations
Water purification station

Water = Drinking water?
Function
The station represents a basic logic
function of water treatment in the
form of a water storage system with
an overflow rim. A groundwater tank
with a submersible pump is required
for operation.
Focal points include:

Setting flow rate values for volume
control
Level measurement via analogue
pressure measurement
Level sensing via capacitive prox-
imity sensors
The training documents reveal how

a flocculation reaction is implement-
ed by adding a flocculant, and how
sedimentation can occur in spite of
the flow.
Drinking water and chlorine

Chlorine is used worldwide to pre-
serve drinking water. Overmetering
not only increases the plant opera-
tors costs unnecessarily, it also pol-
lutes the environment and endan-
gers the consumers. The additional
chlorine measurement package with
manual metering technology is a
1:1 training scenario for online chlo-
rine measurement. This allows you
to learn how to operate a chlorine
metering system, and react to mal-
functions and optimise the system.
[X]

Water purification station 8024504 General training content Recommended training media
The station is fully assembled, wired and tested. Page 445 Workbook Water purification
Page 76
Main components Learning content for project work
3 l tank, including an overflow rim, capacitive proximity sensor, float switch, impeller flow Function of an overflow rim Water purification
sensor, pressure sensor , 2/2-way solenoid valve, non-return valve, electric connection Analogue level measurement
board, aluminium profile plate. via a pressure sensor EDS
Water Management
Workbook
Capacitive proximity sensor

for level querying
With CD-ROM
Including control system with FluidLab-EDS Water Management, EasyPort, connecting

cables, accessory set and Getting Started technical documentation. Basic processes of precipitation,
flocculation and sedimentation
For single operation, a water supply tank/ground water (order no. 8024503) is required.
Training content with
Necessary accessories, also order: water supply tank
1x Water supply tank/ground water 8024503 Activation of a pump for Festo Didactic
1x Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 flow control

8027887 en
Regulation variants with capacitive

Recommended accessories: sensors for level control Workbook Monitoring, Control and
1x Additional chlorine measurement package 8025419 Optimisation
1x DC wattmeter 573261 Training content with additional Workbook Energy Optimisation
1x Trolley with plate 8039990 chlorine measurement package WBT Open- and Closed-Loop
1x Tool set 539767 Measuring chlorine content Control
1x Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 Effects of excessive or insufficient WBT Process Automation
chlorine metering Water supply technology training
set Internet
Technical data Sewage technology training set
Water (10 15 l) Internet
Power supply: 24 V DC
3 digital inputs
3 digital outputs
4 analogue inputs
1 analogue output
355 x 1100 x 400 mm
Water supply tank/ground water Additional chlorine measurement

Main components: package
Systainer with T-LOC system, 30 l Optional extension for the water
Adapter for piping connectors treatment station: Measurement
Submersible pump of free chlorine. This package is
Prefilter equipped with a dropping funnel, a
Float switch membrane-covered, amperometric
Water sieve measuring cell and an indicator that
Mobile roller system can be parameterised. The measur-
Order no. 8024503 ing cell functions within an operating
range of 4 to 9 pH.
Order no. 8025419
Water supply station

To the very last drop ...
Function
The station deals with water stor-
age and distribution via an elevat-
ed container, e.g. a water tower.
The elevated container is filled via
a pump, which can be operated in
open- or closed-loop control mode.
Water is withdrawn via valves. The
process command software config-
ures its switching characteristics.
Depending on the withdrawal char-
acteristics, feedback to the pump
controller and shock loads for waste-
water transport can result.
Balancing the water quantity pro-

vided with the water quantity
delivered is another focus. In many
water supply systems, leakages are
a significant waste, and elimination
by trained personnel is highly
important.
Training by simulating a leakage us-

ing a valve, and subsequent location
of the leakage are useful exercises.
[X]

Water supply station 8024505 General training content Recommended training media
The station is fully assembled, wired and tested. Page 445 Workbook Water Supply
Page 76
3 l tank, capacitive proximity sensor, float switch, impeller flow sensor, ultrasound s ensor, Setting the pump to open- and Water supply
centrifugal pump, 2/2-way solenoid valve, 2-way ball valve with pneumatic semi-rotary closed-loop control mode and
drive, electric connection board, aluminium profile plate. determining the effect on the EDS
Water Management
Workbook
delivery rate
Determining the interaction
With CD-ROM

cables, accessory set and Getting Started technical documentation. between pressure and flow rate
in a piping system
For single operation, a water supply tank/ground water (order no. 8024503) is required. Controlling the water supply via
various valve types and showing
Necessary accessories, also order: the effects of shock loads
1x Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 Finding water losses in distribution Festo Didactic
1x Compressor Page 240 networks and showing problems in

8027888 en
1x Compressor accessories 102725 leakage detection

Measuring/controlling levels with Workbook Monitoring, Control
Recommended accessories: ultrasound sensors and Optimisation
1x Water supply tank/ground water 8024503 Understanding and applying the Workbook Energy Optimisation
1x DC wattmeter 573261 function of pneumatically driven WBT Open- and Closed-Loop
1x Trolley with plate 8039990 valves and fittings Control
1x Tool set 539767 WBT Process Automation
1x Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 Technical data Water supply technology
Operating pressure: training set Internet
4 6 bar (50 l/min) Sewage technology training set
Water (10 15 l) Internet
5 digital inputs
7 digital outputs
4 analogue inputs
1 analogue output
55 x 1200 x 400 mm
Maximum fill level

Minimum fill level
Losses (friction in gravity-fed pipe,
local network, service pipe to
premises)
Minimum supply
Upper pressure
limit of pressure zone
Maximum
supply
pressure
Water supply tank/ground water DC wattmeter
Main components: The DC wattmeter is a smart meter
Height of
pressure zone Systainer with T-LOC system, 30 l for training facilities with a 24 V DC
Adapter for piing connectors power supply and up to 120 W pow-
Submersible pump er consumption. All measured val-
Prefilter ues can be read out via data trans-
Lower limit of pressure zone Float switch mission with the integrated Ethernet
Water sieve port. Power consumption is read out
Mobile roller system as an analogue signal within a range
Order no. 8024503 of either 0 to 10 V DC or 4 to 20 mA.
Order no. 573261
Wastewater transport station

Water becomes wastewater
Function
The wastewater transport station
teaches control technology for
wastewater disposal and the asso-
ciated processes. It comprises four
sub-areas:
Feeding device for supplying a
soiled load
Sewage pipe section with branch
Tank with overflow rim as a rain
retention and sedimentation basin
Tank as a primary settlement tank
for the biological stage and the
option of starting sludge r emoval
via a pneumatically automated
fitting.
Plastic granules are used as the

soiled load and can be air-dried and
re-used after utilisation. Flooding
due to rainfall or problems trans-
porting solids can be simulated
realistically.
The fluids are supplied to the prima-

ry settlement tank via a pump. A flow
meter records the flow rate, which is
configured via a motor control sys-
tem of the pump or a proportional
media valve.
The media valve functions based

on the principle of a pneumatically
activated constriction-hose valve.
The throttle opening can be
configured via air pressure with a
proportional pressure regulator
valve. That allows the effects on
energy efficiency and the flow control
quality to be shown clearly.
[X]

Wastewater transport station 8024506 General training content Recommended training media
The station is fully assembled, wired and tested. Page 445 Workbook Wastewater transport
Page 76
3 l tank, including overflow rim, 1 l tank, gravity duct, capacitive proximity sensor, float Transporting solid matter in a Wastewater transport
switch, magnetic-inductive flow sensor, ultrasound sensor, centrifugal pump, proportion- sewer system using different flow
al media valve, proportional pressure regulator valve, pneumatic slide, metering screw for velocities EDS
Water Management
Workbook
metering solids, electric connection board, aluminium profile plate. Effects of exceeding the hydraulic
capacity
With CD-ROM
Including control system with FluidLab -EDS Water Management, EasyPort, connecting

Naming the basic mechanisms that
cables, 1x accessory set with sedimentation granules and Getting Started technical make flushing necessary
documentation. Functions of a rain overflow basin
Basic functions of sedimentation in
For single operation, a water supply tank/ground water (order no. 8024503) is required. a flow basin
Level measurement with an ultra- Festo Didactic
Necessary accessories, also order: sound sensor

8027889 en
1x Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 Functions of pneumatically driven

1x Compressor Page 240 valves and fittings Workbook Monitoring, Control
1x Compressor accessories 102725 and Optimisation
Technical data Workbook Energy Optimisation
Recommended accessories: Operating pressure: WBT Open- and Closed-Loop
1x Water supply tank/ground water 8024503 4 6 bar (50 l/min) Control
1x Sedimentation granules 8037688 Water (10 15 l) WBT Process Automation
1x DC wattmeter 573261 Power supply: 24 V DC Water supply technology
1x Trolley with plate 8039990 5 digital inputs training set Internet
1x Tool set 539767 5 digital outputs Sewage technology training set
1x Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 4 analogue inputs Internet
2 analogue outputs
1200 x 1200 x 400 mm
Water supply tank/ground water Compressor

Main components: Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45
Systainer with T-LOC system, 30 l dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited
Adapter for piing connectors for use in classrooms. With pressure
Submersible pump regulator and water separator.
Prefilter 230 V 91030
Float switch 110 V 565440
Water sieve
Mobile roller system
Order no. 8024503
Wastewater treatment station

More than just sludge treatment
Function
The station maps the physical func-
tions of wastewater treatment after
the sludge treatment and contains
an aeration tank and a secondary
settlement tank. Plastic granules are
used as the soiled load and can be
air-dried and re-used after utilisa-
tion. The sludge return has a flow
measurement system with an adjust-
able pump for setting and monitoring
the sludge return ratio.
The oxygen feeding on the station

functions using an electrically ad-
justable compressed air diaphragm
pump. Combined with the available
oxygen sensor, there is also an op-
tion of extending the oxygen feeding
system to a control circuit.
Economical oxygen regulation

Adding oxygen to water is not only
relevant in the wastewater sector,
but also in fish breeding or biore-
actors.
In order to guarantee energy-opti-

mised oxygen feeding, in-line oxygen
measurement is required and must
be combined with the oxygen feed-
ing actuator in a control circuit. That
avoids unnecessary energy use and
possible biochemical malfunction.
EDS Water Management forms a

neutral learning environment on the
subject of oxygen feeding regulation.
Periodic addition of sodium sulphite
(Na2SO3) to the upstream supply
water causes a continuous oxygen
consumption, thus simulating the
oxygen demand of bacteria eating up
organic substances in a real biologi-
cal treatment of wastewater.
Handling with real wastewater is too

[X] complex and therefore not planned.

Wastewater treatment station 8024507 General training content Recommended training media
The station is fully assembled, wired and tested. Page 445 Workbook Wastewater Treatment
Page 77
3 l tank, including an overflow rim, 10 l tank, ventilation system, capacitive proximity sen- Behaviour of flakes at different Wastewater treatment
sor, float switch, magnetic-inductive flow sensor, centrifugal pump, 2/2-way solenoid valve, flow velocities and different s olid
electric connection board, aluminium profile plate. loads EDS
Water Management
Workbook
Hydraulic overloading of a waste-

water treatment plant and the
With CD-ROM

cables, accessory set with sedimentation granules and Getting Started technical docu- consequences
mentation. Basic function of aerobic water
treatment
For single operation, a water supply tank/ground water (order no. 8024503) is required. Function of sludge return
Analogue level measurement via
Necessary accessories, also order: a pressure sensor Festo Didactic
1x Tabletop power supply unit Page 239

8027890 en
Training content with additional

Recommended accessories: oxygen measurement package Workbook Monitoring, Control and
1x Additional oxygen measurement package 8025418 Measuring the quantity of Optimisation
1x Water supply tank/ground water 8024503 dissolved oxygen Workbook Energy Optimisation
1x Sedimentation granules 8037688 Showing the advantages of contin- WBT Open- and Closed-Loop
1x DC wattmeter 573261 uous measurement/control of the Control
1x Trolley with plate 8039990 oxygen content WBT Process Automation
1x Tool set 539767 Water supply technology t raining
1x Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 Technical data set Internet
Water (10 15 l) Sewage technology training set
Power supply: 24 V DC Internet
5 digital inputs
5 digital outputs
4 analogue inputs
2 analogue outputs
710 x 900 x 400 mm
Water supply tank/ground water Additional oxygen measurement

Main components: package
Systainer with T-LOC system, 30 l Optional extension for the wastewa-
Adapter for piing connectors ter treatment station. Measuring cell
Submersible pump for dissolved oxygen with integrated
Prefilter optoelectronics. Measuring principle:
Float switch Oxygen-dependent luminescence.
Water sieve Order no. 8025418
Mobile roller system
Order no. 8024503
Sand filtration station

For the tough jobs
Function
This station focuses on the filtration
processes for separating solids
frequently used in drinking and
sewage technology. As in nature,
the sand layers are used to retain
the undissolved and suspended
pollutants via deep-bed filtration as
it trickles through. The pollutants
are trapped in the sand layer and
are deposited as filter cake. With
time, the permeability decreases,
the water level above the sand layer
rises and is recorded via sensing. The
sensor signal shuts off the inlet and
starts the backwash process.
Parameterisation of the filtration

process is configured on the PC via
the enclosed software, such as the
change of the backwash time or the
pressure adjustment of the purge air
to break up the filter cake.
The structure of the different filter

layers with quartz sand and quartz
gravel in different grain sizes and
corresponding monitoring of the
cleaning performance through the
transparent filter housing is a spe-
cial aspect.
[X]

Sand filtration station 8024508 General training content Recommended training media
The station is fully assembled, wired and tested. Page 445 Workbook Rapid sand filtration
Main components Learning content for project work Rapid sand filtration
3 l tank, including overflow rim, capacitive proximity sensor, float switch, magnetic- Separation of pollutants via a
inductive flow sensor, centrifugal pump, 4.75 l sand filter unit, proportional media valve, quartz sand and quartz gravel layer EDS
Water Management
Workbook
proportional pressure regulator valve, pneumatic valve terminal with 5/2-way solenoid Deep-bed filtration and structure of
a filter cake
With CD-ROM
valves, non-return valve, pressure sensor, electric connection board, aluminium profile
plate, 1x quartz sand and quartz gravel. Measurement of pressure loss via
the sand filter
Including a water supply tank/ground water, control system with FluidLab-EDS Water Automated filter process and sand
Management, EasyPort, connecting cables, accessory set and Getting Started technical filter backwashing
documentation. Parameterising the process steps
Functions of pneumatically driven Festo Didactic
Necessary accessories, also order: valves and fittings

8038815 en
1x Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 Creating a Micheau diagram

1x Compressor Page 240 Workbook Monitoring, Control
1x Compressor accessories 102725 Technical data and Optimisation
Operating pressure: Workbook Energy Optimisation
Recommended accessories: 4 6 bar (50 l/min) WBT Open- and Closed-Loop
1x DC wattmeter 573261 Water (10 15 l) Control
1x Trolley with plate 8039990 Power supply: 24 V DC WBT Process Automation
1x Tool set 539767 6 digital inputs Water supply technology t raining
1x Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 8 digital outputs set Internet
1x Quartz and and quartz gravel 8039989 4 analogue inputs Sewage technology training set
Dimensions (H x W x D): Internet
355 x 1350 x 400 mm
EDS_Katalog_005_de.eps
Tool set Quartz and and quartz gravel

The tool set is an aid to easy working Used in treating drinking and waste-
on stations. A practical mini-systain- water as a natural filter material.
er includes: Page 421 The filter medium is delivered in
Order no. 539767 various grain sizes to optimise sand
filtration.
Order no. 8039989
Membrane filtration station

For the finer things
Function
Membrane filtration is highly topical
in modern water treatment. Depend-
ing on the pore size, the principle is
used in water treatment.
Drinking water and wastewater treat-

ment in the form of microfiltration
and ultrafiltration is another area of
application. The objective of both
methods is retaining pathogenic
germs, for example. The differences
between the cross-flow and dead-
end filtration operating modes are
covered.
The membrane filtration station

maps both processes. In cross-flow
operation, the trans-membrane pres-
sure is set for optimal filter perfor-
mance. The inflows to and outflows
from membrane filters can be meas-
ured and thus the performance of the
membrane can be determined.
The backwash process takes place

automatically if the filter perfor-
mance is insufficient. Backwashing
uses system filtrate created previ-
ously. The pressure resistance test
checks the functionality of the mem-
brane.
Other typical applications include:

Reverse osmosis for seawater
desalination
Process water treatment in the
pharmaceutical industry
Steam generation in power stations
[X]

Membrane filtration station 8024509 General training content Recommended training media
The station is fully assembled, wired and tested. Page 445 Workbook Membrane filtration
Main components Learning content for project work Membrane filtration processes
3 l tank, including overflow rim, 3/2-way ball valve, membrane filter unit, capacitive Membrane filtration operating
proximity sensor, float switch, magnetic-inductive flow sensor, pneumatic valve t erminal modes like filtration and back- EDS
Water Management
Workbook
with 3/2-way solenoid valves, 5/2-way solenoid valve, membrane pump, proportional washing
Presentation of the theoretical
With CD-ROM
media valve, proportional pressure regulator valve, pressure sensor, electric connection
board, aluminium profile plate. basic principles of various
membrane filtration (micro-, ultra-,
Including control system with FluidLab-EDS Water Management, EasyPort, connecting nanofiltration and reverse osmosis)
cables, accessory set and Getting Started technical documentation. Process engineering differences
between the cross-flow and dead-
For single operation, a water supply tank/ground water (order no. 8024503) is required. end filtration Festo Didactic
Automated integrity test for quality

8038819 en
Necessary accessories, also order: testing the membrane via pneu-

1x Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 matic actuation and monitoring Workbook Monitoring, Control and
1x Compressor Page 240 Effect of the transmembrane Optimisation
1x Compressor accessories 102725 pressure on the filter performance Workbook Energy Optimisation
Functions of pneumatically driven WBT Open- and Closed-Loop
Recommended accessories: valves and fittings Control
1x Water supply tank/ground water 8024503 WBT Process Automation
1x DC wattmeter 573261 Technical data Water supply technology t raining
1x Membrane filter unit On request Operating pressure: set Internet
1x Trolley with plate 8039990 4 6 bar (50 l/min) Sewage technology training set
1x Tool set 539767 Water (10 15 l) Internet
1x Pipe and tubing cutter 7658 Power supply: 24 V DC
8 digital inputs
8 digital outputs
4 analogue inputs
2 analogue outputs
710 x 1250 x 400 mm
Reverse osmosis
ion
rat
e filt
ran Nanofiltration
mb
Me ic
om
Ultrafiltration ar Atdius
0b ra
-10
10 ts
r sal
ar ga ed
Microfiltration Su solv
0b Dis
3-2 < 0.001 m
s
use
Filtration* a r Vir 0.001 m
-5b
0,1
ar
b
0.01 m
-2 Water supply tank/ground water Membrane filter unit
0,1 cle Dissolved matter
u s
p ria Main components: Interchangeable filter unit with
cor act
e 0.1 m
od B
d blo Systainer with T-LOC system, 30 l a pore size of 0.02 m. Including
Re
1 m Adapter for piing connectors connections to the pipe system
Ions
llen Dissolved particles Submersible pump and blanking plug.
, po
Sa
nd 10 m
Particle matter Heavy metal ions Prefilter Order no. On request
Other smallest particles
Macromolecular substances
Float switch
> 1000 m Viruses Water sieve
* Screen filtration > 1000 m (1 mm) Particles Mobile roller system
Fine filtration > 500 m Algae Order no. 8024503
Particle filtration > 10 m Sand/clay
EDS Environmental Discovery System > Water Management > Basic water circuit system
Basic water circuit system

Fully equipped Four becomes one!
Function
Efficiency and economy are not only
in demand in the water sector save
time and money with the basic sys-
tem. The basic water circuit system,
comprising all necessary water sup-
ply and disposal stations which
also function independently of one
another.
Use in a control room

The students initially control the
individual stations in manual over-
ride using a simulation box.
The included EasyPorts are then

used to control and observe the
stations via the control software.
One PC, to which all four EasyPorts

are connected, controls the complete
system.
For perfect classes

The workbooks with theory sections
and exercise scenarios are perfect-
ly customised for the stations and
guarantee ideal class preparation.
[X]
The learning system components
map real processes, making the exer-
cises interesting and informative.
Additional oxygen measurement Additional chlorine measurement DC wattmeter
package package
Water supply tank/ground water EasyPort Simulation box, digital/analogue

EDS Environmental Discovery System > Water Management > Basic water circuit system
Basic water circuit system 8024501 General training content Recommended training media
The basic system stations are fully assembled, wired and tested. Page 445 Workbooks EDS Water Management
Water Treatment
The water circuit basic system contains: Learning content for project work Water Supply
1x Water treatment station All training content of the individual Wastewater Transport
1x Water supply station stations apply. It is supplemented Wastewater Treatment
1x Wastewater transport station with the following training content: Monitoring, Control and
1x Wastewater treatment station Showing dependences in a water Optimisation
1x Water supply tank/ground water including cables circuit Energy Optimisation
1x Additional chlorine measurement package Increasing the degree of complex- Pages 76 77
1x Additional oxygen measurement package ity by networking systems
1x Digital/analogue simulation box, including cables Identifying interactions of hydraulic Water purification
4x EasyPorts including cables flow and delivery rate beyond the

4x FluidLab-EDS Water Management Control Software limits of the station EDS
Water Management
Workbook
4x DC watt meters Getting to know the importance of

different pressure zones in a water
With CD-ROM
For single operation, a water supply tank/ground water (order no. 8024503) is required. supply network
Necessary accessories, also order: Technical data

1x Tabletop power supply unit Page 239 Operating pressure:
1x Compressor Page 240 4 6 bar (50 l/min)
1x Compressor accessories 102725 Water (30 40 l)
Festo Didactic
8027887 en
Recommended accessories: Dimensions (H x W x D):

3x Water supply tank/ground water 8024503 2760 x 1150 x 400 mm WBT Open- and Closed-Loop
5x Trolley with plate 8039990 Control
1x Tool set 539767 WBT Process Automation
1x Pipe and tubing cutter 7658
Commissioning service On request
Trolley with plate Compressor

Stable sheet steel construction with Oil-lubricated, extremely quiet (45
table plate. Dimensions (W x H x D dB (A)) compressor. Ideally suited
including rollers to bottom edge of for use in classrooms. With pressure
profile plate): 700 x 770 x 700 mm regulator and water separator.
Order no. 8039990 230 V 91030
110 V 565440
Index alphabetical
Appendix
19 4 mm Safety laboratory cables.......................................................................247

blank panel (16 HP) for the control panel...................................................343 5/2-way double pilot valve, pneumatically actuated...................... 105, 107, 125
blanking plate............................................................................................220 5/2-way double solenoid valve with LED................................ 109, 126, 230, 234
communication panels...............................................................................352 5/2-way solenoid valve with LED........................................... 109, 126, 230, 234
control panel..............................................................................................352 5/2-way valve
emergency stop module (9 HP)..................................................................343 pneumatically actuated at one end.................................................... 105, 125
emergency stop panel................................................................................343 with selector switch...................................................................................105
module 0V (6 HP).......................................................................................220 5/3-way proportional valve............................................................................127
module 16IN (12 HP).................................................................................219 5/3-way solenoid valve, mid position closed................................. 117, 123, 127
module 16OUT (12 HP)..............................................................................219 5/3-way valve, mid-position closed...............................................................125
module 24V (6 HP).....................................................................................220 5-fold plug socket strip with switch................................................................239
module 24V/0V (9 HP)...............................................................................220 5S Workstation organisation: WBT................................................................30
module 4AIN/2AOUT (6 HP).......................................................................219 6/3-way proportional hand lever valve.................................................. 155, 156
module 4OUTR (6 HP)................................................................................219
module 8IN (6 HP).....................................................................................219 A
module 8IN (6 HP), without switch............................................................219 A4
module 8OUT (6 HP)..................................................................................219 empty housing...........................................................................................249
module ASI (6 HP)......................................................................................219 ER mounting frame.............................................................................. 91, 238
module system connector 37-pin (9 HP)....................................................219 mounting frame...........................................................................................87
module system connector SysLink (9 HP)..................................................219 Accessory box................................................................................................240
module word processing (12 HP)...............................................................219 Actuating, networking, operating, monitoring, optimising.............................336
mounting frame.........................................................................................352 Actuators DC motor: WBT..............................................................................21
request module (3 HP)...............................................................................343 Adapter
spare panel (32 HP)...................................................................................352 for Stacking magazine module...................................................................349
2-way ball valve for EduKit PA with quarter-turn actuator DAPS.....................399 for Y-axis or weight....................................................................................127
2-way flow control valve................................................................. 135, 139, 152 AFB
2/2-way solenoid valve..................................................................................399 automatic warehouse station....................................................................434
2/2-way stem actuated valve, convertible......................................................137 Customised solutions: AFB factory hybrid production...............................440
2 mm Safety laboratory cables.......................................................................247 factory hybrid production..........................................................................424
3-way pressure reducing valve............................................... 137, 152, 155, 156 factory, focus on bulk goods......................................................................437
3/2-way fast-switching solenoid valve, normally closed................................117 filling station..............................................................................................432
3/2-way roller lever valve incoming goods/outgoing goods station...................................................435
with idle return, normally closed................................................................107 In focus: the production process for six-packs...........................................427
normally closed................................................................................. 105, 125 One training factory over 100 different training systems.........................439
normally open............................................................................................241 order compilation station...........................................................................433
3/2-way solenoid valve with LED, normally closed......................... 109, 126, 127 pallet transport system..............................................................................436
3/2-way valve stations, dispensing/sorting bulk goods...................................................438
pneumatically actuated at one end............................................ 105, 107, 125 training factory..........................................................................................430
with mushroom-head emergency switch (red), normally open...................107 Air pressure reservoir
3/2-way valve with pushbutton actuator 0.1 l...........................................................................................................123
normally closed................................................................. 105, 107, 125, 127 0.4 l........................................................................................... 117, 119, 127
normally open.................................................................................... 105, 125 AirCS Air Control System
with selector switch, normally closed........................................................105 accessory kit..............................................................................................129
4-way EduTrainer................................................................................................129
distributor..................................................................................................243 equipment set Advanced level................................................................128
distributor with pressure gauge.................................................................243 Allen Bradley MicroLogix connecting cable set....................... 407, 409, 411, 413
return header, unpressurised.....................................................................243 Aluminium profile plate.............................................................. 87, 91, 238, 353
4/2-way double solenoid valve, detenting.............................................139, 141 Aluminium tape..............................................................................................264
4/2-way hand lever valve, spring return................................................. 135, 152 Amprobe
4/2-way solenoid valve, spring return.................................... 139, 141, 147, 152 30XR-A digital multimeter..........................................................................246
4/3-way hand lever valve AC50A digital leakage current clamp.........................................................252
bypass mid-position (P > T), detenting.....................................................152 DR 705 phase sequence indicator...................................................... 187, 251
closed mid-position, detenting.......................................................... 135, 152 Analog sensor, inductive, M12.......................................................................229
relieving mid-position (AB > T), detenting................................. 135, 152, 159 Analogue cable
4/3-way crossover...................................................................................................254
proportional valve..............................................................................145, 147 parallel......................................................................................................254
regulating valve.................................................................................145, 151 Analogue extension
4/3-way solenoid valve FX1N..........................................................................................................341
bypass mid-position (P > T)......................................................................152 ML 1500.....................................................................................................340
closed mid-position................................................................... 139, 141, 152 Analogue I/O
relieving mid-position (AB > T).................................................. 143, 145, 152 module S7-SM334-4E/2A.................................................................. 210, 338
4 mm 2 mm safety measuring adapter........................................................248 terminal.....................................................................................................348
Index alphabetical
Analogue terminal..........................................................................................309 Case of cutaway pneumatic models.................................................................57

AS-Interface Changer module............................................................................. 232, 233, 299
addressing cable........................................................................................253 CIROS
addressing device......................................................................................253 Automation technology applications...........................................................45
cable..........................................................................................................232 Education Applying virtual learning environments....................................43
control unit................................................................................................232 Professional training in virtual learning environments.................................40
diffuse sensor............................................................................................232 Robotics applications..................................................................................44
extension FX1N..........................................................................................341 Studio Creating virtual learning environments..........................................42
Individual valve interface for M8 solenoid valve........................................232 Clamping/ejecting module.............................................................................303
I/O connection unit....................................................................................232 Classroom Manager learning management system.......................................32
master CP343-2.........................................................................................232 Closed-loop
master upgrade S7-300 CP 343-2 AS-i Master................................... 210, 338 hydraulics TP 511: Workbook............................................................... 61, 151
power supply.............................................................................................232 pneumatics: Workbook........................................................................ 56, 127
valve terminal (4 valve slices)....................................................................232 CNC
Automatic warehouse module .......................................................................283 technology from EMCO Efficient turning and milling...............................362
Automation technology/PLC training packages..............................................206 textbook......................................................................................................75
Automation CODESYS
with SIMATIC...............................................................................................68 provided by Festo........................................................................................47
with STEP 7 in LDR and FCH.........................................................................68 starter kit with CECC-LK and EasyPort USB................................................223
with STEP 7 in STL and SCL..........................................................................68 Colour sensor.................................................................................................315
Combiboard
B Digital and control technology EduTrainer........................................ 173, 175
Back pressure valve.......................................................................................107 Fundamentals EduTrainer.........................................................................171
Base plate......................................................................................................243 Combining stations........................................................................................320
Basic the functional lab equipment system for electrical engineering...........98 Communication-oriented approach to system malfunctions............................73
Basic electronics circuits: Workbook........................................................ 63, 169 Comparator............................................................................................127, 149
Basic mobile unit.............................................................................................86 Compliance: WBT.............................................................................................31
Basic Operator Panel (BOP-2)........................................................................195 Component set for electrical engineering/electronics....................................169
Basic pneumatic controllers: Practical knowledge...........................................56 Compressor....................................................................................................240
Basic principles of Compressor accessories................................................................................240
closed-loop control technology: Workbook.......................................... 64, 175 Connecting cable...........................................................................................343
digital technology: Workbook.............................................................. 64, 173 for linear potentiometer.............................................................................127
pneumatics and electropneumatics: Textbook.............................................56 for solenoid valves with M8 central plug....................................................254
stepper motor drive technology: Workbook......................................... 66, 201 Connection unit, analogue.............................................................................253
Basic stationary unit........................................................................................86 Content Builder: Devise and design your own training media..........................35
Basics of vacuum technology TP 230: Workbook..................................... 55, 119 Control and configure.....................................................................................276
Battery set for robot RV-2FB/RV-2SDB...........................................................295 Control console..............................................................................................352
Beha-Amprobe Control variants of the MPS PA Compact Workstation..................................403
AM-510 digital multimeter.........................................................................250 Conveyor module...........................................................................................344
AM-550 digital multimeter.........................................................................250 Cooling unit with heat exchanger...................................................................421
Telaris ProInstall-0100 installation meter...................................................251 Counterbalance valve............................................................................. 155, 156
Blanking plug.................................................................................................243 Coupling nipple..............................................................................................243
BNC 4 mm safety measuring adapter..........................................................248 Coupling socket.............................................................................................243
BNI IOL network interface Cover for cylinder...................................................................................123, 242
with 16 programmable inputs/outputs......................................................255 Cushioning cylinder for linear drive................................................................151
with 8 programmable inputs/outputs........................................................255 Customer orientation: WBT..............................................................................31
Book of solutions for the sample exercises from the CNC textbook..................75
Bottle set.......................................................................................................420 D
DC
C motor controller for clockwise/anti-clockwise rotation..............................293
C interface......................................................................................................348 wattmeter..........................................................................................421, 449
Cabinet systems...............................................................................................98 Detection module ..........................................................................................282
Cable Diaphragm accumulator with shut-off block................... 137, 143, 152, 155, 156
10-pin flat cable.........................................................................................220 Dictionary of Automation Technology...............................................................70
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector connector........................................349 Differential cylinder 16/10/200 with cover....................................................242
15-pin Sub-D HD cables: connector open................................................349 Diffuse sensor........................................................................................ 293, 305
16-pin flat cable.........................................................................................220 with background suppression....................................................................229
BNC 4 mm, BNC BNC............................................................................252 analogue....................................................................................................313
duct set......................................................................................................255 Digital extension ML 1500..............................................................................340
guide..................................................................................................... 88, 91 Digital I/O module
holder with hook-and-loop fastener (pack of 10).......................................347 SM323 16I/16O................................................................................. 210, 338
set to connect MM420 to transfer line.......................................................279 SM323 8I/8O..................................................................................... 210, 338
Index alphabetical
Digital I/O terminal (SysLink).........................................................................348 net board........................................................................................... 177, 181

DIN rail set.....................................................................................................255 operator and signalling unit............................................................... 187, 189
Discover MPS 200: WBT.................................................................................21 plug sockets...................................................................................... 189, 197
Displacement encoder for cylinder.................................................................242 regulating transformer....................................................................... 189, 196
Dolly truck for Systainer.................................................................................256 servo motor controller...............................................................................199
Double non-return valve, delockable..................................................... 155, 156 stepper motor controller............................................................................201
Double-acting subdistributor............................................................................................177
cylinder.......................................................105, 107, 109, 125, 126, 230, 234 supply unit.................................................................................................202
profile cylinder...........................................................................................121 three-phase current supply................................................................ 187, 189
Drawing template.............................................................................................75 EduTrainer Compact preferred variants
Drill hole monitoring module.........................................................................280 with SIMATIC S7-1200...............................................................................216
Drilling with SIMATIC S7-300.................................................................................217
application module ...................................................................................284 with LOGO! 8..............................................................................................215
module.............................................................................................. 281, 303 with Festo CECC.........................................................................................218
WBT.............................................................................................................27 EduTrainer Universal For maximum flexibility.............................................208
Driving/tractive load......................................................................................125 EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions Laboratory
Dual-pressure valve (AND)............................................................. 105, 107, 125 A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-1200 and 19 simulation modules.....................211
DUO cable......................................................................................................232 A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300 and 19 simulation modules.......................210
DVD Electropneumatics/Electrohydraulics, Basic level.............................. 57, 59 A4/A4 rack Allen-Bradley CompactLogix 19 simulation modules.............213
A4/A4 rack SIMATIC S7-1500 and 19 simulation modules.......................212
E EduTrainer Universal Preferred versions MPS/MPS PA
EasyPort USB...................................................................................................50 A4 rack with Allen Bradley ML 1500...........................................................340
EDS Water Management A4 rack with Festo CPX-CEC...............................................................339, 420
Additional chlorine measurement package................................................447 A4 rack with Mitsubishi MELSEC FX1N.......................................................341
Additional oxygen measurement package.................................................453 A4 rack with SIMATIC S7-300.....................................................................338
Basic water circuit system: Fully equipped Four becomes one!...............458 EGC linear axis 600 mm including mounting kit............................. 199, 201, 202
Discovering the water circuit......................................................................444 Ejection module, pneumatic...........................................................................281
Energy optimisation in water and Electric
wastewater treatment plants: Workbook.................................................77 drives 1: WBT...............................................................................................22
Membrane filtration station: For the finer things........................................456 drives 2: WBT...............................................................................................22
Monitoring, controlling and optimising operations: Workbook....................77 gripper.......................................................................................................264
Sand filtration station: For the tough jobs..................................................454 gripper arm................................................................................................265
Wastewater transport station: Water becomes wastewater.......................450 machines...................................................................................................190
Wastewater transport: Workbook................................................................76 Electrical engineering
Wastewater treatment station: More than just sludge treatment...............452 1: WBT.........................................................................................................18
Wastewater treatment: Workbook...............................................................77 2: WBT.........................................................................................................18
Water supply station: To the very last drop ...............................................448 /Electronics training packages Modern and exciting training..................166
Water purification: Water = Drinking water?..............................................446 Textbook and Solutions...............................................................................67
Water purification: Workbook......................................................................76 Electrical
Water supply: Workbook..............................................................................76 mini slide SLTE...........................................................................................315
Water supply technology training set.........................................................447 protective measures: WBT ..........................................................................17
EduKit PA safety measures for metalworking occupations: Workbook.......................181
Advanced...................................................................................................399 signal input/output...................................................................................255
Basic..........................................................................................................399 Electrohydraulics
The introduction to process engineering and closed-loop control..............396 Advanced level TP 602: Workbook....................................................... 60, 143
Unpack and away you go...........................................................................398 Basic level TP 601: Workbook.............................................................. 60, 139
Workbook ........................................................................................... 74, 399 WBT.............................................................................................................16
EduTrainer Electronic pressure sensor, 0 10 bar............................................................121
24 V power supply unit..............................................................................239 Electronics 1: WBT............................................................................................19
AC measurement board..................................................................... 189, 191 Electronics 2: WBT............................................................................................19
basic power supply unit with integrated measuring module......................169 Electropneumatic control technology.............................................................126
basic power supply unit without integrated measuring module.................169 Electropneumatics
Compact: Integration into the workstation systems Advanced level TP 202: Workbook....................................................... 54, 113
Learnline and Learntop..........................................................................214 Basic level TP 201: Workbook.............................................................. 54, 108
contactor board................................................................................. 187, 189 WBT.............................................................................................................15
Dahlander switch.......................................................................................203 EMC
Empty housing...........................................................................................253 motor cable................................................................................................195
field rheostat..................................................................................... 189, 196 resistant drive systems: Information and backgrounds..............................192
for mini control systems.............................................................................221 Emergency stop
house installation.............................................................................. 177, 181 board.........................................................................................................343
load resistance.................................................................................. 189, 197 pushbutton, electrical........................................................................113, 143
motor switches.................................................................................. 189, 203 Environmental protection in the office: WBT....................................................28
Index alphabetical
EPLAN Float switch sensor, top.................................................................................399

Education: Classroom licence......................................................................38 Flow control valve...........................115, 119, 145, 147, 151, 152, 155, 156, 161
Electric P8, version 2: Practical training for beginners.................................39 Flow dividing valve.........................................................................................137
Equipment sets Flow meter.....................................................................................................399
TP 101 Basic level: Basic pneumatics training.........................................104 Flow sensor............................................................................................152, 246
TP 102 Advanced level: Advanced pneumatics training...........................106 for EduKit PA incl. transducer.....................................................................399
TP 111: Basic closed-loop pneumatics training..........................................127 0.5 50 l/min, analogue.................................................................... 115, 121
TP 201 Basic level: Basic electropneumatics training..............................108 Fluidic Muscle
TP 202 Advanced level: Advanced electropneumatics training................112 Press module.............................................................................................309
TP 210 Advanced level: Measurement and control with FluidLab-P.......114 size 10.......................................................................................................117
TP 220 Advanced level: Drives in pneumatics..........................................116 FluidLab
TP 230 Advanced level: Vacuum technology............................................118 AirCS 1.0 single licence............................................................................129
TP 240 Advanced level: Sensors in pneumatics.......................................120 H Single licence.........................................................................................145
TP 250 Advanced level: Safety in pneumatic systems.............................122 M Single license.........................................................................................163
TP 301: Programmable logic controllers.....................................................230 PA process: Getting started in process engineering.............................49, 417
TP 401 Fieldbus technology AS-interface................................................232 PA closed loop: Control engineering in focus.......................................49, 417
TP 402 Fieldbus technology Profibus-DP.................................................233 P Single license..........................................................................................115
TP 501 Basic level: Basic training in hydraulics.......................................134 FluidSIM
TP 502 Advanced level: Hydraulics for advanced users...........................136 5..................................................................................................................36
TP 511 Basic closed-loop hydraulics training..........................................150 Brief instructions for FluidSIM..........................................................111, 140
TP 601 Basic level: Basic training in electrohydraulics............................138 Fluke
TP 602 Advanced level: Electrohydraulics for advanced students............142 115 digital multimeter...............................................................................250
TP 610 Advanced level: Measurement and control with FluidLab-H.......144 179 digital multimeter...............................................................................250
TP 701 Basic level: Basic proportional hydraulics training......................146 1654B installation tester for VDE 0100......................................................251
TP 702 Advanced level: Advanced proportional hydraulics training.........148 Force sensor...................................................................................................241
TP 800 Mobile hydraulics: From basic principles to mobile machine.......153 Forklift............................................................................................................265
TP 801 Basic level: Mobile hydraulics Working hydraulics 1.................154 Friedrich Book of Tables: Electrical Engineering/Electronics............................67
TP 802 Advanced level: Mobile hydraulics Hydrostatic steering system...158 Front-panel connector....................................................................................254
TP 803 Advanced level: Mobile hydraulics Working hydraulics 2..........160 Function
TP 810 Advanced level: Diagnostic system FluidLab-M..........................162 generator...................................................................................................252
TP 1010: Basic principles of electrical engineering generator/counter/stopwatch...................................................................117
for metalworking occupations...............................................................170 Fundamentals of
TP 1011: Fundamentals of electrical engineering/electronics....................168 AC machines: Workbook...................................................................... 65, 189
TP 1012: Basic principles of digital technology..........................................172 alternating current technology: Workbook........................................... 63, 169
TP 1013: Basic principles of control technology.........................................174 circuits with contacts: Workbook......................................................... 65, 187
TP 1110: Electrical safety measures for metalworking occupations...........180 DC machines: Workbook...................................................................... 65, 189
TP 1111: Power supply systems and protective measures.........................176 direct current technology: Workbook................................................... 63, 169
TP 1131: KNX/EIB compact board..............................................................182 hydraulics and electrohydraulics: Textbook.................................................59
TP 1211: Basic principles of circuits with contacts.....................................186 semiconductors: Workbook................................................................. 63, 169
TP 1311: Sensors for object detection.......................................................228 servo motor drive technology: Workbook............................................ 66, 199
TP 1410: Servo brake and drive system.....................................................188 three-phase current machines: Workbook........................................... 65, 189
TP 1421: Servo motor drive technology.....................................................198 Funnel............................................................................................................245
TP 1422: Stepper motor drive technology..................................................200
ER mounting frame..........................................................................................87 G
Ethernet cable................................................................................................254 Glossary of electrical drive technology.............................................................66
Ethernet extension GRAFCET
FX1N..........................................................................................................341 drawing template.........................................................................................75
ML 1500.....................................................................................................340 WBT.............................................................................................................23
Graphical operator terminal...........................................................................295
F Gripper, pneumatic........................................................................................295
FED-CEC touch panel CODESYS....................................................................223
Festo CECC CODESYS V3 compact controller................................................224 H
Festo CPX connecting cable set.............................................. 407, 409, 411, 413 Handles for Systainer/container inserts.........................................................257
Fibre-optic Holder module...............................................................................................305
cable..........................................................................................................229 Hose holder............................................................................................... 88, 91
unit............................................................................................................229 Hose line
Fieldbus with quick release couplings......................................................................243
node CTEU.................................................................................................349 without quick release couplings................................................................243
technology AS-Interface/Profibus-DP: Workbooks......................................71 Hydraulic
technology: WBT..........................................................................................25 motor......................................................... 135, 143, 147, 151, 152, 155, 156
Fixed drawer unit for installation in mobile workstations......................... 86, 155 oil (DIN 51524)..........................................................................................245
Flat storage....................................................................................................264 punch station.............................................................................................311
Index alphabetical
Hydraulic power pack EduTrainer universal experimental board.................................................185

with a constant-displacement pump, 230 V...............................................245 energy function package.................................................................... 183, 185
with a fixed displacement pump, 110 V......................................................245 IP/WLAN function package................................................................ 183, 185
with LS variable and constant displacement pump combination, logic/time function package.............................................................. 183, 185
three-phase AC, variants........................................................................244 manual on house and building systems technology..................................183
with two constant-displacement pumps and one motor, AC.......................245 room climate function package.......................................................... 183, 185
with two constant-displacement pumps and two motors, AC.....................244 Training documentation.............................................................................183
with two fixed displacement pumps and one three-phase AC motor..........245
with two fixed displacement pumps and two three-phase AC motors........244 L
Hydraulics LabCreator: the professional design programme for laboratories....................89
Advanced level TP 502: Workbook....................................................... 60, 137 Laboratory furniture: Swing, Basic and cabinet systems..................................92
Basic level TP 501: Workbook.............................................................. 60, 135 Laser scanner.................................................................................................266
Training packages Tailored training in Lathe
industrial and mobile hydraulics............................................................132 Concept TURN 105.....................................................................................365
WBT.............................................................................................................16 Concept TURN 250.....................................................................................365
Concept TURN 450.....................................................................................366
I Concept TURN 60 ......................................................................................365
I/O board for EduKit PA..................................................................................399 Learnline and Learntop: The universal laboratory furniture..............................80
I/O data cable Learnline
crossover, with terminal socket..................................................................254 mobile: More versatile than ever!................................................................82
with one SysLink connector as per IEEE 488 and stationary: Ergonomic and flexible...............................................................84
bare cable-end sleeves..........................................................................254 Learntop
with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488)...........................................................254 A..................................................................................................................90
with SysLink connectors (IEEE 488), crossover............ 51, 407, 409, 411, 413 L...................................................................................................................90
I/O level converter 5 V 24 V.......................................................................249 S..................................................................................................................90
IC zero insertion force socket.........................................................................249 The low-cost desktop mounting system.......................................................90
iCIM Lifting module................................................................................................301
3000 the complete training system with potential..................................384 Light barrier ..................................................................................................291
Customised solutions: iCIM engineering service........................................386 Light tower module........................................................................................343
The platform for professional interdisciplinary CIM training. Limit switch, electrical
With perfectly matched software...........................................................382 left-actuated...................................................... 109, 126, 139, 141, 145, 149
IEC power cable.............................................................................................239 right-actuated.................................................................... 109, 139, 141, 149
90.............................................................................................................239 Linear drive....................................................................................................151
iFactory pneumatic, with guide and accessories.....................................................127
References: University of Stuttgart, IFF......................................................391 size 18, 170 mm stroke..............................................................................117
The modules..............................................................................................390 Loading unit/cylinder load simulator.............................................................242
Training factory for production planning and factory organisation.............388 Logistics Kit....................................................................................................264
Indicator unit and distributor, electrical................................. 126, 229, 230, 234 LOGO!
Inductive sensor.............................................................................................317 Soft Comfort V8...........................................................................................47
analogue....................................................................................................264 Training: WBT...............................................................................................24
Innovative technology and innovative learning..............................................426
Insertion module ...........................................................................................283 M
Inspection camera module.............................................................................282 Machine Vision: WBT........................................................................................25
Instructional material for Siemens S7, STEP 7 and Festo valve terminals.........69 Manifold................................................................. 105, 109, 125, 127, 230, 234
Intelligent Operator Panel (IOP).....................................................................195 Manual Siemens S7-300..................................................................................69
Interfaces to the process................................................................................235 Materials science: WBT....................................................................................27
Internet search: WBT........................................................................................29 Measuring
IO-Link DA interface.......................................................................................349 and controlling as in industry.....................................................................416
IT network EduTrainer...................................................................................179 case...........................................................................................................246
container for hydraulic oil..........................................................................246
J lead holder................................................................................................247
Joining application module ............................................................................285 Measuring module.........................................................................................301
analogue....................................................................................................281
K Mechatronics Assistant..................................................................................319
KNX Membrane filter unit......................................................................................457
Advanced course documentation...............................................................183 Micro Memory Card........................................................................................254
Basic course documentation......................................................................183 MicroFMS.......................................................................................................368
Building automation with KNX: Workbook........................................... 64, 183 Control and communication principles.......................................................370
cable set....................................................................................................249 Customised solutions................................................................................374
EduTrainer heating actuator.............................................................183, 184 MicroMaster 420 EduTrainer................................................................194, 279
EduTrainer line connector................................................................183, 184 Milling machine
EduTrainer louvre............................................................................. 183, 185 Concept MILL 105......................................................................................364
Index alphabetical
Concept MILL 250......................................................................................364 Simply build it yourself..............................................................................418

Concept MILL 450......................................................................................366 Understanding process automation seminars and workshops................419
Concept MILL 55........................................................................................364 MPS stations
Milling: WBT.....................................................................................................27 Distributing station: Getting started with MPS.........................................298
Mini I/O terminal............................................................................................348 Distributing/Conveyor station start-up...................................................290
Mitsubishi Fluidic Muscle Press station: Powerful.......................................................308
GX Trainer Package......................................................................................47 Handling station, electrical: up-to-date with electric drives.......................306
MELSEC connecting cable set............................................ 407, 409, 411, 413 Handling station, pneumatic: All-rounder with pneumatic linear drive.......304
Mobile hydraulics TP 800: Workbook....................................................... 61, 157 Mechatronic systems for world champions................................................286
Mobile valve block, Load sensing...................................................................161 Pick&Place station small is beautiful......................................................292
Monitor bracket, long and short.......................................................................88 Processing station: Purely electrical..........................................................302
Motor Punching station: Hydraulics power...........................................................310
controller SFC-DC.......................................................................................315 Robot station The base for your robot applications.................................294
protection switch.......................................................................................191 Robot station with MPS modules industrial robotics.............................296
technology contactor set................................................................... 187, 189 Separating station: Flexibility....................................................................312
Mounting accessories for position encoder....................................................127 Simply build it yourself..............................................................................318
Mounting frame/mounting set for inclined mounting of the profile plate.........87 Storing station: In and out, electrically......................................................314
Mounting kit Sorting station: Finally...............................................................................316
for cylinders...............................................................................................242 Testing station: Focus on sensors..............................................................300
for hydraulic cylinder with weight................................................................91 The stations in the Modular Production System at a glance.......................288
MPS MPS Transfer Factory
A4 assembly board....................................................................................347 Customised solutions................................................................................380
A4 mounting frame....................................................................................346 From transfer system to convertible factory...............................................376
A4 mounting profile...................................................................................346 The concept in detail..................................................................................378
commissioning service..............................................................................318 MPS Transfer System
door...........................................................................................................346 Ejection Module, pneumatic: Workbook......................................................72
drawer set..................................................................................................347 Frequency Converter MM420: Workbook.....................................................72
height adjustment.....................................................................................346 Get moving with mechatronics and electronics training.............................274
module door..............................................................................................342 Measuring Module, analogue: Workbook....................................................72
module door with active locking mechanism.............................................342 Turning Module: Workbook..........................................................................72
module light curtain..................................................................................342 MR6 Milling cell with robot loading............................................................372
module safety engineering holder system.................................................342 MTLR11 Turning and milling with robot on linear axis..................................373
pallet transfer line .....................................................................................284 Multimedia training programmes: Well-preparedknowledge...........................14
slotted mounting plate..............................................................................347 Multimedia workstations.................................................................................98
The modular production system: From module to learning factory............272 Multi-pin plug distributor...............................................................................307
trolley, 700 x 350.......................................................................................346 Multiple tubing holder strip set......................................................................240
MPS 200 Mushroom-head safety switch.......................................................................123
Complete systems with blended learning package and my|eCampus: Learning on the Internet around the clock............................14, 34
modular expansion options ..................................................................322
202-Mechatronics......................................................................................324 N
203-Fieldbus..............................................................................................326 Non-return valve.....................................119, 123, 135, 137, 139, 149, 152, 155
210-Mechatronics......................................................................................328 delockable..........................107, 113, 115, 119, 123, 125, 135, 143, 149, 152
MPS 500-FMS Null modem cable.................................................................................. 199, 201
501-505 FMS.............................................................................................334
512-FMS....................................................................................................335 O
516-FMS....................................................................................................332 Offers for fieldbus training.............................................................................231
Flexible production compatible, modular and versatile...........................330 Oil drip tray for Learntop-S workstation...........................................................91
MPS PA Oil spillage/protective mat...............................................................................88
Water Bulk materials Chemicals Energy: One-way flow control valve............................................ 105, 107, 109, 117, 125
Training in process automation..............................................................394 127, 135, 139, 147, 152, 241
Workbook............................................................ 74, 407, 409, 411, 413, 415 One-way light barrier
MPS PA Compact Workstation receiver......................................................................................................229
Manual......................................................................................................403 transmitter.................................................................................................229
Measurement, open and closed loop control in minimal space..................400 On-off valve with filter/regulator, 5 m..........................................................241
with level, flow rate, pressure and temperature controlled systems..........402 Open- and closed-loop control: WBT................................................................23
MPS PA stations and complete systems.......................................................404 Operating and observing the right solution for every operating task...........352
204 Complete system..............................................................................414 Operational amplifier.....................................................................................249
Bottling station..........................................................................................412 Operational status display.............................................................................123
Commissioning service..............................................................................418 Operator unit.................................................................................................420
Filtration station........................................................................................406
Mixing station............................................................................................408 P
Reactor station..........................................................................................410 PA workpiece set....................................................................................351, 420
Index alphabetical
PC adapter.....................................................................................................254 Profibus
PC data cable RS232......................................................................................254 cable..........................................................................................................254
Personnel management: WBT..........................................................................31 -DP valve terminal (8 valve slices), with 16-way input stage..............233, 234
PicAlfa module Profile plate connector...................................................................................353
electrical....................................................................................................307 Programmable logic controllers
pneumatic..................................................................................................305 basic level: Textbook....................................................................................71
Pick&Place module........................................................................................345 basic level: Workbook.......................................................................... 71, 230
PID controller......................................................................................... 127, 151 in practice....................................................................................................71
Pilot valves (Joystick), 2x2-channel................................................................161 Programming cable
Pipe and tubing cutter....................................................................................240 FX1N..........................................................................................................341
Plastic tubing.................................................................................................240 ML 1500.....................................................................................................340
PLC programming in accordance with IEC 61131: WBT.....................................24 Programming instructions for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB..................................295
Plug-in adapter Project management: WBT...............................................................................29
set....................................................................................................... 91, 238 Projects for teaching the topics of control technology......................................74
electrical....................................................................................................254 ProLog Factory
Pneumatic Logistics Communication Mechatronics Robotics..............................354
control engineering, exercises and solutions.............................................124 Technologies and processes Top issues in the ProLog Factory.................356
control technology, exercises for trainees..................................................124 Proportional amplifier............................................................................145, 147
drives, TP 220: Workbook.................................................................... 55, 116 Proportional hydraulics
preset counter...........................................................................................107 Advanced level TP 702: Workbook....................................................... 61, 149
slide module..............................................................................................301 Basic level TP 701: Workbook.............................................................. 61, 147
Pneumatic timer Basic level: Textbook...................................................................................59
normally closed................................................................................. 105, 125 Proportional pressure
normally open............................................................................................107 relief valve.........................................................................................145, 147
Pneumatics training packages.......................................................................102 regulator....................................................................................................115
Pneumatics Protective cover for weight, 9 kg....................................................................242
Advanced level TP 102: Workbook....................................................... 54, 107 Proximity sensor
Basic level TP 101: Workbook.............................................................. 54, 105 capacitive, M12.......................................................... 113, 126, 149, 229, 230
WBT.............................................................................................................15 electronic................................................................................... 117, 139, 141
Poka Yoke: WBT...............................................................................................30 electronic, with cylinder mounting..................................... 109, 126, 230, 234
Position encoder............................................................................................127 inductive, M12........................................... 113, 126, 143, 147, 152, 229, 230
Position transmitter, 0 50 mm, analogue.....................................................121 inductive, M18...........................................................................................229
Power supply magneto-resistive......................................................................................229
systems and protective measures: Workbook...................................... 64, 177 optical, M12....................................................................... 109, 126, 149, 230
unit for mounting frame.............................................................................239 pneumatic, with cylinder attachment................................................. 105, 125
PowerLab.........................................................................................................99 Textbook......................................................................................................70
light.............................................................................................................99 PSURemote Software.....................................................................................171
Practical knowledge: GRAFCET.........................................................................69 Pump.............................................................................................................399
Preset counter, electronic.......................................................................113, 143
Press-fitting module ......................................................................................283 Q
Pressure balance (proportional flow control valve)........................................147 Quality with a certificate....................................................................................4
Pressure compensator Quartz and and quartz gravel.........................................................................455
downstream (post)....................................................................................161 Quick-exhaust valve............................................................................... 105, 125
for open centre load sensing.............................................................. 155, 156 Quick-Fix
upstream (pre)...........................................................................................161 clamping adapter.......................................................................................241
Pressure screw adapter............................................................................................241
filter........................................................................................... 145, 147, 151
gauge..................................................105, 125, 127, 135, 139, 147, 151, 152 R
regulator valve with gauge......................................................... 105, 115, 121 RCD A/B EduTrainer.....................................................................................178
relief unit...................................................................................................243 Recognition module.......................................................................................301
Pressure relief valve.......................................................................................139 Reflector (triple mirror), 20 mm......................................................................229
compensated.....................................................................................137, 143 Relay
piloted ......................................................................................................152 three-fold....................................109, 113, 126, 139, 141, 143, 147, 149, 152
Pressure sensor.....................................................................................246, 309 time-delay relay.........................................................................................255
0 400 mbar..............................................................................................399 Releasing tool................................................................................................240
analog........................................................................................................127 Renewable energies: WBT................................................................................28
with display....................................................................... 109, 115, 126, 129 Replacement filter cartridge...........................................................................421
Pressure sequence valve........................................................................ 105, 125 Resistance hose line with quick release couplings.........................................243
Pressure switch Retro-reflective sensor........................................................................... 229, 317
0 -1 bar............................................................................................ 119, 121 RFID module..................................................................................................282
electronic...........................................................................................152, 246 Robot
Process automation: WBT................................................................................26 assembly module.......................................................................................297
Index alphabetical
handling module........................................................................................297 Set of feet and device handle.........................................................................195

interface box..............................................................................................353 Set of posters
Robot RV-2FB on hydraulics...............................................................................................62
with R56TB touch panel.............................................................................295 on pneumatics.............................................................................................58
with Teachbox R32TB.................................................................................295 Set of test objects..........................................................................................229
Robot Vision Cell.................................................................................................. Setpoint value card................................................................................147, 149
Robotics and vision........................................................................................360 Sewage technology training set.....................................................................447
Robotics trends in focus.................................................................................358 Shock absorber..............................................................................................127
Robotino Shock and anti-cavitation valve.....................................................................159
For research and education: Premium Edition and Basic Edition ...............262 Shut-off valve......................................................................... 135, 139, 152, 155
Implementing your own applications with Robotino ................................268 Shuttle valve.......................................................................................... 155, 156
New potential at all levels .........................................................................260 (OR)........................................................................................... 105, 107, 125
Project ideas .............................................................................................269 Signal converter for position transmitter........................................................121
SIM............................................................................................................267 Signal input, electrical........................................................... 109, 113, 126, 127
SIM Professional........................................................................................267 139, 141, 147, 152, 230, 234
Workbook..................................................................................................263 Silencer and sealing rings..............................................................................240
Rotary indexing table module........................................................................303 SIMATIC S7
Rotary/linear transfer module........................................................................309 connecting cable set.......................................................... 407, 409, 411, 413
RSLogix EduTrainer Compact......................................................... 407, 409, 411, 413
500 Starter..................................................................................................47 EduTrainer ET 200S..........................................................................233, 234
5000 Lite Edition..........................................................................................47 Simulation box
5000 Mini Edition.........................................................................................47 digital........................................................................................................253
Rubber feet...................................................................................... 91, 238, 353 digital/analogue........................................................................................253
Ruler..............................................................................................................127 Sinamics G120 EduTrainer............................................................................194
Single-acting cylinder............................................................. 105, 109, 125, 230
S Skills for the Electrical Industry: Textbook........................................................67
Safety Slide module..................................................................................................305
engineering: WBT.........................................................................................26 Slide unit........................................................................................................229
housing......................................................................................................295 Slotted mounting plate............................................................................ 91, 238
in pneumatic systems TP 250: Workbook............................................. 55, 123 Software
jumper plugs..............................................................................................248 for Beha-Amprobe Telaris ProInstall-0100..................................................251
laboratory cable, 3 m.................................................................................254 for Fluke 1653B/1654B DMS 0100/INST...................................................251
Safety relay Learning, controlling, simulating..................................................................12
for emergency stop and safety door...........................................................123 The principle of the interchangeable controller..........................................367
from Pilz.....................................................................................................343 Sorting gate
from Sick....................................................................................................343 module, pneumatic....................................................................................317
Sealing ring for blanking plug........................................................................243 /separator module, pneumatic..................................................................313
Sedimentation granules.........................................................................451, 453 Stack magazine module......................................................................... 232, 233
Selective RCD EduTrainer.............................................................................178 Stacking magazine
Semi-rotary drive, size 16, 184.....................................................................117 application module ...................................................................................284
Sensor module..............................................................................................280, 344
cable M8/M8, 50 cm.......................................................................... 232, 233 module (end caps).....................................................................................311
cable M8/safety plug.........................................................................233, 234 Startdrive software incl. USB cable................................................................195
technology 1: WBT ......................................................................................20 Starting current limiter...................................................................................313
technology 2: WBT ......................................................................................20 Start-up valve with filter control valve............................................................299
tester.........................................................................................................253 Status controller.................................................................................... 127, 151
capacitive..................................................................................................399 Steady-speed cylinder with covers.................................................................242
ultrasound.................................................................................................399 Steering unit (Orbitrol)...................................................................................159
Sensors for object detection: Workbook.................................................. 70, 229 STEP 7
Sensors in pneumatics TP 240: Workbook............................................... 55, 121 Fundamentals..............................................................................................69
Service with Value added...................................................................................6 Professional for Training..............................................................................46
Servo motor Software for Students..................................................................................46
drive unit...................................................................................................199 Trainer Package........................................................................... 46, 232, 233
MTR-DCI.....................................................................................................315 Trainer Package Upgrade.............................................................................46
Set of 4 mm angled safety adapters...............................................................248 Stepper module.............................................................................................107
Set of components expansion..................................................................................................241
for control technology................................................................................175 Stepper motor drive unit................................................................................201
for digital technology.................................................................................173 Stop, 35 mm adjustment path........................................................................121
for electrical engineering...........................................................................171 Stopper module.............................................................................................317
Set of empty component housings Storage plate...................................................................................................88
2-pin..........................................................................................................249 Suction gripper
3-pin..........................................................................................................249 10 mm diameter................................................................................. 121, 125
Index alphabetical
20 CS with vacuum security valve..............................................................119 SIMATIC S7-1200 DC/DC/DC.....................................................................224

20 SN.........................................................................................................119 SIMATIC S7-1513-1PN ...............................................................................225
20 SS.........................................................................................................119 SIMATIC S7-1516F-3PN/DP........................................................................225
30 SN.........................................................................................................119 SIMATIC S7-314C-2PN/DP.........................................................................225
30 SS.........................................................................................................119 Upgrade WinCC flexible/WinCC Advanced....................................................48
4x20 ON.....................................................................................................119 WinCC flexible/WinCC Advanced.......................................................... 48, 227
Supplementary equipment sets WinCC/Web Navigator.................................................................................48
Controllers for fluid engineering................................................................110 Training and Consulting.....................................................................................8
Controlling using FluidSIM/EasyPort USB........................................110, 140 Training document Process optimisation.......................................................73
from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 and Advanced level TP 502 to Training documentation
Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601.....................................................141 The safe system............................................................................................73
from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to MPS Conveyor project kit...........................................................................73
Electrohydraulics, Basic level TP 601.....................................................141 MPS Distribution Station............................................................................73
from Hydraulics, Basic level TP 501 to MPS Sorting Station...................................................................................73
Mobile hydraulics, Working hydraulics 1 TP 801....................................156 Transfer line: Combine and expand................................................................278
from TP 201 to TP 301................................................................................230 Trolley............................................................................................................420
to upgrade from Pneumatics, Basic level TP 101 to with plate...................................................................................................459
Electropneumatics, Basic level TP 201...................................................109 Tubing cutter..................................................................................................240
TP 401 DP..................................................................................................234 Tubing line for unpressurised return..............................................................243
Swing Tunnel furnace application module ...............................................................285
Configuration example.................................................................................94 Turning application module ...........................................................................285
flexible solutions, configuration examples...................................................96 Turning module......................................................................................280, 345
Systainer/container.......................................................................................257 Turning: WBT....................................................................................................27
Systainer with T-LOC system.........................................................................256
System overview............................................................................................277 U
Universal
T adapter......................................................................................................241
T110 VDE voltage and continuity tester.........................................................251 bracket........................................................................................................88
Table extension................................................................................................88 connection unit, digital (SysLink)...............................................................253
Tabletop power supply unit.................................................................... 239, 353 patch panel EduTrainer............................................................................169
Tank, round....................................................................................................421 USB adapter RS232............................................................................... 199, 201
Tasks, log sheets, exercise circuits.................................................................126
T-connector (Quick Star quick push-in fitting)................................................240 V
T-distributor...........................................................................................152, 243 Vacuum
Teachware Teaching materials for basic and advanced training.....................52 gauge.........................................................................................................119
Team performance: WBT..................................................................................31 generator................................................................................... 119, 121, 125
Technical manual for Mitsubishi robot RV-2FB...............................................295 switch........................................................................................................299
Tektronix Value stream analysis and mapping: WBT........................................................30
TBS1052B-EDU digital storage oscilloscope..............................................252 Valve slice......................................................................................................291
TDS 2004C digital storage oscilloscope.....................................................252 Valve terminal
Temperature sensor.......................................................................................246 Smart Cubic...............................................................................................307
Terminal strip.................................................................................................255 with 4 valve slices (MMJJ)..........................................................................113
Testing module..............................................................................................303 Vernier caliper................................................................................................238
The fascination of technology: WBT.................................................................28
The production zones.....................................................................................428 W
T-head nut M5................................................................................................255 Water supply tank/ground water................................... 447, 449, 451, 453, 457
Time management: WBT..................................................................................29 Water-air cooler.............................................................................................421
Time relay, two-fold........................................................ 113, 126, 143, 149, 152 Weight
Tool set..................................................................................................353, 421 175 g.........................................................................................................117
Touch Panel 2 kg............................................................................................................117
KTP600 EduTrainer...................................................................................222 2 kg, for cylinder........................................................................................123
KTP700 EduTrainer...................................................................................222 5 kg, for linear drive........................................................................... 127, 151
TP700 EduTrainer.....................................................................................222 9 kg, for cylinder........................................................................................242
T-piece BNC....................................................................................................252 Wheel set for mounting on the tank...............................................................244
TPM Total Productive Maintenance: WBT.......................................................30 Wheeled drawer unit for stationary workstations..................................... 86, 155
TR6 Turned parts with robot loading............................................................371 WinCC..............................................................................................................48
Trainer Packages WLAN access point.........................................................................................264
Internet link S7-300, CP343-1 Advanced with CD-ROM...................... 210, 338 Wonderware InTouch HMI..............................................................................48
LOGO! 8.....................................................................................................224 Workpiece
SIMATIC Basic Panel KTP400 .....................................................................227 carrier MP..................................................................................................284
SIMATIC Basic Panel KTP700 .....................................................................226 insert Clock............................................................................................350
SIMATIC Comfort Panel TP700 ..................................................................226 insert Thermometer................................................................................350
Index alphabetical
Workpiece set
Cylinder bodies............................................................................... 279, 351
Cylinder end caps...................................................................................350
For cylinder assembly.............................................................................350
Housings................................................................................................351
Reject bodies..........................................................................................351
Reject housings......................................................................................351
X
X-Box controller...............................................................................................37
Index numerical
Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page Order no. Page
2307............................................ 240 152842............... 145, 147, 151, 152, 159386........................................ 243 170712........................................ 399
4645............................................ 240 155, 156, 161 159395........................................ 243 175488................................ 232, 233
7658............................................ 240 152843................ 135, 139, 147, 152 159396........................................ 239 177468........................................ 246
14572.......................................... 245 152844................ 135, 139, 152, 155 159409.....................87, 91, 238, 353 178410........................................ 240
18685.......................................... 232 152847................................ 152, 243 159410.................................. 87, 238 178417........................................ 240
18786.......................................... 232 152858............... 135, 143, 147, 151, 159411.....................87, 91, 238, 353 178424........................................ 240
18788.......................................... 232 152, 155, 156 159662........................................ 240 178441........................................ 127
18940.......................................... 232 152859.........137, 143, 152, 155, 156 159663........................................ 240 183322............... 109, 126, 139, 141,
18941.......................................... 232 152860................ 105, 107, 125, 127 160786........................................ 254 145, 149
18959.......................................... 253 152861................................ 105, 125 162228........................................ 353 183345................ 109, 139, 141, 149
18960.......................................... 253 152862........................................ 105 162231........................................ 253 183347................................ 113, 143
33840.......................................... 240 152863........................................ 105 162239........................................ 350 184121................................ 233, 234
34031.......................................... 254 152864........................................ 107 162240........................................ 350 184123................................ 233, 234
34065.................................. 127, 151 152865........................ 105, 125, 127 162241............... 109, 113, 126, 139, 184455........................................ 243
34572.......................................... 127 152866................................ 105, 125 141, 143, 147, 149, 152 184462........................................ 126
34634.......................................... 240 152867........................................ 107 162242........109, 113, 126, 127, 139, 184465........................................ 146
34635.......................................... 243 152868........................................ 107 141, 147, 152, 230, 234 184466........................................ 148
35653.......................................... 238 152877........................................ 107 162243.........113, 126, 143, 149, 152 184467........................................ 127
56975............................................ 70 152884................................ 105, 125 162244................ 126, 229, 230, 234 184550................................ 210, 338
90021............................................ 75 152885........................................ 241 162253................................ 127, 151 184554........................................ 254
90022............................................ 75 152886........................................ 107 162254................................ 127, 151 184557.......................................... 69
90070.......................................... 124 152887................ 105, 109, 125, 230 162255................................ 145, 147 184558.......................................... 69
90090.......................................... 124 152888............... 105, 107, 109, 125, 162256................................ 147, 149 184563.......................................... 69
91030.......................................... 240 126, 230, 234 162257................................ 127, 149 184564.......................................... 69
93045............................................ 70 152889........................................ 125 162267........................................ 241 184565.......................................... 69
93046............................................ 70 152896............... 105, 109, 125, 127, 162305........................................ 254 184566.......................................... 69
93070.......................................... 126 230, 234 162352........................................ 311 184804................................ 210, 338
93080.......................................... 126 152912........................ 117, 119, 127 162353........................................ 311 185692........................................ 254
93310............................................ 71 152918........................................ 252 162360.....................87, 91, 238, 353 186095........................................ 240
93311............................................ 71 152919........................................ 252 162380................................ 239, 353 186116........................................ 240
93313.................................... 71, 230 152960........................................ 243 162381................................ 239, 353 186294........................................ 240
93314.................................... 71, 230 152962........................................ 245 162382................................ 239, 353 192215........................................ 245
93317............................................ 71 152963........................................ 240 162386.....................87, 91, 238, 353 192501........................................ 127
94342............................................ 70 152970........................................ 243 162386........................................ 353 192883.......................................... 69
94347.................................... 56, 127 152971........................................ 243 162387........................................ 299 193129.......................................... 58
94348.................................... 61, 151 152972........................................ 242 162405........................................ 311 193449.......................................... 71
94352.................................... 61, 147 152973........................................ 242 162411........................................ 239 193967.........105, 107, 109, 125, 127
94368.................................... 61, 151 153056........................................ 240 162412........................................ 239 193972................................ 115, 119
94377............................................ 59 153128........................................ 240 162413........................................ 239 194039.......................................... 68
94378............................................ 59 153129........................................ 240 162414........................................ 239 194040.......................................... 68
94404.................................... 61, 147 153251........................................ 240 162415........................................ 239 194041.......................................... 68
94427.................................... 71, 230 153267........................................ 240 162416................................ 239, 353 195224........................................ 241
94450.................................... 61, 149 153291........................................ 240 162417................................ 239, 353 195225........................................ 241
94457.................................... 61, 147 153304........................................ 240 162418................................ 239, 353 195439.......................................... 48
94458.................................... 61, 149 153329........................................ 240 162419................................ 239, 353 195442.......................................... 48
94459.................................... 56, 127 153333........................................ 240 167020........................................ 240 195764........................................ 352
94460.................................... 61, 151 153376........................................ 240 167021........................................ 351 195765........................................ 352
94465.................................... 56, 127 153462................................ 119, 123 167032........................................ 127 195765........................................ 220
94469.................................... 61, 151 158343.......................... 91, 238, 353 167078........................................ 127 195766........................................ 352
94472.................................... 61, 147 158352........................................ 243 167086........................................ 145 195767........................................ 352
94473.................................... 61, 149 158357........................................ 252 167090........................................ 242 195769........................................ 343
102725........................................ 240 158419........................................ 240 167091........................................ 247 195773........................................ 303
119352.......................................... 91 158481........................................ 253 167094........................................ 127 195777........................................ 305
150768........................................ 313 158962........................................ 254 167101........................................ 230 195779........................................ 301
151496........................................ 240 159298........................................ 252 167102........................................ 230 195780........................................ 298
151508.......................................... 56 159328........................................ 245 167106.......... 51, 407, 409, 411, 413 195781........................................ 300
152295........................................ 151 159331.................................. 91, 238 167122........................................ 254 195782........................................ 302
152584........................................ 240 159333.....................87, 91, 238, 353 167197........................................ 254 195783........................................ 304
152628........................................ 127 159351........................................ 147 170395.....................87, 91, 238, 353 195786........................................ 316
152841.........135, 139, 147, 151, 152 159382........................................ 239 170643........................................ 253 195787........................................ 310
Index numerical
196948.......................................... 62 526886........................................ 316 535249........................................ 309 540672.................................. 54, 107

196959................................ 293, 305 526887........................................ 310 535251........................................ 309 540673.................................. 54, 108
196960........................................ 291 527424................ 407, 409, 411, 413 535812.................................... 88, 91 540674.................................. 54, 113
196968........................................ 317 527425................................ 233, 234 535814........................................ 352 540683........................................ 341
196969........................................ 317 527426........................................ 232 535822........................................ 340 540686.......................................... 68
196970........................................ 305 527427........................................ 232 535827........................................ 340 540687.......................................... 68
196971........................................ 317 527428........................................ 232 535829.......................................... 47 540688.......................................... 68
196973........................................ 299 527431........................................ 232 535832.......................................... 86 540691........................................ 299
196974........................................ 303 527432................................ 233, 234 535833.................................. 86, 155 540692.......................................... 75
197118........................................ 240 527434................................ 232, 233 535834.................................. 86, 155 540693.......................................... 75
205284........................................ 243 527435................................ 232, 233 535835.......................................... 86 540694................................ 105, 125
247661........................................ 239 528612.......................................... 69 536200.................................. 91, 238 540696........................................ 113
254490........................................ 255 529138........................................ 305 536740........................................ 254 540697.......................................... 87
255851........................................ 240 529141........................................ 254 536905................ 407, 409, 411, 413 540698.......................................... 87
337617........................................ 243 529142................................ 210, 338 536906................ 407, 409, 411, 413 540699................................ 199, 201
337618........................................ 243 532929........................................ 232 536907................ 407, 409, 411, 413 540703........................................ 254
342047........................................ 243 532930................................ 232, 233 537465........................................ 315 540705........................................ 318
343616........................................ 243 532934........................................ 305 538236........................................ 315 540706........................................ 318
350337........................................ 243 532935........................................ 291 538395........................................ 364 540710........................................ 104
350362........................................ 239 532953........................................ 303 538487.................................... 57, 59 540711........................................ 106
350363........................................ 239 532954........................................ 301 538707........................................ 308 540712........................................ 108
350364........................................ 239 533018................ 407, 409, 411, 413 538865........................................ 364 540713........................................ 112
350366........................................ 239 533019................ 407, 409, 411, 413 538913........................................ 315 540715............... 107, 113, 115, 119,
350367........................................ 239 533020................ 407, 409, 411, 413 538957.......................................... 73 123, 125
357283.......................................... 91 533021................ 407, 409, 411, 413 539006........................................ 254 540717........................................ 109
374038........................................ 245 533022................ 407, 409, 411, 413 539007.......................................... 57 540719........................................ 312
376177........................................ 127 533023................ 407, 409, 411, 413 539021.......................................... 87 540899.......................................... 28
376931........................................ 247 533027................................ 210, 338 539022.......................................... 87 540901.......................................... 28
376932........................................ 247 533028................................ 210, 338 539023.......................................... 84 540905.......................................... 29
376934........................................ 247 533030........................................ 254 539025.......................................... 84 540907.......................................... 29
376935........................................ 247 533032........................................ 232 539026.................................. 86, 155 540911.......................................... 15
376936........................................ 247 533033........................................ 232 539028.......................................... 82 540913.......................................... 15
376937........................................ 247 533035........................................ 254 539030.......................................... 82 540917.......................................... 16
376938........................................ 247 533036........................................ 254 539032.......................................... 87 540919.......................................... 16
376939........................................ 247 533039........................................ 254 539033.......................................... 87 540923.......................................... 15
376940........................................ 247 533499.................................. 56, 127 539111........................................ 318 540925.......................................... 15
376941........................................ 247 533524........................................ 232 539265.......................................... 66 540929.......................................... 16
380707........................................ 239 533528.......................................... 91 539308.......................................... 73 540931.......................................... 16
525927........................................ 127 533662........................................ 254 539311.......................................... 73 540941.......................................... 24
525953........................................ 242 533663........................................ 254 539729.......................................... 88 540943.......................................... 24
525954........................................ 242 534270.......................................... 71 539731.................................. 86, 155 540947.......................................... 23
525963........................................ 246 534271.......................................... 71 539733........................................ 245 540949.......................................... 23
525964........................................ 246 534272.......................................... 71 539734........................................ 244 540953.......................................... 21
526205........................................ 291 534273.......................................... 71 539735.......................................... 87 540955.......................................... 21
526206........................................ 352 534364........................................ 353 539736.......................................... 88 540959.......................................... 25
526212................................ 293, 305 534367........................................ 313 539737.................................... 88, 91 540961.......................................... 25
526213........................................ 309 534368........................................ 351 539755.......................................... 87 541088.................................. 54, 105
526215........................................ 305 534575........................................ 365 539756........................ 105, 115, 121 541089.................................. 54, 107
526217........................................ 301 534590........................................ 364 539759........................................ 107 541090.................................. 54, 108
526218........................................ 303 534619........................................ 351 539767................................ 353, 421 541091.................................. 54, 113
526230........................................ 317 534620........................................ 351 539770........................ 105, 107, 125 541096........................................ 232
526337........................................ 241 534621........................................ 350 539771........................ 105, 107, 125 541097........................................ 233
526847.......................................... 91 534622........................................ 350 539772................................ 105, 125 541098........................................ 234
526850........................................ 301 534623........................................ 350 539779........................................ 115 541099........................ 232, 233, 234
526853........................................ 232 534630........................................ 343 539780........................................ 241 541113........................................ 314
526863........................................ 253 534630........................................ 220 539934.......................................... 73 541114........................................ 244
526880........................................ 298 534631........................................ 343 540668.......................................... 90 541115........................................ 245
526881........................................ 300 534638................................ 233, 234 540669.......................................... 90 541116........................................ 244
526882........................................ 302 535245........................................ 343 540670.......................................... 90 541120........................................ 313
526883........................................ 304 535248........................................ 308 540671.................................. 54, 105 541122.................................. 91, 238
Index numerical
541126........................................ 340 544335........................................ 139 548647........................................ 229 549982.................................. 55, 116

541127........................................ 340 544337................ 137, 152, 155, 156 548648........................................ 229 550141.................................. 60, 135
541128........................................ 341 544338........................ 135, 139, 152 548649........................................ 229 550142.................................. 60, 137
541129........................................ 341 544339................ 135, 143, 149, 152 548650........................................ 229 550143.................................. 60, 139
541131........................................ 341 544340........................................ 137 548651.........113, 126, 149, 229, 230 550144.................................. 60, 143
541133.......................................... 88 544342................................ 135, 152 548655........................................ 229 551010.......................................... 62
541134........................................ 246 544343................................ 135, 152 548656........................................ 229 551011.......................................... 62
541135........................................ 242 544344........................ 135, 152, 159 548659........................................ 229 551012.......................................... 62
541139........................................ 420 544345........................................ 152 548673........................................ 314 551013.......................................... 58
541146........................................ 420 544346................ 139, 141, 147, 152 548674........................................ 312 551014.......................................... 58
541149.......................................... 47 544347........................ 139, 141, 152 548678.......................................... 69 551015.......................................... 58
541152........................................ 255 544348........................ 143, 145, 152 548679.......................................... 69 551141.................................. 60, 135
541153........................................ 255 544349........................................ 152 548680.......................................... 69 551145.................................. 60, 135
541154........................................ 255 544350........................................ 147 548681.......................................... 69 551146.................................. 60, 135
541155........................................ 255 544351................................ 145, 147 548687.......................................... 50 551147.................................. 60, 137
541156........................................ 255 544352................................ 139, 141 548689........................................ 399 551148.................................. 60, 137
541157........................................ 255 544353........................................ 137 549623.......................................... 18 551149.................................. 60, 137
541158........................................ 255 544371........................................ 242 549625.......................................... 18 551150.................................. 60, 139
541161........................................ 324 544372........................................ 242 549626.......................................... 18 551151.................................. 60, 139
541162........................................ 324 544373........................................ 242 549628.......................................... 18 551152.................................. 60, 139
541163........................................ 324 548355........................................ 366 549629.......................................... 19 551153.................................. 60, 143
541164........................................ 324 548356........................................ 366 549631.......................................... 19 551154.................................. 60, 143
541165........................................ 326 548573.......................... 46, 232, 233 549632.......................................... 19 551155.................................. 60, 143
541172........................................ 328 548574.......................................... 46 549634.......................................... 19 554301................................ 351, 420
541173........................................ 328 548575.......................................... 46 549752.......................................... 20 555647........................................ 418
541174........................................ 328 548576.......................................... 46 549755.......................................... 20 556228........................................ 114
541175........................................ 328 548581........................................ 117 549758.......................................... 20 556238.......................................... 48
541179........................................ 253 548582........................................ 117 549759.......................................... 29 556239.................................. 48, 227
541184........................................ 116 548590................. 74, 407, 409, 411, 549761.......................................... 20 556241........................................ 115
541499........................................ 253 413, 415 549763.......................................... 29 556242.......................................... 74
542503.................................. 54, 105 548591................. 74, 407, 409, 411, 549766.......................................... 26 556267................................ 111, 140
542504.................................. 54, 107 413, 415 549767.......................................... 29 556270................................ 110, 140
542505.................................. 54, 108 548592................. 74, 407, 409, 411, 549769.......................................... 26 556290........................................ 242
542506.................................. 54, 113 413, 415 549771.......................................... 29 556292.......................................... 88
542507.................................. 54, 105 548593................. 74, 407, 409, 411, 549789........................................ 256 556293.......................................... 88
542508.................................. 54, 107 413, 415 549806........................................ 241 557440........................................ 365
542509.................................. 54, 108 548596........................................ 421 549822........................................ 398 557441........................................ 365
542510.................................. 54, 113 548597........................................ 399 549823........................................ 399 557442........................................ 365
542682.......................................... 21 548604........................................ 399 549824........................................ 399 557443........................................ 365
543068.......................................... 73 548609........................ 145, 147, 151 549825........................................ 399 557444........................................ 365
544246.................................. 91, 238 548610........................................ 243 549826........................................ 399 557688.......................................... 23
544248........................................ 414 548612................................ 152, 246 549827........................................ 399 557689.......................................... 23
544249........................................ 414 548617............... 135, 137, 139, 149, 549828........................................ 399 557691.......................................... 25
544250........................................ 414 152, 155 549830........................................ 229 557692.......................................... 25
544251........................................ 414 548618............... 135, 137, 139, 149, 549832........................................ 121 559880.................................. 55, 116
544253........................................ 406 152, 155 549834.......................................... 21 559881.................................. 55, 116
544254........................................ 408 548621........................................ 121 549840........................................ 124 559882.................................. 55, 116
544255........................................ 410 548622........................................ 121 549843........................................ 343 560124........................................ 121
544256........................................ 412 548624................................ 119, 121 549849........................................ 342 560158................................ 121, 125
544296................ 407, 409, 411, 413 548625........................................ 121 549850........................................ 342 560159........................................ 241
544297................ 407, 409, 411, 413 548628................................ 121, 125 549851........................................ 342 562474.......................................... 75
544298................ 407, 409, 411, 413 548630........................................ 121 549852........................................ 342 562481.......................................... 75
544299................ 407, 409, 411, 413 548634........................................ 117 549855........................................ 345 562482........................................ 319
544303........................................ 421 548637........................................ 255 549858........................................ 243 562483........................................ 319
544304.................................. 49, 417 548638........................................ 255 549860........................................ 239 563256........................................ 366
544311........................................ 117 548641........................................ 117 549861........................................ 239 563358........................................ 319
544312........................................ 117 548643............... 113, 126, 143, 147, 549862........................................ 239 563359........................................ 319
544313........................................ 117 152, 229, 230 549863........................................ 239 563969.................................. 74, 399
544315........................................ 117 548644........................................ 229 549864........................................ 239 563971.................................. 74, 399
544317........................................ 240 548645........................................ 229 549865........................................ 239 563973.................................. 74, 399
Index numerical
563975.................................. 74, 399 567198........................ 109, 126, 127 567307.................................. 64, 177 571849........................................ 198
564176........................................ 264 567199................ 109, 126, 230, 234 567309.................................. 64, 177 571850........................................ 200
564177........................................ 264 567200................ 109, 126, 230, 234 567311.................................. 64, 177 571851.................................. 66, 199
564178........................................ 264 567201........................ 117, 123, 127 567313.................................. 64, 177 571853.................................. 66, 199
564179........................................ 264 567202........................................ 420 567315.................................. 65, 187 571855.................................. 66, 199
564213........................................ 264 567203........................................ 306 567317.................................. 65, 187 571857.................................. 66, 199
564623.......................................... 30 567207.................................. 63, 169 567319.................................. 65, 187 571859.................................. 66, 201
564624.......................................... 30 567209.................................. 63, 169 567321........................................ 169 571861.................................. 66, 201
564631........................................ 399 567211.................................. 63, 169 567322........................................ 169 571863.................................. 66, 201
565018.......................................... 30 567213.................................. 63, 169 567340.......................................... 31 571867........................................ 182
565019.......................................... 30 567215.................................. 63, 169 567341.......................................... 31 571868........................................ 190
565020.......................................... 30 567217.................................. 63, 169 567342.......................................... 31 571869........................................ 190
565021.......................................... 30 567219.................................. 63, 169 567343.......................................... 31 571870........................................ 188
565440........................................ 240 567221.................................. 63, 169 567344.......................................... 31 571871........................................ 190
566199........................................ 229 567223........................................ 243 567345.......................................... 31 571872........................................ 190
566435.......................................... 88 567224.................................. 49, 417 567426.......................................... 48 571873........................ 199, 201, 202
566908........................................ 120 567225.................................. 49, 417 567427.......................................... 48 571874........................................ 190
566909.................................. 55, 121 567228........................................ 264 567705.......................................... 26 571875........................................ 190
566910.................................. 55, 121 567229........................................ 210 567706.......................................... 26 572095........................................ 190
566912.................................. 55, 121 567230........................................ 267 570040........................................ 349 572096........................................ 247
566913.................................. 55, 121 567232........................................ 253 570901.................................. 65, 187 572097........................................ 248
566918........................................ 228 567237................................ 137, 143 571118.......................................... 17 572098........................................ 248
566919.................................. 70, 229 567238........................................ 224 571119.......................................... 17 572099........................................ 248
566920.................................. 70, 229 567240........................................ 211 571120.......................................... 22 572100........................................ 248
566921.................................. 70, 229 567241........................................ 211 571121.......................................... 22 572101........................................ 248
566922.................................. 70, 229 567242........................................ 211 571780........................................ 168 572102........................................ 247
567028.......................................... 56 567243........................................ 211 571781.................................. 65, 189 572103........................................ 247
567098........................................ 338 567245........................................ 293 571783.................................. 65, 189 572104........................................ 247
567099........................................ 338 567255........................................ 307 571785.................................. 65, 189 572105........................................ 247
567101........................................ 341 567256........................................ 306 571789.................................. 65, 189 572106........................................ 247
567102........................................ 340 567257.................................. 55, 119 571791.................................. 65, 189 572107........................................ 247
567103........................................ 338 567258.................................. 55, 119 571793.................................. 65, 189 572108........................................ 247
567104........................................ 338 567259.................................. 55, 119 571797.................................. 65, 189 572109........................................ 247
567106........................................ 341 567260.................................. 55, 119 571799.................................. 65, 189 572110........................................ 247
567107........................................ 340 567261........................................ 123 571801.................................. 65, 189 572111........................................ 247
567108........................................ 210 567262........................................ 123 571803.................................. 65, 189 572112........................................ 247
567109........................................ 210 567263........................................ 123 571806........................................ 247 572113........................................ 247
567110........................................ 210 567264........................................ 122 571807........................................ 247 572114........................................ 247
567111........................................ 219 567265.................................. 55, 123 571808........................................ 248 572115........................................ 247
567112........................................ 219 567266.................................. 55, 123 571809........................................ 248 572116........................................ 247
567113........................................ 219 567267.................................. 55, 123 571810........................................ 171 572117........................................ 247
567114........................................ 219 567268.................................. 55, 123 571811........................................ 186 572118........................................ 247
567115........................................ 219 567269................................ 145, 151 571812................................ 187, 189 572119........................................ 247
567116........................................ 219 567274................................ 339, 420 571813........................................ 239 572120........................................ 248
567118........................................ 219 567275................................ 339, 420 571814................................ 187, 189 572121........................................ 248
567119........................................ 219 567276........................................ 223 571815................................ 187, 189 572122................................ 155, 156
567120........................................ 220 567280........................................ 254 571816................................ 187, 189 572123................................ 155, 156
567121........................................ 220 567281.................................. 63, 169 571817........................................ 254 572128........................................ 244
567122........................................ 219 567283.................................. 63, 169 571824........................................ 176 572141................................ 155, 156
567123........................................ 220 567285.................................. 63, 169 571825................................ 177, 181 572144........................................ 161
567124........................................ 220 567287.................................. 63, 169 571826................................ 177, 181 572145........................................ 242
567125........................................ 220 567289.................................. 63, 169 571827........................................ 177 572146........................................ 159
567126........................................ 220 567291.................................. 63, 169 571830........................................ 250 572147........................................ 161
567139.................................. 49, 417 567293.................................. 63, 169 571831........................................ 250 572148........................................ 159
567161........................................ 364 567295.................................. 63, 169 571832........................................ 246 572149................................ 155, 156
567191................................ 152, 246 567297.......................................... 67 571835................................ 187, 251 572151................................ 155, 156
567194........................................ 144 567298.......................................... 67 571838........................................ 251 572152........................................ 243
567195........................................ 220 567299.......................................... 67 571845........................................ 252 572153........................................ 243
567196........................................ 220 567303.......................................... 67 571846........................................ 252 572155.......................................... 82
567197........................................ 220 567306........................................ 169 571848........................................ 252 572162........................................ 295
Index numerical
572556........................................ 349 573886........................................ 217 576266........................................ 183 701309........................................ 257

572740........................................ 229 573887........................................ 217 576267........................................ 183 709844........................................ 257
572741........................................ 161 573888........................................ 217 576268........................................ 183 722009........................................ 257
572744................ 109, 126, 149, 230 573891........................................ 216 576269........................................ 183 750227........................................ 243
572745................ 109, 115, 126, 129 573892........................................ 216 576270........................................ 183 754668........................................ 257
572746........................................ 242 573893.......................................... 72 576271........................................ 183 754701........................................ 257
572747........................................ 242 573894.......................................... 72 576272........................................ 183 754704........................................ 257
572748........................................ 242 573897.......................................... 72 576278.......................................... 39 1544198...................................... 349
572749........................................ 242 573898.......................................... 72 576282........................................ 251 1677856.............................. 113, 143
572750........................................ 242 573901........................................ 216 576284........................................ 191 2342009...................... 117, 139, 141
572777........................................ 123 573902........................................ 216 576285........................................ 248 2344752.............. 109, 126, 230, 234
572778........................................ 123 574135.......................................... 72 576286........................................ 248 2764815.............................. 105, 125
572782........................................ 307 574136.......................................... 72 576287........................................ 248 3035724...................................... 291
572783........................................ 307 574139.......................................... 72 576288........................................ 248 3396765...................................... 295
573023........................................ 161 574140.......................................... 72 576289........................................ 249 3481428...................................... 295
573024........................................ 243 574142.......................................... 72 576290........................................ 249 8005374...................................... 171
573026........................................ 243 574143.......................................... 73 576292.......................................... 35 8021637........................................ 50
573029........................................ 163 574144.......................................... 73 576293.......................................... 35 8022295...................................... 256
573030.......................................... 56 574147........................................ 265 576295........................................ 247 8022296...................................... 256
573031.......................................... 56 574152.................................. 86, 155 576296........................................ 247 8022297...................................... 256
573032.......................................... 56 574153.................................. 86, 155 576297........................................ 247 8022298...................................... 256
573035........................................ 134 574154.......................................... 73 576298........................................ 247 8022299...................................... 256
573036........................................ 136 574155.......................................... 73 576299........................................ 225 8022475...................................... 195
573037........................................ 138 574156.......................................... 73 576300........................................ 265 8022476...................................... 195
573038........................................ 142 574157.......................................... 73 576302........................ 105, 107, 125 8022477...................................... 195
573039........................................ 141 574158.......................................... 73 576303........................ 105, 107, 125 8022729...................................... 222
573040........................................ 141 574159.......................................... 73 576304........................................ 125 8022731...................................... 222
573041........................................ 118 574160........................................ 156 576307................................ 105, 125 8022732...................................... 220
573042........................................ 119 574161........................................ 154 576309................................ 189, 203 8022733...................................... 220
573043........................................ 119 574162........................................ 158 576310........................................ 266 8022737...................................... 213
573044........................................ 119 574163........................................ 160 576320.......................................... 30 8022848...................................... 213
573045........................................ 119 574164........................................ 162 576321.......................................... 30 8023432................................ 64, 173
573046........................................ 119 574165.................................. 61, 157 576322.......................................... 28 8023433................................ 64, 173
573047........................................ 119 574166.................................. 61, 157 576323.......................................... 28 8023434................................ 64, 173
573257........................................ 119 574173........................................ 178 576324.......................................... 31 8023435................................ 64, 173
573258........................................ 119 574174........................................ 178 576325.......................................... 31 8023436................................ 64, 175
573259........................................ 119 574175................................ 183, 184 576616................................ 189, 191 8023437................................ 64, 175
573261................................ 421, 449 574176................................ 183, 184 576620........................................ 219 8023440...................................... 181
573266........................................ 191 574177................................ 183, 185 576621........................................ 249 8023441...................................... 181
573267........................................ 191 574178........................................ 179 576622........................................ 249 8023444................................ 64, 183
573268........................................ 191 574179........................................ 171 576623........................................ 249 8023445................................ 64, 183
573269........................................ 191 574180.......................................... 59 576624........................................ 169 8023446................................ 64, 183
573274........................................ 201 574181.......................................... 59 576626........................................ 217 8023858...................................... 128
573276........................................ 201 574182.......................................... 59 577602........................................ 218 8023859...................................... 129
573278........................................ 219 574193........................................ 173 653393........................................ 305 8023860...................................... 129
573281........................................ 123 574197........................................ 219 654972........................................ 303 8023861...................................... 129
573282........................................ 343 574198........................................ 247 660560........................................ 254 8023951...................................... 224
573283........................................ 343 574199........................................ 247 669198........................................ 243 8023952...................................... 224
573286........................................ 145 574200........................................ 247 679598........................................ 309 8023958...................................... 170
573775.......................................... 22 574201........................................ 247 683012........................................ 257 8023959...................................... 248
573776.......................................... 22 574202........................................ 247 683031................................ 199, 201 8023960...................................... 248
573859........................................ 295 574203........................................ 247 683464........................................ 257 8023961...................................... 172
573860........................................ 343 574204........................................ 247 687455........................................ 257 8023962.............................. 173, 175
573861........................................ 343 574205........................................ 247 687461........................................ 257 8023963...................................... 175
573868........................................ 279 574206........................................ 247 687927........................................ 257 8023964...................................... 174
573880........................................ 217 574488.......................................... 24 687929........................................ 257 8023965...................................... 249
573881........................................ 217 574489.......................................... 24 687943........................................ 257 8023966...................................... 185
573882........................................ 217 574490.......................................... 28 687944........................................ 257 8023967.............................. 183, 185
573883........................................ 217 574491.......................................... 28 689087........................................ 257 8023968.............................. 183, 185
573885........................................ 217 576265........................................ 183 696719........................................ 315 8023969.............................. 183, 185
Index numerical
8023970.............................. 183, 185 8028713........................................ 76 8035909........................................ 27 8038315...................................... 447

8023971...................................... 180 8028723...................................... 150 8035910........................................ 27 8038316...................................... 447
8023972.............................. 189, 197 8028726...................................... 151 8035911........................................ 27 8038504...................................... 347
8023973...................................... 202 8029256...................................... 262 8036235.............................. 115, 121 8038559...................................... 349
8023974...................................... 249 8029346...................................... 262 8036772.............................. 189, 196 8038620...................................... 297
8023975...................................... 249 8029450...................................... 264 8036788...................................... 195 8038740...................................... 297
8023976...................................... 249 8029451...................................... 264 8036812...................................... 194 8038849...................................... 195
8023977...................................... 190 8029452...................................... 265 8037127.............................. 189, 196 8039078...................................... 349
8023978...................................... 190 8029453...................................... 265 8037136.............................. 189, 197 8039079...................................... 349
8023979...................................... 190 8029454...................................... 266 8037688.............................. 451, 453 8039312...................................... 294
8023980...................................... 190 8029475...................................... 365 8037819...................................... 194 8039313...................................... 296
8024001...................................... 223 8029483...................................... 264 8037820...................................... 194 8039314...................................... 295
8024002...................................... 218 8029494...................................... 263 8037821...................................... 194 8039315...................................... 295
8024273...................................... 226 8029495...................................... 263 8037822...................................... 194 8039316...................................... 295
8024357........................................ 36 8029496...................................... 263 8037823...................................... 194 8039317...................................... 295
8024358........................................ 36 8029497...................................... 263 8037824...................................... 194 8039325...................................... 352
8024359........................................ 36 8029635...................................... 168 8038111........................................ 33 8039989...................................... 455
8024360........................................ 36 8029714........................................ 27 8038112........................................ 33 8039990...................................... 459
8024361........................................ 36 8029715........................................ 27 8038113........................................ 33 8040005...................................... 250
8024362........................................ 36 8031659...................................... 345 8038114........................................ 33 8040006...................................... 250
8024501...................................... 458 8031660...................................... 345 8038116........................................ 33 8040007...................................... 251
8024503...... 447, 449, 451, 453, 457 8032171...................................... 344 8038117........................................ 33 8040008...................................... 251
8024504...................................... 446 8032172...................................... 344 8038118........................................ 33 8040009...................................... 251
8024505...................................... 448 8032173...................................... 349 8038119........................................ 33 8040011...................................... 203
8024506...................................... 450 8032252........................................ 37 8038120........................................ 33 8040049...................................... 224
8024507...................................... 452 8032692...................................... 344 8038121........................................ 33 8040050........................................ 47
8024508...................................... 454 8033135...................................... 344 8038122........................................ 33 8040053...................................... 227
8024509...................................... 456 8033248...................................... 346 8038123........................................ 33 8040054...................................... 227
8024926...................................... 255 8033582...................................... 349 8038124........................................ 33 8040055...................................... 226
8024927...................................... 255 8033583...................................... 349 8038125........................................ 33 8040056...................................... 226
8025067...................................... 152 8033584...................................... 349 8038126........................................ 33 8040062........................................ 48
8025069...................................... 152 8033586...................................... 349 8038127........................................ 33 8041132...................................... 215
8025072...................................... 152 8033590...................................... 346 8038128........................................ 33 8041448...................................... 190
8025073...................................... 152 8033591...................................... 346 8038129........................................ 33 8041449...................................... 190
8025418...................................... 453 8033592...................................... 346 8038130........................................ 33 8041505...................................... 222
8025419...................................... 447 8033593...................................... 347 8038131........................................ 33 8043430...................................... 247
8025736...................................... 348 8033594...................................... 346 8038132........................................ 33 8038980-EL12................................ 43
8025737...................................... 348 8033595...................................... 346 8038133........................................ 33 8038980-EL25................................ 43
8025738...................................... 348 8033596...................................... 346 8038134........................................ 33 8038980-ELE.................................. 43
8025739...................................... 348 8034067........................................ 32 8038135........................................ 33 8038980-ESL.................................. 43
8025740...................................... 348 8034067........................................ 32 8038136........................................ 33 8038980-SLE.................................. 42
8026327...................................... 241 8034067........................................ 32 8038137........................................ 33 8038980-SSL................................. 42
8026542........................................ 37 8034067........................................ 32 8038138........................................ 33 C05500.......................................... 99
8027887........................................ 76 8034067........................................ 32 8038139........................................ 33 C05501.......................................... 99
8027888........................................ 76 8034300...................................... 347 8038140........................................ 33 C05502.......................................... 99
8027889........................................ 76 8034566...................................... 290 8038141........................................ 33 C41001........................................ 402
8027890........................................ 77 8034567...................................... 292 8038142........................................ 33 C41008........................................ 402
8027891........................................ 77 8034570...................................... 225 8038143........................................ 33 C41009........................................ 402
8027892........................................ 77 8034571...................................... 225 8038144........................................ 33 C43001........................................ 403
8028154........................................ 32 8034574...................................... 212 8038145........................................ 33 C43005........................................ 403
8028155........................................ 32 8034575...................................... 212 8038146........................................ 33 C43007........................................ 403
8028155........................................ 32 8034576...................................... 212 8038147........................................ 33 C43010........................................ 403
8028155........................................ 32 8034577...................................... 212 8038148........................................ 33 C43014........................................ 403
8028155........................................ 32 8034580...................................... 210 8038149........................................ 33 C43016........................................ 403
8028155........................................ 32 8034584........................................ 47 8038150........................................ 33 C43019........................................ 403
8028708........................................ 77 8034585........................................ 47 8038151........................................ 33 C43020........................................ 403
8028709........................................ 77 8035612...................................... 347 8038152........................................ 33 C44000........................................ 421
8028710........................................ 77 8035904........................................ 27 8038153........................................ 33 C44001........................................ 421
8028711........................................ 76 8035907........................................ 27 8038154........................................ 33 C46000........................................ 403
8028712........................................ 76 8035908........................................ 27 8038155........................................ 33 C46001........................................ 403
Index numerical
C93100........................................ 278 C93206........................................ 280 C93224........................................ 282 C94407........................................ 279

C93101........................................ 278 C93207........................................ 280 C93225........................................ 282 C94419........................................ 279
C93102........................................ 278 C93208........................................ 280 C93256........................................ 283 C94429........................................ 284
C93104........................................ 278 C93209........................................ 281 C93257........................................ 282 C94430........................................ 284
C93107........................................ 284 C93210........................................ 281 C93258........................................ 283 D13001........................................ 284
C93108........................................ 284 C93211........................................ 281 C93263........................................ 283 D13002........................................ 285
C93200........................................ 280 C93212........................................ 281 C93265........................................ 283 D13007........................................ 284
C93201........................................ 280 C93213........................................ 281 C93266........................................ 283 D13008........................................ 285
C93202........................................ 280 C93214........................................ 281 C93268........................................ 283 D13012........................................ 285
C93203........................................ 280 C93221........................................ 281 C93269........................................ 283
C93204........................................ 280 C93222........................................ 281 C93270........................................ 283
C93205........................................ 280 C93223........................................ 281 C93285........................................ 283
Publisher: As a result of continuous develop- All of the texts, diagrams, illustra- Any reproduction, revision, trans-
ment and research work technical tions and drawings featured in this lation, microfilming in any form, or
Festo Didactic SE specifications and illustrations are publication are the property of storage and processing in electronic
P.O. Box 10 07 10 subject to change. They are not bind- Festo Didactic SE and are thus pro- systems can only be undertaken
73707 Esslingen ing. The specified data serves purely tected under copyright. with the written permission of Festo
Rechbergstrae 3 as a product description and is no Didactic SE.
73770 Denkendorf guarantee in a legal sense.
Germany
Tel. ++49 (0)711/3467-0
Fax ++49 (0)711/34754-88500
Edition: January 2015
Adobe and the Adobe logo are registered trademarks of MecLab is a registered trademark of
Adobe Systems Incorporated in some countries. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
AirCS is a registered trademark of Micromaster is a registered trademark of

ADIRO Automatisierungstechnik GmbH in some countries. Siemens AG in some countries.
Amprobe is a registered trademark of the MPS is a registered trademark of

Fluke Corporation in some countries. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
CANopen is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS and PROFINET are registered trademarks of

CAN in Automation e.V in some countries. Profibus Nutzerorganisation eV in some countries.
CC-LINK is a registered trademark of the Quick Star is a registered trademark of

Mitsubishi Electric Corporation in some countries. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
CIROS is a registered trademark of the Robotino is a registered trademark of

Dortmunder Initiative zur rechnerintegrierten Fertigung (RIF) e.V. Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
(Dortmund Initiative for Computer-Integrated Manufacturing)
in some countries. SIMATIC is a registered trademark of
Siemens AG in some countries.
CODESYS is a registered trademark of
3S-Smart Software Solutions GmbH in some countries. Systainer is a registered trademark of
TTS Tooltechnic Systems AG & Co. KG in some countries
DeviceNet is a registered trademark of the
Open DeviceNet Vendor Association in some countries. Windows, Windows NT, Windows 95/98,
Windows 2000 and Windows XP are registered trademarks of
EasyPort is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corp., USA, in some countries.
Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
All other trademarks not listed here are the property of their respective
EDS is a registered trademark of owners in some countries.
EduTrainer is a registered trademark of

EPLAN is a registered trademark of

EPLAN Software & Service GmbH & Co. KG in some countries.
EtherCAT is a registered trademark and patented technology, licensed by

Beckhoff Automation GmbH, Germany, in some countries.
FluidLab is a registered trademark of

FluidSIM is a registered trademark of

Art Systems Software GmbH and Festo AG & Co. KG in some countries.
iCIM is a registered trademark of

INTOUCH is a registered trademark of

Invensys Systems, Inc., Foxboro Mass., US in some countries.
Linux is a registered trademark of

Linus Torvalds in some countries.
LOGO! is a registered trademark of

Siemens AG in some countries.
Mac OS and Mac OS X are registered trademarks of

Apple Inc., USA, in some countries.
477
478
Festo worldwide
Argentina Finland Korea South Slovakia
Festo S.A. Festo Oy Festo Korea Co., Ltd. Festo spol. s r.o.
Edison 2392 Mkituvantie 9 Gasan Digital 1-ro Gavlovicov ul. 1
(1640) Martnez PL 86 Geumcheon-gu 83103 Bratislava 3
Prov. Buenos Aires 01511 Vantaa Seoul #153-803 Tel. +421 (0)2 49 10 49 10,
Ventas y Asistencia tcnica Tel. +358 (09) 87 06 51, Tel. +82 1666 0202, Fax +82 (0)2 864 70 40 Fax +421 (0)2 49 10 49 11
0810-555-FESTO (33786) Fax +358 (09) 87 06 52 00 E-mail: sales_kr@kr.festo.com E-mail: info_sk@festo.com
ventas@ar.festo.com E-mail: info_@festo.com
Latvia Slovenia
Tel. 0810-444-3127, Fax +54 (011) 47 17 82 82 Festo SIA
E-mail: info@ar.festo.com France Festo d.o.o. Ljubljana
Festo Eurl Gunra Astras 1C IC Trzin, Blatnica 8
Australia FESTO E.U.R.L. LV-1084, Rga 1236 Trzin
Festo Pty. Ltd. ZA des Maisons Rouges Tel. +371 67 57 78 64, Fax +371 67 57 79 46 Tel. +386 (0)1 530 21 00,
Head Ofce (Melbourne) 8 rue du clos sainte Catherine E-mail: info_lv@festo.com Fax +386 (0)1 530 21 25
179-187 Browns Road 94360 Bry-sur-Marne Lithuania E-mail: info_si@festo.com
P.O. Box 261 Tel. +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 00, Festo, UAB
Noble Park Vic. 3174 Fax +33 (0) 1 48 82 65 01 Partizan 63M South Africa
Tel. +61(0)3 97 95 95 55, E-mail: info_fr@festo.com 50306 Kaunas Festo (Pty) Ltd.
Fax +61(0)3 97 95 97 87 Lietuva 22-26 Electron Avenue
E-mail: info_au@festo.com Germany Tel. +370 (8)7 32 13 14, Fax +370 (8)7 32 13 15 P.O. Box 255
Festo Didactic SE E-mail: info_lt@festo.com Isando 1600
Austria Tel. 08600 FESTO (33786),
Festo Gesellschaft m.b.H. Rechbergstr. 3
73770 Denkendorf Malaysia Fax 08794 FESTO (33786)
Linzer Strae 227 Festo Sdn. Berhad E-mail: sales@za.festo.com
1140 Wien Germany
Tel. +49 (0)711 346 70, 10 Persiaran Industri
Tel. +43 (0)1 910 75-0, Fax +43 (0)1 910 75-250 Bandar Sri Damansara Spain
E-mail: automation@festo.at Fax +49 (0)711 34 75 48 85 00 Festo Pneumatic, S.A.U.
E-mail: did@de.festo.com Wilayah Persekutuan
52200 Kuala Lumpur Avenida Granvia, 159
Belarus Tel. +60 (0)3 62 86 80 00, Distrito Econmico Granvia L'H
IP Festo Germany
Festo AG & Co. KG Fax +60 (0)3 62 75 64 11 08908 Hospitalet de Llobregat
Masherov avenue, 78 E-mail: info_my@festo.com Barcelona
220035 Minsk Postfach
73726 Esslingen Tel. +34 901243660, Fax +34 902243660
Tel. +375 (0)17 204 85 58, Mexico E-mail: info_es@festo.com
Fax +375 (0)17 204 85 59 Ruiter Strae 82 Festo Pneumatic, S.A.
E-mail: info_by@festo.com 73734 Esslingen Av. Ceyln 3, Sweden
Tel. +49 (0) 711 347 0, Fax +49 (0) 711 347 2628 Col. Tequesquinhuac Festo AB
Belgium E-mail: info_de@festo.com 54020 Tlalnepantla Stillmansgatan 1
Festo Belgium sa Estado de Mxico Box 21038
Rue Colonel Bourg 101 Greece Tel. +52 (55)55 53 21 66 00, 200 21 Malm
1030 Brussel Festo Ltd. Fax +52 (55)55 53 21 66 55 Tel. +46 (0)20 38 38 40, Fax +46 (0)40 38 38 10
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 92, Tatoiou Ave. E-mail: festo.mexico@mx.festo.com E-mail: order@festo.se
E-mail: info_be@festo.com P.C. 144 52 Metamorfosi
Tel. +30 210 341 29 00 - 4, Netherlands
Belgium Festo B.V. Switzerland
Fax +30 210 341 29 05 Festo AG
Festo Belgium nv E-mail: info_gr@festo.com Schieweg 62
Kolonel Bourgstraat 101 2627 AN Moosmattstrasse 24
1030 Bruxelles Tel. +31 (0)15 251 88 99, 8953 Dietikon
Hong Kong Tel. +41 (0)44 744 55 44,
Tel. +32 (0)2 702 32 11, Fax +32 (0)2 702 32 09 Festo Ltd. Fax +31 (0)15 251 88 67
E-mail: info_be@festo.com E-mail: sales@festo.nl Fax +41 (0)44 744 55 00
6/F New Timely Factory Building, E-mail: info_ch@festo.com
Brazil 497 Castle Peak Road, New Zealand
Festo Brasil Ltda Kowloon, Hong Kong Festo Ltd. Taiwan
Rua Guiseppe Crespi, 76 Tel. + 852 27 43 83 79, Fax + 852 27 86 21 73 20 Fisher Crescent Festo Co., Ltd.
Jd. Santa Emlia E-mail: info_hk@festo.com Mount Wellington Head Ofce
04183-080 So Paulo / SP -Brasil Auckland 9, Kung 8th Road
vendas@br.festo.com Hungary Tel. +64 (0)9 574 10 94, Fax +64 (0)9 574 10 99 Linkou 2nd Industrial Zone
Tel. (+55 11 ) 5013 1600, Festo Kft. E-mail: info_nz@festo.com Linkou Dist., New Taipei City
Fax (+55 11) 5013 1801 Csillaghegyi t 32-34. 24450 Taiwan, R.O.C.
1037 Budapest Nigeria Tel. +886 (0)2 26 01-92 81,
E-mail: linhadireta@br.festo.com Festo Automation Ltd.
Hotline +36 1 436 51 00 Fax +886 (0)2 26 01 92 86-7
Bulgaria Tel. +36 1 436 51 11, Fax +36 1 436 51 01 Motorways Centre, Ground Floor, Block C E-mail: info_tw@tw.festo.com
Festo EOOD E-mail: info_hu@festo.com Alausa, Ikeja,
1592 Soa Lagos Thailand
Bul. Christophor Kolumb 9 India Tel. +234 (0)1 794 78 20, Festo Ltd.
Tel. +359 (0)2 960 07 12, Festo Controls Private Ltd. Fax +234 (0)1 555 78 94 Viranuvat Building, 6th - 7th Floor.
Fax +359 (0)2 960 07 13 Festo Controls Pvt. Ltd. E-mail: info@ng-festo.com 1250 Bangna - Trad Road (Soi 34)
E-mail: info_bg@festo.com 35/3, Shamanna Garden Norway Bangna, Bangkok 10260
Bannerghatta Road Festo AS Tel. 1-800-290-477,+66 - 2785 -3700,
Canada Bangalore 560 030 Ole Deviks vei 2 Fax 1-800-290-478
Festo Inc. Tel. +91 (0)1800 425 0036, 0666 Oslo E-mail: info_th@festo.com
5300 Explorer Drive Fax +91 (0)1800 121 0036 Tel. +47 22 72 89 50, Fax +47 22 72 89 51
Mississauga, Ontario L4W 5G4 E-mail: sales_in@festo.com Turkey
E-mail: info_no@festo.com Festo San. ve Tic. A.S.
Tel. +1 (0)905 624 90 00,
Fax +1 (0)905 624 90 01 Indonesia Peru Istanbul Anadolu Yakas Organize Sanayi Bolgesi
E-mail: info_ca@festo.com PT. Festo Festo Per Aydinli Mah. TEM Yan Yol Cad. No:16
Jl. Tekno V Blok A/1 Sektor XI Av. Elmer Faucett 3350 34953 Tuzla - Istanbul/TR
Chile Kawasan Industri BSD Urb. Bocanegra Tel. +90 (0)216 585 00 85,
Festo S.A. Serpong -Tangerang 15314 Callao Fax +90 (0)216 585 00 50
Avenida Amrico Vespucio, 760 Banten - Indonesia Tel. +51(1)2196960, Fax +51(1)2196971 E-mail: info_tr@festo.com
Pudahuel Tel. +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 00, E-mail: festo.peru@pe.festo.com
Santiago Fax +62 (0) 21 27 50 79 98 Ukraine
Tel. +56 (2) 690 28 01, Fax +56 2 690 28 60 Philippines DP Festo
E-mail: sales_id@festo.com Festo Inc.
E-mail: info.chile@cl.festo.com ul. Borisoglebskaya,11
KM 18, West Service Road 04070, Kiev
China Iran South Super Highway
Festo Pneumatic S.K. Tel. +380 (0)44 233 6451,
Festo (China) Ltd. 1700 Paranaque City Fax +380 (0)44 463 70 96
1156 Yunqiao Road, # 2, 6th street, 16th avenue, Metro Manila
Km 8, Special Karaj Road E-mail: orders_ua@festo.com
Jinqiao Export Processing Zone, Tel. +63 (2) 77 66 888, Fax +63 (2) 82 34 220/21
Pudong, P.O.Box 15815-1485 E-mail: info_ph@festo.com United Kingdom
Shanghai 201206 Teheran 1389793761 Festo Limited
Tel. +98 (0)21 44 52 24 09, Poland
Tel. +86 21 60 81 51 00, Fax +86 21 58 54 03 00 Festo Sp. z o.o. Applied Automation Centre
E-mail: info_cn@cn.festo.com Fax +98 (0)21 44 52 24 08 Caswell Road
E-mail: Mailroom@festo.ir Janki k/Warszawy
ul. Mszczonowska 7 Brackmills Trading Estate
Colombia Northampton NN4 7PY
Festo Ltda. Ireland 05090 Raszyn
Tel. +48 (0)22 711 41 00, Tel. ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 00,
Vereda la Punta Autopista Medelln Km 6.3 (Costado Festo Limited Fax ++44 (0)1604 / 66 70 01
Tenjo, Cundinamarca Unit 5 Sandyford Park Fax +48 (0)22 711 41 02
E-mail: info_pl@festo.com E-mail: info_gb@festo.com
Tel. +57(1) 865 77 29, Fax +57(1) 865 77 94 Sandyford Industrial Estate
E-mail: mercadeo@co.festo.com Dublin 18 Portugal United States
Tel. +353 (0)1 295 49 55, Festo Automao, Unipessoal, Lda. Festo Corporation
Croatia Fax +353 (0)1 295 56 80 395 Moreland Road
Festo d.o.o. Rua Manuel Pinto De Azevedo, 567
E-mail: sales_ie@festo.com Apartado 8013 P.O. Box 18023
Nova Cesta 181 Hauppauge, NY 11788
10000 Zagreb P-4109601 Porto
Israel Apoio ao Cliente +351 22 615 61 50 Call Toll-free 800/993 3786
Tel. +385 (0)1 619 19 69, Festo Pneumatic Israel Ltd. Fax Toll-free 800/963 3786
Fax +385 (0)1 619 18 18 Tel. +351 22 615 61 50, Fax +351 22 615 61 89
P.O. Box 1076 E-mail: info@pt.festo.com Tel. +1(631) 435 08 00, Fax +1(631) 435 80 26
E-mail: info_hr@festo.com Ha'atzma'ut Road 48 E-mail: customer.service@us.festo.com
Yehud 56100 Romania
Czech Republic Tel. +972 (0)3 632 22 66, Festo S.R.L.
Festo, s.r.o. Venezuela
Fax +972 (0)3 632 22 77 St. Constantin 17 Festo C.A.
Modansk 543/76 E-mail: info_il@festo.com 010217 Bucuresti
147 00 Praha 4 Av. 23 esquina con calle 71
Tel. +40(0)21 403 95 00, N 22-62, Edif. Festo.
Tel. +420 261 09 96 11, Fax +420 241 77 33 84 Italy Fax +40 (0)21 310 24 09
E-mail: info_cz@festo.com Sector Paraso
Festo SpA E-mail: info_ro@festo.com Maracaibo - Venezuela
Denmark Via Enrico Fermi 36/38 Russia Tel. +58 (261) 759 11 20/759 41 20/759 44 38,
Festo A/S 20090 Assago (MI) OOO Festo-RF Fax +58 (261) 759 04 55
Islevdalvej 180 Tel. +39 02 45 78 81, Fax +39 02 488 06 20 Michurinskiy prosp., 49 E-mail: festo@ve.festo.com
2610 Rdovre E-mail: info_it@festo.com 119607 Moscow
Tel. +45 70 21 10 90, Fax +45 44 88 81 10 Vietnam
Tel. +7 495 737 34 00, Fax +7 495 737 34 01
E-mail: info_dk@festo.com Japan Festo Co Ltd
E-mail: info_ru@festo.com (Cong Ty TNHH FESTO)
Festo K.K.
Estonia 1-26-10 Hayabuchi Singapore No. 1515 1516 Van Dai Dong Street
Festo OY AB Eesti Filiaal Tsuzuki-ku Festo Pte. Ltd. Ward An Phu, District 2
A.H. Tammsaare tee 118B Yokohama 224-0025 6 Kian Teck Way Ho Chi Minh City
12918 Tallinn Tel. +81 (0)45 593 5610 / -5611, Singapore 628754 Tel. +84 (8) 62 81 44 53 4454,
Tel. +372 666 1560, Fax +372 666 15 6 Fax +81 (0)45 593 5678 Tel. +65 62 64 01 52, Fax +65 62 61 10 26 Fax +84 (8) 62 81 4442
E-mail: info_ee@festo.com E-mail: info_jp@festo.com E-mail: info@sg.festo.com E-mail: info_vn@festo.com
479
480
Germany
Festo Didactic SE
We accept responsibility Rechbergstrae 3
compliance at Festo 73770 Denkendorf
Tel. +49 (711) 3467-0
As an internationally active family Fax +49 (711) 347-54-88500
business with many years of tradi- E-mail: did@de.festo.com
tion, the Festo Group has an excel-
lent reputation among its business United States
partners and employees, places Festo Didactic Inc.
great value on integrity and holds 607 Industrial WayWest
itself to the highest ethical and le- 07724 Eatontown
gal standards. We acknowledge our New Jersey
ISO 9001:2008
responsibility to our business part- Tel. +1 (732) 938-2000
DE
KR
A Cer t i cat i
o
Quality Management ners and to our employees around Fax +1 (732) 774-8573
n
We are certied
the world. E-mail: services.didactic@festo.com
Voluntary participation in regular
ce r t i ed monitoring according to ISO 9001:2008
Compliance means following all valid Canada

56735 en 2015 Festo Didactic SE
laws, guidelines, standards and reg- Festo Didactic Lte/Ltd

ulations, and it is the basis of how 675, Rue du Carbone
we do business. To give our employ- Qubec, Qubec, G2N 2K7
ees and business partners insight in- Tel. +1 (418) 849-1000
to our understanding of the law and Fax +1 (418) 849-1666
our values, we have a code of con- E-mail: services.didactic@festo.com
duct, which is the binding standard
for the business dealings of all Festo www.festo-didactic.com
employees. www.labvolt.com

Festo Didactic Katalog 2015 en - Compressed

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Festo Didactic Katalog 2015 en - Compressed

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Technology for education and science

The current range of Festo Didactic products

Pneumatics training packages......................................................................100

Hydraulics training packages........................................................................130

Electrical engineering/Electronics training packages..................................164

Automation technology/PLC training packages............................................204

Accessories/Optional components for training packages............................236

Mechatronics and factory automation..........................................................270

Process automation and closed-loop control technology.............................392

Hybrid training factories...............................................................................422

EDS Environmental Discovery System......................................................442

Everything from a single source

From fundamentals to a complete training centre

From basic training packages and technology-specific courses right through

Your partner, worldwide

The Internet marketplace for education and training.

employed. Scope of certification:

are of little value if the products do quality certified. Certified location:

not meet the demands of everyday As a solution partner to Siemens

practice. Automation, we offer custom-

ised, forward-looking solutions

using products and systems from DEKRA Certification GmbH

DEKRA Certification Gm bH * Handwerkstrae 15 * D -70565 Stuttgart * www. dekra -certification.de

Qualified product and system

expertise combined with superior

Whether you need information, are

Consistently adding value Training Consulting

You can find information,

Multimedia training programmes/WBTs...........................................................14

Anyone who wants to design suc-

12 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

EasyPort: Multimedia training

Pneumatics Yes FluidLab-P FluidSIM FluidLab-M FluidSIM FluidSIM

Hydraulics Yes FluidLab-H FluidSIM FluidLab-M FluidSIM FluidSIM

Electrical Yes FluidSIM EPLAN FluidSIM

Automation Yes PLCSIM STEP7 EPLAN CIROS WinPISA

Mechatronics Yes CIROS CIROS

Robotics CIROS CIROS CIROS

Process automation Yes FluidLab-PA EPLAN WinCC

Metal technnology Yes WinNC WinNC CAMConcept Win3D-View

Multimedia training programmes

Overview of our programmes: Management and teamwork

14 Worldwide at your fingertips. Find your contact person at: www.festo-didactic.com

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Electrical protective measures

This interactive multimedia training Definition and overview of protec-

Electrical engineering 1 Electrical engineering 2

Our authoring tool:

Sensor technology 1 Sensor technology 2

Discover MPS 200 Actuators DC motor

Our authoring tool:

Electric drives 1 Electric drives 2

Our authoring tool:

Open- and closed-loop control GRAFCET

Our authoring tool:

PLC programming LOGO! Training

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

Our authoring tool:

Fieldbus technology Machine Vision

E.g. single licence with CD-ROM/DVD

Safety engineering Process automation